maharail.com · web viewsection 1: disclaimer page 2 of 2. section 6: technical specifications page...

MAHARASHTRA RAIL INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED

Tender No. MRIDC/PROJ/TENDER/2019/16

For

Name of Work: Construction of Road Over Bridges (ROBs) at 6 Locations (i.e. Manmad- Mudkhed section at LC No. 34- km 80/0-1, LC No. 122- km 291/9-292/0, LC No. 99- km 247/1-2, Akola- Purna Section at LC No. 115- km 821/6-7, LC No. 144B- km 872/2-3 and Akola-Purna & Manmad- Mudkhed Section LC No. 134A & 176A -km 948/5-6 ) in Lieu of LC Gates in Maharashtra area of South Central Railway.

TENDER DOCUMENT2018-19

Address:MAHARASHTRA RAIL INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED,

2nd Floor, Hoechst House, Nariman Point, Mumbai-400021Tel: +91 2267477510 | Fax: +91 2267477511 | Email: [email protected]

Website: www.maharail.com

of 416

http://www.maharail.com/

mailto:[email protected]

CONTENTS

Section Particulars Page No

Section 1 Disclaimer 3-5

Section 2 Notice Inviting Tender 6-11

Section 3 Instructions to Bidders 12-25

Section 4 General Conditions of Contract 26-63

Section 5 Additional Instructions to Bidders 64-73

Section 6 Technical Specifications 74-169

Section 7 Additional Technical Specifications 170-262

Section 8 Eligibility and Qualification Criteria 263-268

Section 9 Schedule of Construction 268-278

Section 10 Time Period and Payment Schedule 279-284

Section 11 Bill of Quantity and Financial Proposal 285-339

Section 12 Annexures and Drawings 340-384

Contents of 416

SECTION: 1DISCLAIMER

Section 1: Disclaimer of 416

SECTION: 1

DISCLAIMER

The information contained in this Bid document (herein after referred to as “Bid”) and / or any information pertaining to the aforesaid subject matter provided subsequently to the Agency in any form by Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited, (hereinafter referred to as Client / MRIDC), shall be subjected to the terms and conditions to which such information is provided, contained herein and any other terms and conditions as may be prescribed by MRIDC.

The purpose of this Bid document is to provide all bidders (Agencies) with the information that may be useful to them in the formulation of their bids in response to this Bid document. The statements and facts contained herein, which reflect various assumptions and assessments arrived at by MRIDC, do not purport to contain all / exhaustive information on the aforesaid subject matter that each Bidder may require for the purpose of submitting their bids.

The assumptions, assessments, statements and information contained in this Bid may not be complete, accurate, adequate or correct. Each bidder (Agency) should therefore, with due diligence, conduct their own investigations analysis, interpretation and should check the accuracy, adequacy, correctness, reliability and completeness of the assumptions, assessments, and information contained in this Bid and avail independent advice from appropriate sources.

The information provided in this Bid to the Agency is on a wide range of matters, some of which depends upon interpretation of law. The information given is not an exhaustive account of statutory requirements and should not be regarded as a complete or authoritative statement of law. MRIDC accepts no responsibility for the accuracy or otherwise for any interpretation or opinion on the law expressed herein.

MRIDC also accepts no liability of any nature whether resulting from


negligence or otherwise however caused arising from reliance of any bidder upon the statements contained in this Bid.

MRIDC may in its absolute discretion, but without being under any obligation to do so, update, amend or supplement the information, assessment or assumption contained in this Bid and its attached documents from time to time, before the last date of submission of the bids. Such amendments if any, shall be communicated to the bidders in the form of corrigendum or by a letter as may be considered suitable.

The Bid does not imply that MRIDC is bound to select a bidder or to appoint the selected bidder as the case may be, and MRIDC reserves the right to reject all or any of the Bid without assigning any reason at any time.

The bidder shall bear any and all its costs associated with or relating to the preparation and submission of its bids including but not limited to preparation, site visits, copying, postage, delivery fees, expenses associated with any demonstrations or presentations which may be required by MRIDC or any other costs incurred in connection with or relating to its bids. All such costs and expenses shall remain with the bidder and MRIDC shall not be liable in any manner whatsoever for the same or any other costs or other expenses incurred by the bidder in preparation or submission of the Bid, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the agency selection process as contained herein.

-------------------------------------------------------


SECTION: 2NOTICE INVITING TENDER

Section 3: Instruction to Bidders of 416

SECTION: 2NOTICE INVITING TENDER

Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited

No: MRIDC/PROJ/TENDER/2019/16 DATE: 08/03/2019

National Competitive BiddingDear Sirs,

2.1 Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited (MRIDC), 2nd Floor, Hoechst House, NCPA Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai- 400 021, India, invites sealed tenders on two packet system on prescribed forms from firms / Agencies having requisite experience and financial capacity for execution of the following work:

Name of Work Tender Value (Rs.)

Earnest Money Deposit

(Rs.)

Completion Period(No. of days)

Construction of Road Over Bridges (ROBs) at 6 Locations (i.e. Manmad- Mudkhed section at LC No. 34- km 80/0-1, LC No. 122- km 291/9-292/0, LC No. 99- km 247/1-2, Akola- Purna Section at LC No. 115- km 821/6-7, LC No. 144B- km 872/2-3 and Akola-Purna & Manmad- Mudkhed Section LC No. 134A & 176A -km 948/5-6 ) in Lieu of LC Gates in Maharashtra area of South Central Railway.

116,04,50,000 59,52,250 360

2.2 Eligibility shall be assessed on applicants fulfilling the technical and financial capability and competence as well as organizational resources as specified in Section-8, “Eligibility and Qualification Criteria.”

2.3 Tender document can be obtained from 10:30 hours to 17:00 hrs on all working days from 08/03/2019 to 08/04/2019 from the


Corporate office of Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited, 2nd Floor, Hoechst House, NCPA Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai- 400021, India, on payment of non-refundable amount of Rs 20,000/- through Banker's Cheque / Demand Draft drawn in favour of MAHARASHTRA RAIL INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED, Mumbai towards the cost of one set of tender documents. The Banker's Cheque / Demand Draft shall be from State Bank of India or any of the nationalized Bank or by Indian Scheduled Bank. Tender document can also be obtained by post for which an amount of Rs.500/- shall be charged extra. MAHARASHTRA RAIL INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LIMITED shall not be responsible for any postal delay in receiving of tender document. The tender documents shall be sold only to the person authorised in writing by the Firms / Agencies. Tender document can also be downloaded from MRIDC’s web site www.maharail.com and payments against the same shall be made through payment gateway available on MRIDC’s website like net banking, Credit Card etc. Payment through Debit Card will not be acceptable. A receipt will be generated after the payment of Rs. 20,000 /-. Bidders should e-mail the same on ‘[email protected]’, only after this the bidder will be authorised by MRIDC to download the Tender document. A copy of the receipt should be submitted by the Bidder along with the Bid document.Bidders are advised not to make any correction /addition /alteration in the downloaded tender documents. If any such correction /addition /alteration in downloaded tender documents are made such tenders shall not be considered.

2.4 MRIDC may issue addendum(s)/corrigendum(s) to the tender documents. In such cases the addendum(s)/corrigendum(s) shall be issued and placed on MRIDC’s website: www.maharail.com at least 07 days in advance of date of opening of tender. The Bidders who have purchased tender documents or downloaded the tender documents from the website before issue of addendum(s)/ corrigendum(s), must visit the website and ensure that such addendum(s)/corrigendum(s) (if any), is also downloaded by them. Such addendum(s)/corrigendum(s) (if any) shall also be submitted duly stamped and signed along with the submission of tenders. Any tender submitted without addendum(s)/corrigendum(s) (if any) shall be summarily rejected.

2.5 The tender documents shall be in two separate sealed packets viz Packet – A containing TECHNICAL BID and Packet- B containing




BILL OF QUANTITY AND FINANACIAL BID. Detailed credential as per the requirement of eligibility criteria and all tender papers except Bill of Quantities and Financial proposal are to be submitted in Technical Bid. Financial Bid (Section-11) with “%” (Percentage) above or below or at par on the amount of schedule items duly filled in along with Bill of Quantities are to be submitted in “Financial Bid”.

2.6 Completed tender documents should be submitted at MRIDC office at address given in Para 2.1 up to 15.00 hours of 09/04/2019. Tenders shall be opened (Technical Bids Only) at 15:30 hours on the same day i.e. 09/04/2019 in the presence of Bidders or their representative intending to attend the opening. The financial Bid shall be opened only after accessing suitability as per the Technical Bids by MRIDC. Complete tender documents can also be sent through Registered post / Speed post so as to reach in this office not later than the time and date of opening of tenders. Any tender received later than the time and date of opening of tenders shall be rejected and returned to the Bidder unopened. If the date of opening is declared as holiday, the Bid shall be accepted up to 15.00 hrs of the next working day and the same will be opened at 15.30 hrs on the same day.

2.7 Bids must be accompanied with requisite Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) by a Demand Draft, Drawn in Favour of Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited, payable at Mumbai and shall have to be valid for 30 days beyond the validity of the offer from the date of opening. Any tender received without Earnest money and cost of tender documents (in case of downloaded tenders) in the form as specified in the tender document shall not be considered and shall be summarily rejected.

2.8 Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited in case of the following:i) On revocation of Bid due to increase in rates by the firm after

opening of Bids but before the expiry of validity of the Bid.ii) On refusal /inability to deposit unbalanced Bid amount within

specified time limit after raising of such demand by the MRIDC.

iii) On refusal to accept the work order after award of contract.iv) If the work is not commenced on the stipulated date of start of

the work awarded to the Bidder.2.9 MRIDC reserves right to cancel the tender before submission

/opening of tender, postpone the tender submission/ opening date and to accept/reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason


thereof. MRIDC’s assessment of suitability as per eligibility criteria shall be final and binding.

2.10 Bidders may note that they are liable to be disqualified at any time during tendering process in case any of the information furnished by them is not found to be true. EMD of such Bidders shall be forfeited. The decision of MRIDC in this regard shall be final and binding.

2.11 Information as required as per various Forms of tender document should be submitted by the Bidders without fail, strictly as per formats provided.

2.12 The validity of offer shall be 120 days from the date of opening of the tender, being extended further if required by mutual consent from time to time. Any contravention of the above condition shall make the bidder liable for forfeiture of his earnest money deposit. The bidders cannot withdraw their offer within the period of validity / extended validity.

2.13 Transfer of the tender document purchased by intending Bidder to another Bidder is not admissible.

2.14 Submission of bids: Agencies are required to submit the bid document duly signed by authorised Person. Bidder can submit tenders only on the documents purchased / downloaded from MRIDC website: www.maharail.com by them. The Bidder shall provide the information as per format mentioned in the following Annexures available in Section – 12 of this document.Annexure – I : Bidders Information SheetAnnexure -II : Power of Attorney for Authorised

Signatory Annexure -III : Affidavit Submitted by BiddersAnnexure -IV : Mandate formAnnexure -V : Memorandum of Understanding for Joint

Venture Agreement (If JV firm)Annexure -VI : Letter of Participation from each partner

of Joint Venture (If JV Firm)Annexure -VII : Power of Attorney to Lead Partner of

Joint Venture (If JV Firm)Annexure -VIII

: Information Form for JV Bidders (If JV Firm)

2.15 The Bidders firm or company shall in their letter of interest, mention the name of all the partners / Directors of the firms or the company (as the case may be) and the name of the partner / Director who holds the power of attorney with attested copy of registered power of attorney, authorizing him to conduct transaction on behalf of the firms or company.



2.16 The bidders, whose Bid is accepted will have to give an undertaking in writing to the effect that they will pay to the Labours engaged on the work, the wages as per Minimum Wages Act, 1936 and amended up to the date applied to the zone in which the work lies and act accordingly.

2.17 The Bidder whose Bid is accepted should note that the MRIDC will not release any foreign exchange.

2.18 The MRIDC reserves the right to revise or amend the contract documents fully or part thereof, prior to the date notified or amended for the receipt of the Bid. Such deviations / amendments if any shall be communicated in the form of corrigendum or by a letter as may be considered suitable.

2.19 The acceptance of Bid may be communicated to the bidders by E-mail / Speed Post / Courier / Personally or otherwise by competent Authority of the Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited.

2.20 All Bidders are cautioned that the Bids containing any deviation from the contractual terms and conditions, specifications or other requirements and / or conditional Bids are liable to be rejected.

2.21 Financial offer: The Bidders must quote a percentage above / below / at par in the space provided in the Section – 11 based on estimated bid value provided by MRIDC mentioned in same section. The offer received in any other form will be SUMMARILY REJECTED.

2.22 Bidders are required to give unconditional offer. A conditional offer, having financial implication, is liable to be rejected.

2.23 The total time for completion of work shall be as specified in para 2.1 and will be counted from date of issue of Letter of acceptance by MRIDC. Time is the essence of the Contract.

2.24 GENERAL INFORMATION/DATA SHEETParticulars Details

Name of the work Construction of Road Over Bridges (ROBs) at 6 Locations (i.e. Manmad- Mudkhed section at LC No. 34- km 80/0-1, LC No. 122- km 291/9-292/0, LC No. 99- km 247/1-2, Akola- Purna Section at LC No. 115- km 821/6-7, LC No. 144B- km 872/2-3 and Akola-Purna & Manmad- Mudkhed Section LC No. 134A & 176A -km 948/5-6 ) in Lieu of LC Gates in


Particulars Details

Maharashtra area of South Central Railway.

TENDER NOTICE NO. MRIDC/PROJ/TENDER/2019/16(a) Tender Value Rs. 116,04,50,000/-(b) Completion Period 360 Days(c) Earnest Money Rs. 59,52,250 /-(d) Date and Time of start of

Issue of Tender document 08.03.2019; 10:30 hrs(e) Last date and Time of

submission of Tender document

09.04.2019; 15:00 hrs

(f) Date and Time of Opening of Tender (Packet A -Technical Bid)

09.04.2019; 15:30 hrs

(g) Validity of offer 120 days(h) Security Deposit 10% of the Contract Value including 5%

of the contract value of performance guarantee

(i) Performance Guarantee 5% of the Contract Value(j) Authority and place for

submission of completed Bid Document

Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited, 2nd Floor, Hoechst House, NCPA Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai- 400 021Phone No.: +91 22 67477510Fax: +91 22 67477511Email: [email protected]

SECTION: 3Section 3: Instruction to Bidders of 416


INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


SECTION-3

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

3.1 Introductioni. General

Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited is a Joint Venture of Govt. of Maharashtra and Ministry of Railways incorporated on 8th August 2017.The aim of setting up this Joint Venture Govt., Company is to provide a boost to the Rail Infrastructure Projects in the Maharashtra State on the principle of cooperative federalism. There are several regions in Maharashtra State, having long pending demands for construction of new Railway lines. There is need for development of Rail Infrastructure of critical connectivity and capacity enhancement in the State of Maharashtra. Accordingly, it is aimed to identify, develop and implement such Rail line projects.Besides, MRIDC has been entrusted the responsibility of construction of Road over bridges in the entire Maharashtra State. There is a scope of large number of Road Over Bridges (ROBs) in the state, to be constructed by MRIDC on a fast track.Accordingly, MRIDC is inviting applications from eligible Firms / Agencies for Construction of ROBs.

ii. Road Over BridgesLevel Crossings (LCs) are generally unsafe locations and also a congestion points for road / rail users. These LCs are operational bottlenecks for Railways in terms of loss in punctuality and reduction in line capacity. Construction of ROB(s)/ is financially and operationally beneficial apart from the fact that it improves the safety of Rail / Road users.Road over bridges (ROBs) are planned to be constructed on the level crossings falling in the state of Maharashtra. These ROBs shall span over the existing railway lines and on approaches. The ROBs shall generally be constructed in Railway portion with composite girders / Steel Plate girders and on approach portion, RCC/PSC girders etc. based on GADs and detail Designs, and suitably designed RCC abutments, piers and foundations including staircases / ramps and other allied components. Depth and type of foundation shall be decided / designed based on detailed geotechnical investigation at ROBs sites. Before execution or during execution, if there is a modification/correction in


approved GADs / structural drawings / schedule of execution, the Agency has to execute the work as per modified/corrected GADs, for which Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra time for completing the work.

iii. Scope of WorkMRIDC is inviting sealed tenders from Firms / Agencies having requisite experience and financial capacity for execution of the following work:

“Construction of Road Over Bridges (ROBs) at 6 Locations (i.e. Manmad- Mudkhed section at LC No. 34- km 80/0-1, LC No. 122- km 291/9-292/0, LC No. 99- km 247/1-2, Akola- Purna Section at LC No. 115- km 821/6-7, LC No. 144B- km 872/2-3 and Akola-Purna & Manmad- Mudkhed Section LC No. 134A & 176A -km 948/5-6 ) in Lieu of LC Gates in Maharashtra area of South Central Railway.”

Sr. No.

Level Crossing No.

Chainage of ROB (km)

Section Approx. ApproachSpan configuration

(m)1 34 80/0-1 Manmad-Mudkhed 12 span of 20 mtrs 2 122 291/9-

292/0Manmad-Mudkhed 12 span of 20 mtrs

3 99 247/1-2 Manmad-Mudkhed 8 span of 20 mtrs4 115 821/6-7 Akola-Purna 13 span of 20 mtrs 5 134A &

176A 948/5-6 Akola-Purna & Manmad- Mudkhed

18 spans of 20 mtrs 1 span of 13.84 mtrs

6 144B 872/2-3 Akola-Purna 17 spans of 20 mtrs

Scope of work is as per the requirements given in the Bid document but not limited to:a) Construction of RCC abutments and piers, for Composite

girders, RCC/PSC girders as per IRC loading/ NHAI loading etc. including pile foundations/ open foundation as per GAD/Design.

b) Launching of RCC/PSC Girders (Steel girders over Railway line is to be fabricated/assembled and launched at site by other agency/ MRIDC.)

c) Construction of RCC/PSC deck slab on entire ROB length i.e. steel plate girders, RCC/PSC girder and approaches as per approved GADs.

d) Fixing of bearing in position under RCC/PSC girders standard fixed type & free sliding type POT cum PTFE bearings/Elastomeric bearings as per approved drawing.

e) Providing and laying cement concrete wearing coat and BT work, drainage spouts, footpath, road markings, etc.

f) Providing and fixing RCC crash barrier and RCC railing (As per MORTH design) and electric lighting poles etc.


g) Providing and fixing in position single strip seal elastomeric type expansion joints.

h) Construction of Inspection platform, railing, ladders, etc.i) Construction of RCC/Steel staircases, providing and fixing of

protection screens.j) Construction of approaches which includes constructing of cast

in-situ / Prefabricated RE wall, RCC slab, crash barrier, earthwork in bank, providing bituminous road & all works related to constructing approaches complete.

k) Providing and fixing of electrical street light poles with LED fixtures, aesthetic illumination for various arches with RGB fixtures and control system along with programming complete.

l) Other miscellaneous works for Railway and approach portion of work.

iv. The Bidder shall be governed by General Conditions of Contract (GCC), Instructions to Bidders (ITB) and Additional Instruction to Bidders. Wherever, there is a conflict in any condition between GCC and Additional Instruction to Bidders mentioned in the tender documents, the condition mentioned in Additional Instruction to Bidders will prevail. However, Engineer’s decision in this connection shall be final and binding.Section 4 and 5 of the tender document contains General Conditions of Contract and Additional Instruction to Bidders specific to this work and shall be applicable in the contract.

v. LocationWorks are to be executed in the jurisdiction of Maharashtra with approaches of ROBs in State Government land. However, MRIDC reserves right to change the site of work anywhere in adjacent / adjoining area of the work defined in relevant para of the tender document and the contractor shall be bound to execute the work without any extra rate.

3.2 (a) Tender Bid

The Tender Bid shall be submitted in one sealed cover containing two separate sealed Packets as under: -

Packet – AEligibility/Qualifying element of the Tender Bid along with other documents mentioned in para 3.2 (b) (i), here in after called “TECHNICAL BID “Packet – B


Price elements of the Tender Bid as per para 3.2 (b) (ii), herein after called “FINANCIAL BID”.The TECHNICAL BID (Packet – A) shall be opened on the date of tender opening and the detailed scrutiny of TECHNICAL BID shall be carried out. The “FINANACIAL BID” (Packet – B) shall be opened only of those Bidders who qualify in “Technical Bid”. The Financial Bid of un-qualified Bidders shall be returned without opening the Packet – B. The detailed procedure for tender opening and processing is given in Para 3.5.

3.2 (b) Form of Tender The Tender documents shall be in two separate sealed packets viz: -

Packet-A containing technical Bid and Packet-B containing financial Bid. Detailed credentials as per the requirement of eligibility criteria and all tender documents except Financial Proposal and Bill of Quantities are to be submitted in “TECHNICAL BID” i.e. Packet-A. Financial Proposal and Bill of Quantities with percentage above/below/at par duly filled in are to be submitted in “FINANCIAL BID” i.e. Packet-B.

Completed tender document in two packets viz. Packet-A and Packet-B shall be sealed separately in envelopes super scribing as Packet-A (TECHNICAL BID) and Packet – B (FINANCIAL BID) along with the name of the work. The “Earnest Money” for the work and the cost of the tender document (in case of downloaded tenders) in the form as prescribed in the tender document shall be submitted in Packet A (Technical Bid). These two sealed Envelopes shall be further sealed in a larger envelope super scribing the name of the work along with date and time of opening of tenders.

Any tender received later than the time and date of submission of tenders shall be rejected and returned unopened to the Bidder/s.

Tenders not submitted in the proper Forms are liable to be rejected.

i. Documents to be enclosed with the TECHNICAL BID (Packet – A)

S. No Description1. Offer letter complete.2. Bidder’s credentials in accordance with relevant paras of


S. No DescriptionInstructions to Bidders.

3.Earnest money in accordance with relevant para of tender condition and Cost of Tender Document in case of downloaded tenders in accordance with relevant para of Instructions to Bidders in an envelope.

4.Written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the tender to commit the Bidder and other documents as per format as applicable, in accordance with relevant para of Instructions to Bidders.

5.A copy of the tender papers duly signed in ink by the Bidder, on each and every page in token of his having studied the tender papers carefully shall be attached with the tender.

6. Power of Attorney of authorized person who signed the Bid as prescribed in Annexure- II in Section-12

7. A certified copy of partnership deed or article of memorandum in case of Pvt. Ltd. Company

8. Affidavit by the Bidders in the Format prescribed in Annexure- III of Section -12

9. This document duly signed on all pages including the Financial Offer

10. Bid Processing fee of Rs. 50,000/- in the form of DD11. Mandate form given in Annexure – IV12. A copy of receipt generated after the payment of Bid

processing fee.

ii. Documents to be enclosed with the FINANCIAL BID (Packet B)

S. No Description

1. Bill of Quantities and Financial Proposal (Section -11)

3.3 Tender DocumentThis tender document consists of following parts:

Section Descriptions1 Disclaimer2 Notice inviting Tender3 Instructions to Bidders 4 General Conditions of Contract 5 Additional Instructions to Bidders6 Technical Specifications


7 Additional Technical Specifications8 Eligibility and Qualification Criteria9 Schedule of Construction 10 Time Period and Payment Schedule11 Bill of Quantities and Financial Proposal12 Annexures and Drawings

3.4 Sale and Submission of Tender Document

3.4.1Tender document can be purchased from the office of Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited, 2nd Floor, Hoechst House, NCPA Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai- 400 021, India on any working day on payment of Rs. 20,000/- through Demand Draft / Banker's cheque payable in favour of " Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited” at Mumbai. The cost of the tender form is not refundable and also not transferable.

3.4.2This clause is applicable for tender documents downloaded from Internet. Bidder/s are free to download tender documents at their own cost, for the purpose of perusal as well as for using the same as tender document for submitting their offer. Master copy of the tender document will be available in the office of Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited. After award of the work, an agreement will be drawn up. The agreement shall be prepared based on the master copy available in the office of Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited and not based on the tender documents submitted by the Bidder. In case of any discrepancy between the tender documents downloaded from the internet and the master copy, latter shall prevail and will be binding on the Bidders. No claim on this account shall be entertained.

3.4.3Cost of Tender documents downloaded from internet. Tender documents are available on Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited website i.e. www.maharail.com and the same can be downloaded and used as tender documents for submitting the offer. The cost of the tender document as indicated in relevant para will have to be deposited by the Bidder in the form of Demand draft/banker's cheque payable in favour of “Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited” at Mumbai or through the payment gateway provided at MRIDC’s website along with the Tender document. This should be paid separately and not included in the earnest money. In case, tender is not accompanied with the cost of the tender document as detailed above, tender will be summarily rejected.

3.4.4The rates should be quoted in ink in figures as well as in words. If there is variation between rates quoted in figures and in words, the rate quoted in ‘words’ shall be taken as correct.



3.4.5Each page of the tender papers is to be signed by the Bidders or such person/s on his/their behalf that is/are legally authorized to sign for him / them.

3.4.6Care in Submission of Tenders – Before submitting a tender, the Bidder will be deemed to have satisfied himself by actual inspection of the site and locality of the works, that all conditions liable to be encountered during the execution of the works are taken into account and that the quoted rates by Bidder in tender forms are adequate and all-inclusive in item of Taxes, Duties & Levies etc. in terms of General Conditions of Contract for the completion of works to the entire satisfaction of the Employer.

3.4.7Tenders containing erasures and/or alteration of the tender documents are liable to be rejected. Any correction made by Bidder(s) in his/their entries must be attested by him/them.

3.4.8Pre-Bid conference: There may be pre-Bid conference at notified date and time in Conference Room of Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited, 2nd Floor, Hoechst House, NCPA Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai- 400 021, India. Bidders should give their queries in writing at least 3 days prior to the date of Pre-Bid conference. All interested firms / contractors may attend the Pre-Bid conference. Non-attendance at the pre-Bid conference will not be a cause for disqualification of the Bidder.

All communication between MRIDC and the Bidder shall be in writing. For the purposes of seeking clarification, the Employer's address is:

Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited,2nd Floor, Hoechst House, NCPA Road, Nariman Point,

Mumbai- 400 021, INDIAPhone No.: +91 22 67477510, Fax: +91 22 67477511

Email: [email protected] Opening of Tender

(a) Tender will be opened on specified date and time mentioned in relevant para, at Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited, 2nd Floor, Hoechst House, NCPA Road, Nariman Point, Mumbai- 400 021, India in the presence of the Bidders or their representatives as may be present at the prescribed date and time.



(b) The outer sealed cover shall be opened at the time and date prescribed in tender document. Thereafter the packet of “TECHNICAL BID (Packet- A)” only of all the Bidders shall be opened and the contents thereof i.e. qualification details shall be read out. “FINANCIAL BID (Packet-B)” shall be kept in safe custody in sealed conditions.

(c) After the opening of “TECHNICAL BID” (Packet-A) of all the Bidders, these Bids shall be scrutinized and analysed. If found necessary by MRIDC, the Bidders shall be asked to furnish clarifications and MRIDC may also hold discussions with the Bidders after giving due notice. The names of the Bidders whose Bid are considered complete and meet eligibility criteria shall be short listed.

(d) The “FINANCIAL BID (Packet –B)” shall be opened on a subsequent date and time duly notified well in advance. The Financial Bids of only those Bidders shall be opened who are short listed after scrutiny of their Technical Bid. The Financial Bid of the tenders who do not qualify during scrutiny of Technical Bid shall not be opened and these shall be returned by the employer. The time of opening, date and venue shall be advised to qualified Bidders in advance to enable them to depute their representative. The earnest money of non-qualifying Bidders will be returned back within a reasonable period after completion of results of Technical Bid.

(e) Unbalance bid amount: The EMD will be forfeited on refusal or inability of Agency/ Firm to deposit unbalanced Bid amount within specified time period, if applicable and asked by MRIDC.

3.6 Constitution of the Firm3.6.1Bidder shall clearly specify whether the tender is submitted on his

own or on behalf of a partnership firm / Joint Venture (JV) / Company. The Bidder(s) who is / are constituents of the firm / Company, shall enclose self-attested copies of the constitution of their concern, Partnership Deed and Power of attorney along with their tender. Tender documents in such cases shall be signed by such persons as may be legally competent to sign them on behalf of the firm / company as the case may be.

3.6.2The Bidder shall give full details of the constitution of the Firm / JV / Company and shall also submit following documents (as applicable), in addition to documents mentioned above:

a) Sole Proprietorship Firm: The Bidder shall submit the notarized copy of the affidavit.

b) Partnership Firm : The Bidder shall submit self-attested copies of (i) registered / notarized Partnership Deed and (ii) Power of


Attorney duly authorizing one or more of the partners of the firm or any other person(s), authorized by all the partners to act on behalf of the firm and to submit & sign the tender, sign the agreement, witness measurements, sign measurement books, receive payments, make correspondences, compromise / settle / relinquish any claim (s) preferred by the firm, Sign "No claim Certificate", refer all or any dispute to arbitration and to take similar action in respect of all tenders / contracts or said tender / contract.

c) Joint Venture: The Bidder shall submit documents as mentioned in relevant clause of GCC.

d) Companies registered under Companies Act-1956: The Bidder shall submit (i) the copies of Memorandum of Association (MOA) and Articles of Association (AOA) of the company; and (ii) Power of attorney duly registered / notarized by the company (backed by the resolution of Board of Directors) in favour of the individual, signing the tender on behalf of company.

3.6.3 If it is mentioned in the tender submission that it is being submitted on behalf of / by a sole Proprietorship Firm / Partnership Firm / Joint venture / registered Company etc. but above-mentioned documents (as applicable) are not enclosed along with tender, the tender shall be summarily rejected.If it is NOT mentioned in the tender submission that it is being submitted on behalf of / by a Sole Proprietorship Firm / Partnership Firm / Joint Venture / Registered Company etc., then the tender shall be treated as having been submitted by the individual who has signed the tender.After opening of the tender, any document pertaining to the constitution of the Firm / Joint Venture etc. shall neither be asked nor be entertained / considered by MRIDC.

3.6.4A tender from Joint Venture / Partnership Firm etc. shall be considered only where permissible as per the tender conditions.

3.6.5MRIDC will not be bound by any power of attorney granted by the Bidder or by changes in the composition of the Firm made subsequent to the submission of tender. It may, however, recognize such power of attorney and changes after obtaining proper legal advice.

3.7 Validity of TenderBidder shall keep his offer open for a minimum period as specified in the relevant paras of tender document from the date of opening of the tender or as mentioned in the Tender Notice.

3.8 Earnest Money


(a) The tender must be accompanied by Earnest Money in favour of “Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited” at Mumbai, deposited in any of the forms as mentioned in the relevant paras of the tender document, failing which the tender will not be considered.

(b) The earnest money shall remain deposited with the MRIDC for the period of validity of the offer prescribed in this tender document from the date of opening of tender. If the validity of the offer is extended, the validity of earnest money should also be extended failing which the offer after the expiry of the aforesaid period may not be considered by the MRIDC.

(c) The Earnest money should be in any of the following forms:FDR/Banker’s cheque / Demand Draft executed by State bank of India or any of the nationalized banks or any Indian Scheduled Bank.

(d) It shall be understood that the tender documents have been sold/issued to the Bidder and the Bidder is permitted to tender in consideration of stipulation on his part, that after submitting his tender he will not resile from his offer or modify the terms and conditions, thereof in a manner not acceptable to the Employer. Should the Bidder fail to observe or comply with the said stipulation, the aforesaid amount shall be liable to be forfeited.

(e) The earnest money of the unsuccessful Bidder(s) will, save as hereinbefore provided, be returned to the unsuccessful Bidder(s) within a reasonable time, but MRIDC shall not be responsible for any loss or depreciation that may happen for the due performance of the stipulation to keep the offer open for the period specified in the tender document or to the earnest money while in their possession nor be liable to pay interest thereon. No interest shall be paid by MRIDC on earnest money amount.

3.9 Execution of Contract AgreementThe Bidder whose tender is accepted shall be required to appear in person at the corporate office of MRIDC at Mumbai or if a firm or corporation, a duly authorized representative shall so appear and execute the contract agreement within 30 days after notice that the contract has been awarded to him. Failure to do so shall constitute a breach of the agreement affected by the acceptance of the tender in which case the full value of the earnest money accompanying the tender shall stand forfeited without prejudice to any other rights or remedies.

In the event of any Bidder whose tender is accepted, refuses to execute the contract agreement as hereinbefore provided, MRIDC


may determine that such Bidder has abandoned the contract and thereupon his tender and acceptance thereof, shall be treated as cancelled and MRIDC shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount of the Earnest Money and Bidder may be debarred from participating in future tenders of MRIDC.

3.10 Security Deposit on Acceptance of Tender The security deposit / rate of recovery / mode of recovery on

acceptance of tender shall be as per relevant Clause of General Conditions of Contract (GCC). The security deposit will be equal to 10% of the value of the contract. 5% will be submitted in the acceptable form given in relevant clause of GCC as Performance Security, on or before the date of signing of the agreement. The Earnest Money deposit of the successful bidder will be adjusted in the Performance Security. Balance 5% shall be deducted through the running bills at the rate of 10% from each of the running bills of the bidder till the realisation of full amount of Security Deposit as per the contract.

3.11 Bidder(s) Postal AddressThe Bidder(s) should state in the tender his / their postal address legibly and clearly. Any communication sent in time, to the Bidder(s) by post at his / their said address, shall be deemed to have reached the Bidder(s) duly and in time. Important documents should be sent by registered post.

3.12 Cost of Bidding: The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of his Bid, and MRIDC shall not be responsible or liable for these costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

3.13 Language of Bid: The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the bid exchanged by the Bidder and the MRIDC, shall be written in English.

3.14 Currency of Bid and Payment: The currency of bid, rates and cost should be entirely in the Indian rupees.

3.15 Corrupt Practices: MRIDC expects that bidders, suppliers, and Agencies, observe the highest standard of ethics during the execution of such contracts.

3.16 Right to reject any or all Bids i. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Request for Proposal

(RFP), MRIDC reserves the right to Accept or reject any Bid and to annul the Bidding Process and reject all bids, at any time without


any liability or any obligation for such acceptance, rejection or annulment, and without assigning any reasons thereof.

ii. Without prejudice to the generality of above, MRIDC reserves the right to reject any Bid if:

a) At any time, a material misrepresentation is made or discovered, or

b) The Bidder does not provide, within the time specified by the MRIDC, the supplemental information sought by the MRIDC for evaluation of the Bid.

iii. Such misrepresentation / improper response by the Bidder may lead to the disqualification of the Bid. If such disqualification / rejection occurs after the Bid have been opened and the lowest bid gets disqualified / rejected, then MRIDC reserves the right to consider the next best bid or take any other measure as may be deemed fit in the sole discretion of the MRIDC, including annulment of the Bid Process.

3.17 Eligibility CriteriaRefer section “Eligibility and Qualification Criteria”, Section 8

3.18 Period of CompletionThe entire work is required to be completed in all respects within specified period from the date of issue of the acceptance letter. Time is the essence of the contract. The contractor shall be required to maintain steady and regular progress to the satisfaction of the Engineer to ensure that the work will be completed in all respects within the stipulated time.

3.19 If the Bidder/s deliberately gives any wrong information about credentials / documents in his/their tenders and thereby create(s) circumstances for acceptance of his/their tender, MRIDC reserves the right to reject such tender at any stage, besides, shall suspend business with such Bidder. The EMD of such Bidders shall also be forfeited.

3.20 Quantum of work and materialsThe indicative schedule of quantities of various items of works is included in Section-11 of the tender documents.

3.21 Employer not bound to accept any tenderThe employer shall not be bound to accept the lowest or any tender or to assign any reason for non-acceptance or rejection of a tender. The employer reserves the right to accept any tender in respect of the whole or any portion of the work specified in the tender papers or to reduce the work or to accept any tender for less than the tendered quantities without assigning any reason whatsoever.

3.22 Bill of Quantities


The Bill of Quantities of the tender document lists out the Schedule of Prices for various items. Based on these, the total tender value has been worked out and the details are given in Section-11.

3.23 Performance Guarantee: Refer relevant clause of GCC.3.24 The Bidder shall furnish information for making payment through

ECS/ NEFT / RTGS (Mandate Form, Annexure-IV placed in Section-12 of the tender documents).

3.25 NegotiationShould MRIDC decide to negotiate with a view to bring down the rates, the Bidder called for negotiations, should furnish the following form of declaration before commencement of negotiations:"I................................................................. do declare that in the event of failure of contemplated negotiations relating to Tender No ............................................... dated ............................ my original tender shall remain open for acceptance on its original terms and conditions."

3.26 Site InspectionBidders are requested to inspect the site and carry out careful examination to satisfy them as to the nature of work involved and facilities available at the site. They should note carefully all the existing structures and those under construction through other agencies. They should also study the suitability of utilizing the different equipment and the machinery that they intend to use for the execution of the work. The Bidders should also select suitable sites for the purpose of locating their store yard, laboratory, staff quarters etc., and satisfy themselves with regard to the feasibility of transporting the girders, etc. from the yard to the final site of placement etc.

3.27 The Bidders are hereby advised to exercise due diligence (to their complete satisfaction) before placing reliance on data / information furnished or to be provided later by the MRIDC and / or any of his Agencies.

3.28 MRIDC requires that the Bidder provides professional, objective, and impartial advice and always hold MRIDC’s interests paramount, avoid conflicts with other assignments or its own interests, and act without any consideration for future work. The Bidder shall not accept or engage in any assignment that may place it in a position of not being able to carry out the work in the best interests of the MRIDC and the Project.

3.29 Clarification and amendment of RFP documentsAt any time before the submission of Bids, MRIDC may, for any reason, whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by Bidder, modify the RFP documents by an amendment. All amendments / corrigenda will be posted only on the MRIDC’s


Official Website. In order to afford the Bidder a reasonable time for taking an amendment into account, or for any other reason, MRIDC may at its discretion extend the time.

3.30 Ownership of document and copyrightAll the study outputs including primary data test reports shall be compiled, classified and submitted by the Bidder to MRIDC in hard and soft copies. The study outputs and the test reports shall remain the property of the MRIDC and shall not be used for any other purpose other than that intended under these terms of reference without the permission of MRIDC.

3.31 Errors, Omission and Discrepancies1. In case of errors and / or discrepancies between written and

scaled dimension on the drawing or between drawings, approved layout specifications, etc. the following order of preference shall apply: -

i. Between actual scaled and written dimension or description on a drawing, MRIDC’s decision will be final.

ii. Between the written description and dimension in the drawings and corresponding in the specifications, MRIDC’s decision will be final.

2. In case of discrepancy between rates quoted in figures and in words, figures in word shall be considered.

3. In all cases of omissions and / or doubts of discrepancies in the dimensions or description of the item or specifications, a reference shall be made to MRIDC, whose elucidation, elaboration or decision shall be considered as final. The bidder shall be held responsible for any errors that may occur in the work through lack of such reference and precaution.

4. The special provision in detailed scope of work shall gain precedence over corresponding contradictory provision (if any) in the detailed item specifications and standard specifications.

----------------------------------------------


SECTION: 4GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

Section 4: General Conditions of Contract of 416

SECTION: 4GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT will form an integral part of the Bid and contract, which is enclosed along with the Bid document.

In case of any deviation between conditions of contract and any other special condition & specifications of contract of this Bid document, the special condition & specifications of contract of this Bid document shall prevail. The Bidder must give a certificate along with their offer that they have thoroughly read, understood and accepted the conditions / special conditions & specifications of contract as well as other conditions of Bid document etc.

4.1 DEFINITIONS

Unless excluded by or repugnant to the context:

a) The expression “MRIDC” as used in the Bid document shall mean the Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited and was formerly known as MRIDL i.e. Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Limited.

b) The expression “Employer”, “Client”, “Owner” as used in the Bid document means Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited.

c) The expression “Department” as used in the Bid documents shall mean Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited.

d) “Drawing” shall mean the drawings referred to in specifications and any modifications of such drawings approved in writing by engineers and such other drawings as may from time to time be furnished or approved in writing by the Engineer in Charge.

e) “Engineer” / “Engineer-in-charge” of the work shall mean the ‘Representative’ appointed by MRIDC.

f) The “Site” shall mean the lands and / or other places on, under / in or through which the work is to be executed under the contract including any other lands or place used for the purpose of contract.

g) Part(s) thereof as the case may be and shall include all extra or additional, altered or substituted works as required for performance of the contract.


h) The “Contract / Proposal” shall mean The agreement entered into between the employer and the Firm / Agency as recorded in the contract form signed by the parties, include all attachments, i.e. the notice of tender, the sealed quotation and the Bid documents including the Bid and acceptance thereof, together with the documents referred to therein, and the accepted conditions with annexure mentioned therein including any special conditions, specifications, designs, drawings, price schedule / bill of quantities and schedule of rates. All these documents taken together shall be deemed to form one contract and shall be complementary to one another. Contract is, deed of contract together with its entire accompaniment and those later incorporated in it by internal consent.

i) The “Firm / Agency” shall mean the individual or firm or company whether incorporated or not, undertaking the work and shall include legal representative of such an individual or persons comprising such firms or company and permitted, assigns of such individual or firm or company. The “Contractor” or “Bidder” shall be termed as “Firm / Agency” wherever mentioned in the tender document.

j) The “Contract sum” / “Contract price” shall mean the sum for which the Bid is accepted.

k) The “Contract time” means period specified in the Bid document for entire execution of contracted works from the date of notification of award including monsoon period.

l) A “Day” shall mean a day of 24 hours from midnight to midnight irrespective of the number of hours worked in that day.

m) A “month” shall mean a calendar month.

n) A “week” shall mean seven consecutive days without regard to the number of hours worked in any day in that week.

o) “Excepted Risks” are risks due to riots (otherwise than among Firm / Agency’s employees) and civil commotion (in so far as both these are un-insurable) was (whether declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies, hostilities, civil war, rebellion, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, any acts of God, such as earthquake, lightening and un-precedent floods over which the Firm / Agency has no control.


p) “Temporary works” shall mean all temporary works of every kind required for execution completion or maintenance of the works.

q) “Urgent works” shall mean any measures, which in the opinion of the Engineer, becomes necessary during the progress of the works to obviate any risk or accident or failure or which becomes necessary for security of the work or the persons working thereon.

r) “Railway portion” shall mean work that covers railway right of way including foundation, pile, pile cap, abutment, pier, pier cap, deck slab, etc.

s) “Non-Railway Portion” shall mean work outside Railway right of way including approaches, foundation, pile, pile cap, abutment, pier, pier cap, deck slab, etc.

t) Where the context so requires, word importing the singular number only also includes the plural number or vice-versa.

4.2 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD)

4.2.1 A bidder shall be required to provide Earnest Money Deposit as mentioned in Bid document.

4.2.2 MRIDC will not be liable to pay any interest on EMD. EMD of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned without any interest, generally within one month after acceptance of LOA by the selected Bidder or when the selection process is cancelled by the Client. The Selected Bidder’s EMD shall be adjusted, without any interest upon the Bidder signing the contract and furnishing the Performance Security in accordance with provision of the RFP and contract.

4.3 FORFEITURE OF EMD

MRIDC will be entitled to forfeit and appropriate the EMD as mutually agreed loss and damage payable to MRIDC in regard to the RFP without prejudice to MRIDC’s any other right or remedy under the following conditions:

a. If any Firm / Agency engages in a corrupt practice, fraudulent practice, coercive practice, undesirable practice or restrictive practice as envisaged under this RFP (including the Standard Form of Contract);

b. If any Firm / Agency withdraws its Bid during the period of its validity as specified in this RFP and as extended by the Bidder from time to time,


c. In the case of the Selected Firm / Agency, if the Selected Firm / Agency fails to sign the contract or provide the Performance - within the specified time limit, or

d. If the Firm / Agency commits any breach of terms of this RFP or is found to have made a false representation to MRIDC.

e. If the firm / Agency fails to deposit required unbalanced bid amount within specified time, if applicable and asked for.

4.4 SECURITY DEPOSIT

4.4.1 Performance Security Deposit, equivalent to 5% of the total cost of the Financial Proposal shall be furnished by the successful bidder on or before signing of the contract.

4.4.2The Earnest Money deposit of the successful bidder will be adjusted in the Performance Security.

4.4.3Balance 5% Security Deposit shall be deducted through the running bills at the rate of 10% from each of the running bills of the bidder till the realization of full amount of Security Deposit as per the contract.

4.4.4The Security Deposit shall be returned to the Bidder without any interest when the Bidder ceases to be under any obligations under the contract i.e. after the defect liability period or as specified otherwise.

4.4.5Additional Performance Security for Unbalanced Bid Value

If the Bid Value quoted by the lowest eligible bidder is below MRIDC’s Estimated Bid Price, by more than 10%, in other words, if it is less than 90% of the Estimated Bid Price of MRIDC, the Firm / Agency will be asked to deposit an Additional Performance Security Deposit equal to the difference in their quoted bid value and 90% of the MRIDC’s Estimated Bid Price before the award of Contract.In case such eligible lowest bidder, fails to deposit the additional Performance Security Deposit through Demand Draft (DD) or any other mode as specified by MRIDC, within 7 days from receipt of letter to that effect from MRIDC, their offer will be considered as In-eligible and Incomplete, the same will be SUMMARILY REJECTED and the EMD will be forfeited. The business dealing with such firm may be suspended by MRIDC. The next highest bidder will be considered for award of contract.


Refund of additional performance security deposit shall be done only after 100% satisfactory completion of work at site.

4.4.6REFUND OF SECURITY DEPOSIT The Security Deposit will be refunded after the Defect Liability Period or as specified otherwise.

4.5 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

The procedure for obtaining Performance Guarantee is outlined below: (a) The successful bidder shall have to submit a Performance

Guarantee (PG) within 30 (thirty) days from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance (LOA). Extension of time for submission of PG beyond 30 (thirty) days and up to 60 days from the date of issue of LOA may be given by the Authority who is competent to sign the contract agreement. However, a penal interest of 15% per annum shall be charged for the delay beyond 30 (thirty) days, i.e. from 31st day after the date of issue of LOA. In case the Firm / Agency fails to submit the requisite PG even after 60 days from the date of issue of LOA, the contract shall be terminated duly forfeiting EMD and other dues, if any payable against that contract. The failed Firm / Agency shall be debarred from participating in re-tender for that work and business dealing with such firm may be suspended by MRIDC.

(b) The successful bidder shall submit the Performance Guarantee (PG) in any of the following forms, amounting to 5% of the contract value: (i) Irrevocable Bank Guarantee;(ii) Government Securities including State Loan Bonds at 5%

below the market value; (iv) Deposit Receipts, Pay Orders, Demand Drafts and

Guarantee Bonds. These forms of Performance Guarantee could be either of the State Bank of India or of any of the Nationalized Banks;

(iii) Guarantee Bonds executed or Deposits Receipts tendered by all Scheduled Banks;

(iv) A Deposit in the Post Office Saving Bank;(v) A Deposit in the National Savings Certificates; (vi) Twelve years National Defence Certificates; (vii) Ten years Defence Deposits; (viii) National Defence Bonds and


(ix) Unit Trust Certificates at 5% below market value or at the face value whichever is less.

Also, FDR in favour of Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited (free from any encumbrance) may be accepted. NOTE: The instruments as listed above will also be acceptable for Guarantees in case of Mobilization Advance.

(c) The Performance Guarantee shall be submitted by the successful bidder after the Letter of Acceptance (LOA) has been issued, but before signing of the contract agreement. This PG shall be initially valid till a date as specified in the Contract or 60 days after expiry of Defects Liability Period. In case, the time for completion of work gets extended, the Firm / Agency shall get the validity of PG extended to cover such extended time for completion of work.

(d) The Performance Guarantee (PG) shall be released after physical completion of the work based on 'Completion Certificate' issued by the competent authority stating that the Firm / Agency has completed the work in all respects satisfactorily. The Security Deposit shall, however, be released only after expiry of the Defect Liability Period and after passing the final bill based on 'No Claim Certificate' from the Firm / Agency.

(e) Whenever the contract is rescinded, the Security Deposit shall be forfeited, and the Performance Guarantee shall be encashed. The balance work shall be got done independently without risk & cost of the failed Firm / Agency. The failed Firm / Agency shall be debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the failed Firm / Agency is a JV or a Partnership firm, then every member/partner of such a firm shall be debarred from participating in the tender for the balance work in his/her individual capacity or as a partner of any other JV/partnership firm.

(f) Failure by the Firm / Agency to extend the validity of the Performance Guarantee as described herein above, in which event the Engineer may claim the full amount of the Performance Guarantee.

Renewal of Bank Guarantee The Bank guarantee submitted towards performance Guarantee shall be renewed from time to time as per the extension of contract granted to the Firm / Agency either on MRIDC account or Firm /


Agency account, as otherwise the same will be deducted in full from the dues of the Firm / Agency.

4.6 PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BID

i. GeneralFirm / Agency are requested to submit their Bid in English language and strictly in the formats provided in this RFP. MRIDC will evaluate only those Bids that are received in the specified format and complete in all respects.

ii. Financial Bid:The Financial Bid should be a percentage above / below / at par with MRIDC’s estimated rates. The Firm / Agency shall be paid only Goods & Service Tax (GST) over and above the cost of Financial Bid quoted by them. Further, all payments shall be subjected to deduction of taxes at source as per Applicable Laws.

iii.Submission of Bid All Bids should be submitted through speed Post or Courier or By Hand only. No Bid after the due date shall be considered for the evaluation.

4.7 OPENING OF BIDS

On the date specified in the Tender Schedule, following procedure will be adopted for opening of the Tender.

a) ENVELOPE No. 1: (Technical Bid)i. First of all, Envelope No. 1 of the tender will be opened to

verify its contents as per requirements. If the various documents contained in this envelope do not meet the requirements of MRIDC and do not fulfil the eligibility criteria mentioned in the tender document the said Firm / Agency’s Envelope No. 2 will not be opened for further action and the same will be returned to the Bidder. The decision of MRIDC in this regard will be final and binding on the Firm / Agencies.

ii. Where the Firm / Agency’s own design is allowed by MRIDC, or where the offers on Firm / Agency’s own design are invited by MRIDC, broad details in the form of technical


note shall be submitted by the Firm / Agency in Envelope No. 1. This shall be subjected to scrutiny by MRIDC to ascertain the technical feasibility and acceptability of the Design of the Firm / Agency. In case MRIDC finds such designs or assumption unacceptable, offers for the such designs in Envelope No. 2 shall not be considered by MRIDC.

b) ENVELOPE No. 2: (Financial Bid)i. This envelope shall be opened after opening of Envelope

No. 1, only if contents of Envelope No. 1 are found to be acceptable to MRIDC and the firm fulfilling the eligibility criteria specified in the tender. The tendered percentage rate offered in “Section-11” then be read out, in the presence of bidders who remain present at the time of opening of Envelope No. 2.

ii. MRIDC will Evaluate financial bid of only those bidders who would submit their bid along with the EMD on the date given in the key dates schedule mentioned in the bidding programme / Schedule.

iii. Evaluation Committee will scrutinize whether the Financial Bids are complete in all respects, unqualified and unconditional, and submitted in accordance with the terms hereof.

iv. The Bidder with the Lowest Eligible Financial Bid may be considered to be the Successful Bidder and may be informed through Letter of Award (LOA) or may be invited for negotiation as the case may be.

4.8 AWARD OF CONTRACT

After selection, a Letter of Award (the “LOA”) will be issued, in duplicate by MRIDC to the Successful Bidder and the Successful Bidder shall, within 7 (seven) days of the receipt of the LOA, sign and return the duplicate copy of the LOA in acknowledgement thereof.

4.9 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

After acknowledgement of the LOA and furnishing of Performance Security as aforesaid by the Successful Firm / Agency, it shall execute the Agreement within 30 (thirty) days from the date of issue of LOA. The Successful Bidder shall not be entitled to seek any deviation in the Agreement.


4.10 CONFIDENTIALITYInformation relating to evaluation of bids and recommendations concerning awards of contract shall not be disclosed to the Firm / Agency who have submitted the bids or to other persons not officially concerned with the process, until the winning firm has been notified that it has been awarded the contract.

4.11 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE

The Firm / Agency shall supervise & direct the works efficiently & with his best skill & attention. He shall be solely responsible for means, methods, techniques, procedures & sequences of work. The Firm / Agency shall co-ordinate all parts of the work and shall be responsible to see that the finished work complies fully with the contract documents, & such instructions & variation orders as the Engineer may issue during the progress of the works.The Firm / Agency shall engage authorized full-time staff for the works. He should be capable of managing and guiding the work and understanding the specifications and contract conditions. Sufficient number of qualified and experienced Engineers shall be provided by the Firm / Agency as his site Engineers for all the technical matters. Site Engineers can also be designated as an agent of the Firm / Agency. Agents will take orders as will be given by the MRIDC Engineer or his representative and the Agent shall be responsible for carrying them out. The agents and/ or site Engineers shall not be changed without prior intimation to the Engineer - In - Charge and his representative on the work site. The Firm / Agency shall supply, to the Engineer- In - Charge the details of all supervisory and other staff employed by him and notify changes when made and satisfy the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the quality and sufficiency of the staff thus employed. The Engineer - In - Charge will have the right to ask for changes in the Firm / Agency’s supervisory staff both with respect to number and quality and to order removal from work any of such staff. The Firm / Agency shall comply with such orders immediately.

4.12 PROTECTION

The works included in this contract are to be carried out close to the running road / tracks and public utilities, therefore, safety of running trains, road vehicles and / or the public is paramount. All activities undertaken by the Firm / Agency shall ensure safety at all times. The Firm / Agency shall comply with the instructions issued by MRIDC / Roadways Engineer / Employer from time to time to ensure safe running of trains / Road Vehicles / Pedestrians while carrying out works. The rates quoted by the Firm / Agency shall be deemed to include all expenditure incurred in compliance with the same.

4.13 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, EMERGENCIES AND PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT


The Firm / Agency shall be solely responsible notwithstanding any stipulations by owner or Engineer for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programmes in connection with the work, and shall comply with all laws, ordinance, code rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damages, injury or loss during the entire contract period including non-working hours.

4.14 SAFETY OF PUBLIC

The Firm / Agency shall be responsible to take all precautions to ensure the safety of the public whether on public or on MRIDC property and shall post such look out men as may in the opinion of the Engineer be required to comply with regulations pertaining to the work.

4.15 LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Governing Law: The contract documents shall be governed by the laws and by-laws of India.

4.16 INCOME TAX Income Tax as per rates applicable / amended under the Income Tax Act of work shall be deducted at source unless the Firm / Agency is exempted by Income Tax Authorities.

4.17 GST

GST as applicable on gross value of each running account bill shall be paid by MRIDC as per prevailing law.

4.18 PERMITS, FEES, TAXES & ROYALTIES

Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents, the Firm / Agency shall pay for all Govt. taxes except GST. GST will be paid extra if payable under law on submission of the documentary evidence. MRIDC authorities will not take any responsibility of refund of such taxes / fees. Any violation, in the legal provision of taxes, duties, royalty, permits and fees, carried out by the Firm / Agency and detected subsequently shall be the sole responsibility of the Firm / Agency and his legal heirs.

4.19 STATUTORY INCREASE IN DUTIES, TAXES ETC

All the taxes and duties levied by the State and Central Govt. and by Local Bodies at the prevailing rates applicable on the date of receipt of Bid shall be fully borne by the Firm / Agency and shall not be reimbursed to him on any account. The Bid shall be inclusive of all taxes, levies etc.


Further MRIDC shall not honour any claim arising out of any increase in any of the prevailing statutory duties, taxes, levies etc. At the time of quoting / bidding Firm / Agency should bear the above fact in mind.

4.20 ASSISTANCE IN PROCURING PRIORITIES PERMITS

The Engineer-in-charge on written request by the Firm / Agency will, if, in the interest of work and its progress, assist the Firm / Agency in securing police protection and the priorities for control materials, permit for quarries and other similar permits including labour license etc, where such are needed. All cost in this behalf shall be borne by the Firm / Agency. MRIDC however will not be responsible for non-availability of such facilities or delay in this behalf and no claims on account of such failure or delay will be allowed.

4.21 DELAY AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT PERIOD / LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

4.21.1The time allowed for execution and completion of the works or part of the works as specified in the contract, shall be essence of the contract on the part of the Firm / Agency.

4.21.2As soon as it becomes apparent to the Firm / Agency, that the work and / or portions thereof (required to be completed earlier), cannot be completed within the period(s) stipulated in the contract, or the extended periods granted, the Firm / Agency shall forthwith inform the Engineer and advise him of the reasons for the delay, as also the extra time required to complete the work and / or portions of work, together with justification thereof. In all such cases, whether the delay is attributable to the Firm / Agency or not, the Firm / Agency shall be bound to apply for extension well within the period of completion / extended period of completion of the whole works and / or portions thereof.

4.21.3Extension due to modifications

If any modifications are ordered by the Engineer or site conditions actually encountered are such, that in the opinion of the Engineer the magnitude of the work has increased materially, then such extension of the stipulated date of completion may be granted, as shall appear to the Engineer to be reasonable.

4.21.4Delays not due to Employer

If the completion of the whole works (or part thereof which as per the contract is required to be completed earlier), is likely to be delayed on account of:

Any force majeure event, Any relevant order of court or


Any other event or occurrence, which according to the Engineer is not due to the Firm / Agency’s failure or fault and is beyond his control. The Engineer may grant such extensions of the completion period as in his opinion reasonable.

4.21.5Delays due to Employer / Engineer

In the event of any failure or delay by the Employer / Engineer in fulfilling his obligations under the contract, then such failure or delay, shall in no way affect or vitiate the contract or alter the character thereof; or entitle the Firm / Agency to claim damages or compensation thereof but in any such case, MRIDC shall grant such extension or extensions of time to complete the work, as in the opinion of MRIDC it is / are reasonable.

In the event of change in design of foundation due to soil strata changes, change in design of other structures, utility shifting, traffic blocks or unforeseen reasons which is acceptable by MRIDC as reasonable, time extension may be granted by the engineer if, otherwise specified. The decision of MRIDC will be final and binding on the agency.

4.21.6 Delays due to Firm / Agency and Liquidated Damages:

If the delay in the completion of the whole works or a part of the works, beyond stipulated completion period, is due to the Firm / Agency's failure or fault, and the Engineer feels that the remaining works or the portion of works can be completed by the Firm / Agency in a reasonable and acceptable short time, then, the Engineer may allow the Firm / Agency extension or further extension of time, for completion, as he may decide, subject to the following:

Without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Engineer, recover by way of liquidated damages and not as penalty, a sum equivalent to Zero point One percent (0.1%) of the contract value of the works, for each day or part thereof from the Firm / Agency, in default.

The recovery on account of compensation for delay shall be limited to 10% of the total contract value of the works, or the portion of the balance works, as the case may be.

The recovery of such damages shall not relieve the Firm / Agency from his obligation to complete the work or from any other obligation and liability under the contract.


4.21.7 The decision of MRIDC as to the compensation, if any, payable by the Firm / Agency under this clause shall be final and binding.

4.21.8 It is an agreed term of the contract that notwithstanding grant of extension of time under any of the sub-clauses mentioned herein, time shall continue to be treated as the essence of contract on the part of the Firm / Agency.

4.21.9 No extension of time will be allowed for any change proposed and accepted by MRIDC regarding change in shape and size of Pier, pile-cap, abutment etc. for the convenience of agency for use of shuttering, centring available with them or for aesthetic reasons without disturbing any design parameters and / or inviting for any further designs.

4.22 DETERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE TO FIRM / AGENCY’S DEFAULT

4.22.1 Conditions leading to determination of contractIf the Firm / Agency:a) becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or, b) makes arrangements with or assignment in favour of his

creditor, or agrees to carry out the contract under a committee of inspection of his creditors or

c) being a company or corporation goes into liquidation by a resolution passed by the Board of Directors / General Body of the share-holders or as a result of court order (other than voluntary liquidation for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction); or

d) has execution levied on his goods or property or the works, or e) assigns or sublets the contract or any part thereof otherwise

than as provided for under conditions of' this contract, orf) abandons the contract, org) persistently disregards instructions of the Engineer or

contravenes any provisions of the contract, orh) fails to adhere to the agreed programme of work or fails to

complete the works or parts of the works within the stipulated or extended period of completion, or is unlikely to complete the whole work or part thereof within time because of poor record of progress; or

i) fails to take steps to employ competent and / or additional staff and labour, or

j) promises, offers or gives any bribe, commission, gift or advantage, either himself or through his partners, agents or servants to any officer or employee of the Engineer or the Employer, or to any person on their behalf, in relation to obtaining or execution of this or any other contract with the Employer, or


k) Suppresses or gives wrong information while submitting the Bid.

In any such case the Engineer on behalf of the Employer may serve the Firm / Agency with a notice in writing to that effect and if the Firm / Agency does not, within 7 days after delivery to him of such notice, proceed to make good his default in so far as the same is capable of being made good, and carry on the work or comply with such instructions as aforesaid to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer, the Employer shall be entitled after giving 48 hours’ notice in writing to terminate the contract, as a whole or in part or parts (as may be specified in such notice).

4.22.2 In such a case of termination, the Employer / Engineer may adopt the following course:a) The Security Deposit shall be forfeited.b) Carry out the whole or part of the work from which the Firm /

Agency has been removed by engaging another Firm / Agency or deployment of technical staff at site.

c) On such termination, a joint measurement is to be carried out by the MRIDC or its representative and the Firm / Agency or its representative. If Firm / Agency fails to participate in such joint measurement despite written communication by MRIDC, the measurement taken by MRIDC or its representative shall be binding on the Firm / Agency. Payment calculations for the work done by the Firm / Agency shall be done on quantum merit basis.

d) The Firm / Agency shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work thereto actually performed by him under this contract unless and until the MRIDC shall have certified in writing the performance of the such work and the amount payable to him in respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid the amount so certified.

4.23 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT ON EMPLOYER / ENGINEER'S ACCOUNT

4.23.1 The Employer / Engineer shall be entitled to determinate the contract, at any time, should, in the Employer / Engineer's opinion, the cessation of works becomes necessary, owing to paucity of funds or due to court orders or from any other cause whatsoever. Notice in writing from the Employer / Engineer of such termination and reasons, therefore shall be conclusive evidence thereof.

4.23.2 In case of determination of contract on Employer / Engineer's account as described above, the claims of the Firm / Agency towards expenditure incurred by him in the expectation of completing the whole works, shall be admitted and considered for


payment as deemed reasonable and are supported by the documents / vouchers etc., to the satisfaction of Employer / Engineer. The decision of the Employer / Engineer on the necessity and propriety of such expenditure shall be final and conclusive. However, the Firm / Agency shall have no claim to any payment of compensation or otherwise, on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the work in full but which he could not in consequence of determination of contract under this clause.

4.24 INSURANCE

a) The Firm / Agency shall obtain necessary insurance like insurance for third party liabilities, and Firm / Agency’s personnel & equipment including its Site office, vehicles, Workshop, etc. deployed at Site by the Firm / Agency, insurance against injury to persons and damage to surroundings property during the construction period.

b) The insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect during the period of the Contract. For a sub Firm / Agency’s employee, the insurance may be affected by the sub-Firm / Agency, but the Firm / Agency shall be responsible for compliance.

c) The Firm / Agency shall take EMPLOYER’s liability in respect of the personnel of the Firm / Agency and of any sub vendors, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the applicable law, as well as with respect to such personnel, any such life, health, accident, travel or other insurance as may be appropriate.

d) Before commencement of works, it shall be obligatory for the Firm / Agency to obtain, at his own cost, third party liability insurance cover in the joint name of the Firm / Agency and EMPLOYER from reputed companies.

e) The Firm / Agency shall provide documentary evidence to the EMPLOYER / Engineer-in-charge before commencement of work at site that the third-party liability insurance have been effected and shall within 30 days of the commencement date, provide the insurance policy to the EMPLOYER / Engineer-in-charge. The Firm / Agency shall, whenever, called upon, produce to the Engineer-in-charge or his representative the evidence of payment of premiums paid by him to ensure that the policy indeed continue to be in force.

f) On the event of any damage to the property / life of third party, the Firm / Agency have to make immediate payment and relief measures as per the directions of the Engineer-in charge. The decision of Engineer-in-charge is final and finding.

g) If the Firm / Agency fails to effect or keep in force or provide adequate cover as acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge in the third-party liability insurance policy mentioned above, then in such cases, the Engineer-in-charge may affect and keep in


force any such insurance or further insurance on behalf of the Firm / Agency. The recovery shall be made at the rate of 1.5 times the premium / premiums paid by the Engineer-in-charge in this regard from the payment due to the Firm / Agency or from the Firm / Agency’s Security Deposit / Performance Security. However, the Firm / Agency shall not be absolved from his responsibility and / or liability in this regard.

h) Firm / Agency at his own cost and without involving any obligations on part of EMPLOYER, shall take necessary insurance policies for his men, materials, construction plants, machineries, equipment or any other insurance cover as may be required by the law of land.

i) The EMPLOYER / Engineer-in-charge shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages to construction Plant, Machinery and Equipment brought to site by the Firm / Agency or compensations payable to any workman or other person in the employment of the Firm / Agency or his sub-Firm / Agency or petty Firm / Agency. The Firm / Agency shall indemnify and keep indemnified the EMPLOYER / Engineer-in-charge against all such damages and compensation for which the Firm / Agency is liable.

4.25 LABOUR RULES

4.25.1 The Firm / Agency will have to produce to the satisfaction of the MRIDC, a valid and current license issued in his favour under the provision of Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, before starting the work, otherwise the Firm / Agency shall have to face the further consequences.

4.25.2 The Firm / Agency shall have to follow all rules and regulations pertaining to payment of Minimum Wages Act as notified by Maharashtra Government applicable for Project Sites. The Firm / Agency shall also be responsible for observance of labour regulations in respect of labour welfare, PF & EI.

4.25.3 The Firm / Agency shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees and shall not employ on the works any unfit person or anyone not skilled and experienced in the assigned task. The Firm / Agency shall in respect of labour employed by him comply with or cause to be complied with the provisions of various labour law and rules and regulations as applicable to them in regard to all matters provided therein and shall indemnify the owner in respect of all claims that may be made against the owner for non-compliance thereof by the Firm / Agency. In the event of the Firm / Agency committing a default or breach of any provisions of labour laws and rules and regulations, the Firm / Agency shall without prejudice is liable to prosecuted as per Indian Laws.


4.25.4 The Firm / Agency shall employ at least 80 percent of the total number of unskilled labourers to be employed by him on the said work from out of the persons ordinarily residing in the district in which site of the said work is located. Provided however that if those required number of unskilled labourers from that district are not available, then the Firm / Agency shall in first instance, employ such number of persons as are available and thereafter may with previous permission in writing of the MRIDC of the said work, obtain the rest of the requirement of the unskilled labourer’s from outside the District.

4.26 NON-EMPLOYMENT OF FEMALE LABOUR

The Contactor shall see that the employment of female labour on / in Cantonment areas, particularly in the neighbourhood of soldier's barracks, should be avoided as far as possible.

4.27 NON-EMPLOYMENT OF LABOURS BELOW THE AGE OF 15

The Firm / Agency shall not employ children below the age of 15 as labourers directly or through petty Firm / Agency’s or sub-Firm / Agency’s for the execution of work.

4.28 WORKING DURING NIGHT

The Firm / Agency shall not carry out any work between sun-set and sun-rise without the previous permission of the Engineer.

4.29 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

All disputes or differences of any kind whatsoever that may arise between the Employer / Engineer and the Bidder in connection with or arising out of the contract or subject matter thereof or the execution of works, whether during the progress of works or after their completion, whether before or after determination of contract shall be settled as under:

4.29.1MUTUAL SETTLEMENT

All such disputes or differences shall in the first place be referred by the Bidder to the Employer in writing for resolving the same through mutual discussions, negotiations, deliberation etc. associating representatives from both the sides and concerted efforts shall be made for reaching amicable settlement of disputes or differences.

4.29.2CONCILIATION / ARBITRATION

a) It is a term of this contract that Conciliation / Arbitration of disputes to settle shall not be commenced unless an attempt has first been made by the parties such disputes through mutual settlement.


b) If the Bidder is not satisfied with the settlement by the Employer on any matter in question, disputes or differences, the Bidder may refer to the Managing Director of the Employer in writing to settle such disputes or differences through Conciliation or Arbitration provided that the demand for Conciliation or Arbitration shall specify the matters, which are in question or subject of the disputes or differences as also the amount of claim, item wise. Only such dispute(s), or difference(s) in respect of which the demand has been made, together with counter claims of, the Employer shall be referred to Conciliator or Arbitrator as the case may be and other matters shall not be included in the reference.

c) Managing Director of the Employer may himself act as Sole Conciliator / Sole Arbitrator or may at his option appoint another person as Sole Conciliator or Sole Arbitrator, as the case may be. In case, Managing Director of the Employer decides to appoint a Sole Conciliator / Sole Arbitrator, then a panel of at least three names will be sent to the Bidder. Such persons may be working / retired employees of the Employer who had not been connected with the work. The Bidder shall suggest minimum two names out of this panel for appointment of Sole Conciliator / Sole Arbitrator. Managing Director of the Employer will appoint Sole Conciliator / Sole Arbitrator out of the names agreed by the Bidder.

d) In case, the Bidder opts for settlement of disputes through Conciliation at first stage and if the efforts to resolve all or any of the disputes thorough Conciliation fails, the Bidder may refer to the Managing Director of the Employer for settlement of such disputes or differences through Arbitration. The appointment of Sole Arbitrator shall be done by the Managing Director of the Employer as per the procedure described above. No disputes or differences shall be referred to Arbitration after expiry of 60 days from the date of notification of failure of Conciliation.

e) The Conciliation and / or Arbitration proceedings shall be governed by the provisions of the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof and the rules made there under and for the time being in force shall apply to the conciliation and arbitration proceedings under this clause.

f) The language of proceedings, documents or communications shall be in English and the award shall be made in English in writing.

g) The conciliation / arbitration proceedings shall be held at a place decided by Conciliator / Arbitrator.

h) The fees and other charges of the Conciliator / Arbitrator shall be as per the scales fixed by the Employer and shall be shared equally between the Employer and the Bidder.

4.29.3SETTLEMENT THROUGH COURT


It is a term of this contract that the Bidder shall not approach any Court of Law for settlement of such disputes or differences unless an attempt has first been made by the parties to settle such disputes or differences under the relevant clauses of this agreement.

4.29.4SUSPENSION OF WORK

The Obligations of the Employer, the Engineer and the Bidder shall not be altered by reasons of conciliation / arbitration being conducted during the progress of works. Neither party shall be entitled to suspend the work on account of conciliation / arbitration and payments to the Bidder shall continue to be made in terms of the contract.

4.29.5AWARD TO BE BINDING ON ALL PARTIES

The award of the Sole Arbitrator, unless challenged in court of law, shall be binding on all parties.

4.29.6EXCEPTION

For settlement of disputes with central PSUs, the procedure as per existing orders of Permanent Machinery for Arbitration (PMA), Bureau of Public Enterprises, Govt. of India shall be followed.

4.29.7JURISDICTION OF COURTS

Jurisdiction of courts for dispute resolution shall be Mumbai only. 4.30 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The details shown in the bid drawings, approved layout, etc. provided by the MRIDC and all other information pertaining to the site and works be treated as indicative and provisional only and are liable to variation as found necessary while preparing, working drawings which will be supplied by the MRIDC during execution, if necessary. No claim whatsoever shall be admissible on account of minor variation; MRIDC’s decision in this regard shall be final and binding on Firm / Agency. Maximum 2 sets of all working drawings will be issued to the Firm / Agency free of cost. Additional copies later on will be issued, if required, at extra cost.The complete set (s) of all the working drawings, approved layout and specifications signed by the MRIDC shall be furnished to the Firm / Agency for its own use and the same or copies thereof shall be kept at the Site office in charge, of the Firm / Agency or his representative who are to be present at site at all times and to whom the instructions at the Site (s) can be given by the MRIDC.

4.30.1 ALTERATION IN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, ETC.

The Firm / Agency shall not vary or deviate from the drawings or specifications as approved by the MRIDC or execute any additional work of any kind whatsoever unless requested by the MRIDC, by an


order in writing, or by plan or drawing expressly given or signed by the MRIDC or any person authorized by the MRIDC, as an extra work or variation, or by any subsequent written approval signed by the MRIDC.

4.30.2 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

The MRIDC shall have the right to make changes, additions, alterations, modifications or deletion, etc. in the plan and drawings or any part of work and instructions given in writing for any such additions, alterations, modifications, deletions during the progress of the work and the same shall be complied by the Firm / Agency without any extra cost.

4.31 CLAIMS FOR EXTRA WORKS

Claims for extra work shall be registered within 30 days of occurrence of the event. However, bills for these claims along with supporting data / details may be submitted subsequentlyBills for extra work or for any claims shall be paid separately apart from interim bills for the main work. The payment of bills for the main work shall not be withheld for want of decision on the extra /claim not covered in the schedule of items.

4.32 CONTROL OVER WORKS and REMOVAL OF EMPLOYEE

The MRIDC shall have at all times access to the works which are to be entirely under its control. The MRIDC may require the Firm / Agency employee to be removed from the works if such person is, in his opinion, incompetent or misconducts himself, and thereon the Firm / Agency shall forthwith comply with every such requirement of the MRIDC.The Firm / Agency shall ensure that while on duty, its employees conduct themselves in an appropriate manner and shall not be under the influence of liquor or other intoxicants and in the event any employee is found to be under the influence of the same, the MRIDC shall have the right to demand the Firm / Agency to replace the said employee immediately and a penalty may be levied on the Firm / Agency.

4.33 DETERMINATION OF RATES FOR ADDITIONAL, SUBSTITUTED OR ALTERED ITEMS OF WORK

a) If the additional, substituted or altered work includes any class of work for which no rate is specified in the Contract, then such work shall be carried out at the rates specified for or derived from similar item of work in the Contract. With regard to the question whether the additional, substituted or altered item / items of work / works is / are similar or not to that / those in the Schedule of Rates, the decision of the Site in charge shall be final and binding on the Firm / Agency.


b) In the absence of similar items in Contract, the Firm / Agency shall within seven days of the date of receipt by him of the Order to carry out the work, inform the Site-in-Charge of the rates at which it is his intention to charge for such class of work, supported by analysis of the rate or rates claimed.

c) The rate analysis submitted by the Firm / Agency shall be based on actual prevailing market rates of materials, labour and any other incidental charges plus 10% (ten per cent) overheads and profits inclusive of all taxes. Thereupon, the site in charge shall determine the rates or rates on the basis of observed data, and failing this, on the basis of prevailing market rates.

d) Under no circumstances shall the Firm / Agency suspend the work on the plea of non-settlement of rates for items falling under this clause. In the event of any dispute regarding the rates for such items the decision of the site in charge shall be final.

4.34 SAMPLE AND TESTING OF MATERIALS

All materials to be used on work such as cement, lime, bricks, aggregates, steel,stone, asphalt, woods, tiles etc. shall be got approved in advanced from the Engineer in charge and shall pass the test and or analysis required by him.The Firm / Agency shall at his risk and cost make all arrangements and / or shall provide for all such facilities as the Engineer- in- charge may require for collecting, preparing and for forwarding required number of samples for test or for analysis to the nearest approved laboratory and bear all charges and cost of testing. Such sample shall also be deposited with Engineer- in- charge.The Firm / Agency shall, if and when required, submit at his cost the samples of materials to be tested or analysed and if so directed, shall not make use of or incorporate in the works any materials to be represented by the samples until the required test or analysis have been made and the materials finally accepted by the Engineer- in- charge.Frequency of testing shall be as per relevant works specifications.

4.35 MATERIAL LEFT ON THE SITE

All work done and materials brought and left upon at the Site of the work either by the Firm / Agency or by its employees / representative for the purpose of the Work, are to be considered to be the property of the MRIDC and the same shall not be removed or taken away by the Firm / Agency or any other person without the special leave or consent in writing of the MRIDC, but the MRIDC shall not in any way be liable for any loss or damage which may happen to or in respect of any such work or


materials, on account of the same being lost or stolen or damaged by weather or otherwise.

4.36 REMOVAL AND SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS

The MRIDC shall have full power to require the removal from the Site of all materials which, in its opinion, are not in accordance with the specifications as directed by it and in case of default the MRIDC shall be at liberty to employ other persons to remove the same without being liable or accountable for any loss or damage that may be caused to such materials. MRIDC shall also have full power to require other similar materials to be substituted and all costs which are incurred in such removal and substitution shall be borne by the Firm / Agency.

4.37 FINAL CERTIFICATE TO FIRM / AGENCY

On Completion of the work, the Firm / Agency shall be given a certificate by the MRIDC of such completion, but no such certificate shall be given nor shall the work be considered to be complete until the Firm / Agency remove from the premises on which the work shall have been executed, all scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish and clean off the dirt from all wood work, doors, windows, walls, floors, etc., or upon which the work has been executed, or of which he / they had possession for the purpose of executing the work, or until the work has been measured by the MRIDC or where the measurements have been taken by the Firm / Agency until they received the approval of the MRIDC. The said measurements shall be binding and conclusive on the Firm / Agency. If the Firm / Agency fails to comply with the requirements of this clause as to the removal of scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish and cleaning of dirt on or before the date fixed for the completion of the work, the MRIDC may, at the expense and risk of the Firm / Agency remove or arrange for a third party to remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, and dispose of the same as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid; Further, the MRIDC shall not render itself liable for any civil or criminal action by doing the aforesaid and the Firm / Agency shall forthwith pay the amount of all expenses so incurred, but will have no claim in respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid, except for any sum actually realized by the sales thereof.If the Firm / Agency fails to pay such charges, it shall be deducted by the MRIDC from the dues to be paid to the Firm / Agency, or from security deposit.

4.38 HANDING OVER OF WORK

All the work and materials before finally taken over by MRIDC will be the entire liability of the Firm / Agency for guarding, maintaining and


making good any damages of any magnitude. The handing over by the Firm / Agency and taking over by the Engineer or his authorized representative will be always in writing, copies of which will go to the Engineer or his authorized representative and the Firm / Agency. It is however, understood that before taking over such work, MRIDC will not put it into regular use as distinct from casual or incidental one, except as specifically mentioned elsewhere in this contract or as mutually agreed to.

4.39 COMPLETION CERTIFICATE IN THE FORM OF FINAL BILL

The certificate of the MRIDC hereinafter referred to showing the final balance due or payable to the Firm / Agency shall be conclusive evidence of the works having been duly completed, and that the Firm / Agency shall be entitled to receive payment of the final balance in accordance with such certificate, but without prejudice to the liability of the Firm / Agency under the relevant provision.

4.40 POST PAYMENT AUDIT

It is an agreed term of contract that the MRIDC reserves to itself the right to carry out a post-payment audit and or technical examination of the works and the final bill including all supporting vouchers, abstracts etc. and to make a claim on the Firm / Agency for the refund any excess amount paid to him if as a result of such examination any over-payment to him is discovered to have made in respect of any works done or alleged to have been done by him under the contract.

4.41 ACTION WHEN FIRM / AGENCY BECOMES DEFAULTER

If the Firm / Agency shall become bankrupt or if bankruptcy or liquidation proceedings are commenced against it or likely to be commenced against it, or if it enters into any arrangement with or makes any assignment / compromise for the benefit of its creditor/s or is likely to do so, or if a liquidator or receiver is appointed for its assets or it has suspended or delayed the performance of its part of the contract the MRIDC shall have the right to terminate the Contract. Further, it shall be lawful for the MRIDC to enter upon the Site and take possession of the Works and to employ any other person or persons to carry out and complete the same, and to authorize such person(s) to use the plant, materials and any other property of the Firm / Agency upon the Works.Further, the MRIDC shall not render itself liable for any civil or criminal action by doing the aforesaidThe costs and charges which may be incurred in carrying on and completing the said Works shall be payable to the MRIDC by the Firm / Agency and may be set off by the MRIDC against any moneys due or to become due to the Firm / Agency. The use of


patented materials, methods and design will, however, be restricted only for the purpose of completion of the incomplete works.

4.42 CLAIM OR COMPENSATION FOR ALTERATION OR RESTRICTION OF WORK

i) If at any time after the execution of the contract documents, the MRIDC shall for any reason what so ever (other than default on the part of the Firm / Agency, for which the MRIDC is entitled to rescind the contract), desires that the whole or any part of the work should not be carried out, he shall give to the Firm / Agency a notice in writing of such desire, and upon the receipt of such notice, the Firm / Agency shall forthwith suspend or stop the work wholly or in part as required, after having due regard to the appropriate stage at which the work should be stopped or suspended so as not to cause any damage or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety thereof, provided that the decision of the MRIDC as to the stage at which the work or any part of it could be or could have been safely stopped or suspended shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Firm / Agency. The Firm / Agency shall have no right to claim to any payment or compensation what so ever by reason of or in pursuance of any notice as aforesaid, on account of any suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the extent specified hereinafter.

ii) Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid is continued for a continuous period exceeding one hundred and eighty (180) days, the Firm / Agency shall be at liberty to withdraw from the contractual obligations under the contract so far as it pertains to the un–executed part of the work by giving a thirty (30) days’ prior notice in writing to the MRIDC, within thirty (30) days prior to the expiry of the said period of one hundred and eighty (180) days, of such intention and requiring the MRIDC to record the final measurement of the work already done and to pay the final bill.Upon giving such notice the Firm / Agency shall be deemed to be discharged from his obligations to complete the remaining unexecuted work under his contract. On receipt of such notice, the MRIDC’s Engineer shall proceed to complete the measurements and make such payment as may be finally due to the Firm / Agency within a reasonable period from the receipt of such notice in respect of the work already done by the Firm / Agency.The decision of the MRIDC in this regard shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Firm / Agency.

iii) In case of act of enemies of the State or any other reasonable cause beyond the control of MRIDC, the MRIDC may grant such extension of time for the completion of the works as shall appear to the MRIDC to be reasonable in accordance with the circumstance of the case.


The decision of the MRIDC as to the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the Firm / Agency. In the event that, in the discretion of the MRIDC, the MRIDC is of the opinion that, even if an extension of time is granted it may not be possible to carry out the works, the MRIDC / Engineer shall certify that the Contract has been frustrated. The Firm / Agency shall make the Site safe and stop work as quickly as possible after receiving this certificate and shall be paid for all work carried out before receiving it.

4.43 COMPENSATION UNDER THE WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION ACT

The Firm / Agency shall be responsible for and shall pay any compensation to his workmen which may be payable under The Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 (V2I of 1923 hereinafter called the “said Act”) for injuries suffered by them. If such compensation is paid by the MRIDC as Principal Employer under sub-section (1) of section 12 of the said Act on behalf of the Firm / Agency, it shall be recoverable by the MRIDC from the Firm / Agency.

4.44 MEDICAL AID TO WORKERS

The Firm / Agency shall be liable to pay the expenses of providing medical aid to any workmen who may suffer any injury as a result of an accident at or near the work–site, whether such accident takes place on a holiday or on a working day. It shall be open to the MRIDC to incur the requisite expenses for providing such medical aid and to recover the same from the Firm / Agency. Certificate of the medical practitioner and authenticated Firm / Agency about amount of expenses actually incurred on providing such medical aid shall be final, binding and conclusive against the Firm / Agency

4.45 PAYMENT / REFUND OF QUARRY FEES, ROYALTIES, ETC.

All quarry fees, royalties and ground rent for stacking materials, if any, shall be borne and paid by the Firm / Agency.

4.46 COMPENSATION FOR DELAY AND PERCENTAGE OF WORK TO BE EXECUTED WITHIN THE STIPULATED TIME

The date stipulated for carrying out the work as mentioned in the Bid shall be strictly observed by the Firm / Agency and shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to commence work is given to the Firm / Agency. The work shall throughout the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with all due diligence (time being deemed to be the essence of the contract) on the part of the Firm / Agency, and if the Firm / Agency makes / make default therein, it shall pay as compensation the sum which may be determined by the MRIDC and further to ensure good progress of the Work during the execution.The quantity of work to be done within the specified time would be


as mentioned.All the Work including all activities shall be complete in all respects within the specified period of the contract, including monsoon.

4.47 LIABILITY OF FIRM / AGENCY FOR ANY DAMAGE DONE IN OR OUT SIDE WORK AREA

Compensation for all damage done intentionally by the Firm / Agency labour whether in or beyond the limits of the MRIDC’s property including any damage caused by the spreading of fire shall be estimated by the MRIDC or his representative. The Firm / Agency shall be bound to pay the amount as assessed by the MRIDC and such an assessed compensation shall be paid by the Firm / Agency on the MRIDC’s demand. In the event of the Firm / Agency’ failure to do so, the MRIDC shall recover from the Firm / Agency any sums that may be due or may become due from the MRIDC to the Firm / Agency under this contract or otherwise.From the date of commencement of the Works up to the date on which the Works are handed over to the MRIDC, the maintenance of work shall be the responsibility of the Firm / Agency. The Firm / Agency shall be held responsible for any damage done to the same by fire or any other cause, and it shall be liable to make good all such damage and to carry out any repairs which may be rendered necessary to the same by fire or other causes, due to any such cause and restore the Works to a condition equivalent to its condition before such damage.If the Firm / Agency fails to do so, the MRIDC may arrange for the repair or replacement of the damage and shall deduct the costs for the repairs or replacements from the pending bills of the Firm / Agency, security deposit or any other amount due to the Firm / Agency under the Agreement, without affecting the other rights and remedies of the MRIDC under this AgreementFurther, the Firm / Agency covenants that, it will not store in or around the Site any article of combustible or inflammable or dangerous nature. If any such article is needed for the Work, the Firm / Agency shall take all necessary precautions and measures to prevent any fire or damage from such articles.The Firm / Agency shall indemnify the MRIDC from any claims for injuries to any third person (including the employees of the Firm / Agency), for structural damage whether to any part/s of the Work and / or adjoining or neighbouring structures, damage to any property whether of the MRIDC, Firm / Agency and/or third party, due to from any neglect or default, want of proper care or misconduct on the part of the Firm / Agency or of anyone in its employment during the execution of the Work.

4.48 WORK ON SUNDAYS OR WEEKLY OFF Section 4: General Conditions of Contract of 416

No work shall be done on weekly off without the sanction in writing of the MRIDC. The weekly off shall be declared by the Firm / Agency on the commencement of the work.

4.49 ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS COMPULSORY BEFORE BIDDING FOR WORK and CONDITIONAL BIDS LIABLE FOR REJECTION

All the conditions mentioned in the contract shall be binding on the Firm / Agency. Any conditional offer will be liable for rejection. The Firm / Agency who does not accept the conditions shall not be allowed to Bid for further works and his name shall be removed from the list of Agencies.

4.50 DECISION OF MRIDC SHALL BE FINAL

Except where otherwise specified in the Bid, the decision of the MRIDC shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Firm / Agency upon all questions relating to the meaning of the specifications, designs, drawings and technical instructions here-in- before mentioned and as to the quality of workmanship or materials used on the work, or as to any other question(s), claim(s), right(s), matter(s) or thing (s) whatsoever, in any way arising out of or relating to the contract, designs, drawings, specifications, estimates, instructions, orders, or the contract conditions, or otherwise concerning the works, or the execution or failure to execute the same, whether arising, during the progress of the works, or after the completion or abandonment thereof.

4.51 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

All drawings and specifications and copies thereof furnished by the MRIDC to the Firm / Agency are deemed to be the property of the MRIDC. They shall not be used on other works and with the exception of the signed contract set, shall be returned by the Firm / Agency to the MRIDC on completion of the work or termination of the contract.

4.52 REASONABLITY OF COMPENSATION

All sums payable by the Firm / Agency by way of compensation Under any of these conditions shall be considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of the MRIDC without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained, and whether any damage has or has not been sustained.

4.53 CHANGE IN CONSTITUTION OF FIRM

Any change in the constitution of the contracting firm shall be forthwith notified by the Firm / Agency to the MRIDC for his information and record. If such a change in the constitution of the contracting firm of the Firm / Agency is not notified to the MRIDC


within fifteen (15) days, then the same shall be held as breach of contract and a legal proceeding will follow.

4.54 SUB LETTING OF CONTRACT OR PART THEREOF

The Firm / Agency shall not sub-let the contract or any part thereof by whatsoever method. Any breach of this Clause would result in rendering the contract void between the MRIDC and such Firm / Agency. The Security Deposit of the Firm / Agency shall be forfeited by the MRIDC, in full. The Firm / Agency, thereon, who has committed breach of the Contract would be reported to the registering authority for deregistration.i) The Firm / Agency may sublet any portion of specified work or

part thereof up to certain limit with the approval of the MRIDC in writing. Subletting shall not alter the Firm / Agency’s obligations.

ii) The Firm / Agency shall not be required to obtain any consent from the MRIDC and the conditions of subletting will not apply for the appointment of duly licensed Sub- Firm / Agency for Labour Firm / Agency and labour appointment.

iii) Beyond what has been stated hereinabove, if the Firm / Agency sublets the Contract or any part thereof, the same shall be treated as an Event of Default and the MRIDC shall be entitled to terminate this Contract.

iv) Wrongful subletting of the Contract shall be construed as committing misrepresentation and fraud by the Firm / Agency and appropriate action shall be taken as may be deemed necessary, including to blacklisting with the MRIDC.

4.55 PRICE ESCALATION CLAUSE

No price escalation will be admissible. The prices shall remain firm for the entire tenure of the Contract.

4.56 NOTICES TO LOCAL BODIES

I) The Firm / Agency shall comply with all the notices required under any Governmental authority instrument, rule or order made under any Act of Parliament, State laws or any regulation or Bye-laws of any local authority or public utility concern relating to the works, as applicable in India. The Firm / Agency shall be liable for the payment of all fees, taxes, etc., as payable under any of the aforesaid acts, rules or laws.The Firm / Agency shall, before making any variation from the contract drawings necessitated by such compliance, provide the MRIDC, a notice giving reasons for the proposed variations and obtain MRIDC’s instruction thereon. In case the MRIDC does not permit such variation, the Firm / Agency shall comply with the instructions of the MRIDC.

II) The Firm / Agency shall pay and indemnify the MRIDC against


any liability incurring to the MRIDC in respect of any fees or charges payable by the Firm / Agency, under any act of Parliament, State laws of any Governmental instrument, rule or order, any regulations or Bye-laws of any local authority or public utility concern in respect of the work.

4.57 USE OF ISI (Indian Standards Institute) SPECIFICATIONS

In case where no particular specifications are given for any articles to be used under the contract, the relevant specification as per the Indian Standards Institute or Uniform Building Code, whichever is more stringent, shall apply.

4.58 MISSING ITEM / SPECIFICATION / WORKS

The Firm / Agency shall at the time of Pre-Bid Meeting i.e. before submitting his offer, bring to the notice of the MRIDC, any missing item of Investigation activity or specification which in its view, is absolutely necessary for the completion of Investigation work. After the due notice as above, in the event the missing items are duly approved by the MRIDC, the Firm / Agency may thereupon include such missing items, as addendum / corrigendum to the contract, otherwise it shall be assumed that the Firm / Agency will carry out such missing item at no extra cost, i.e. to say, work shall be completed in all respects without extra compensation for not mentioning particular item of work which may be essential for successful and satisfactory completion of the said work.

4.59 FORCE MAJEURE

4.59.1 Definition

i) For the purposes of this Contract, “Force Majeure” means an event or circumstance or combination of events or circumstances which prevents the Party claiming Force Majeure (The Affected Party) from performing its obligations under this Contract and which event or circumstance,(a) which is beyond the reasonable control and not arising out of

the default of the affected Party; (b) the affected Party has been unable to overcome such

circumstance or event by the exercise of due diligence and reasonable efforts, skill and care; and,

(c) which has a Material Adverse Effect on the subsistence of this Contract.

Such events or circumstances shall include, without limitation, the effect of any natural element or other acts of State or God, including but not limited to, fire, flood, earthquake, lightning, cyclone, landslides or other natural disasters, strikes or other industrial disturbances, war, riots, civil commotion, terrorist attacks, embargoes, blockades, governmental restriction, intervention of civil, naval or military authorities, change in Applicable Law.


ii) Force Majeure shall not include, (a) any event which is caused by the Negligence or

intentional action of a Party or employees, nor (b) any Event which a diligent Party could reasonably have been

expected to, both Take into account at the time of the conclusion of this

Contract; and Avoid or overcome in the carrying out of its obligations

hereunder.

iii) Force Majeure shall not include insufficiency of funds or personnel or failure to make any payment required hereunder.

4.59.2 NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

The failure of a Party to fulfil any of its obligations under the contract shall not be considered to be a breach of, or default under, this Contract in so far as such inability arises from an event of Force Majeure, provided that

i) The Party affected by such an event has taken all reasonable precautions, due care and reasonable alternative measures in order to carry out the terms and conditions of this Contract; and

ii) Has informed the other Party as soon as possible, but not later than 2 (two) days from such event, about the occurrence of such an event.

4.59.3 MEASURES TO BE TAKEN

i) A Party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall take all reasonable measures to remove such Party’s inability to fulfil its obligations hereunder with a minimum of delay.

ii) A party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall notify the other Party of such event as soon as possible, and in any event not later than seven (7) days following the occurrence of such event, providing evidence of the nature and cause of such event, and shall similarly give notice of the restoration of normal conditions as soon as possible.

iii) The Parties shall take all reasonable measures to minimize the consequences of any event of Force Majeure.

4.59.4 SUSPENSION OF WORK

a) The Firm / Agency shall, on the return order of the Engineer- In- charge suspend the progress of the work or any part thereof for such time or times and in such manner as the Engineer-in-charge may considered necessary and shall during


such suspension properly protect and secure the work, so for as it is necessary in the opinion of the Engineer -in- charge.

b) If the suspension is so ordered for no fault of the Firm / Agency.

c) The Firm / Agency shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of time

d) If the total period of all such suspension of the entire works exceeds thirty days, the Firm / Agency shall, in addition be entitled to compensation, as the Engineer- in- charge may considered reasonable, in respect of salary and / or wages actually paid by the Firm / Agency to his site employees and labour remaining ideal during the period of suspension adding there to a percentage of 10 % to cover indirect expenses of the Firm / Agency provided the Firm / Agency produces documentary evidence in support thereof, to the satisfaction of the Engineer -In- charge including conveying justification why such employees and labour could not be discharge or directed to other work.

e) During the period of their inability to perform the Services as a result of an event of Force Majeure, the Firm / Agency shall be entitled to the payment of 10% extra fee over the fees decided under this agreement for the services rendered by him in case of termination of agreement. Such extra fee shall be verified and recommended by the Project Co-ordination Committee and approved by MD, MRIDC.

4.59.5 CONSULTATION

Not later than thirty (30) days after the Firm / Agency, as the result of an event of Force Majeure, have become unable to perform a material portion of the Services or in case the MRIDC is not able to perform any of its obligations, the Parties shall consult with each other with a view to agreeing on appropriate measures to be taken in the circumstances.

4.60 GOOD FAITH

The Parties undertake to act in good faith with respect to each other’s rights under this Contract and to adopt all reasonable measures to ensure the realization of the objectives of this Contract.

4.61 RIGHT TO CHANGE TERMS AND CONDITION

MRIDC shall have the absolute right to change the terms and conditions pertaining to this agreement at any time during the currency of contract and MRIDC’s decision in this regard shall be final and binding on Firm / Agency.

4.62 POLICE PROTECTION

For the special Protection of labour Camp of the Firm / Agency and its equipment, etc., the MRIDC will assist the Firm / Agency to


arrange for such protection with the concerned authorities if so requested by the Firm / Agency in writing. The full cost of such protections will be borne by the Firm / Agency.

The Firm / Agency shall also prevent the encroachment / trespass, dumping of the waste / debris, unauthorized construction, whether permanent or temporary in nature, on the common / open areas in and around the sites. The Firm / Agency shall have to file a complaint in the concerned police station in this respect and it will be Firm / Agency’s responsibility to remove the same with the assistance of the MRIDC on taking proper police protection.

4.63 TREASURE – TROVE

In the event of discovery by the agency or his employees, during the progress of the work any treasure, fossils, mineral or any other article of value or interest, the Firm / Agency shall give immediate intimation thereof to the MRIDC and forthwith hand-over to the MRIDC such treasure of things which the property of MRIDC shall be.

4.64 RECOVERIES

The recoveries if any due from Firm / Agency will be recovered as if it were arrears of land revenue collected through the Collector of the District.

4.65 Protection of underground telephone and aerial Telephone wires and poles, transmission towers, electrical cable and water supply, sewer lines:

i) During the execution of work, it is likely that the Firm / Agency may be required to deal with underground / overhead live or dead telephone cable, electrical cables, poles, existing live / dead water supply or sewer’s lines etc., it will therefore, be the responsibility of the Firm / Agency to protect them carefully, in all such cases it should be brought to the notice of the MRIDC by the Firm / Agency and also to the concerned department. Any damage whatsoever done to these cables and pipelines or any type of structures if any, by the Firm / Agency, shall be made good by him at his own cost, as directed by the MRIDC and relevant authorities, if any.

ii) The Firm / Agency after completion of work, shall have to clean the site of all debris and remove all unused materials other than those supplied by the MRIDC and all plant and machinery, equipment, tools etc., belonging to him within fifteen days from the date of completion of the work, or otherwise the same shall be removed by the MRIDC at his cost and all useful materials and the Firm / Agency shall not be entitled for payment of any compensation for the same.

4.66 VARIATION IN QUANTITY


The quantity estimation of MRIDC detailed in relevant section of Tender document may vary depending upon site condition and actual requirement of item of work. Due to such variations the total estimated value may liable to change. The payment to the agency will be adjusted accordingly in the stage wise payment schedule.

4.67 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD

a) If the Firm / Agency or his workmen or servants knowingly or unknowingly break, damage, deface, injure or destroy any part of the fixed or part of unfixed development in which they may be working, or any building, road, fence, enclosure or grass land or cultivated ground contiguous to the premises on which the work or any part thereof is being executed, or if any damage shall be done to the work while it is in progress from any cause whatever, of if any damage of any kind is done to the plant material incorporated in the work, or if any imperfections become apparent in it within six months or more as otherwise specified in the contract of the grant of a Certificate of Completion, final or otherwise, by the Site-in-charge or other competent authority, the expense, or in default, the Site-in-charge or other competent authority may cause the same to be made good by other workmen, and deduct the expenses (of which the certificate of the Site-in-charge or other competent authority shall be final) from any sums that may be due or may thereafter become due to the Firm / Agency or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof, or of a sufficient portion thereof.

b) The Firm / Agency shall provide maintenance for the work for the above specified period of six months or as specified otherwise and shall ensure that all works are maintained in perfect condition.

4.68 COMMUNICATIONS TO BE IN WRITING

All notices, communications, reference and complaints made by the MRIDC or the Engineer or the Engineer's representative or the Firm / Agency inters concerning the work shall be in writing and no notice, communication, reference or complaint not in writing, shall be recognized.

4.69 OCCUPATION AND USE OF LAND

No Land belonging to or in the possession of the MRIDC/ MRIDC/ State Government shall be occupied by the Firm / Agency without the permission. The Firm / Agency shall not use, or allowed to be use, the site for any purpose other then that of executing the work. Whenever Non-MRIDC bodies are permitted to use MRIDC/state government premises with competent authority approvals, conservancy charges as applicable from time to time may be levied and shall be payable by Firm / Agency.


4.70 FACILITIES FOR INSPECTION

The Firm / Agency shall afford the Engineer and the Engineer's Representative every facility for entering in and upon every portion of the work at all hours for the purpose of inspection or otherwise and shall provide all labour, materials, planks, ladders, pumps, appliances and things of every kind required for the purpose and the Engineer and the Engineer's Representative shall at all times have free access to every part of the works and to all places at which materials for the works are stored or being prepared.

4.71 EXAMINATION OF WORK BEFORE COVERING UP

The Firm / Agency shall give 7 days' notice to the Engineer or the Engineer's representative whenever any work or materials are intended to be covered up in the earth, in bodies or walls or otherwise to be placed beyond the reach of measurements in order that the work may be inspected or that correct dimensions may be taken before being so covered, placed beyond the reach of measurement in default whereof, the same shall at the option of the Engineer or the Engineer's representative be uncovered and measured at the Firm / Agency's expense or no allowance shall be made for such work or materials.

4.72 FIRM / AGENCY TO SUPPLY WATER AND ELECTRIC POWER FOR WORKS

Unless otherwise provided in the contract, the Firm / Agency shall be responsible for the arrangements to obtain supply of water and electric power necessary for the works at his cost.

4.73 REMOVAL OF IMPROPER WORK AND MATERIALS

The Engineer or the Engineer's Representative shall be entitled to order from time to time: The removal from the site within the time specified in the order of any materials which in his opinion are not in accordance with the specifications or drawings. No additional payment is made in such event.

4.74 TOOLS, PLANT AND MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY MRIDC

The Firm / Agency shall take all reasonable care of all tools, plant and materials or other property whether or a like description or not belonging to the MRIDC and committed to his charge for the purpose of the works and shall be responsible for all damage or loss caused by him, his agents, permitted sub Firm / Agency, or his workmen or others while they are in his charge. The Firm / Agency’s shall sign accountable receipts for tools, plants and materials made


over to him by the engineer and on completion of the works shall hand over the unused balance of the same to the Engineer in good order and repair, fair wear and tear excepted, and shall be responsible for any failure to account for the same or any damage done thereto.

4.75 CO-ORDINATION

When several agencies for different sub works of the work are, to work simultaneously on the project site, the Firm / Agency shall rend full co-operation for achieving proper co-ordination different Firm / Agency’s to ensure timely completion of the whole work smoothly, the Firm / Agency may make his independent arrangements for water power, access housing etc. But if he so desired he will be at liberty to come to mutual agreement with other contracting agencies in this behalf and make joint arrangements with the approval of the Engineer- In-Charge the Firm / Agency shall not take or cause to be taken any steps or action that may cause disruption, delay, discontent or disturbance to work, labour or other arrangements etc; of other Firm / Agency’s in work location. Any action by the Firm / Agency which the Engineer- In -Charge may consider infringement of the above would be considered as a breach of the contract conditions and shall be dealt with as such. In case of any dispute or disagreement between the various Firm / Agency’s, the Engineer- In - Charge's decision regarding the co-ordination, co-operation and facilities to be provided by any of the Firm / Agency’s shall be final and binding on the Firm / Agency concerned and such a decision or decisions shall not vitiate the contract nor absolve the Firm / Agency of his obligations under the contract, nor form the grounds for any claim or compensations.

4.76 PROVISION OF ACCESS TO PREMISES

During progress of work in any street or thoroughfare, the Firm / Agency shall make adequate provision for the passage of traffic, for securing safe access to all premises approached from such street or thoroughfare and for any drainage, water supply or means of lighting which may be interrupted by reasons of the execution of the works and shall react and maintain at his own cost barriers, lights and other safeguards as prescribed by the Engineer, for the regulation of the traffic, and provide watchmen necessary to prevent accidents. The works shall in such cases be executed night and day if so ordered by the Engineer and with such vigour so that the traffic way be impeded for as short a time as possible.Providing the right of way for the access to bridge site proper from the available nearest road will be the responsibility of the Firm / Agency. The cost of constructing and maintaining such access road shall be borne by the Firm / Agency.


4.77 PHOTOGRAPHS

The work covers the supply of coloured photographs with CD/DVD and albums to serve as a permanent record of various stages of the work as and when instructed by the Engineer-in-charge for an authentic documentation as approved by the Engineer-in- charge. The Firm / Agency shall arrange to take colour photographs at various stages of the work. These photographs shall be of acceptable quality and they shall be taken by a professionally trained / competent photographers with camera having the facility to record the date of photographs taken in the prints and the Firm / Agency shall supply two colour prints of each of the photographs taken to the standard 4” x 6” size mounted in albums of acceptable quality. Also the CD / DVD shall be supplied for each photograph, Each photograph in the album shall be suitably captioned. The Firm / Agency shall arrange for taking video films of important activities of the work as directed by the Engineer-in-charge during the currency of the project and editing them to a video film of playing time not less than 60 minutes and up to 180 minutes as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. It shall contain narration of the acceptable quality and the film shall be capable of producing colour pictures. It shall be considered as incidental to the work and no additional payment, whatsoever will be made for the same. No extra payment will be made to the Firm / Agency for supply of digital photograph and albums including taking photograph developing and obtaining colour prints cost of album mounting of photographs. These photographs, CD / DVD and the album shall form a part of records of the department and the prints of the same cannot be supplied to anybody else or published without the written permission of the department.

4.78 LABORATORY CUM SITE OFFICE

The Firm / Agency shall provide, furnish, maintain and remove on completion of the work a suitable site office-cum-laboratory on the work site for use of Executive Engineer’s representative. The site office cum laboratory shall have separate rooms of sufficient area. It may have brick wall & asbestos or corrugated sheet roof with false ceiling, paved floor should be 0.45 mtr. Above ground level, laboratory shall have working platform, necessary electrical provision and water supply arrangement. In case, it is required for short duration, it can be set up in pota cabin of sufficient area and numbers. Arrangement of display of drawing should also be made. He should provide suitable latrines, urinals and keep them clean daily. This will be included in his offer. Necessary laboratory equipment, office furniture shall be provided by the Firm / Agency at his own cost, after completion of work it will be property of Firm / Agency except furniture. It should be removed from site of work at his own cost.


In case, it is required for short duration, it can be set up in Porta cabin of minimum size 6.1m x 3.0 m also with partition & urinal along with full electrical wiring, one Table with Chair, two Visitor chairs, small almirah, one side table, AC , computer, printer, stationeries etc. in one side of partition and 1 big table with six chairs on other side of partition as directed by Engineer. The cost of supply of furniture and electrical fitting and laboratory equipment’s at laboratory- cum site office during the currency of contract is incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made for the same to the Firm / Agency. Firm / Agency failing to do so, with required specifications, an amount required will be recovered from any bill payable to the Firm / Agency. The furniture and electric fitting and supply of laboratory equipment shall be completed within 15 days after making available room for the same.

4.79 JOINT VENTURES: INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMITTING TENDERS BY J.V FIRMS

4.79.1 “Joint Venture Firm” shall be applicable to the work tender of value more than Rs.50.00 crores (Rupees Fifty Crores ).

4.79.2 Separate identity/name shall be given to the Joint Venture firm offering this tender.

4.79.3 Number of partners in a JV firm shall not be more than three, if the work involves only one section (say Civil or S&T or Electrical) and shall not be more than five, if the work involves more than one section.

4.79.4 A member or partner of JV firm shall not be permitted to participate either in his individual capacity or as a member of any other JV firm in the same tender.

4.79.5 The tender form shall be purchased in the name of JV firm / Lead member of JV and submitted only in the name of the JV firm and not in the name of any constituent member.

4.79.6 The Joint Venture Firm shall be required to submit Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) along with the tender in the name of J.V. Firm/ Lead Firm.

4.79.7 One of the members of the JV Firm shall be its Lead Member who shall have a majority (at least 51%) share of interest in the JV Firm. The other members shall have a share of not less than 20% each in case of JV Firms with up to three members and not less than 10% each in case of JV Firms with more than three members. In case of JV Firm with foreign member(s), the Lead Member has to be an Indian Firm with a minimum share of 51%.

4.79.8 A copy of Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) executed by the JV members shall be submitted by the JV Firm along with the tender.


The complete details of the members of the JV Firm, their share and responsibility in the JV Firm etc., particularly with reference to financial, technical and other obligations shall be furnished in the MOU to be submitted as per Annexure-V.

4.79.9 Once the tender is submitted, the MOU shall not be modified / altered / terminated during the validity of the tender. In case the Firm / Agency fail to observe / comply with this stipulation, the full Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) shall be liable to be forfeited.

4.79.10 Approval for change of constitution of JV Firm shall be at the sole discretion of the Employer (MRIDC). The constitution of the JV Firm shall not be allowed to be modified after submission of the tender bid by the JV Firm, except when modification becomes inevitable due to succession laws etc., and in any case the minimum eligibility criteria should not get vitiated. However, the Lead Member shall continue to be the Lead Member of the JV Firm. Failure to observe this requirement would render the offer invalid.

4.79.11 Similarly, after the contract is awarded, the constitution of JV Firm shall not be allowed to be altered during the currency of contract except when modification becomes inevitable due to succession laws etc., and in any case the minimum eligibility criteria should not get vitiated. Failure to observe this stipulation shall be deemed to be breach of contract with all consequential penal action as per contract conditions.

4.79.12 On award of contract to a JV Firm, a single Performance Guarantee shall be submitted by the JV Firm as per tender conditions. All the Guarantees like Performance Guarantee, Bank Guarantee for Mobilisation Advance, etc., shall be accepted only in the name of the JV Firm and no splitting of guarantees amongst the members of the JV Firm shall be permitted.

4.79.13 On issue of LOA (Letter of Acceptance), an agreement among the members of the JV Firm (to whom the work has been awarded) shall be executed and got registered before the Registrar of the Companies under Companies Act or before the Registrar / Sub-Registrar under the Registration Act, 1908. This JV Agreement shall be submitted by the JV Firm to the MRIDC before signing the contract agreement for the work. In case Firm / Agency fails to observe / comply with this stipulation the full Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) shall be forfeited and other penal actions due shall be taken against partners of the JV and the JV firm. This Joint Venture Agreement shall have, inter-alia, following Clauses:

a) Joint And Several Liability: Members of the JV Firm to which the contract is awarded, shall be jointly and severally liable to the Employer (MRIDC) for execution of the project in


accordance with General and Special Conditions of Contract. The JV members shall also be liable jointly and severally for the loss damage caused to the MRIDC during the course of execution of contract or due to non-execution of the contract or part thereof.

b) Duration of the Joint Venture Agreement: The JV agreement shall be valid during the entire currency of the contract including the period of extension, if any, and the Defect Liability period after the work is completed as contemplated in the conditions of the contract. It is the sole responsibility of the JV firm and the Lead Partner to ensure the above requirement and failure to extend the validity by the JV firm or Lead Partner shall be deemed to be breach of contract on the part of JV firm and the joint and several liability of the partners and members of the JV firm shall continue to be valid till the extensions and the Defect Liability period of the contract is over.

c) Governing Laws: The Joint Venture Agreement shall in all respect be governed by and interpreted in accordance with Indian laws.

4.79.14 Authorized Member: Joint Venture members shall authorize one of the members on behalf of the JV firm to deal with the tender, sign the agreement or enter into contract in respect of the said tender, to receive payment, to witness joint measurement of work done, to sign measurement books and similar such action in respect of the said tender/contract. All notices/correspondences with respect to the contract would be sent only to this authorized member of the JV firm.

4.79.15 No member of the Joint Venture Firm shall have the right to assign or transfer the interest right or liability in the contract without the written consent of the other members and that of the employer (MRIDC) in respect of the said tender / contract.

4.79.16 Documents to be enclosed by the JV Firm along with the tender :

a. JV Firm should submit the documents along with tender as per the requirement of tender document.

b. In case of one or more members is/are Proprietary Firm or HUF, the following documents shall be enclosed:- Affidavit on Stamp Paper of appropriate value declaring that his / her concern is a Proprietary Concern and he / she is sole proprietor of the concern or he/she is in position of “KARTA” of Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) and he / she has the authority, power and consent given by other partners to act on behalf of HUF.


4.79.17 All the members of JV shall certify that they are not black listed or debarred by MRIDC, Railways or any other Ministry/ Department/ PSU (Public Sector Undertaking) of the Govt. of India/ State Govt. from participation in tenders / contract on the date of opening of bids either in their individual capacity or as members of the JV or the JV firm in which they were / are members.

4.79.18 If the JV is dissolved on account of death, retirement of any partner or for any reason what so ever, before fully completing the whole work or any part of it, undertaken by the contract agreement, the survived partners shall remain jointly, severally and personally liable to complete the whole work to the satisfaction of the MRIDC and to pay compensation for loss sustained if any by the MRIDC due to such dissolution. The amount of compensation shall be decided by the MRIDC and this shall be final and binding on the Firm / Agency.

4.80 ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY

4.80.1 The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to its employees and sub Firm / Agency, to ensure compliance with its Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) obligations under the contract. In addition, the Bidder shall detail how this Code of Conduct will be implemented. This will include: how it will be introduced into conditions of employment/engagement, what training will be provided, how it will be monitored and how the Firm / Agency proposes to deal with any breaches.The Firm / Agency shall be required to implement the agreed Code of Conduct.

4.80.2 Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the (ESHS) risks

The Bidder shall submit Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the following key Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) risks.

I. Traffic Management Plan showing Proposed movements of Road Cranes (require for launching of structures such as RCC/PSC/Steel Girders etc.), Trucks, Trailers etc. to each work site considering existing limited approach roads to work sites and habitation in the vicinity of Proposed work site and their safety.;

II. Site Protection plan and material stacking plan;III. Strategy for obtaining consent/Permit / Royalty etc from

competent authority


IV. Strategy to avoid Gender based violence and sexual exploitation and abuse (GBV/SEA) prevention and response action plan.

The Firm / agency shall be required to submit for approval, and subsequently implement, the Firm / Agency’s Environment and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP), that includes the agreed Management Strategies and Implementation Plans.The Firm / Agency shall not carry out any Works, including mobilization and/or pre-construction activities (e.g. limited clearance for haul roads, site accesses and work site establishment, geotechnical investigations or investigations to select ancillary features such as quarries and borrow pits), unless the Project Manager is satisfied that appropriate measures are in place to address environmental, social, health and safety risks and impacts. At a minimum, the Firm / Agency shall apply the Management Strategies and Implementation Plans and Code of Conduct, submitted as part of the Bid and agreed as part of the Contract. The Firm / Agency shall submit, on a continuing basis, for the Project Manager’s prior approval, such supplementary Management Strategies and Implementation Plans as are necessary to manage the ESHS risks and impacts of ongoing works. These Management Strategies and Implementation Plans collectively comprise the Firm / Agency’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP). The C-ESMP shall be approved prior to the commencement of construction activities (e.g. excavation, earth works, bridge and structure works, stream and road diversions, quarrying or extraction of materials, concrete batching and asphalt manufacture). The approved C-ESMP shall be reviewed, periodically (but not less than every six (6) months), and updated in a timely manner, as required, by the Firm / Agency to ensure that it contains measures appropriate to the Works activities to be undertaken. The updated C-ESMP shall be subject to prior approval by the Project Manager.”

---------------------------------------------------


SECTION-5 ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER

Section 5: Additional Instructions to Bidders of 416

SECTION -5

ADDITONAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER

5.1. This Tender shall be governed by Disclaimer and Instructions to Bidder, General condition of Contract, additional instructions to the bidders, Technical Specifications, Additional Technical specifications (if any), Drawings, Annexures, etc.

5.2. If there are varying or conflicting provisions in the documents forming part of the contract, Engineer shall be deciding with regard to the intentions of the provision and decision of Engineer will be final and binding on the Firm / Agency.

5.3. SCHEME OF WORKWithin a period of 10 days beginning from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance of Tender, the Firm / Agency shall submit the detailed time schedule for execution of work and various documents enumerated in tender papers to the employer.

5.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR SUBSTRUCTURE AND FOUNDATIONAll materials used in the work shall be of the best quality as per codes. Quality Assurance Plan shall include for materials used and for workmanship of work. The Firm / Agency shall submit Quality Assurance Plan for the substructure and foundation. The Firm / Agency shall also ensure that the Employer’s prescribed Quality Assurance Standards are rigidly followed in for the construction of substructure and foundation. These are to be approved from the client / MRIDC.

5.5. QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR SUPERSTRUCTURE INCLUDING BEARINGS

All materials used in the work shall be of the best quality as per codes / Specifications for ROB superstructure, including approach portion and Roads amended till date. Quality Assurance Plan shall include for materials used and for workmanship of work. Quality Assurance Plan shall also be prepared for erection of girder in approach portion and casting of deck slab. The Firm / Agency shall submit Quality Assurance Plan for the superstructure and installation of bearings. The Firm / Agency shall also ensure that the Employer’s prescribed Quality Assurance Standards are rigidly followed for the construction of superstructure including bearings. These plans are to be approved from the MRIDC.

The Firm / Agency shall ensure quality at all necessary points, whether at manufacturer’s works, or in his depot or at work site as well as during erection through Quality Assurance Plan.


The Firm / Agency shall adopt a suitable Quality Assurance programme according to approved instructions, drawings, specifications, etc.

The erection scheme of RCC / PSC Precast girder shall be approved by MRIDC before start of erection of girder.

ROB superstructure including RCC / PSC precast girders, Approaches, deck slab etc will be inspected by MRIDC's Engineer in Charge.

5.6. EXPENSES OF EMPLOYER’ REPRESENTATIVE All the expenses of Engineer’s representative shall be borne by the

Employer whether the inspected material is finally utilised in work or not.

5.7. The decision of the Engineer shall be final in respect of acceptability or otherwise of any material, fittings, component or equipment required for the work.

5.8. This programme of the Firm / Agency shall generally cover the followings: -

5.8.1. The organization to manage and implement the Quality Assurance programme.

5.8.2. The documentation control system:Basic control system.

Adopted at manufacturer’s workAdopted at the Firm / Agency Depot and work site.

5.8.3. Procedure adopted for:Source Inspection.Incoming raw material inspection.Verification of material purchased.Fabrication Controls.Site erection controls.

5.8.4. Inspection and Test Procedure for: Manufacture and quality control procedure. Field activity. 5.8.5. System of handling and storage.

5.8.6. System of quality audit.

5.8.7. System of maintenance of records.

5.8.7.1. For the purpose of obtaining ‘On Account Payment’, the Firm / Agency shall submit along with the invoice, the documents indicated in the prescribed quality Assurance standards which


should inter alia cover the following as may be applicable in each case.

Material test reports on raw materials used.Material type and routine test report on components specification.Inspection Plan with reports of the inspection Plan check points.Routine test report.Factory test results as required under the specification.

Quality audit report including test check report of Employer’s representative if any.

5.9. TRAFFIC BLOCKS / POWER BLOCKS / SHUT DOWN

The Firm / Agency shall obtain Power / Traffic / Shut down in the name of authorized representative of MRIDC. Engineer/Engineer’s representative will facilitate to make arrangements to obtain power blocks / shutdown (hereinafter referred to as blocks) for works to be carried out across / along or adjacent to the running Railway Line. Works such as foundations of abutments/piers shall generally be done without blocks. However, if block is required due to safety considerations, the construction shall be done under block. The requirement of shut down, power blocks etc. shall be assessed by the Firm / Agency and will be submitted to the Engineer/Engineer’s representative. All the erection of girders etc. shall be done under minimum power block/shut down. Firm / Agency will arrange minimum two gangs of labours i.e. expert of Train running line fitters, Semi-skilled fitters, labours etc. with supervisors and sufficient tools and tackles required as per site conditions. Work will be done day & night on a war footing basis with the approval of the Engineer/Engineer’s representative. Blocks will be provided for each ROB individually.

Blocks will be granted during day and or night hours. The Firm / Agency shall confirm that he will equip himself to carry out all construction during night blocks efficiently by suitable special lighting equipment without any extra cost.

Block period shall be counted from the time the Train Running line is placed at the Firm / Agency’s disposal at the work-spot till it is cleared by the Firm/ Agency.

All formalities of exchanging private number etc. with the traffic control/traction power controller will be carried out by the Engineer staff and for this purpose the Engineer will depute a representative for each ROB, who will be responsible for imposing power blocks/shut down and also removing the same after men, material and equipment have been cleared by the Firm / Agency from running tracks and the same declared safe for traffic by Engineer/Engineer’s representative in case of works involving safety of running tracks.


The works required to be done under traffic block shall be carried out only in the presence of MRIDC officials. The works to be done under traffic block shall be carried out under the provision of banner flag and protection of engineering flagman if required.

Note: Generally work in this contract will be executed away from the running Railway lines. Hence traffic/ power blocks may not generally be required other than for precautionary purpose.

5.10.WORK BY OTHER AGENCIES

Any other work undertaken at the same time by the Engineer direct or through some other agency at the same time or section where the Firm / Agency is carrying out his work will not entitle the Firm / Agency to prefer any claim regarding any delays or hindrances, he may have to face on this account but the Employer shall grant a reasonable extension of time to the Firm / Agency if so justified. The Firm / Agency shall comply with all instruction which may be given to him by the Employer in order to permit simultaneous execution of his own works and those undertaken by other Firm / Agency’s or the MRIDC without being entitled on this account on any extra charge.

5.11.INFRINGEMENT OF PATENTS

The Firm / Agency is forbidden to use any patents or registered drawings, process or pattern in fulfilling his contract without the previous consent in writing of the owner of such patent, drawing, pattern or trade mark, except where these are specified by the Employer himself. Royalties where payable for the use of such patented processes, registered drawings of patterns shall be borne exclusively by the Firm / Agency. The Firm / Agency shall advise the Employer of any proprietary right that may exist on such processed drawings or patterns which he may use of his own accord.

In the case of patent taken out by the Firm / Agency of the drawings or patterns registered by him, or of those patents, drawings, or patents for which he holds a licence, the signing of the Contract automatically gives the Employer the right to repair by himself the purchased articles covered by the patent or by any person or body chosen by him and to obtain from any sources he desires the component parts required by him in carrying out the repair work. In the event of infringement of any patent rights due to above action of the Employer, he shall be entitled to claim damages from the Firm / Agency on the grounds of any loss of any nature which he may suffer e.g. in the case of attachment because of counterfeiting.

Indemnification by Firm / Agency


In the event of any claim or demand being made or action being brought against the Employer for infringement of later patent in respect of any equipment, machine, plant, work or thing used or supplied by the Firm / Agency under this contract or in respect of any methods of using or working by the Employer of such equipment machine, plant work or thing, the Firm / Agency shall indemnify the employer and keep him indemnified and harmless against all claims, costs, charges and expenses arising from or incurred by reason of such claim provided that the Employer shall notify the Firm / Agency immediately any claim is made and that the Firm / Agency shall be at liberty, if he so desires with the assistance of the Employer if required but at the Firm / Agency’s expense, to conduct all negotiations for the settlement of the same or any litigation that may arise there from and provided that no such equipment, machine, plant work or thing, shall be used by the Employer for any purpose or in any manner other than that for which they have been supplied by the Firm / Agency and specified under this contract.

5.12.ACCIDENT

The Firm / Agency shall, in respect of all staff engaged by him or by his sub-Firm / Agency, indemnify and keep the employer at all times indemnified and protected against all claims made and liabilities incurred under Workman’s Compensation Act, the Factories Act and the Payment of Wages Act, and rules made there under from time to time or under any other labour and Industrial Legislation made from time to time.

The Firm / Agency shall indemnify and keep the employer indemnified and harmless against all actions, suits, claim demands, costs, charges or expenses arising in connection with any death or injury sustained by any person or persons sustained due to the acts or omission of the Firm / Agency, his sub-Firm / Agency’s, his agents or his staff during the executions of this contract irrespective of whether such liability arises under the Workman’s Compensation Act, or Fatal Accident Act or any other statute in force for the time being.

The Firm / Agency shall be responsible for all repairs and rectification of damages to completed works or works under execution due to accidents, thefts, pilferage or any other cause, without delay to minimize or to avoid traffic detentions, in a section until the installation are provisionally handed over to the employer.

5.13.SAFETY MEASURES

The Firm / Agency shall take all precautionary measures in order to ensure the protection of his own personnel moving about or working on the railway and roadways premises, but shall then conform to the rules and regulations of the Railway / Roadway if and when, in the


course of the work there is likely to be any danger to persons in the employment of the Firm / Agency due to running traffic while working in the Railway / Roadway premises, the Firm / Agency shall provide flagman or look out men for protection of such persons. The employer shall remain indemnified by the Firm / Agency in the event of any accident occurring in the normal course of work, arising out of the failure of Firm / Agency or his men to exercise reasonable precaution at all places of work.Blasting of rocks for foundation work shall be done only after due notice is given to the employer and time/s and date /s for blasting operations agreed to by the employer. Blasting, if required to be done in the vicinity of the track, shall not be undertaken until the Employer’s flagmen on duty take necessary step to protect road vehicle, road, trains and the track is adequately protected by the Firm / Agency against damage by blasted rock. The Firm / Agency shall follow detailed instructions which will be issued to him regarding blasting operations in the vicinity of Railway tracks and roadways.

The Firm / Agency shall abide by all Railway and Roadway regulations in force for the time being and ensure that the same are followed by his representatives, Agents or sub - Firm / Agencies or workmen. He shall give due notice to his employees and workers about provision of this para.

The work must be carried out most carefully without any infringement of the Indian Railway Act or the General and Subsidiary Rules in force on the Railway as well as Rules and Regulations of roadways, in such a way that they do not hinder Railway/Roadway operation or affect the proper functioning of or damage any MRIDC equipment, structure or rolling stock except as agreed to by the employer, provided that all damage and disfiguration caused by the Firm / Agency at his own cost failing which cost of such repairs shall be recovered from the Firm / Agency.

If safety of track or track drainage, road or road drainage etc. is affected as a consequence of works undertaken by the Firm / Agency, the Firm / Agency shall take immediate steps to restore normal conditions. In case of delay, the employer shall, after giving due notice to the Firm / Agency in writing, take necessary steps and recover the costs from the Firm / Agency.

5.14.FINAL ACCEPTANCE

The final acceptance of the entire work executed shall take effect from the date of expiry of the period of guarantee / Defect Liability period as defined in relevant clause of GCC of the expiry of the last of the respective periods of guarantee of various ROBs , provided in any case that the Firm / Agency has complied fully with his obligations under relevant clause of GCC in respect of each ROB , provided also that the attention has been paid by way of maintenance by the Employer.


If on the other hand the Firm / Agency has not so complied with his obligation under relevant clause of GCC in respect of any work, the Employer may either extend the period of guarantee in respect of that work until the necessary works are carried out by the Firm / Agency or carry out those works or got them carried out suo moto on behalf of the Firm / Agency at the Firm / Agency’s expenses. After expiry of the period of guarantee for each work, a certificate of final acceptance for the section shall be issued by the Employer and the last of such certificate will be called the last and final acceptance certificate. The contract shall not be considered as completed until the issue of final acceptance certificate by the Employer.

The Employer shall not be liable to the Firm / Agency for any matter arising out of or in connection with the contract or execution of the work unless the Firm / Agency shall have made a claim in writing in respect thereof before the issue of final acceptance certificate under this clause.

Notwithstanding the issue of final acceptance certificate the Firm / Agency and the Employer (subject to sub-clause as above) shall remain liable for fulfilment of any obligation incurred under the provision of the contract prior to the issue of final acceptance certificate which remains unperformed at the time such certificate is issued and for determining the nature and extent of such obligation the contract shall be deemed to remain in force between the parties hereto.

5.15.PAYMENT

Payment will be governed by the terms specified in Section-10, and in accordance with accepted schedule of prices, read with relevant para of the other parts and Sections of the Tender document. The employer retains the right to withhold money due to the Firm / Agency arising out of this contract for any default of the Firm / Agency.

The Firm / Agency shall, whenever required, produce or cause to be produced for examination by the Employer any quotation / invoice, cost of other account, book of account, voucher, receipt letter, memorandum paper or writing or any copy of or extract from any such document and also furnish information and returns verified in such manner as may be required in anyway relating to the execution of this contract or relevant for verifying or ascertaining the cost of the execution of this Contract (the decision of the employer on the question of relevancy of any documents, information or return being final and binding on the parties). The Firm / Agency shall similarly produce vouchers etc., if required, to prove to the Employer that materials supplied by him are in accordance with the specifications laid down in the contract.


If any portion of the work be carried out by a sub-Firm / Agency or any subsidiary or allied firm or company the Employer shall have power to secure the books of such sub-Firm / Agency or any subsidiary or allied firm or company, through the Firm / Agency, and such books shall be open to his inspection. The Firm / Agency should seek prior permission from the employer for subletting whole and/or part of the work to any sub-Firm / Agency.

The obligations imposed by above paragraph are without prejudice to the obligation of the Firm / Agency under any statute, rules or order binding to the Firm / Agency or other conditions of the contract.

All payments in respect of the contract during the currency of the contract shall be made through Electronic Clearing System (ECS) / National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT/RTGS). The successful Firm / Agency on award of contract must submit ECS/NEFT/RTGS Mandate Form complete in all respects as detailed at Annexure IV of the tender document. However, if the facility of ECS/NEFT/RTGS is not available at a particular location, the payments shall be made by cheque.

5.16.MOBILIZATION ADVANCE

a) The Employer shall, on request of the Firm / Agency, may make an advance payment of a sum not exceeding 10% (ten per cent) of the Contract Value (the “Mobilization Advance”). This advance payment shall be made in two equal instalments. The Firm / Agency may request the Employer for the first instalment of the advance payment at any time after the signing date of Contract, along with furnishing a Bank Guarantee in acceptable form and satisfactory to Employer. The Firm / Agency may request the Employer for the second instalment of the advance payment at any time, but after 60 (sixty) days from the signing date of Contract, along with furnishing a Bank Guarantee in a form satisfactory to the Employer. The rate of interest on the Mobilization Advance shall be equal to the Bank Rate plus 2% (Two percent), compounded annually.

b) The recovery of the advance and interest thereon will be made through the every on account bills, pro-rata, commencing from the time the value of the work executed under the contract reaches 15% of the contract value and completed when the value of the work executed under the contract reaches 80% of the contract value or assessed value whichever is less.

c) The Mobilisation Advance granted shall be returned back to MRIDC in case the work is not completed in the original contract completion period.

d) The Bank Guarantee shall be from a Nationalised Bank in India or State Bank of India, in a form acceptable to MRIDC.

5.17. KEY PERSONNEL


The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have a suitably qualified (and in adequate numbers) minimum Key Personnel, as described in the table below, that are required to perform the Contract. The participating bidder must satisfy these requirements:The Bidder shall provide details of the Key Personnel and such other Key Personnel that the Bidder considers appropriate, together with their academic qualifications and work experience. The Bidder shall provide details of the proposed personnel and their experience records in the relevant Forms included in Section 12 (Annexures & Drawings).The Contractor shall require the Employer’s consent to substitute or replace the Key Personnel.

Key PersonnelItem

No.Position/Specialization

Relevant academic qualifications

Minimum Years of work experience

Relevant

Total

1 Project Manager (For each work site)

Bachelor’s Degree in civil engineering

7 Years 12 Years

2 Civil Engineer (For each work site)

Bachelor’s Degree in civil engineering

5 Years 10 years

Suitable experts in the following area of specializations3 Environmental

Expert (As per SHE Manual)

Degree in Engineering with master’s degree in environmental field

5 Years 10 years

4 Health and Safety Expert (as per SHE manual)

Degree in relevant field

5 Years 10 years

5 Electrical Engineer –General Electrification (Degree/Diploma)

Degree/ Diploma In Electrical Engineering

5 Years 10 years

5.18. EQUIPMENTSThe Bidder must demonstrate that it will have access to the key Contractor’s equipment listed hereafter. The participating bidder must satisfy these requirements:

No.

Equipment Type and Characteristics Minimum Number


required1 Concrete Batching plant (10 to 20 cum/hr

capacity)1 No.

2 Transit Mixers (4 to 7 cum capacity) 2 Nos.3 Concrete Vibrators (2 HP capacity) 4 Nos.4 Vibrators of Needles (60mm & 40mm) 4 Nos.5 Screed vibrator (for ROBs) 2 Nos.6 Form vibrator (500 watts capacity) 2 Nos.7 Generator (35 KV capacity) 1 No.8 Welding set (3 to 5 KV capacity) 1 No.9 Reinforcement Steel Cutting Machine 2 No.10 Reinforcement Steel Bending Machine 2 No.11 Concrete Pumps (10 to 20 HP capacity

with 40m pipe length)1 No.

12 Hydra 12.0 T capacity crane 1 No.13 Concrete Funnel Bucket 1 No.14 Air compressor (100 to 150 cum

capacity)1 No.

15 Steel shuttering plates 1000 Sq. Mt.

16 Steel staging / supporting assembly 60 MT17 Any other including power lifts etc., as

required to suit siteAdequate

No.

The above list is only for guidance purpose. Actual requirements of equipment for timely completion of work may be more than the above.The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant Form in Section 12 (Annexures & Drawings).

-------------------------------------------


SECTION 6TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Section 6: Technical Specifications of 416

SECTION -6TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The scope of work includes the construction of ROB over Railway portion and approaches in non-Railway Portion. The entire ROB work falls under two different authorities i.e. Railways and State Government which requires the Firm / Agency to follow the relevant codes / specifications.

Railway portion as defined in GCC shall mean work within the Railway right of way and for technical specifications of Railway portion work, the Firm / Agency shall refer relevant chapters of Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications (Works and Materials), amended up to date / Codes / Manual as shall be relevant. Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications (Works and materials), Volume I & II are available for sale at the offices of General Managers and Divisional Railway Managers at all Zonal as well as Divisional offices of Railways.Non-Railway portion as defined in GCC shall mean work outside the Railway right of way and for technical specifications of Non-Railway portion work, the Firm / Agency shall refer relevant chapters of MH State SOR / IRC / MORTH / NH SOR / Codes / Manual as shall be relevant.The corrigendum and addendum issued from time to time in the above specified codes should be kept in regular consideration for the execution of work by the Firm / Agency. The Firm / Agency should keep a hardcopy of the relevant codes at each site for the ready references of the site engineers, failing which a penalty may be charged on the Firm / Agency as considered justified by the competent authority. The codes referred shall be as per latest revision(s).The decision of MRIDC shall be final and binding to the Firm / Agency.

6.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES REGARDING SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY OF CEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION WORKS

6.1.1 SUPPLY OF CEMENT:

i. The cement required for various items of work under Schedule shall be supplied by the Firm / Agency at the site of work in accordance with the requirements and specifications.


ii. For supply and use of cement in various works, relevant Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications (Works and Materials), IRS codes / IRC / Maharashtra State SOR / Codes / Manual / MORTH Code IS Specifications & design requirement as relevant will be applicable. Wherever, relevant specifications are not available, decision of the Engineer shall be final and binding on the Firm / Agency.

6.1.2SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMENT:

i. The cement used shall conform to any of the following standards.

43 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS: 811253 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS: 12269Rapid Hardening Ordinary Cement conforming to IS: 8041High Strength Portland Cement conforming to IRS: T: 40Hydrophobic Portland cement conforming to IS: 8043Low heat Portland cement conforming to IS: 12600Sulphate Resistance Cement conforming to IS: 12330

6.1.3SOURCE AND PACKAGING:

i. Cement to be used on the works shall be procured from the main / reputed cement plants or from their authorized dealers. Decision of MRIDC regarding reputed Firms shall be final and binding on the Firm / Agency.

ii. Cement shall be packed in jute sacking bags conforming to IS: 2580-1982, double hessian bituminised (CRI type) or woven HDPE conforming to IS: 11652-1986, woven polypropylene conforming to IS: 11653:1986, Jute synthetic union conforming to IS: 12174:1987, or any other approved composite bags, bearing the following information in legible markings:

a) Manufacturer’s name or Registered Trade Mark of manufacturer, if any.

b) Grade of cementc) Type of cementd) Weight of each bag in Kg.e) Date of manufacture,f) IS Code No. to which the cement conforms.

All cement bags shall have company stitches intact and if any sign of tampering with company stitches is noticed, the same


will be rejected without any test and no compensation shall be payable in this regard.

6.1.4TEST CERTIFICATE REGARDING QUALITY OF CEMENT:

i. Necessary test certificates will have to be produced by the Firm / Agency regarding the quality of the cement conforming to the specification in addition to the manufacturer’s certificates.

ii. MRIDC reserves the right to take samples during the course of the work and get the cement tested in reputed laboratories to ascertain the conformity to the specification. Cost of such testing shall be borne by the Firm / Agency without any extra payment.

iii. Tests on cement shall be done as per relevant IS Codes. These tests are as follows:

a) Compressive strengthb) Initial and final setting timec) Consistencyd) Soundness.e) Fineness

iv. The Firm / Agency shall arrange to carryout above tests for every 50 Tonnes of cement, and for every change in lot / batch Firm / Agency will submit test report from manufacturing company and submit the same to MRIDC and take approval of the MRIDC before using in work. No extra payment will be made for conducting such tests.

6.1.5CONSUMPTION OF CEMENT:

The cement consumption for other than design mix concrete, shall be as per IS codes, as applicable and relevant. The quantity of cement will be decided based on the approved design mix keeping in mind Minimum and Maximum cement content specified for various grades. Excess cement used will not be considered and the decision of the Engineer in this connection shall be final and binding on the Firm / Agency.

6.1.6GENERAL: -

i. Firm / Agency shall make his own arrangements for storing cement for use in work.

ii. Any temporary structure required for storage of cement, has to be provided by the Agency at his cost and shall be removed after completion of work. The MRIDC will only provide suitable land wherever land is available and is free for use. On


completion of the work or as directed by the Engineer, the shed if put up by the Firm / Agency, should be removed by the Firm / Agency and site cleared at his cost.

iii. Firm / Agency should take proper precautionary measures to store the cement in good condition against rains, etc. Storage of cement at the work site shall be at the Firm / Agency's expense and risk. Any damage occurring to cement due to faulty storage in Firm / Agency's shed or on account of negligence on his part shall be the liability of the Firm / Agency.

iv. 53 Grade / 43 Grade of cement should be stacked separately in countable manner.

v. Admixture as per IS: 9103 of approved manufacturer by the Engineer shall be permitted to be used in concrete wherever required. However, no extra payment for the admixtures used shall be payable.

vi. Cement for temporary and enabling works shall be arranged by the Firm / Agency at his own cost and no extra payment will be paid on this account.

vii. Empty Cement bags on release from the work is the property of the Firm / Agency and shall be disposed off by the Firm / Agency himself.

6.2 GENERAL GUIDELINES REGARDING SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CONCRETE / RCC / PSC WORKS

6.2.1Specifications: -

i. Concrete for PCC/ RCC/ PSC (Including piling, piers, abutments and RCC deck slab/girders etc.) shall be as per relevant IS Specifications. Some important guide lines are listed below. Along with these, all other relevant IRS, IRC and IS specifications with their up to date versions shall also govern. These govern all concrete works in bridges, etc., as applicable.a) IRS Concrete Bridge Code.b) IS 456: Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete.c) Relevant Indian Railway Unified Standard Specifications

(Works & Materials) Volume I & II, Engineering Department, amended up to date

d) Relevant IRS/IRC/MORTH/IS Specifications/Codesii. Specifications for cement, steel, binding wire, used in concrete

construction shall be as per IRS/IRC/MORTH/IS specifications with latest corrections slips / revisions.


iii. In all matters of execution, including testing of various components, where the above codes/specifications/guidelines are not clear or explicit or at variance, the directions given by the Engineer shall be final and binding on the Firm / Agency.

iv. To have the uniformity and homogeneity and to achieve the strength, and durable concrete, the Firm / Agency shall use only RMC (Ready Mix Concrete) from renowned approved microprocessor controlled automatic batching plant or the contractor shall install his own microprocessor/computer controlled automatic batching and mixing plant of concrete having capacity of mixing minimum 0.50 cum of concrete in one batch with minimum rated capacity of 10-20 cum of concrete per hour at site.

v. In case there is no feasibility of using RMC, due to site condition, specific approval from MRIDC is required to be taken on case to case basis. However, MRIDC may or may not permit it and decision of MRIDC will be final and binding.

6.2.2Additional Specifications for Ready Mix Concrete The concrete should conform to the specifications given in IS -4926.

A. Quality control:The producer of RMC shall adopt quality assurance programme, which shall get approved by Engineer. It shall cover forward, immediate and retrospective control. He shall have necessary laboratory facilities to carry out tests to ensure quality control at each stage during production of concrete. In case, few tests are done outside, which are not required frequently, the record of test results shall be available with RMC manufacturer.

B. Approval of Design Mix concrete:Only design mix concrete shall be produced for the required grade and strength of concrete. For design of concrete mix IS: 10262 or any other standard may be used for guidance. The design mix computation shall be submitted in advance to the Engineer for approval indicating the testing of mix for workability, initial setting time, permeability, total chloride content & sulphate content. In case there is any change in ingredients or in the process/ plant, design mix shall be redesigned and got approved from Engineer.

C. Loss in workability and strength of concrete during transportation:


The loss in workability and strength during the transit time from batching plant to the place of work, shall be determined and shall be accounted for while designing the concrete mix.

D. Access to Engineer/representative to Ready Mixed Concrete plant:RMC manufacturer shall allow the Engineer to supervise/inspect the operations and materials, process of manufacture and delivery of concrete involved in concrete production. He shall also provide adequate facility to the Engineer to take samples of materials used.

E. Accessibility of technical records maintained by RMC manufacturer:RMC manufacturer shall allow Engineer to peruse the past and present technical records maintained by him.

F. Deputation of Engineer:Manufacturer shall allow deputation of Engineer at Ready Mixed Concrete plant to ensure that concrete is being produced as per the requirement of work and as per approved mix design. Every transit mixture shall be provided with computer (Mixing & Batching plant of concrete) generated batch slip giving details of various ingredients used in each batch of concrete mixed.

G. Temperature of concrete:Temperature of produced concrete shall not be less than 50C and shall not exceed 350C.

H. Transportation of concrete:The concrete shall be transported in concrete transit agitators conforming to IS: 5892. Agitating speed of the agitators during transit shall not be less than 2 revolutions per minute but not more than 6 revolution per minute.

I. Transit time and placement of concrete:a. The concrete shall be delivered at the site of work and

discharge shall be completed within specified hours of adding mixing water to the dry mix of cement and aggregate. Concrete received after the transit time, as specified above, shall not be accepted.

b. Concrete, thereafter, shall be placed in position within the designed initial setting time. At the end of initial setting time, the left-over portion of concrete, if any, shall be rejected.

J. Re-mixing of water:


Under any circumstances addition of any water shall not be allowed after the initial mixing of concrete.

K. Testing for workability and strength at the time of placement of concrete:

The concrete shall be tested for the required workability and strength at the time of placement. Concrete shall be deemed to satisfy/ comply with the strength requirement when it fulfils the criteria laid down in IRS Concrete Bridge Code clause 8.7.6.

L. Dosing of admixture at site of concreting:After arrival of Ready Mixed Concrete at site, additional dose of admixture, if provided for in approved mix design, shall be added in presence of Engineer’s representatives.

6.2.3Cement: -The cement used in concrete construction shall be 43 / 53 Grade Ordinary Portland cement as per the design and as specified in the relevant schedules. Specifications for cement are covered under the Guidelines for supply of cement for construction work.

6.2.4Reinforcement: -

(a) In Railway PortionAll Reinforcement Steel (Stainless Steel Bars and Wires for Concrete Reinforcement Grade G 410L- Ferritic) shall be procured as per specification mentioned in IS: 16651:2017 according to Railway Board Circular No. 2016/4/CE-III/BR/BSC/84/Seminar dated 28.07.2017. and 2018/06/CE-III/BR/Stainless Steel Independent tests shall be conducted, wherever required, to ensure that the materials procured conform to the Specifications.(b) Non-Railway PortionAll Reinforcement Steel (TMT Bars of Grade Fe 500D) shall be procured as per specification mentioned in IS: 1786. Independent tests shall be conducted, wherever required, to ensure that the materials procured conform to the Specifications.These steels shall be procured only from those Firms, which are Established, Reliable, Indigenous & Primary Producers of Steel, having Integrated Steel Plants (ISP), using iron ore as the basic raw material and having in house iron rolling facilities, followed by production of liquid steel and crude steel, as per Ministry of Steel’s guidelines.


i. Bars shall be cut, bent and placed correctly and accurately to the size and shape as shown in the detailed drawing. Preferably bars of full length shall be used. The reinforcement shall be tied with annealed/ mild steel binding wire. Overlapping of bars, where necessary, shall be done as directed by Engineer. Rates quoted include the cost of annealed steel binding wire of appropriate specifications. Rate also include necessary cutting and straightening.

ii. Welding of reinforcement will not be generally permitted except in special circumstances under the written approval of the Engineer.

iii. A register shall be maintained by the Firm / Agency with full details of reinforcement provided for accountal and Quality Assurance of steel reinforcement. The Firm / Agency should sign such register and will be approved by MRIDC if found satisfactory, before undertaking concreting works, as a token of acceptance of the details of reinforcement steel provided in works, failing which the details as recorded by MRIDC shall be binding on the Firm / Agency for the purpose of Quality assurance and no dispute will be entertained by MRIDC on this account.

iv. Firm / Agency shall remove from site any steel materials rejected by the Engineer within a reasonable time as specified by him.

v. Protective Coatings: - In order to offer adequate resistance against corrosion, reinforcement bars may be provided with suitable protective coatings depending upon the environmental conditions in aggressive environments (severe, and extreme) application of cement slurry coating after removal of rust and other loose material from the surface of the reinforcement bar will generally be sufficient.

vi. The steel consumption shall be as per the drawings issued by the MRIDC. Quantity of steel reinforcement consumption shall be as per reinforcement actually utilized in the work based on approved bar bending schedule. Nothing extra will be paid for wastage or for cut rods, if any, which will be property of the Firm / Agency.

6.2.5Coarse & Fine Aggregates: -i. Aggregates shall comply with the requirements of IS: 383 and shall

be subjected to the tests in accordance with IS: 2386. Coarse aggregates shall be of crushed stone from approved quarries. Sand shall be from good river sources of approved quarries only.

ii. The size of the coarse aggregates shall be as per relevant IRS / IS / IRC specifications.

iii. The size of the fine aggregates shall be as per relevant IRS / IS / IRC specifications.

iv. Coarse aggregate shall be crushed and roughly cubical in shape. Fine aggregate shall be naturally produced. Creek/ Marine sand shall not be used in permanent works.


v. The grading of the sand shall conform to relevant IS specification. The sand shall be screened on a 4.75 mm size screen to eliminate over size particles. The sand, if required, shall be washed in screw type mechanical washers in potable water to remove excess silt, clay and chlorides wherever required. The screening and washing of sand shall be completed at least one day before using it in concrete. The washed sand shall be stored on a sloping platform and in such a manner as to avoid contamination.

6.2.6Water: -

i. Water used for washing of aggregates and for mixing and curing concrete shall be clean, potable and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, sugar, organic materials or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel and shall conform to clause 5.4 of IS : 456 or relevant clause of IRC.

ii. In case of doubt regarding development of strength, the suitability of water for making concrete shall be ascertained by the compressive strength as per IS : 4031 (Part VI) and initial setting time tests IS : 4031 (Part V).

iii. Water found satisfactory for mixing is also suitable for curing concrete. However, water used for curing should not produce any objectionable stain or unsightly deposit on the concrete surface. The presence of tannic acid or iron compounds is objectionable.

6.2.7Admixtures: -

i. In bridges, use of admixtures is governed by clause 4.4 of IRS Concrete Bridge Code or relevant specification of IRC, as applicable.

ii. The admixtures, when permitted, shall conform to IS: 9103. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used in structural concrete containing reinforcement, prestressing tendon or other embedded metal. The admixture containing ClSO3 ions shall not be used. Admixtures containing nitrates shall also not be used. Admixtures based on thiocyanate may promote corrosion and therefore shall be prohibited.

iii. Concrete admixtures shall be obtained only from established manufactures with proven track record or as per approved list wherever available.

iv. The Firm / Agency shall provide the following information concerning each admixture after obtaining the same from the manufacturer before the same is put to use:

a) The chemical names of the main ingredients in the admixtures.


b) The chloride iron content, if any, expressed as a percentage by mass of the total admixture.

c) Values of dry material content, ash content and relative density of the liquid admixture which can be used for Uniformity Tests.

d) Whether or not the admixture leads to the entrainment of air when used as per the manufacturer’s recommended dosage, and if so to what extent.

e) Where two or more admixtures are proposed to be used in any one mix, confirmation as to their compatibility.

f) There would be no increase in risk of corrosion of the reinforcement or other embodiments as a result of using the admixture.

g) Retardation achieved in initial setting time.h) Normal dosage and detrimental effects, if any, of under

dosage and over dosage.i) Recommended dosages and expected results, including proof

for the same wherever required. Independent test results shall be produced by the Firm / Agency on demand/as specified.

6.2.8Storage of materials: -

i. Storage of materials shall be as per IS: 4082. All materials may be stored at proper places so as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion by foreign matter and to ensure their satisfactory quality and fitness for the work. The storage space must also permit easy inspection, removal and restoring of the materials. All such materials even though stored in approved godowns / places, must be subjected to acceptance test prior to their immediate use.

ii. Aggregate shall be stored at site on a hard and dry level patch of ground. If such a surface is not available, a platform of planks or of corrugated iron sheets, or a floor of dry bricks, or a thin layer of lean concrete shall be made so as to prevent the admixture of clay, dust, vegetable and other foreign matter.Stacks of fine and coarse aggregate shall be kept in separate stack piles, sufficiently removed from each other to prevent the materials at the edge of the piles getting intermixed. On a large job it is desirable to construct dividing walls to give each type of aggregate its own compartment. Fine aggregate shall be stacked in place where loss due to the effect of wind is minimum.Unless specified otherwise or necessitated by site conditions, stacking of aggregate should be carried out in regular sizes.

iii. Cement shall be transported, handled and stored at the site in such a manner as to avoid deterioration or contamination. Cement shall be stored above ground level in perfectly dry and water-tight sheds


and shall be stacked not more than eight bags high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should be sufficient to cater to the requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4 months. Cement older than 3 months from the date of manufacture shall not be used. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily identified and inspected, and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is delivered at site. Any consignment or part of a consignment of cement which had deteriorated in any way, during storage, shall not be used in the works and shall be removed from the site by the Firm / Agency without charge to MRIDC. For more details regarding stacking and storage of cement etc, the Firm / Agency should follow Indian Railway Unified Standard Specifications (Works & Materials), Volume II, amended up to date or IRC standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges as shall be applicable or relevant. The decision of MRIDC is final and binding to the Firm / Agency.

iv. The reinforcement bars, when delivered on the job, shall be stored above the surface of the ground level by at least 150mm and shall ordinarily be stored in such a way as to avoid distortion and to prevent deterioration and corrosion. Every bar shall be inspected before assembling on the works and any defective, brittle, excessively rusted or burnt bars shall be removed. Cracked ends of bars shall be cut out.

6.2.9Testing of cement & others: -

Cement and other items shall be tested as per specifications. However, the Firm / Agency shall also arrange for additional tests at his own cost as required by the Engineer as and when required. The decision of the Engineer shall be final in this regard.

6.2.10Concreting:i. The Firm / Agency shall make his own arrangements for supply of

water and electricity for all the works at his own cost. He shall arrange potable quality water for use in all concrete works and samples of water shall be got tested from approved laboratory/approved by the Engineer before being used in concreting. Apart from water, fine & coarse aggregates and all other materials shall be tested from time to time by the Firm / Agency at his cost to ensure proper quality works.

ii. Maximum / minimum size of aggregates, standards of quality of materials, minimum cover for concrete, use of admixtures / chemicals, treatment to reinforcement / finished surfaces, etc., shall be as per relevant Codes, IS / IRS specifications / IRC Specifications and conditions of contract as specified.


iii. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be finished smooth by the Firm / Agency at his own cost. Shuttering materials for RCC / PSC in superstructure shall be strictly of steel only to permit vigorous vibration and to ensure no deviation of finished dimensions by more than +5/-0 and wooden shutters are not permitted. For other works also, proper quality of steel shuttering materials which will permit vibrating and will not require additional finishing shall only be used. If there is any variation in the surface, alignment or lines in the products beyond permissible rejection limits indicated in these conditions, the MRIDC reserves the right to reject the same and the Firm / Agency shall not have any claim in this regard and cost of MRIDC materials involved will be recovered from the Firm / Agency including penalties, if any imposed.

6.2.11Weigh batching, vibrating, curing & testing:

i. All concrete shall be machine batched, machine mixed, and machine vibrated, by using appropriate vibrators. Weigh batching plant, mixers, vibrators, etc., of appropriate capacity, as specified/directed by the Engineer, shall be arranged by the Firm / Agency at his cost. In this case, Weigh batching plants shall have computerized control for weighing, loading, mixing and delivery.

ii. Batching plants, transit mixers, concrete pumps, etc., shall be installed by the Firm / Agency necessarily at site. In case of failure of any of the above, standby arrangements for ensuring continuous concreting has to be provided by the Firm / Agency at his cost. For piling works concreting shall be done continuously as per the volumes designed without break and accordingly standby arrangements shall be ensured by the Firm / Agency.

iii. Curing & vibrating shall be arranged by the Firm / Agency at all locations/heights at his own cost and no extra payment on this account will be admissible. Curing of concrete shall be done as per relevant IS Codes / Specifications. If curing is not done by the Firm / Agency properly, MRIDC may get it done through any other means at the Firm / Agency’s cost without any notice to him and recover from his bills the same including penalty if any at the discretion of the Engineer. The concrete shall be kept wet constantly by ponding or covered with a layer of soaking canvas etc.

iv. Test cubes shall be cast at regular intervals and tested to ascertain the strength of concrete. The Firm / Agency shall establish a cube testing facility along with operator at the site or nearby area to facilitate prompt testing of concrete. Test cube moulds as required as per IS Codes shall be made available by the Firm / Agency at his cost.

v. CURING USING LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING COMPOUNDGeneral


Liquid membrane forming compounds are permitted to be used by the Engineer for curing concrete for part or whole of the total curing period as specified in sections dealing with concrete construction. These membranes reduce the loss of water from concrete during early hardening period and these types of compounds also help in reducing the temperature-rise of concrete exposed to the radiation from the sun. These specifications cover the type and use of such compounds. However, the use of the same will need specific permission from the Engineer, who may require a number of tests to be carried out for establishing the conformity of the product to these specifications and to establish that the curing compound and its method of use does not have any unacceptable effect on the quality of concrete. The cost of the initial acceptance testing and the quality control testing will be borne by the contractor.All equipment, material etc., needed for curing and protection of concrete shall be at hand and ready for installing before actual concrete begins. Detailed plans, methods and procedures whereby the various phases of curing and protection shall be firmly established, shall be settled and got approved in writing from the Engineer-in-charge sufficiently in advance of the actual concreting. The equipment and method proposed to be utilized shall provide for adequate control and avoid interruption or damage to the work of other agencies.

vi. Curing Compounda. The curing compound shall be conforming to ASTM-C-309-81, Type-

2, white pigmented compound. The solids dissolved in vehicle shall be either class `A’ (no restrictions) or Class `B’ (resin as defined in ASTM D-883) as approved by the Engineer.

b. White pigmented compound (Type-2) shall consist of finely divided white pigments as vehicle solids, ready mixed for immediate use without alteration. The compound shall present a uniform white appearance when applied uniformly to a fresh concrete surface at a specified rate of application. It shall be of such consistency that it can be readily applied by spraying to provide uniform coating at temperatures above 400C. If two coats are to be applied, then it should be applied at an interval of approximately one hour. They shall adhere to freshly placed concrete that has stiffened or sufficient to resist marking during the application and to damp hardened concrete and shall form a continuous film when applied at a rate of 4 m2 / litre. When dry, the covering shall be continuous flexible and without visible breaks or pin holes and shall remain as unbroken film at least 28 days after application. It shall not react deleteriously with the concrete.

c. The compound shall meet with the requirement of water retention test as per ASTM designation C-156-80. The loss of water in this test


shall be restricted to not more than 0.55 kg/m2 of exposed surface in 72 hours.

d. The white pigmented compound (Type 2) when tested as specified in accordance with method E-97 of ASTM shall exhibit a day light reflectance of not less than 60% of that of magnesium oxide.

e. It shall fulfil the requirement of drying time when tested in accordance with ASTM-C-309-81. The compound applied shall be dry to touch in not more than 4 hours. After 12 hours it shall not be tacky or tack off (peel off) concrete when walked upon nor it shall impart a slippery surface.

f. The liquid compound should be of a spray able consistency.

6.2.12Design Mix Concrete:

i. General: Design Mix is mandatory for grades higher than M20. For concrete of compressive strength greater than M55, specialized literature should be consulted. Admixtures may be used while designing. Only design mix shall be used for all items of concrete. Prior to the start of construction, the Firm / Agency shall submit details of each trial mix of each grade of concrete to the Engineer for approval. When the proportions of the mix are approved, the Firm / Agency shall not vary any of the design parameters or the source of the materials without the approval of the Engineer. Wherever there is a significant change in materials used, fresh trial mix shall be arranged by the Firm / Agency as required by the Engineer. The concrete shall be designed keeping in view the minimum cement content and maximum cement content. Minimum cement content depends upon the environmental exposure conditions, but maximum Cement Content shall be limited to 500kg/m.3

ii. Mix Design and Proportioning: Recommended guidelines for Concrete Mix Design are given in IS: 10262 which may be referred to for details. As mentioned therein in order that not more than the specified proportion of test results is likely to fall below the characteristic strength, the concrete mix has to be designed for a somewhat higher target average compressive strength. In terms of clause 9.2.2 of IS: 456, the Target Mean Strength of Concrete mix should be equal to the characteristic strength plus 1.65 times the Standard Deviation. Mix proportion shall be designed to ensure that the workability of fresh concrete is suitable for conditions of handling and placing, so that after compaction it surrounds all reinforcement and completely fill the form work. When concrete is hardened, it shall have the stipulated strength, durability and impermeability.


Determination of the proportions of by weight of cement, aggregate and water shall be based on design mix.As a trial the manufacturer of concrete may prepare a preliminary mix according to provisions of SP: 23-1982. (Special Publications 23-1982 of Bureau of Indian Standards) Mix design shall be tried and the mix proportions checked on the basis of tests conducted at a recognized laboratory approved by the Engineer. All concrete proportions for various grades of concrete shall be designed separately and mix proportions established keeping in view the workability for various structural elements, methods of placing and compacting.

iii. Standard deviation: Standard deviation calculations of test results based on tests conducted on the same mix design for particular grade designation shall be done in accordance with Clause 9.2.4 of IS 456. Table 8 of IS 456 gives the standard deviation that can be assumed for design of mix in the first instance. The final standard deviation figures may be determined based on test results for the particular grade of concrete when available.

Max size of Aggregate, Target Mean Strength

Grade ofConcret

e

Max sizeof

Aggregate (mm)

CharacteristicStrength (fck) at 28 days (N/mm2)

Target MeanStrength (fck) 28

days (N/mm2)M20 20 20 26.60M25 20 25 31.60M30 20 30 38.25M35 20 35 43.25M40 20 40 48.25M45 20 45 53.25

iv. Approval of Design Mix: The Firm / Agency shall submit details of each trial mix of each grade of concrete designed for various workability conditions to the Engineer for his comments and approval. Concrete of any particular design mix and grade shall be produced / manufactured for works only on obtaining written approval of the Engineer.

6.2.13 Requirements of Consistency: - The mix shall have the consistency which will allow proper placement and consolidation in the required position. Every attempt shall be made to obtain uniform consistency. The optimum consistency for various types of


structures shall be as indicated in table below or as directed by the Engineer.

Slump Required for workabilitySr

TypeSlump (mm)

1 (a) Structures with exposed inclined surface requiring low slump concrete to allow proper compaction

25

(b) Plain Cement Concrete 252 RCC structures with widely spaced

reinforcements; e.g. solid columns, piers, abutments, footings, well steining

40-50

3 RCC structures with fair degree of congestion of reinforcement; e.g. pier and abutment caps, box culverts well curb, well cap, walls with thickness greater than 300mm

50-75

4 RCC and PSC structures with highly congested reinforcements e.g. deck slab girders, box girders, walls with thickness less than 300mm

75-125

5 Underwater concreting through tremie e.g. bottom plug, cast-in-situ piling

100-200

The minimum slump of concrete in case of bored cast in situ pile shall be 150 to 200 mm.

6.2.14 Durability: -

The durability of concrete depends on its resistance to deterioration & environment in which it is placed. The resistance of concrete to weathering, chemical attack, abrasion, frost and fire depends largely upon its quality and constituent materials. Susceptibility to corrosion of the steel is governed by the cover provided and the permeability of concrete. The cube crushing strength alone is not a reliable guide to the quality and durability of concrete; it must also have adequate cement content and a low water-cement ratio. The general environment to which the concrete will be exposed during its working life is classified into three levels of severity that is moderate, severe, and extreme as described below:


Environment

Exposure condition

MODERATE Concrete surface protected against weather or aggressive conditions. Concrete surface sheltered from severe rain or freezing whilst wet. Concrete exposed to condensation. Concrete structure continuously under water. Concrete in contact with non-aggressive soil /ground water.

SEVERE Concrete surface exposed to severe rain, alternate wetting & drying or occasional freezing or severe condensation. Concrete exposed to aggressive subsoil / ground water or coastal environment.

EXTREME Concrete surface exposed to sea water spray, corrosive fumes or severe freezing conditions whilst wet. Concrete structure surfaces exposed to abrasive action, surfaces of members in tidal zone. All other exposure conditions which are adverse to exposure conditions covered above.

Maximum water-cement ratio, grade of concrete and cementitious material content for various environment conditions for achieving durability are indicated below for guidance:

i. Maximum Water Cement Ratio: -

The limits for maximum water cement ratio for design mix shall be based on environmental conditions as defined in durability clause. The limits for maximum water cement ratio for different environmental conditions shall be as given in Table below:

Environment Maximum Water-Cement RatioPlain

ConcreteReinforced Concrete

Pre-stressed Concrete

(PCC) (RCC) (PSC)Moderate 0.50 0.45 0.40

Severe 0.45 0.40 0.40Extreme 0.40 0.35 0.35

ii. Grade of Concrete: - From durability consideration, depending upon the environment to which the structure is likely to be exposed during its service life, minimum grade of concrete shall be as given in table below.

Minimum Grade of Concrete


(A) For Bridges in Pre-stressed Concrete and important Bridges.Structural member

Moderate exposure

Severe Exposure

Extreme exposure

PCC member M-25 M-30 M-35RCC member M-30 M-35 M-40PSC member M-35 M-40 M-45

(B) For Bridges other than mentioned above and sub-structureStructural member

Moderate exposure Severe Exposure Extreme

exposurePCC Member M-15 M-20 M-25RCC member M-20 M-25 M-30

iii. Cementitious Material Content: - Maximum Cementitious Material Content shall be limited to 500kg/m3. Depending upon the environment to which the structure is likely to be exposed during its service life, minimum Cementitious Material Content in concrete shall be as given in table below:

Minimum Cementitious Material ContentEnvironme

ntMinimum Cementitious Material Content in

Kg/cumPlain Cement Concrete

(PCC)Reinforced Cement

Concrete (RCC)Grade Content Grade Content

Moderate M25 240 M30 300Severe M30 250 M35 350

Extreme M35 300 M40 400

iv. Clear cover is the least distance from outer most surface of steel or binding wire or its end to the face of concrete. It is also a dimension used in design and indicated on the drawings. From durability consideration, minimum clear cover shall be as under.

Minimum Cover

Type of structureExtreme Severe Moderate

Environment Environment EnvironmentSlab 50 35 25Beam/Girder 60 50 35Column 75 75 50Piles 75 75 50


6.2.15 Permeability of concrete: Permeability requirements are as specified in IRS Concrete Bridge Code or IRC Specifications for Road Bridges as applicable or relevant. Permeability test shall be mandatory for all RCC bridges under severe and extreme environment. Under moderate environment, permeability test shall be mandatory for all major bridges and for other bridges and structures.

6.2.16 Mixing of concrete:

i. Concrete shall be mixed either in a mini mobile batching plant or in a batching and mixing plant as per the specifications. Hand mixing shall not be permitted. The mixer or the plant shall be at an approved location considering the properties of the mixes and the transportation arrangements available with the Firm / Agency. The mixer or the plant shall be approved by the Engineer.

ii. Mixing shall be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and a uniform colour of the entire mass is obtained, and each individual particle of the coarse aggregate shows complete coating of mortar containing its proportionate amount of cement.

iii. Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned before putting in a new batch. The first batch of concrete from the mixer shall contain only two thirds of the normal quantity of coarse aggregate. Mixing plant shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of mix to another.

6.2.17 Transporting, Placing and Compaction of Concrete:

i. The method of transporting and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer. Concrete shall be transported and placed as near as practicable to its final position, so that no contamination, segregation or loss of its constituent materials takes place. Concrete shall not be freely dropped into place from a height exceeding 1.5 metres.

ii. When concrete is conveyed by chute, the plant shall be of such size and design as to ensure practically continuous flow. Slope of the chute shall be so adjusted that the concrete flows without the use of excessive quantity of water and without any segregation of its ingredients. The delivery end of the chute shall be as close as possible to the point of deposit. The chute shall be thoroughly flushed with water before and after each working period and the water used for this purpose shall be discharged outside the formwork.

iii. All formwork and reinforcement contained in it shall be cleaned and made free from standing water, dust, immediately before placing of concrete.


iv. No concrete shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the Engineer has been obtained.

v. If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the approval being given, it shall have to be obtained again from the Engineer. Concreting then shall proceed continuously over the area between the construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete which has been in position for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint is formed.

vi. Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer, concrete shall be deposited in horizontal layers to a compacted depth of not more than 450 mm when internal vibrators are used and not exceeding 300 mm in all other cases.

6.2.18 Concrete when deposited shall have a temperature of not less than 50C and not more than 40°C. It shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer, unless carried in properly designed agitators, operating continuously. It may be necessary to add retarding admixtures to concrete if trials show that the period indicated above are unacceptable. In all such matters, engineer's decision shall be final.

6.2.19 Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by vibration or other means approved by Engineer, during placing and worked around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures and into corners of the formwork to produce a dense homogenous void-free mass having the required surface finish. When vibrators are used, vibration shall be done continuously during the placing of each batch of concrete until the expulsion of air has practically ceased and in a manner that does not promote segregation. Over vibration shall be avoided to minimize the risk of forming a weak surface layer. When external vibrators are used, the design of formwork and disposition of vibrator shall be such as to ensure efficient compaction and to avoid surface blemishes. Vibrators shall not be applied through reinforcement and where vibrators of immersion type are used, contact with reinforcement and all inserts like ducts etc., shall be avoided. The internal vibrators shall be inserted in an orderly manner and the distance between insertions should be about one and half times the radius of the area visibly affected by vibration. Additional vibrators in serviceable condition shall be kept at site so that they can be used in the event of breakdowns.

6.2.20 Mechanical vibrators used shall be of appropriate specifications, type and capacity and as directed by the Engineer.

6.2.21 Equipment and machinery for concreting:

i. For concrete works, the list of equipment in numbers indicated in Section 5: Additional Instructions to Bidder, are considered


necessary for efficient and speedier concreting at each site. However, the actual numbers may be arranged as required by the Engineer, taking into account the site conditions.

ii. All the machinery is required to be arranged by the Firm / Agency at his own cost and the agreement rates for concreting include the same. No extra payment is admissible for any machinery arranged by the Firm / Agency.

6.2.22 TRANSPORTATION OF CONCRETE & PUMPING OF CONCRETE

i. GeneralFresh concrete can be transported to the placement area by a variety of methods.Common among them are:

a) Mixer trucksb) Stationary truck bodies with or without agitators.c) Buckets hauled by trucks.d) Conveyor belts.e) Hose or pipe line by pumping.

Each type of transportation has specific advantages and limitations depending on the condition of use, mix, accessibility and location of placing.

ii. ObjectiveMethod of transportation used shall ensure: -Efficient delivery of concreteNo significant alteration of properties with regard to water cement ratio, slump, air content and homogeneity.All variables in transportation, considering type and accessibility of placement locations, distance, time interval etc., shall be carefully studied before arriving at the method used.

iii. Transportation by Mixer Trucksa) These are essentially revolving drums mounted on truck chassis.

Truck mixers used in the job shall be labelled permanently to indicate the manufacturer's specifications for mixing like: -

1. Capacity of drum.2. Total number of drum revolutions for complete

mixing.3. Mixing speed


4. Maximum time limit before completion of discharge and after cement has entered the drum.

5. Reduction in time period of discharge due to warm weather or other variables.

All above information shall only form guidelines for the manufacturer/producer of concrete.

b) Fulfilment of the stipulated number of revolutions or elapsed time shall not be the acceptable criterion. As long as the mixing water limit is not exceeded, and the concrete has satisfactory plastic physical properties and is of satisfactory consistency and homogeneity for satisfactory placement and consolidation and is without initial set, the concrete shall be acceptable.

c) When the concrete is totally mixed in transporting trucks volume of concrete being transported shall not exceed 63% of the rated capacity of the drum. In case the concrete is totally mixed in the central batching plant, the transporting truck may be loaded up to 80% of the rated capacity of the drum. In this case the drum shall be rotated at charging speed during loading and reduced to agitating speed after loading is complete.

d) When transporting concrete by truck mixers, delivery time shall be restricted to 90 minutes or initial setting time whichever is less from the time cement has entered the mixer to completion of discharge.

iv. Transporting by Agitating / Non-agitating Trucks.a) Transporting ready mix concrete by this method shall consist of

truck chassis mounted with open top bodies. The metal body shall be smooth and streamlined for easy discharge. Discharge may be from the rear when the body is mechanically titled. Body of the truck shall have a provision of discharge gate. Mechanical vibrators shall be installed at the discharge gate for control of discharge flow.

b) Agitators, if mounted, also aid in the discharging of concrete from the truck in addition to keeping the concrete alive.

c) Water shall not be added to concrete in transport through this system.

d) Bodies of trucks shall be provided with protective covers during period of inclement weather.

e) Delivery period, when adopting this system of transporting concrete shall be restricted to 30 minutes from the moment all ingredients including cement and water enter in mixer to completion of discharge.


v. Transporting by BucketsThis method of transportation is very common for transportation of centrally mixed concrete. Buckets of suitable capacities may be filled with concrete which is totally mixed in central plant and hauled to the job site. Buckets then may be conveyed to the actual point of placement either with the help of crane/hoist or they may be cartedAs in the case of open truck transportation, extra water shall not be added to concrete transported in buckets. Concrete shall be protected from inclement weather by necessary covering arrangements. Also, maximum delivery period for this system of transportation from the time cement is introduced into the mixer to completion of discharge shall not exceed 30 minutes.

vi. CleaningBefore loading concrete in either truck mixer, open bodied trucks or buckets, the containers shall be thoroughly cleaned, washed and dried, so that there is no water or moisture in the container which may affect the designed water content of the concrete.

vii. Other Methods of TransportationTransportation of concrete either by belt conveyors or by pumping is envisaged in some works.If, the producer/manufacturer/purchaser/Firm / Agency of ready-mix concrete desires to use such methods of transportation, they may do so provided their scheme and complete specifications are submitted to the Engineer for his record and approval.

viii. Pumpable Concrete (Para 8.9 of Concrete Bridge Code, 1997)

General- Pumpable concrete is the concrete which is conveyed by pressure through either rigid pipe or flexible hose and discharged directly into the desired area. It is especially used where space for construction equipment is very limited.Pumping Rate and Range – Depending on the equipment, pumping rate should be 10 to 70 cum. per hour. Effective pumping range is up to 300m horizontally and 90m vertically.

A. Proportioning Pumpable Concretea) Basic Consideration - More emphasis on quality control is

essential to the proportioning and use of a dependable pump mix. Concrete mixes for pumping must be plastic. Particular


attention must be given to the mortar and to the amounts and sizes of coarse aggregates.

b) The maximum size of angular coarse aggregate is limited to one-third of smallest inside diameter of the hose or pipe. Provisions should be made for elimination of oversized particles in the concrete by finish screening or by careful selection of aggregates.

B. Pumping Concretea) Proper planning of concrete supply, pump locations, line

layout, placing sequences and the entire pumping operation will result in saving of cost and time. The pump should be placed as near the placing area as practicable and the entire surrounding area must have adequate bearing strength. Lines from the pump to the placing area should be laid out with a minimum of bends. The pipe line shall be rigidly supported.

b) While pumping downward 15m or more, it is desirable to provide an air release valve at the middle of the top bend to prevent vacuum or air build up. When pumping upward, it is desirable to have a valve near the pump to prevent reverse flow.

6.2.23 Construction Joints: -

i. Construction joints shall be avoided as far as possible and in no case the locations of such joints shall be changed or increased from those shown on the drawings, except with approval of the Engineer. The joints shall be provided in a direction perpendicular to the member axis. Sequencing of concrete placement should be organized in such a way that cold joints are totally eliminated. The sequence of concreting shall be submitted for approval of Engineer prior to concreting of the structural element. Concreting shall be carried out continuously up to the construction joints, the position and arrangement of which shall be predetermined by the designer.

ii. Construction joints should be positioned to minimize the effect of the discontinuity on the durability, structural integrity and appearance of the structure. Joints should be located away from regions of maximum stress caused by loading particularly where shear and bond stresses are high.

iii. Laitance, both on the horizontal and vertical surfaces of the concrete, should be removed before fresh concrete is cast. The surface should be roughened to promote good adhesion. Various methods for removal can be used but they should not dislodge the course aggregate particles. Concrete may be brushed with a stiff brush soon after casting while the concrete is still fresh and while it


has only slightly stiffened. If the concrete has partially hardened, it may be treated by wire brushing or with a high pressure water jet, followed by drying with an air jet, immediately before the new concrete is placed. Fully hardened concrete should be treated with mechanical hand tools or grit blasting, taking care not to split or crack aggregate particles.

iv. Where there is likely to be a delay before placing the next concrete lift, protruding reinforcement should be protected. Before the next lift is placed, rust loose mortar, or other contamination should be removed from the bars and where conditions are particularly aggressive and there has been a substantial delay between lifts, the concrete should be cut back to expose the bars for a length of about 50 mm to ensure that contaminated concrete is removed.

v. In all cases, when construction joints are made, it should be ensured that the joint surface is not contaminated with release agents, dust, or curing membrane and that the reinforcement is fixed firmly in position at the correct cover.

vi. When the formwork is fixed for the next lift, it should be inspected to ensure that no leakage can occur from the fresh concrete. It is a good practice to fix a 6 mm thick sponge which seals the gap completely. The practice of first placing a layer of mortar or grout is not recommended. The old surface should be soaked with water without leaving puddles, immediately before starting concreting; then the new concrete should be thoroughly compacted against it. When fresh concrete is cast against existing mature concrete or masonry the older surfaces should be thoroughly cleaned and soaked to prevent the absorption of water from the new concrete. Standing water should be removed shortly before the new concrete is placed and the new concrete should be thoroughly vibrated in the region of the joint.

6.2.24 Finishing of concrete: The finished surface of concrete after removal of formwork shall be such that no touching up is required. All fins/holes caused by form joints, supports, rods etc., shall be ground / filled up effectively using appropriate machinery.

Shutters, formwork etc., used in construction shall be as specified in the conditions and the labour used shall be skilled to suit the quality requirements of the work. Any surface finished poorly in the opinion of the Engineer shall require repair/remedial measures at the cost of the Firm / Agency and the Engineer’s decision in this regard shall be final. Any structure, which has deficiencies in finishing including product parameters beyond the rejection limits, as specified in


these conditions, are liable to be rejected and the decision of the Engineer shall be final in this regard.

6.2.25 Coatings for concrete:

This work shall consist of the application of protective coating for exposed concrete structures specified on the Drawings or otherwise directed to be protected. The work includes, but not limited to, the preparation of surfaces, application and curing of the primer and coating, protection of the work and furnishing all labour, equipment and materials needed to perform the work.

I. Materialsa) Coating on external surfaces of Deck / Girder / box.

The protective coating shall comprise of epoxy – phenolic primer and an Intermediate coat of epoxy – phenolic interpenetrating polymer network system and a top coat of Interpenetrating polymer network compatible polyurethane, the IPN system of CBRI Roorkee know-how.

The total dry film thickness shall not be less than 250 microns and the system shall have the following properties.

Bond Strength with concrete, N/mm2 : > 2.5 BS 3900-E-10-9Tensile Strength, N/mm2 : > 15 ASTM D-2370Elongation % : > 15 ASTM D-2370Water Vapour transmission, mg / cm2 / mm / 24 hr < 0.15 ASTM D-1653UV – Resistance: Excellent

b) Coating on sub-structure exposed to atmosphere.

The coating shall comprise of two coats of aliphatic acrylic solvented system having the following properties.

DFT: 200 microns in 2 coatsAdhesion (ASTM-D-4541-6.01): 30 kg / cm2 minimumWater Vapour Permeants (ASTM-D-1655): Min 20 g/sqm / day at 75%RH at 250C.Water Penetration Test (Immersion Method) : NilResistance to chloride: Negligible Less than 10-7 cm2/sec.

c) Coating on sub-structure in contact with earth, Coal tar epoxy.


The coating shall as per IRC – 112, 2011 codesII. Construction Requirements

All surfaces shall be dry and free from contamination such as oil, grease, loose particles, decayed matter, laitance, all traces of mould release oils and curing compounds. Where application over existing coatings is required, trials shall be conducted to ensure compatibility and retention of bond between the underlying coating and the substrate.It is essential to produce an unbroken coating of the material. Surfaces containing blowholes or similar areas of pitting shall first be filled using a cementation fairing coat and allowed to cure for 48 hours before application of the coating material.

III. Storage and Precaution

Minimum application rates and over coating times are to be observed: as per manufacturer’s recommendations and as approved by the Engineer.The primer shall be allowed to dry for a minimum of 12 hours at 200C or longer at lower temperatures, before application of the coating. Under no circumstances shall the primer be over coated until the surface is properly dry.All products shall have a shelf life of at least 12 months. It shall be stored in cool, dry conditions, away from sources of heat and flames, in the original unopened packs.Precautions must be observed during the use of the system in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

6.2.26 Defective Concrete and Measurement of concrete:

i. Should any concrete be found honeycombed or in any way defective which may be, at the discretion of the Engineer suspected to affect the performance of the structure, shall be rejected outright. Firm / Agency shall have no claim in this regard and the decision of the Engineer shall be final. The member, structurally independent, in which the concrete is found to be defective, shall be replaced by the Firm / Agency at his cost fully. The damages arising on account of such defective concreting shall also be recoverable from the dues of the Firm / Agency, including penalties if any. MRIDC reserves the right to get the member replaced by any means at the cost of the Firm / Agency at any cost if the Firm / Agency delays reproduction.


ii. However, some surface defects, not affecting the structural properties shall, on the instruction of the Engineer, be repaired as per the approved procedures. The complete cost of such repairs shall be borne by the Firm / Agency and no compensation shall be payable. Records of such repairs done shall be maintained by the Firm / Agency.Tolerances for Finished Concrete Bridge Structure

Synod.

Description of defects in any part or full member or the structure at the decision of

the Engineer.

Permissible limits (unless

Otherwise specified indesigns/drawings)

1 Shift from alignment 1 ± 25mm in member

2Deviation from plumb in piers or variation from specified batter.

1 in 250 subjected to a maximum value of 0.5 times the least lateral dimension of pier.

3Deviation from plumb in abutments or variation from specified batter

1 in 125

4 Cross sectional dimensions of piers, abutments and girders

+20mm/-5mm

5 Thickness of deck slab of bridges + 6 mm / - 3 mm6 Size and location of openings ±12 mm7 Plan dimensions of footings

(formed excavation)+ 50 mm / - 25 mm

8 Plan dimensions of footings (unformed excavation)

+ 75 mm / - 00 mm

9 Thickness of footings -5%, + No limit

10Footing eccentricity 0.02 times the width of

the footing in the direction of deviation, but not more than 50 mm

11 Reduced level of top of footing / pier / bed block

±5 mm

12 Centre to centre distance of pier and abutments at pier top

±30 mm

13 Centre to centre distance of bearings along span

±5 mm

14 Centre to centre distance of pier bearings across span

±5 mm

(Reference: IRS Concrete Bridge Code 1997, Clause 6.5)

iii. The tolerances for finished concrete bridge structures shall be governed by IRS Concrete Bridge Code or IRC Specifications for


Road Bridges as shall be relevant and shall be followed; deviations beyond the permissible limits shown are liable to be rejected. These tolerances apply to other structures also appropriately.

6.2.27 Sampling and Strength Testing of Concrete:

i. General: Samples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per IS: 1199 (method of sampling and analysis of concrete). Concrete for making 3 test cubes shall be taken from a batch of concrete at point of delivery into construction site according to procedure laid down in IS: 1199 and 150-mm cubes shall be made, cured and tested at the age of 28 days for compressive strength in accordance with IS:516. The 28 days test strength result for each cube shall form an item of sample. Concrete shall conform to the surface finish and tolerance as prescribed in Unified specifications. Random sampling and lot by lot of acceptance / inspection shall be made for the 28 days cube strength of concrete.Concrete under acceptance shall be notionally divided into lots for the purpose of sampling, before commencement of work. The delimitation of lots shall be determined by the following:a) No individual lot shall be more than 30 cum in volume.b) At least one cube forming an item of the sample

representing the lot shall be taken from concrete of the same grade and mix proportions cast on any day.

c) Different grades of mixes of concrete shall be divided into separate lots.

d) Concrete of a lot shall be used in the same identifiable component of the bridge.

ii. Samplinga) Frequency of Sampling

Sampling procedure: A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch forming the lot under acceptance / inspection shall have a reasonable chance of being tested that is, sampling should be spread over the entire period of concreting and cover all mixing units.Frequency: The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in accordance with table below. At least one sample shall be taken from each shift of work.

Minimum Frequency of Sample


Quantity of concrete in No. of sampleswork, (M3)

1-5 16-15 2

16-30 3 31-50 4

51 and above 4 plus one additional sample for each additional 50 M3 or part thereof

b) Test Specimen: Three test specimens shall be made from each sample for testing at 28 days. Additional samples may be required for various purposes such as to determine the strength of concrete at 7 days or at the time of striking the formwork, or to determine the duration of curing, or to check the testing error. Additional samples may also be required for testing samples cured by accelerated methods as described in IS: 9013. The specimen shall be tested as described in IS: 516.

6.2.28 Test Results of Sample: The test results of the sample shall be the average of the strength of 3 specimens. The individual variation should not be more than + 15 percent of average. If more, test results of the sample are invalid.

6.2.29 Acceptance Criteria of Concrete:

Acceptance criteria shall be acceptance of concrete as per Clause No 16 of Annexure 4.2 of Indian Railway Unified Standard Specifications (Works & Materials), Volume I, 2010 or as per relevant IRC specification. The decision of MRIDC is final and binding to the Firm / Agency.Also refer criteria of concrete vide clause no 20.3.11.5 of Indian Railway Unified specifications. The 28 days compressive strength shall be the criterion for acceptance or rejection of the concrete.The followings shall also be strictly followed.

i. Whenever a mix is redesigned due to a change in the quality of aggregate or cement or for any other reason, it shall be considered a new mix and initially subject to the acceptability criteria above.

ii. If the concrete produced at site does not satisfy the above strength requirements, the Engineer shall reserve the right to require the Firm / Agency to improve the methods of batching, the quality of the ingredients and redesign the mix with increased


cement content, if necessary. The Firm / Agency shall not be entitled to claim any extra cost for the extra cement used for the modifications stipulated by the Engineer for fulfilling the strength requirement specified.

iii. It is the complete responsibility of the Firm / Agency to redesign the concrete mixes by approved standard methods and to produce the reinforced concrete conforming to the specification and the strength requirements approved by the Engineer. It is expected that the Firm / Agency will have competent staff to carry out this work.

6.2.30 Setting of field laboratory by the Firm / Agency:

i. For all works, the Firm / Agency shall set up a field laboratory of his own for testing of cement/water/concrete at work site, which should be open for use and inspection by the MRIDC officials at any time and carryout the tests with his own equipment’s, gauges, machinery, consumables and operators, at his own cost. The laboratory shall be equipped with necessary equipment to carry out various tests such as property tests, sieve analysis, setting time of cement, compression tests on cubes, slump test, workability test etc., on aggregate, cement, water and concrete required for ensuring the required quality. For steel however, test reports of reputed institutes/laboratories are acceptable.

ii. The cost of setting up the laboratory, equipping the same, maintaining conducting all tests on materials and cubes shall be borne by the Firm / Agency, within his quoted rates for works and no extra payment is eligible for the same.

iii. All gauges, machines, equipment’s and other measuring and testing equipment’s of the laboratory shall be got checked / calibrated regularly and the necessary certificates furnished to the Engineer by the Firm / Agency.

iv. All the equipment’s, machinery etc., shall be kept in good working condition. Firm / Agency shall also maintain the required qualified / experienced staff at the laboratory.

v. The following is the minimum laboratory facilities at the site which are to be provided and operated by the Firm / Agency at his cost.a) Testing of fine and coarse aggregates as per IS:383 and

IS:2386.b) Testing of cement concrete as per IS: 8142 and IS:516.c) Testing of water as per IS: 456 and IS: 3025.d) Certain non-routine testing such as (a) Testing of admixtures,

(b) Chemical testing of fine and coarse aggregates (c) Permeability of concrete (permeability test on concrete shall


be got done when the mix design is approved / changed of the reputed laboratories as approved by Engineer). The frequency and need for these tests shall be decided by the Engineer, based on stipulations contained in conditions of contract or on the basis of accepted Engineering practice (e.g. whenever source of admixture is changed, tests stipulated in the codes will have to be carried out afresh, etc).

vi. As frequently as the Engineer may require, testing shall be carried out in the field for:

a) Moisture content and absorption and density of sand and aggregate.

b) Silt content of sand.c) Grading of sand and aggregates.d) Slump test of concrete.e) Concrete cube test.f) Permeability test for concreteg) Density of Plasticizer.h) PH Value of water

6.2.31 Ladders for inspections:

Steel ladders are to be provided at the abutments and all pier locations on both sides of girder bridges to enable inspecting officials to get down from the ROB Road level to the top of the piers / abutments.

6.2.32 Expansion joints:

Expansion joints – strip seal elastomeric type expansion joint shall be provided at expansion gap in RCC deck slab as per drawings provided by MRIDC. The Firm / Agency shall refer latest amended IS 456 for the technical specifications of Expansion joint.

i. Components: Strip seal expansion joint shall comprise the following items:

a) Edge beam: This shall be either extruded or hot rolled steel section or cold rolled cellular steel section with suitable profile to mechanically lock the sealing element in place throughout the normal movement cycle. Further the configuration shall be such that the section has a minimum thickness of 6mm all along the cross section. The minimum height of the edge beam section shall be 75mm.

b) Anchorage: Edge beams shall be anchored to the deck by reinforcing bars, headed studs or bolts or anchor plates cast in concrete or a combination of anchor plate and reinforcing bars,


headed studs or bolts, anchor bars, studs or bolts shall engage the main structural reinforcement of the deck and in case of anchor plates or loops, this shall be achieved by passing transverse bars through the loops or plates. The minimum thickness of anchor plate shall be 12mm. total cross-sectional area of bar studs or bolts on each side of the joint shall not be less than 1600 mm per Sq. metre length of the joint and the centre to centre spacing shall not exceed 250mm. The ultimate resistance of anchorages shall not be less than 500 KN/m in any direction.

ii. Material: a) The steel for edge beams shall conform to any of the steel grade

corresponding to RST 37-2 of 37-3 (DIN), ASTM A36 or A588, CAN/CSA Standard G 40.21 Grade 300 W or equivalent as per Indian standards.

b) Anchorage steel shall conform to IS:2062 or equivalent.c) All steel sections shall be protected against corrosion by hot dip

galvanising or any other approved anticorrosive coating with a minimum thickness of 100 micron.

d) Chloroprene of strip seal element shall conform to Clause 915.1 of IRC: 83 (Part-II). The properties of chloroprene shall be as specified in below Table.

iii. Fabrication (Pre-installation):a) The strip seal joint system and all its component parts including

anchorages shall be supplied by the Firm/Agency.b) The width of the gap to cater for movement due to thermal effect

prestress, shrinkage and – superstructure deformations (if any) and sub-structure deformations (if any) shall be determined and intimated to the strip seal manufacturer depending upon the temperature at which the joint is to be installed the dimension shall be arise.TABLE: Strip Seal Element SpecificationSealing element is made of chloroprene and must be an extruded section. The working movement range of the sealing element shall be at 70mm.

Property Specified ValueHardnessDIN 53505ASTMD 2240 (Modified)

63 + 5 Shore A55 + 5 Shore A

Tensile StrengthDIN 53504ASTMD 412

Min 11 MPaMin 13.8 MPa


Property Specified ValueElongation at fracture *DIN 53504ASTMD 412

Min 350 per centMin 250 per cent

Tear Propagation StrengthLongitudinalTransverseShock elasticityAbrasion

Min 10 N/mmMin 10 N/mmMin 25 per centMin 220 Cu.mm

Residual compressive strain(22 h/70 deg C/30 per cent strain) Max. 28 per centAgeing in hot air(14 days/70 deg C)Change in hardnessChange in tensile strengthChange in elongation at fracture

Max + 7 Shore AMax – 20 per centMax – 20 per cent

Ageing in ozone(24 h/50 pphm/25 deg C/20 per cent elongation)

No cracks

Swelling behaviour in oil (168h/25 deg C)ASTM Oil No.1Volume changeChange in hardness

Max + 5 per centMax – 10 Shore A

ASTM Oil No.3Volume changeChange in hardnessCold hardening point

Max + 25 per centMax – 20 Shore AMax – 35 deg C

Only one set of specification viz. ASTM or DIN shall be followed depending on the source of supply.

c) Each strip seal expansion joint system shall be fabricated as a single entry unless stage construction or excessive length prohibits monolithic fabrication. It shall fit the full width of the structure as indicated on the approved drawing. The system shall be pre-set by the Firm /Agency prior to transportation. Pre-setting shall be done in accordance with the joint opening indicated on the drawing.

d) The finally assembled joint shall then be clamped and transported to the work site.

iv. Handling and Storage:a) For transportation and storage, auxiliary brackets shall be provided

to hold the joint assembly together.b) The Firm /Agency shall supply and install all the materials of strip

seal joints including sealants and all other accessories for the effective installation of the jointing.


c) Expansion joint material shall be handled with care. It shall be stored under cover on suitable number padding.

v. Installation:a) The joint shall be installed by the Firm / Agency, shall have to

ensure compliance to the manufacturer’s instructions for installation.

b) Taking the width of gap for movement of the joint into account, the dimensions of the recess in the decking shall be established in accordance with the drawings or design data of the manufacturer. The surfaces of the recess shall be thoroughly cleaned, and all dirt and debris removed. The exposed reinforcement shall be suitably adjusted to permit unobstructed lowering of the joint into the recess.

c) The recess shall be shuttered in such a way that dimensions in the joint drawing are maintained. The form work shall rigid and firm.

d) Immediately prior to placing the joint, the pre-setting shall be inspected. Should the actual temperature of the structure be different from the temperature provided for pre-setting, correction of the pre-setting shall be done. After adjustment, the brackets shall be tightened again.

e) The joint shall be lowered in a pre-determined position. Following placement of the joint in the prepared recess, the joint shall be levelled and finally aligned and the anchorage steel on one side of the joint welded to the exposed reinforcement bars of the structure. Upon completion, the same procedure shall be followed for the other side of the joint. With the expansion joint finally held at both sides the auxiliary brackets shall be released, allowing the joint to take up the movement of the structure.

f) High quality concrete shall then be filled into the recess. The packing concrete must feature now shrinkage and have the same strength as that of the superstructure, but in any case not less than M 35 grade. Good compaction and careful curing of concrete is particularly important. After the concrete has cured, the movable installation brackets and shuttering still in place shall be removed.

g) The neoprene seal shall be field installed in continuous length spanning the entire roadway width. To ensure proper fit of the seal and enhance the case of installation, dirt, spatter or standing water shall be removed from the steel cavity using a brush, scrapper or compressed air. The seal shall install without any damage to the seal by suitable machine tools.

h) As soon as the concrete in the recess has become initially set a sturdy ramp shall be placed over the joint to protect the exposed steel beams and neoprene seals from the site traffic. Expansion


joint shall not be exposed to traffic loading before the carriageway surfacing is placed.

i) The carriageway surfacing shall be finished flush with the top of the steel sections. The actual – of the surfacing/wearing coat with the steel edge sections hall be formed by a wedge shaped – with a sealing compound. The horizontal leg of the edge beam shall be cleaned beforehand. It is particularly important to ensure though and careful compaction of the surfacing in order to prevent any premature depression forming in it.

vi. Acceptance Criteria:a) All steel elements shall be finished with corrosion protection

system.b) For neoprene seal, the acceptance test shall confirm to the

requirements stipulated in above Table (Strip Seal Element Specification) The Firm/Agency shall produce a test certificate accordingly, the test shall be conducted in a recognized laboratory, in India or abroad.

c) The manufacturer shall produce test certificates indicating that anchorage system had been tested in a recognized laboratory to determine optimum configuration of anchorage assembly under dynamic loading.

d) Prior to acceptance 25 per cent of the completed and installed joints, subject to a minimum of one joint, shall be subjected to water tightness test. Water shall be continuously ponded along the entire length for a minimum period 4 hours for a depth of 25mm above the highest point of deck. The width of ponding shall be at least 50mm beyond the anchorage block of the joint one side.

e) The depth of water shall not fall below 25mm any time during the test. A close inspection of the underside of the joint shall not reveal any leakage.

f) As strip seal type of joint is specialized in nature, generally of the proprietary type, the manufacturer shall be required to produce evidence of satisfactory performance of this type of joint.

vii. Tests and Standards of Acceptance: The materials shall be tested in accordance with these specifications and shall meet the prescribed criteria. The Firm/agency shall furnish the requisite certificates from the recognised testing laboratory of India or abroad.

6.2.33 Seating of Open foundations:

i. As far as possible, open foundations should be located on the Firm ground having stable strata. The strata shall be well


compacted before levelling course and foundations are laid on the levelling.

In case foundations resting on rock, no foundation shall be laid on sloping rock. The rock shall be made level for the width of the foundation before levelling course is laid. Before seating on the rock, capacity of the rock shall be assessed properly, and safe bearing capacity assessed in the designs is to be confirmed.The seating of the rock shall be achieved by cutting into the rock at least by 0.50 m depth or as directed by Engineer-in-charge, to ensure removal of all weak layers and for obtaining adequate anchorage in case of open foundations. After level surface is made on the rock, a rich mix layer of 150mm thick shall be laid to even the bedding surface.If the rock is encountered while piling, pile shall be anchored into rock to the depth as per codal provision.The Firm / Agency shall carry out Plate Load Test at the location of Open foundation.

ii. Plate Load Test:

The locations for load test shall be based on exploratory borings, and unless otherwise desired, shall be conducted at an elevation of the proposed foundation level under the worst estimated conditions. In case the water table is within the depth equal to the width of the test plate, the test shall be conducted at water table level. In case water table is higher than the test level, it shall be lowered to the test level and maintained by pumping through a sump, away from the test plate, however, for the soils like cohesionless silt and fine sand which cannot be drained by pumping from the sump, the test level shall also be water table level. For more details, the Firm / Agency shall refer latest revised version of IS code 1888.

6.2.34Drainage outlets: 100mm GI pipes in case of deck slab in bridges will serve as drainage spouts, as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Necessary connections to the existing Drainage line/Water supply line has to be made by the Firm / Agency at his own cost, however GI pipes fittings used if any shall be considered against the relevant items of Bill of Quantities.

6.2.35Fixing Dowel Bars in Concrete


A. Scope

The work shall consist of fixing HYSD bars in the existing concrete deck slab/other concrete components to facilitate bonding of a structural component with an existing one.At least 14 days before start of the work, the contractor shall furnish detailed methodology of construction including sources of supply of material, tools, equipment and appliances be used on work, details of personnel and supervision.The contractor’s personnel shall be qualified and experienced in repair and rehabilitation work of such nature.

B. Materials

HYSD bars shall conform to Section 1000 of MORTH.The grout material used for fixing HYSD bars in drilled holes in concrete shall be obtained from a reputed manufacturer and grout mix shall be prepared in conformity with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The material shall be either of the following:(a) Two/three component low viscosity epoxy resin system, having

required characteristics of bonding with concrete and resistances to moisture penetration as approved by Engineer-in-charge.

(b) Cement grout in powder form consisting of cement, good quality sand and admixtures when mixed with required amount of water forms a pourable mix to be used for bonding HYSD bars in concrete as approved by Engineer-in-charge.

The epoxy resin system shall conform to Clause 2803.The cement grout shall basically be shrinkage compensated, chloride free and of very high strength (50 MPa at 28 days). The mix should be capable of pumping or pouring and shall have excellent bond strength with concrete and steel (bond strength of 15 MPa with HYSD bars at 28 days).

C. Construction Operations

The construction operation shall be in the following sequence, and shall be supervised by the Contractor’s Engineer well experienced in such works:

a. Drill holes of required diameter and depth at desired locations as shown on drawings.


b. Clean the hole with air blast through air nozzle of 6-mm dia connected to air compressor to remove the drilled powder, which may remain inside the drilled hole.

c. Mix the required quantity of grout so that the work could be completed within the normal setting time as specified by the manufacturers.

d. Pour required quantity of mixed grout in the holes.e. Insert the dowel rod in the hole where grout has been placed.

Move the rod up and down several times to drive out entrapped air, if any.

f. Allow the curing time as per manufacturers specifications.g. Inclined dowels shall be straightened to match their intended

profile only after the grout has finally set and required strength has been achieved.

6.3 SHUTTERING, FORMWORK & FALSE WORK: -6.3.1 Scope

The Guidelines and specifications cover details of materials, fabrication / manufacturing, mobilization & erection of formwork required for the pouring of concrete to attain desired shapes & sizes of structural & non-structural reinforced and unreinforced concrete elements of Road Over Bridges (hereafter termed as “ROB”) in line with dimensions, heights, levels with the precision as mentioned in the construction drawings.The term formwork shall include the shuttering for pile caps or open foundations, piers, pier caps, Precast girders of specified dimensions etc., including scaffolding complete which shall be properly planned, designed, fabricated/manufactured, transported & erected for the work.This specification only covers the conventional type of formwork mainly of steel formwork and doesn’t cover special forms such as DOKA, STEN, sleep formwork etc.

6.3.2 List of Standards

Work shall be carried out as per the latest issues of Indian Road Congress Codes (IRC), MORTH Specification & relevant codes of BIS. The list of Standards given hereunder should not be considered as conclusive and is for reference and guidance only. Any discrepancies/conflict noticed shall be directed to the Engineer-in-charge or MRIDC officials for his direction/approval. However, as a general rule, the more stringent specification shall take precedence.

1. IRC: 87- Guidelines for the design & erection of


1994 falsework/formwork for Road Bridges.2. CPWD CPWD Specifications (Volume I): 20093. IRC 24:

2001Standard specifications and code of practice for steel bridges.

4. IS 2751 Code of practice for welding of M.S bars used for RCC

5. IS 3696 Safety Code of scaffolds and ladders:Part 1 ScaffoldsPart 2 Ladders

6. IS 4014 Code of practice for steel (part 1 & 2) tubular scaffolding

7. IS 4082 Recommendation on stacking and storage of construction materials

8. IS 8989 Safety code of erection of concrete formed structures

6.3.3 Materials

Formwork shall be of steel which should be capable of resisting damage to the contact faces under any circumstances except natural disaster to erecting forms, fixing of steel and placing of concrete. However, the selection of steel of suitable grades for formwork shall be made by the Contractor based on the quality consistent with the specified finishes and safety with prior approval of MRIDC official or Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC. For designated areas prominently in public view like piers, piers caps, portals, viaduct namely Precast I girders, anti-crash barriers, retaining walls in approaches etc. only steel/metal facing formwork shall be used. Steel sheets if opted for shall be of minimum 5 mm thickness of prime quality duly stiffed with welded members like flats, hollow pipes, omega sections required as per formwork design to withstand the loads due to concrete pressure, thrusts, impacts & vibrations and the same shall be free from any corrosion, waviness, undulations and shall be in prime conditions. The materials should be capable of withstanding a minimum of 100 repetitions having F4 finish surface if no undulations or unevenness is found and should have all the following features as listed below for safety and finishes. The materials should be capable of withstanding a minimum of 100 repetitions and should have all the following features as listed below for safety and finishes.


Stability to withstand transient loadings, impacts, and vibrations.

Malleability to ensure uniform thickness and surface while converted to sheets.

Metallic luster to ensure the adequate finished concrete surfaces within the tolerance limits specified in this document.

Low coefficient of thermal expansion to avoid straining of metal and improve the longevity and the repetitions of the formwork.

High strength to withstand uneven stressing.

All the materials shall conform to the specified quality consistent with the intended purpose and the actual site conditions as applicable. Where materials or components and their uses are covered by existing IS or IRC standards as shown in the table below.

Sr. No. Materi

alPrincipal

Use Minimum size

Specification &

design data

sources

Remarks

1Steel

Sheet Plate

Forms & Form linings 3.15mm with form vibrators

IS:226IS:2062IS:961IS:1977

Steel forms can stand repetitive use

2Rolled

sections & tubes

Form support shoring & framing shoring(i)Angles 50X50X6mm(ii) flats 50X60mm(iii)tubes of 40mm diameter (NB) with wall thickness 4.05 mm

IS:961IS:226IS:1161IS:1977IS:2062

3Hardware for panel

joint treatment

Should be of minimum 8.8 grade steel.

4 Proprietary System

Forms can be obtained for

Design data to be


Sr. No. Materi

alPrincipal

Use Minimum size

Specification &

design data

sources

Remarks

round, square, rectangular or polygonal shapes

obtained from the manufacturer.

5 Hard Board

Form panels and G.I lining minimum 12mm thick

Manufacturer’s data

6 Rubber

Form lining, Void forms, floral designs, grooves, inset engraving.

Manufacturer’s data

Rubber should be with minimum shore hardness of A-55 to ensure the strength, flexibility & elasticity.


6.3.4 Workmanship

a) Design of formwork

The design of the formwork, as well as its construction, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All calculations and drawings of the same including construction sequence shall be checked and verified by independent agency appointed by contractor. The drawings and/or calculations for the design of the formwork shall be submitted to MRIDC official or Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC for approval before proceeding with work, at no extra cost. Engineer’s approval shall not, however, relieve Contractor of the full responsibility for the design and construction of the formwork.

The design shall be conforming to the following points. All vertical imposed loads which will be induced during

construction & post construction shall be considered into the design.

All the erection loads and construction live loads that will be thrust during and after construction shall be considered into the design.

Stability of the formwork assembly against all the lateral loads including wind loads but excluding seismic loads.

All the temporary loads other than imposed loads shall be taken into account for formwork design.

All the joints, connections, strutting and shoring should be able withstands forces, impact loads, and vibrations and should not be slipped or fragmented during and after concrete pouring.

Miscellaneous loads/special loads that may be induced in the formwork.All formwork connections to be secured with hardware of 8.8 grade steel between connecting joints of panels and all hardware shall be inbuilt in the formwork. loose hardware shall not be permitted. Panel size should be optimum i.e. 3.0 meters height X 1.5 meters in width for plat surfaces and two half-circular splits for work for members with circular geometry. The formwork should be capable of withstanding concrete pressures for single pour heights up to 100 kN per sq. meter / as per site requirements. The formwork should be such that it should have minimum joints between panels.

b) General formwork requirements

Forms shall conform to the shapes, lines, grades and dimensions including camber of the concrete as called for on the drawings. Ample studs, braces, ties, straps, etc., shall be used to hold the


forms in proper position without any distortion whatsoever until the concrete is set sufficiently to permit removal of forms.

Forms shall be strong enough to permit the use of immersion vibrators. In special cases form vibrators may also be used. The shuttering shall be close boarded.

Faces coming in contact with the concrete shall be free from adhering grout, plaster, paint, projecting nails, splits, welds, undulations or any other defects whatsoever. Joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of water, cement slurry or any fine material from concrete.

Formwork should be designed and fabricated in such a way that the top level of the concrete surface to be casted and the formwork should be at the same level. Pouring level of concrete should not be fixed using nails or threads.

Formwork should be so designed that it should facilitate the sleeves and openings for services and conducting required for rainwater drainage and the electrification cables.

All necessary care should be taken in the form design and fabrication itself to accomplish any embossing / imaging such as logo, designs, groves which are to be done at the desired locations as shown in the construction drawing or approved by Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC.

All movable parts like wheels, pinions, turnbuckles, hinges etc. should be plated / galvanized and should have a protective Bellow cover to avoid concrete and dust on threaded portions

All fasteners shall confirm to IS1364 and threaded parts to be machined on CNC turning centres turned and ground if needed.

All wheels to be fitted with bearings for smooth movement of forms and all hinges to have high grade steel pins for safety.

Handling of formwork for dismantling should be with an inbuilt mechanism like sliding formwork platforms, bulkhead support structures etc. Goliaths and Hydra cranes to be avoided for dismantling for safety reasons.

Special finishes like grooves, logos, floral designs, engraving in inset and outset shall be provided by fixing monolithic rubber forms fixed on entire surface of the formwork. The minimum shore hardness of rubber shall be A-55 to ensure strength, flexibility & elasticity. The contours, design and edges of rubber form should be smooth to ensure minimal deposition of grime or dust. The entire responsibility of planning, designing, erection, dismantling, shifting and safety of false work lies with the contractor. The formwork manufacturer shall be responsible for engineering and fixing of rubber in controlled factory conditions.

c) Form Release Agent

Care shall be taken to see that the faces of formwork coming in contact with concrete are perfectly cleaned and two coats of Form


Release Agent or any other approved material applied before fixing reinforcement and placing concrete. Reinforcement and/or other items to be cast in the concrete shall not be placed until a coating of the forms is complete; adjoining concrete surface shall also be protected against contamination from the coating material.

d) Formwork for Deck Slab:

Forms for sloped surfaces shall be so built, that the formwork can be placed panel-by-panel immediately ahead of concrete placement so as to enable ready access for rebar placement, inspection of levels and pouring of the concrete.

The formwork shall also be so built, that the panels can be easily removed one by one from the soffit as per the stripping time mentioned in the table of clause (i) of this para to prevent sagging with prior approval of MRIDC official or Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC. Surfaces of construction joints and finished surfaces with slopes steeper than or equal to 1 in 4 (1 V: 4 H) shall be formed in the shuttering itself to achieve the specified details as per the construction drawings.

Though the shuttering for deck slab will be an assembly of the disintegrated panel, utmost care should be taken by the contractor to avoid any sort of leakages or a slurry separation from the soffit of the deck slab and falling of the same on the running railway lines.

Any propping or scaffolding supported on the ground within railway boundary should be avoided. Only floating type scaffolding or propping should be provided to support the deck slab. For the same, detailed structural calculations including necessary checks and stress limits within the scaffolding member proving the adequacy of the individual member as well as overall stability of an assembly shall be submitted on the prior intimation from MRIDC.

Any sort of welding or fabrication for the shuttering & scaffolding within the railway boundary must be avoided.

e) Formwork for surfaces curved in the plan (precast RCC girders & deck slabs):

The contractor shall interpolate intermediate dimensions as necessary and shall construct the forms so that the curvature will be continuous between sections and should create a member as per the construction drawings. However, no use of plywood, wooden boards or any form of timber shall be permitted to meet requirements for curvature.

After the forms have been constructed, all surface imperfections shall be corrected and all surface irregularities at matching faces of form material shall be dressed to the specified curvature.


Utmost care should be taken in the forms required for the slopes normal to the curvature, especially for the super elevation. The said geometry must be achieved in the shuttering by the contractor.

It is to be noted that the above requirements should be read in conjunction with the other requirements for shuttering of RCC precast girder and deck slab.

f) Formwork for exposed concrete surfaces

It is obligatory to the contractor to have original fair face finish of concrete surface of finish type F4 (This finish is designated for surfaces prominently exposed to public view where appearance is also of special importance. This shall include pier of bridges, viaducts, beams, parapets, railings and decorative features on the surface and on the bridges) to all the RCC elements consists of pier, pier caps, RCC precast I-girder, abutment, return wall/wing wall, retaining wall, RCC precast panels of reinforced earth walls, pile caps, open foundations, RCC bed blocks to support bearings etc. without any plastering or finishing.

The contractor shall use one type of material for all such exposed concrete faces and the forms shall be constructed/manufactured so as to produce uniform and consistent texture and pattern on the face of the concrete. Patches or forms for these surfaces will not be permitted. The formwork shall be placed so that all horizontal formworks are continuous across the entire surface.

To achieve a finish which shall be free of panel marks or pouring lines, the formwork shall be faced with large sheets of uniform levels. The sheets shall be arranged in the pattern approved by MRIDC official or Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC. Wherever possible, joints between sheets shall be arranged to coincide with architectural features or change in direction of the surface. All joints between shuttering plates or panels shall be vertical or horizontal unless otherwise directed. Suitable joints shall be provided between sheets. The joints shall be arranged and fitted so that no blemish or mark is imparted to the finished surfaces.

The surface shall be rubbed with Carborundum stone immediately on striking the forms. The Contractor shall exercise special care and supervision of formwork and concreting to ensure that the cast members are made true to their sizes, shapes, and positions and to produce the surface patterns as shown in the construction drawing


Forms for exposed concrete surfaces shall be constructed with grade strips (the underside of which indicated the top of the pour) at horizontal construction joints unless the use of groove strips is specified on the construction drawings. Such forms shall be removed and reset from lift to lift; they shall not be continuous from lift to lift. The sheeting of reset forms shall be tightened against the concrete so that the forms will not be spread and permit abrupting irregularities or loss of mortar. Supplementary form ties/turnbuckle/ tie rods shall be used as necessary to hold the reset forms tight against concrete.

For exposed form finished concrete, the position of through bolts/tie rods should be restricted and the contractor should get the same approved by MRIDC official or Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC and generally should be indicated on the formwork drawings.

No honeycombing shall be allowed. Honeycombed parts of the concrete shall be removed by the Contractor and fresh concrete placed without extra cost. Contractor shall ensure that no air bubbles are formed on the exposed surface. Concrete pouring sequence, vibration methodology etc. shall be planned to avoid air bubbles.

g) Contractor shall record on the drawings and in a special register the date upon which the concrete is placed in each part of the work and the date on which the shuttering is removed therefrom. The Contractor shall remove the shuttering after obtaining the approval of the Engineer.

h) In no circumstances shall forms be struck until the concrete reaches the strength of at least twice the stress due to self-weight and any construction/erection loading to which the concrete may be subjected at the time of striking formwork.

i) In normal circumstances (generally where temperatures are above 20 Deg. Cent.) forms may be removed after the expiry of the following periods:

SR. No

PARTICULARS OF FORMWORKMinimum period before striking

formwork 1 Verticals from piers, walls, beams 16 to 24 hrs.

2Soffit formwork to slabs (props to be re-fixed immediately after removal of formwork)

3 days.


3Soffit formwork to beams (props to be re-fixed immediately after removal of formwork)

7 days.

4 Removal of Slab Props:i) Spanning up to 4.5 Mtr.ii)Spanning over 4.5 Mtr.

7 days.14 days.

5Removal of props for beams and Arched.iii) Spanning up to 4.5 mtr.iv) Spanning over 4.5 mtr.

14 days.21 days

j) Striking shall be done slowly with utmost care to avoid damage to arises and projections and without shock or vibration, by gently easing the wedges.

k) Temporary openings with additional reinforcement shall be provided after the approval by MRIDC official or Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC to facilitate removal of formwork which otherwise may be inaccessible.

l) Tie rods, clamps, form bolts etc., which must be entirely removed from walls or similar structures shall be loosened neither sooner than 24 hours nor later than 40 hrs. after the concrete has been deposited.

m) Narrow surface such as tops of parapets, walls and kerbs shall be sloped as shown in the construction drawings. Broader surface such as roadways, platform and decks, shall also be sloped as shown in the drawings

6.3.5 ERECTION OF FORMWORK

The following shall apply to all formwork: a) All shuttering plates shall be adequately backed by sufficient

number and size of walers or framework to ensure rigidity during concrete pouring. All shutters shall be adequately strutted, braced and propped to prevent deflection/splitting/separation/toppling under dead weight and the thrust of concrete and superimposed live load of workmen, materials, and plant, and to withstand vibrations.

b) Vertical props shall be supported on wedges or other measures shall be taken where the props can be gently lowered vertically during removal of the formwork. Props for an upper level shall be placed concentrically over those in the level immediately below to avoid an inducement of unbalanced reaction due to eccentricity. The lowest props shall bear on a sufficiently strong area to avoid


differential settlement. Care shall be taken that all formwork is set plumb and true to line and level or camber as shown in the construction drawings.

c) Provision shall be made for adjustment of supporting struts where necessary. When reinforcement passes through the formwork care should be taken to ensure close fitting joints against the steel bars so as to avoid loss of fines during the compaction of concrete.

d) If the formwork is held together by bolts, these shall be so fixed that no iron will be exposed on surfaces against which concrete is to be laid. Tie-bolts running through the concrete should be shown in GA drawing with details about the location and size of tie-bolts. Holes left in the concrete by these tie-bolts shall be filled with non-shrink grout or other equivalent materials as specified in the specification of concrete works at no extra cost. These tie-bolts should be avoided as far as possible in the formwork of structures with exposed surfaces and only can be provided with prior approval from MRIDC officials.

e) Provision shall be made in the shuttering for beams, columns, and walls for a porthole of convenient size so that all extraneous materials that may be collected could be removed just prior to concreting.

f) Formwork shall be so arranged as to permit removal of forms without jarring the concrete. Wedges, clamps, and bolts shall be used wherever practicable instead of nails.

g) The formwork for beams and slabs shall be so erected that forms on the sides of the beams and the soffit of slabs can be removed without disturbing the beam bottoms or props under beams.

h) Surfaces of forms in contact with concrete shall be oiled with a mold oil of quality approved by MRIDC officials prior to application. If required, the contractor may opt to execute different parts of the work with different mold oils with prior approval of MRIDC officials. The use of oil which results in blemishes on the surface of the concrete is strictly prohibited. Oil shall be applied before reinforcement has been placed and care shall be taken that no oil comes in contact with the reinforcement while it is being placed in position. The formwork shall be kept thoroughly wet during concreting and the whole time that is left in place. Nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor for oiling.

i) Immediately before concreting is commenced, the formwork shall be carefully examined to ensure the following:

Removal of all dirt, shavings, sawdust and other refuse by brushing and washing.


The tightness of joints between panels of sheathing and between these and any hardened core.

The correct location of tie bars, bracing and spacers, and especially connections of bracing.

That all wedges are secured and firm in position. That provision is made for traffic on formwork not to bear

directly on reinforcing steel. j) The contractor will ensure general arrangement of propping and

bracing as per IS: 3696 - Safety Code of Scaffolds and Ladders, IS: 4014 Steel Tubular Scaffolding I & II. All scaffolding and staging shall be either of steel tubes or built up a section of rolled steel conforming to IS:806-1968, IS:1239-(Part-I:2008 & Part-2:2011) with adequate concentric or eccentric bracing as per design at several levels in each perpendicular direction connecting each prop. In addition to this diagonal bracing should be provided in elevation ideally at 45 degrees or between 30 and 60 degrees. No wooden bellies & props should be permitted. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the adequacy of propping, and for keeping the wedges and other locking arrangements undisturbed through the decentering period as per IS 8989: 1978 Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures.

k) Formwork shall be continuously watched during the process of concreting. If during concreting any weakness develops and formwork shows any distress the work shall be stopped and remedial action must be taken.

l) Staging for portal girder and cross girder shall be in the form of a portal frame. It shall be ensured that minimum two lanes of traffic with a restricted height of 5.5m can ply underneath it with adequate protection to portal legs.

m) For concourse floor over a road, the contractor shall design and fabricate the prefabricated type of staging and shuttering which can be erected in very short duration. Such erection will be only permitted in the night. In such case staging has to span the full width of the road in a portal-shaped profile. The portal frame shall have 4.5m (min) traffic clearance from the road for allowing safe movement of traffic below.

n) Trussed supports shall be provided for shores that cannot be secured on adequate foundations especially for the construction of ROB that spans over Railway R.O.W.

6.3.6 QUALITY MANAGEMENT

a) Formwork, during any stage of construction showing signs of distortion or distorted to such a degree that the intended concrete


work will not conform to the exact contours indicated on the drawings, shall be repositioned and strengthened. Poured concrete affected by the faulty formwork, shall be removed completely and the formwork be corrected prior to placing of new concrete.

b) Excessive construction camber to compensate for shrinkage, settlement may impair the structural strength of members and shall not be permitted.

c) Wire or ties passing through the wall shall not be permitted. Instead, bolts through sleeves are to be used.

d) Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly scraped, cleaned, nails removed, holes that may leak suitably plugged and joints examined and when necessary, repaired and the inside retreated to prevent adhesion, to the satisfaction of Engineer.

e) The mock ups of the formwork and scaffolding which is to be used at site must be done in the factory in the presence of Contractor, Fabricator and MRIDC officials. No formwork shall be mobilized or used at site without prior mock-ups to the satisfaction of the MRIDC officials or Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC. Only MRIDC approved formwork to be mobilized and used at site.

f) Contractor must ensure the construction of all the respective concrete elements as per the construction drawing within the tolerances mentioned below. Deviation from a specified dimension of the cross section of

pier and pier caps: ± 3.0mm. Deviation from dimensions of footings in the plan: ± 12.0 mm. Eccentricity in the plan: 0.02 times the dimension of the

footing in the direction of deviation but not more than 50.0 mm.

Thickness: 0.05 times of the specified thickness. Plumb: ± 3.0 mm. in the vertical height Levels: ± 3.0 mm. before any deflection has been taken place. Offset in the concrete surface of formed finish: ± 1.0 mm. Offset in the concrete surface of unformed finish: ± 3.0 mm.

6.3.7 SUBMITTAL AND CERTIFICATION REQUIRED

A. The manufacturers of proprietary systems should submit the following information to the independent agency as mentioned in Clause of “Design of Formwork” of this document and the same agency should submit the stability / review certificate to MRIDC in the specified format provided by MRIDC.

Description of basic functions of equipment including complete


manual. List of items of equipment available, giving range of sizes,

spans and such like, with manufacturer’s identification number or other references.

The basis on which safe working loads have been determined and whether the factor of safety given applies to collapse or yield.

Whether the supplier’s data are based on calculations or tests. This shall be clearly stated as there may be wide variations between results obtained by either method.

Instructions for use and maintenance, including any points which require special attention during erection, especially where safety is concerned.

Detailed dimensional information, as follows: i. Overall dimensions, depths and widths of members. ii. Line drawings including perspectives and photographs

showing normal uses. iii. Self-weight. iv. Full dimensions of connections and any special

positioning and supporting arrangements. v. Sizes of members, including tube diameters and

thicknesses of material. vi. Any permanent camber built into the equipment. vii. Sizes of holes and dimensions giving their positions. viii. Manner of fixing including arrangements for sealing

joints.

Data relating to strength of equipment as follows: i. Average failure loads as determined by tests. ii. Recommended maximum working loads for various

conditions of use. iii. Working resistance moments derived from tests. iv. Working shear capacities derived from tests. v. Recommended factors of safety used in assessing

recommended loads and deflections based on test results.

vi. Deflections under load together with recommended pre-camber and limiting deflections.

vii. If working loads depend on calculations, working stresses should be tested. If deflections depend on theoretical moments of inertia or equivalent moments of inertia rather than tests, this should be noted.


viii. Information on the design of sway bracing against wind and other horizontal loadings.

ix. Allowable loading relating maximum extension of bases and/or heads.

x. Any restrictions regarding usage of any component or full assembly with regard to spans, heights and loading conditions.

B. Prerequisites for formwork Manufacturers:

The formwork company should be a company of repute with at least 3 completion certificates of projects of similar nature and repute including one at international level.

The formwork company should have an ISO certification of ISO 14000: 2017 compliant.

The formwork company should have a in house structural design capabilities with a complete in-house design department with qualified engineers with sound knowledge of formwork systems.

The company should have complete manufacturing plan amply demonstrated in the past projects like 1) Project execution plan.2) Complete step by step QA QC plan, from arrival of materials

item Wise to station Wise manufacturing control to mock up and delivery.

3) Detailed planning for raw material processing to fit up welding, for every process and complete traceability of materials

4) Day wise, week wise and month wise plan for all manufacturing, inspection and dispatch.

5) Order Process chart integrated with organizational chart with key people and functions.

6) List of CNC machines with respect to material preparation, Equipment like Laser cut, Robots for welding CNC turning centers are mandatory for a formwork manufacturer.

7) All Jigs and fixtures should be from a reputed manufacturer. calibrated fixtures will be mandatory.

8) List of inspection devices should be available at all times.9) GA drawings and Design calculation report in detail.

6.3.8 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT


MRIDC places great emphasis on Occupational Health & Safety and Environment management aspects associated with the construction. Towards this end, comprehensive guidelines are incorporated in the “General Conditions of the Contract” document. These guidelines should comply within the execution of the work related to formwork.

A. FORMWORK SAFETY MANAGEMENT

a) Shuttering and supporting members such as props, tie rods etc. shall be of adequate load carrying capacity to support the load/pressure of wet concrete and the formwork scheme shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC prior to the erection.

b) The process of stripping of formwork shall be planned in advance and approved by Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC. Stripping shall enable the structural member to behave in a stipulated manner. The area shall be suitably barricaded and unauthorized entry shall be restricted by displaying signboards, etc.

c) While removing formwork from vertical surfaces, the shuttering board shall be adequately supported by props, in order to prevent the same from toppling/slipping, until it is lowered on the ground safely. Same support with props shall be provided during erection of formwork too until the plywood is secured in the desired place with the adequate supporting system.

d) While removing any formwork the utmost care should be taken that this removal process shall not result in the rupture/distortion of freshly casted RCC member or any other structural element.

B. SCAFFOLDING SAFETY MANAGEMENT

a) The scaffolds to be erected for working at heights shall be designed for the estimated load (Live Load + Dead Load of RCC + Lateral Loads such as Wind). The design for the same shall be checked and signed off before the erection of the same.

b) The erected scaffoldings shall be inspected and cleared by Engineer-in-charge of MRIDC.

c) The base of the scaffolding should be kept on levelled and firm ground. In absence of levelled and firm ground the vertical members of scaffolding shall be supported on steel base plates, concrete blocks or shall be grouted inside the plain concrete pedestal.


d) The scaffolding should be provided with cross bracings or H-frames to avoid the sway action under the lateral loadings action upon them.

e) The props used shall not have a least lateral dimension less than 50mm throughout its length. The contractor should ensure that no wooden or bamboo scaffolding is used for propping.

f) The unsafe scaffoldings on site shall either demolished/detached or be tagged as “UNSAFE SCAFFOLDS DO NOT USE”.

6.3.9 COMPLETION AND DELIVERY

Work related to formwork shall not be deemed as complete till such time all the following condition is fulfilled:

a) Stripping of formwork shall be done as per the stipulated time span provided above or as directed by Engineer.

b) Sleeves formed for tie rods, holes due to nails used for formwork should be grouted with specified grout.

c) Used formwork should be taken away from the site and dumped as directed by Engineer.

6.3.10METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

No separate measurements of the formwork and scaffolding shall be done since the rate of concrete is inclusive of the shuttering.

6.3.11SPECIAL ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES:

Where special architectural finishes have been specified which require special patterns, grooves, ridges, surface finishes, logos, floral designs etc., and which are to be obtained by casting concrete against forms, need specially designed forms and special finishing using suitable materials. These forms can be made from materials specified in IRC-87 such as rubber forms fixed on the entire surface of the formwork or relevant IS codes with special workmanship/controls. The minimum shore hardness of rubber shall be A-55 to ensure strength, flexibility and elasticity. Use of any other material is to be permitted only after specific written approval from the Engineer.

6.4 GENERAL GUIDELINES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR BORED CAST-IN-SITU RCC PILE FOUNDATIONS:

6.4.1 The piles shall be bored cast-in-situ. The scope of the work included in relevant schedules is for the provision and testing of bored cast-in-situ RCC pile foundations with the pile cap. Items for


piling in soil has been provided in schedule. If any boulder in the form of obstruction comes in the boring, no extra payment for piling in boulders shall be made. Bore log provided by the MRIDC for construction are only indicative in this regard and it is the Firm / Agency’s responsibility to make correct assessment of ground conditions before starting the piling operation. Rate of Item of piling includes cost of all materials, Cement and labour involved in all operations. The minimum length of socketing in rock shall be as per IS 14593 (latest updated), Table 1, Clause 6.5.1.

Rock Type Socket Length into the rock

Sound relatively homogenous rock including granite, gneiss

1 to 2 D

Moderately weathered, closely jointed including schist, slate

2 to 3 D

Soft rocks, sedimentary rocks including hard shale. Sandstones, siltstone, mudstone

3 to 4 D

Note- D is the diameter of Pile

6.4.2 CONCRETING IN BORED CAST-IN-SITU PILES

Bored Cast-in-situ concrete piles shall be installed by making a bore into the ground by removal of material. Cast-in-situ concrete piles may be cast in metal liners which may remain permanently in place. The metal casing shall be of sufficient thickness as approved by MRIDC and strength to hold its original form and show no harmful distortion after it and adjacent casings have been driven and the driving core, if any, has been withdrawn.

a) Concreting and reinforcement work will be done in accordance with relevant clauses in Chapters 3 and 4 of Indian Railway Unified Standard Specifications (Works & Materials) Volume - I, 2010 or in accordance with relevant clause of IRC, supplemented by these specifications. The decision of MRIDC is final and binding to the Firm / Agency.

b) Piling has to be done only by deploying sufficient number of machines of Hydraulic Rotary Drilling Rig, HR-120 and above model of MATT or equivalent make with similar capacities.

c) Any liner or bore-hole which is improperly located or shows partial collapse that would affect the load carrying capacity of the pile, shall be rejected or repaired as directed by the Engineer at the cost of the Firm / Agency.

d) Bored cast-in-situ piles in soils which are stable may often be installed with only a small casing length at the top. Generally,


6.0m length of top of bore shall invariably be provided with casing to prevent any loose soil falling into the bore. The length of the casing shall be finalised as per the soil condition and direction of Engineer-in-charge. In cases in which the side soil lower down can fall into the hole, it is necessary to stabilise the side of the bore hole with drilling mud, or a suitable steel casing. The casing may be left in position permanently specially in cases where the aggressive action of the ground water is to be avoided, or in the cases of piles built in water or in cases where significant length of piles could be exposed due to scour.

e) For bored cast-in-situ piles, casing / liner shall be driven open ended with a pile driving hammer capable of achieving penetration of the liner to the length as approved by the Engineer. Materials inside the casing shall be removed progressively by air lift, grab or percussion equipment or other approved means. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the diameter of the bore-holes shall be not more than the inside diameter of the liner.

f) Where bored cast-in-situ piles are used in soils liable to flow, the bottom of the casing shall be kept enough in advance of the boring tool to prevent the entry of soil into the casing, thus preventing the formation of cavities and settlements in the adjoining ground. The water level in the casing should generally be maintained at the natural ground water level for the same reasons. The joints of the casing shall be made as tight as possible to minimise inflow of water or leakage of slurry during concreting. Where mud flow conditions exist, the casing of cast-in-situ piles shall not be allowed to be withdrawn. Prior to the lowering of the reinforcement cage into the pile shaft, the shaft shall be cleaned of all loose materials. Cover to reinforcing steel shall be maintained by suitable spacers, tied in advance to the reinforcement.

g) Wherever practicable, concrete should be placed in a clean dry hole. Where concrete is placed in dry condition and there is casing present, the top 3m of the pile shall be compacted using internal vibrators.

h) Before concreting under water, the bottom of the hole shall be cleaned of drilling mud and all soft or loose material very carefully. In case a hole is bored with use of drilling mud, concreting should not be taken up when the specific gravity of bottom slurry is more than 1.2. The drilling mud should be maintained at 1.5m above the ground water level.

i) Where the casing is withdrawn from cohesive soils for the formation of cast-in-situ pile, the concreting should be done with necessary precautions to minimise the softening of the soil by excess water. Care shall be taken during concreting to prevent as far as possible the segregation of the ingredients. The


displacement or distortion of reinforcement during concreting and also while extracting the tube shall be avoided.

j) The concrete shall be properly graded, shall be self-compacting and shall not get mixed with soil, excess water, or other extraneous matter. Special care shall be taken in silty, clays and other soils with the tendency to squeeze into the newly deposited concrete and cause necking. Sufficient head of green concrete shall be maintained to prevent inflow of soil or water into the concrete.

k) The placing of concrete shall be a continuous process from the toe level to the top of the pile. To prevent segregation, a tube or tremie pipe as appropriate shall be used to place concrete in all piles.

l) To ensure compaction by hydraulic static heads, rate of placing concrete in the pile shaft shall not be less than 6m (length of pile) per hour. Under water concreting should be done with tremie.

m) The maximum water cement ratio shall be 0.50 for cast in situ piles.

n) The cement content shall not be less than 400 kg/cum of concrete.o) The minimum slump of concrete for bored cast-in-situ piles shall

150mm to 200mm, but the slump should not exceed 200mm in any case.

p) Concreting under water: -General requirements and precautions for concreting under water shall be as given in concreting chapter 3 of IR Unified Standard Specifications (Work & Materials), Volume - I, 2010 or per relevant clause of IRC Specifications. This would be further supplemented by given following instructions. The decision of MRIDC is final and binding to the Firm / Agency.

q) The concreting of a pile must be completed in one continuous operation. Also, for bored holes, the finishing of the bore, cleaning of the bore, lowering of reinforcement cage and concreting of pile for full height must be accomplished in one continuous operation without any stoppage.

r) The concrete should be coherent, rich in cement with high slump and restricted water cement ratio.

s) The tremie pipe will have to be large enough with due regard to the size of aggregate. For 20mm aggregate the tremie pipe should be of diameter not less than 150mm and for larger aggregate, larger diameter tremie pipes may be necessary.


t) The first charge of concrete should be placed with a sliding plug pushed down the tube ahead of it to prevent mixing of water and concrete.

u) The tremie pipe shall always be kept full of concrete and shall penetrate well into the concrete in the bore-hole with an adequate margin of safety against accidental withdrawal if the pipe is surged to discharge the concrete.

v) The pile should be concreted wholly by tremie and the method of deposition should not be changed part way up the pile to prevent the laitance from being entrapped within the pile.

w) All tremie tubes should be scrupulously cleaned after use.x) In special circumstances, the Engineer may permit use of any

other proved method of concrete placement designed for under water concrete. In such cases, a detailed method statement should be prepared and got approved by the Engineer.

y) The diameter of the finished pile shall not be less than that specified, and a continuous record shall be kept by the Engineer as to the volume of concrete placed in relation to the pile length cast.

6.4.3 The schedule of quantities in this contract is based on bored cast-in-situ pile of required capacity and for approximate anticipated depth as indicated in the drawings. Depth of piles is likely to vary, and Firm / Agency shall have no claim whatsoever irrespective of the depth of piles provided at any and all locations. Installation of piles shall be carried out as per layout drawings, installation criteria and the instructions of the Engineer. The method of installing the piles, including details of the equipment shall be submitted by the Firm / Agency and got approved by the Engineer before start of work.

6.4.4 Piling work shall conform to specifications IS: 2911 Parts 1 & 4 unless otherwise specified.

6.4.5 Workmanship of bored cast-in-situ piles includes the provisions for control of piling installation, use of drilling mud, cleaning of borehole, tremie concreting, defective pile, recording of data shall be as per Clause 8 of IS: 2911(Part 1/Section 2).

6.4.6 The specifications for safe load, test load, total displacement, net displacement etc., shall also conform to provisions as per IS: 2911 (Part 4).

6.4.7 The Firm / Agency shall set out piles with precision survey duly erecting permanent bench marks and other references. He shall be responsible for correct maintenance of position and plumb thereafter and these shall be checked periodically. The control of


alignment and inclination of piles shall be as per IS: 2911(Part 1/Section 2). Tolerances as specified in the above code or as specified shall govern.

6.4.8 Level marks shall be put accurately on each pile immediately after it is installed. If any pile shows subsequently a tendency to heave up due to installation of other piles later or due to any other reason, corrective course of action shall be suggested and taken by the Firm / Agency after approval by the Engineer at the cost of Firm / Agency.

6.4.9 Durability provisions such as clear cover to reinforcements, minimum and maximum cement content, maximum water-cement ratio and permeability of concrete shall be adhered to as mentioned earlier and below. The exposed area of pile above the ground level. In case of harmful chemical constituents found in subsoil and in water such as chlorides and sulphides, special provisions as per relevant codes of practice shall be followed for protection against reinforcement corrosion and disintegration of concrete and for such protection against corrosion and bio-fouling, the pile concrete/liner below cut-off level shall be painted with appropriate material, if ordered by Engineer for which payment will be made separately as specified in relevant schedules.

6.4.10Sulphate resistant cement may be used on need based consideration based on the soil investigation and water investigation. It shall not be used under such conditions where concrete is exposed to risk of excessive chlorides and sulphate attack both. Requirements of concrete exposed to sulphate attack shall be as per Table 4 of IS: 456. Where chloride is encountered along with sulphate in soil or ground water, Ordinary Portland Cement with C3A contents from 5 to 8 % shall be desirable to be used in concrete instead of sulphate resisting cement. For pH around 4, steel and concrete both have to be specially quoted. If sulphate resistant cement is used which has faster setting properties, curing shall start within five hours of concreting.

6.4.11Method of boring, namely, Bailer and Chisel, Rotary, Direct Mud Circulation (DMC), Reverse Mud Circulation (RMC), Percussion, etc., shall be chosen as appropriate to strata and site conditions. The scope of work for piling are inclusive of any type of boring/any type of supporting arrangements adopted by the Firm / Agency.

6.4.12Borehole stability shall be maintained with casing and/or mud circulation.

6.4.13Use of drilling mud (Bentonite) in stabilizing the sides of bore holes is mandatory in soils of inadequate capacity. The decision on the need of use of Bentonite will be taken by the Engineer which is final. The bentonite slurry shall be maintained at 1.5m above the


ground water level during boring operations and till the pile is concreted. The bentonite slurry shall be under constant circulation till start of concreting and shall meet the requirements stipulated in the subsequent clauses. Agreemental rates for piling includes the cost of Bentonite and related operations and the Firm / Agency cannot claim any extra cost on this account.

6.4.14Specifications for Bentonite shall be as follows: i. Liquid limit of bentonite when tested in accordance with IS:

2720 (Part V) shall be 400 percent or more. ii. Bentonite solution should be made by mixing it with fresh

water using pump for circulation. iii. The density of the freshly prepared bentonite suspension

shall be between 1.03 and 1.10 gm / ml depending upon the pile dimensions and type of soil in which the pile is to be installed. However, the density of bentonite suspension after mixing with deleterious materials in the pile bore may be up to 1.25 gm / ml.

iv. The marsh viscosity when tested by a marsh cone shall be between 30 to 60 Seconds/stroke.

v. The pH value of the bentonite suspension shall be between 9 and 11.5.

vi. The silt content of the bentonite suspension shall be less than 1 percent.

6.4.15Providing MS Liners: This item is for supply and fixing Firm / Agency’s permanent MS liners for the pile from the top of working platform up to the point of refusal or up to the required depth as may be decided by the Engineer. The Firm / Agency shall fabricate the MS liners from his own MS sheets to suit the diameter of the pile as directed. Required length of MS liners will be made up by welding each unit outside by the Firm / Agency with his own equipment and plants. It shall be clearly noted that the MS sheets required for manufacture of the liners shall not be supplied by the MRIDC. The welding shall be of proper quality so as to withstand the hammering forces. The depth shall however, be measured only from the cut off level though the liner might have been provided right from the level of working platform on practical considerations, since the length above the cut off level has to be necessarily removed by gas cutting for facilitating peeling of the top portion of the pile and for interlacing its reinforcement bars into the capping slab. The scope shall cater for the element of cutting and removing the surplus length of MS liners. There is, however, no objection for the surplus pieces, if usable, are united and are re-welded to the required length for reuse on some of the other piles. No claim shall be entertained if the cut pieces cannot be reused by the Firm / Agency.


Permanent MS Liners shall be provided for piles up to point of refusal or as directed by the Engineer. The bottom end of the MS Liner shall be stiffened by welding additional plates to withstand the impact during driving.

6.4.16The Firm / Agency shall take all necessary precautions while piling close to existing structures/other foundations/track so as to minimize vibrations and ground movement. Bores shall be encased as directed by the Engineer and boring shall commence only after precautionary measures are taken. While working near the existing track, infringements and other safety aspects shall be specially considered and taken care of.

6.4.17The Firm / Agency shall indemnify the MRIDC Administration against any claim or obligations arising out of any damage to structure or out of any injury to any person/persons due to piling working done by him.

6.4.18The Firm / Agency shall mobilize and maintain requisite resources for piling including concreting. Additional resources, as a standby shall also be available in advance of work, to take care of any eventualities. Admixtures as approved by Engineer shall be kept in readiness before concreting to meet any exigencies. After boring and/or cage lowering to avoid borehole instability and settlement of bentonite, boreholes shall not be left un-concreted for long.

6.4.19The spoils arising out of boring shall be disposed off as directed by Engineer. In case of piling close to Railway track or near the existing road, Firm / Agency shall make adequate arrangements for disposing the muck away properly. Firm / Agency shall also make adequate drainage arrangement for mud slurry so that the same does not affect the tracks or roads or adjoining properties.

6.4.20The bored spoils may be dumped in a low-lying area as directed by Engineer so that work site is restored back to normal condition after completion of work.

6.4.21When the bore has reached its final depth, it shall be free from any foreign matter before placing the reinforcement cage and concreting for the pile is started. Reinforcement for the pile shall be carefully placed in position and concreting then started. The cover block used also shall satisfy strength and permeability criteria.

6.4.22If hard rock is encountered, socketing in hard rock shall also be provided as per codal provision of IS 14593 (latest updated), Table 1, Clause 6.5.1 or as per Designer’s recommendations.

6.4.23 The bottom level of pile cap will be decided by Engineer, depending upon capacity and ground level.


6.4.24 Care shall be taken for free flow of concrete through splices and congested reinforcement zones with proper detailing and monitoring.

6.4.25 The quantity of concrete required for a particular pile shall be calculated as per depth of the pile and nominal diameter of the pile based on the drawings. This quantity shall be checked with the actual quantity of concrete used, which is to be recorded and signed jointly by the Firm / Agency and representative of the MRIDC. Theoretical quantity of concrete, calculated as per depth and nominal diameter of the pile shall form the basis of calculating the cement quantity as per approved design mix, for the purpose of Quality Assurance.

6.4.26 For the finishing of pile heads, the clearances of reinforcements in the pile cap and the keying of the pile head into the pile cap shall be as given in IS: 2911.

6.4.27 The Firm / Agency shall maintain bore log register and bored samples for each pile boring and concreting. The details shall contain various operations in pile boring with time, type of soil met with depth of penetration with levels, liner welding and lowering details, obstruction to boring, if any, machine down time, rock touch level and final socketed level. The flushing out details before cage lowering and before concreting shall also be recorded. The concreting details such as mix proportions, sounding at various depths vis-à-vis cement / concrete consumption, unusual observations while concreting, interruption to concreting, if any and overflow concrete shall be recorded. The swelling and/or squeezing of borehole in uncased portion shall be specially monitored with recording of sounding depth, quantity concreted actually and quantity theoretically estimated corresponding to that sounding depth.

6.4.28 The depth of piles shall be measured up to the clear distance from the cut-off level to the average bottom of the bore. The depth so measured shall be rounded off to the nearest first decimal of a metre (0.05 metre or more to be reckoned as 0.10 metre whereas below 0.05 metre to be reckoned as 0.00 metre) for the purpose of Quality Assurance.

6.4.29 In group of two or more piles, piles of same diameter and same load carrying capacity shall be installed. The distance between centre to centre of such piles shall be governed by IS: 2911. In case the Firm / Agency offers to install the piles closer than this spacing, he shall state the reduction in the working load of the pile which will be subject to the approval of Engineer. The additional piles required on this account shall be provided by the Firm /


Agency without any extra cost to the MRIDC. Also cost of cement and steel reinforcement used on this score will have to be borne by the Firm / Agency. New MS liners shall also be to Firm / Agencies account.

6.4.30 If any pile during boring has deviated from the design position or from the verticality or if the safe allowable load of the pile is not obtainable as per the design, all these facts shall be reported promptly to the Engineer during the execution of the work with suggestion from the Firm / Agency regarding adequate corrective measures. The Engineer shall consider the suggestions of the Firm / Agency and shall give necessary directions for the corrective measure which shall be done by the Firm / Agency at his own cost and risk. However, if certain piles are rejected by the Engineer on account of improper location / verticality / alignment / capacity, the Engineer may allow the rejected piles to be left in their places and additional piles may be installed to take up the safe working load of the rejected piles with satisfaction of Engineer without any extra cost to the MRIDC. If any such changes involve additional expenditure due to increase in size of pile cap, etc., the same shall also be borne by the Firm / Agency including the extra cost involved in the usage of the extra quantity of cement and steel used in such changes.

6.4.31 Pile load Test: IS: 2911 (Part 4) prescribes various guidelines and procedures for load tests on piles. Pile load test shall be conducted as per IS: 2911 (Part 4) and as directed by the Engineer. Vertical load tests (compression) and lateral load tests shall be adopted for testing of piles. There shall be two categories of tests on piles for each type of loading (vertical and lateral), namely, initial tests and routine tests. Initial tests should be carried out on test piles which are not to be incorporated in the work. Routine tests shall be carried out as a check on working piles.Initial load test is carried out to determine the ultimate load capacity and arrival at the safe load by application of factor of safety whereas routine test is conducted to determine the safe load of pile, checking the safety load and extent of safety. In other words, routine test is conducted to check whether the pile is capable of taking the working load assigned to it.Non-destructive testing i.e. Integrity testing of pile using Low Strain / Sonic Integrity Test / Sonic Echo test method in accordance with IS: 14893 shall be carried out for integrity testing of concrete in the installed pile.The vertical load test and lateral load test shall be carried out as per clause 6 and 7 of IS:2911 (Part 4).


Safe load on a pile is derived by applying a factor of safety on ultimate load capacity of pile as determined by a load test whereas working load is the load assigned to pile according to design. The safe loads on single pile and on group of piles for the initial test and routine test shall be in accordance clause 6.1.5 and 6.1.6 of IS: 2911(Part 4). Test load shall be 2.5 times the safe capacity load for Initial Load. For routine test, test load shall be at least 1.5 times the working load for maximum settlement not exceeding 12mm in case of single pile whereas test load shall be equal to the working load for maximum settlement not exceeding 25mm in case of group piles.The test shall be carried out at cut off level wherever practicable, otherwise suitable allowance shall be made in the interpretation of the test results / test load if the test is not carried out at cut-off level.The Firm / Agency shall submit all data along with load vs settlement, time vs settlement, interpretation of the pile load test, etc., in a report along with characteristics of the pile as per IS 2911 and as directed by the Engineer.For any other type of test such as pull out tests, etc. if considered necessary, the Firm / Agency shall make arrangements in consultation with the Engineer and payments for the same will be eligible as decided mutually in advance.

6.4.32 Pile Integrity Test: This dynamic test using pile driving analyzer or approved equivalent for pile integrity shall be performed on selected piles as directed by engineer in charge. The top of pile shall be made accessible, chipped off up to hard concrete, levelled by trimming it back as far as practicable. The reinforcing bars of the piles to be tested shall be bent sideways.

The test shall be performed after removal of bad/weak concrete at top so that the wave propagation is steady through hard concrete. The test shall be carried out at least 15 days after concreting of the piles. A specialist-approved agency shall be employed for this test and some specialist-approved agency or as directed otherwise by the Engineer-in-Charge.

6.4.33 The Firm / Agency is required to carry out load test in pile or group of piles as per provisions contained in IS: 2911 (Part 4) of and shall provide all the designing, testing, loading, supporting, instrumenting, recording & reporting arrangements at the agreement rates. The design, instrumentation etc., shall be approved by the MRIDC


6.4.34 The scope of work for tests include instrumentation, reporting, arranging of necessary kentledge, R.S. Joists, sand bags, etc, required for loading the platform for successful testing of the pile or group of piles and removing the same from the site of work after the test is completed and clearing the site to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

6.4.35 In case of defective piles, MRIDC reserves the right to order, at the cost of Firm / Agency, non-destructive test for integrity and / or capacity assessment or additional static load tests as confirmatory tests at the cost of the Firm / Agency. The test shall be considered satisfactory only if the criteria laid in specifications are satisfied and the behaviour of the pile or pile group during the period of test does not disclose any defects as specified in relevant codes and as directed by the Engineer.

6.4.36 Each pile shall be identified with a reference member. Level marks shall be accurately painted on each pile immediately after its installation. The Firm / Agency shall record all the installation of piles as directed by the Engineer. Pile records in triplicate shall be submitted by the Firm / Agency.

6.4.37 Approval of the termination depth of the pile by the Engineer shall, in no way, absolve the Firm / Agency on the integrity of the pile.

6.4.38 Control of Position and Alignment: Piles shall be installed as accurately vertical (for vertical piles) as possible. The permissible limits for deviation with respect to position and alignment shall confirm to IS: 2911 (Part 1/Section 2).

6.4.39 Deflection Measurements:The settlement of the pile shall be recorded by a minimum 4 dial gauges recording to an accuracy of 0.01 mm and placed at equal angles round the test pile. The dial gauges shall be fixed to datum bars whose ends rest upon non-movable support. The supports for datum bars with reference to which the settlement of the pile would be measured shall be at least 5m clearly away from the test piles.

6.4.40 Working level shall be above the cut-off-level. After the initial boring of about 1m, temporary guide casing of suitable length shall be lowered in the pile bore for vertical pile. The diameter of guide casing shall be such as to give the necessary finished diameter of the concrete pile. The centre line of guide casing shall be checked before continuing further boring. Guide casing shall be minimum of 1.0m length. Additional length of casing may be used depending on the condition of the strata, ground water level etc. The temporary guide casing (if provided) shall be withdrawn


cautiously, after concreting is done up to the required level. While withdrawing the casing, concrete shall not be disturbed.

6.4.41 In case hard rock is encountered, chiselling is essentially required for softening of the rock, the same may be adopted only on approval of the Engineer, at no extra cost to the MRIDC. Advancement of pile bore shall be done by drilling only, by rotary hydraulic drilling rig, HR 120 and above model of MATT or equivalent make, suiting to different kinds of strata encountered.

6.4.42 Cleaning of borehole: - After completion of borehole up to the required depth, the borehole shall be cleaned as per clause 8.3 of IS : 2911 (Part 1/Section 2).

6.4.43 A protocol shall be maintained regarding the strata at the founding level, SPT value, percent core recovery, Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS) from the nearest borehole, socketing horizon, flushing of pile bore, time interval between end of boring and start of concreting, bentonite density before start of concreting.

6.4.44 Top of Concrete in Pile and Cut off-level (COL): - Cut-off-Level of piles shall be as indicated in drawings released for construction. The top of concrete in pile as cast shall be above the cut-off-level by 1.0 metre (maximum) to remove all laitance and weak concrete and to ensure good concrete at cut-off-level, for proper embedment into the pile cap. The area surrounding the piles shall be excavated up to the bottom of the pile caps. After seven days of concreting of pile, the exposed part of concrete above the COL shall be removed / chipped off and made rough at COL. The projected reinforcement above COL shall be properly cleaned and bent to the required shape and level to be anchored into the pile cap. The pile top shall be embedded into the pile cap by 150 mm or clear cover to reinforcement, whichever is higher. All loose material on the top of pile head after chipping to the desired level shall be removed and disposed off as directed by the Engineer.

6.4.45 Reinforcement: The longitudinal reinforcement shall project 50 times its diameter above cut-off-level unless otherwise indicated. Proper cover to reinforcement and central placement of the reinforcement cage in the pile bore shall be ensured by use of suitable concrete spacers or rollers, cast specifically for the purpose. Placement of reinforcement cage to its full length shall be ensured before concreting. Minimum clear cover to the reinforcement shall be 75 mm, unless otherwise mentioned.

6.4.46 Building Up of Piles: If any pile, already cast as per construction drawing, requires any extra casting due to any change in cut-off-level, then the pile shall be built up by using at least one grade higher concrete than specified for piles, ensuring proper continuity


with the existing concrete and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Necessary reinforcement, as per design requirement and suitable shuttering shall be provided, before casting the concrete. Surrounding soil shall also be built up to the required level by proper compaction, to ensure lateral capacity of the pile.

6.4.47 Breaking Off: If any pile already cast requires breaking, due to subsequent change of Pile’s cut-off-level, then the same shall be carried out, not before seven days of casting without affecting the quality of existing pile, such as loosening, cracking etc., and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any pile is cracked, the same shall be replaced by the Firm / Agency at his own cost.

6.4.48 Boring hole shall be done by Firm / Agency conforming to IS:1892 (last updated).

6.4.49 Important Considerations, Inspection / Precautions

i. While concreting uncased piles, voids in concrete shall be avoided and sufficient head of concrete shall be maintained to prevent inflow of soil or water into the concrete. It is also necessary to take precautions during concreting to minimise the softening of the soil by excess water. Uncased cast-in-situ piles shall not be permitted where mudflow conditions exist.

ii. The drilling mud such as bentonite suspension shall be maintained at a level sufficiently above the surrounding ground water level to ensure the stability of the strata which is being penetrated all through the boring operation and until the pile has been concreted.

iii. Where bentonite suspension is used to maintain the stability of the bore-hole, it is essential that the properties of the material be carefully controlled at stages of mixing, circulating through the bore-hole and immediately before concrete is placed. It is advisable to limit the properties of Bentonite suspension as per the specifications given above in the relevant clause. These aspects shall act as controlling factors for preventing contamination of bentonite slurry by clay and silt.

iv. The bores shall be washed by bentonite flushing to ensure clean bottom at two stages viz. (a) after completion of boring and (b) prior to concreting after placing of reinforcement cage. Flushing of bentonite shall be done continuously with fresh bentonite slurry till the consistency of inflowing and out flowing slurry is similar.

v. Tremie of 150mm to 200mm diameter shall be used for concreting. The tremie should have uniform and smooth cross-section inside and shall be withdrawn slowly ensuring adequate height of concrete outside the tremie pipe at all stages of withdrawal. Other precautions to be taken while tremie concreting are:


a) The sides of the bore-hole have to be stable throughoutb) The tremie shall be water tight throughout its length and have

a hopper attached at its head by a water tight connection.c) For very long or large diameter piles, use of retarding

plasticiser in concrete is desirable.

6.4.50 Pile Data:

The Firm / Agency shall submit data in the following proforma for each pile indicating all technical details along with date and time of various operations in adequate permanent forms/copies for record.

Proformai. Reference No. Location (Co-ordinates) ________________ area.ii. Sequence of installation of piles in groupiii. Pile diameter & typeiv. Working level (Platform level)v. Cut off level (COL)vi. Actual length below COLvii. Pile termination level

a) Start of socket (Level)b) Termination of pile (Level):

viii. Top of finished concrete levelix. Date and time of start and completion of boring.x. Depth of ground water table in the vicinity.xi. Type of soil/ rock at pile tipxii. Method of boring operationxiii. Details of drilling mud (Bentonite) as used:

a) Freshly supplied mud:Liquid limitSand contentDensityMarsh viscositySwelling index,PH value


b) Contaminated mud: DensitySand content

xiv. (a) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) Penetration for 100 blows at Socketing Level for reference pile:b) Unconfined Compression Strength (UCS) Value in rock

(from the nearest bore hole): Core recovery (from the nearest bore hole):

c) Rate of drilling in mm / hr:At start of socketing horizonAt termination level

xv. Date and time of start and completion of concreting.xvi. Method of placing concretexvii. Concrete quantity

Actual:Theoretical:

xviii. Ref. number of test cubesxix. Grade and slump of concretexx. Results of test cubesxxi. Reinforcement details:

Main reinforcement Stirrups: TypeNo._______________ No.___________Dia ______________ Dia ___________Depth_____________ Spacing________

xxii. Any other information regarding obstructions, delay and other interruption to the Sequence of work.

xxiii. Pile bore log details (in brief): _____________________________ _____________________________

Such structure or parts of the structure which fail or pass the specified tests, shall be removed from the site by the Firm / Agency/Firm / Agency at his cost and the Firm / Agencies shall redo the work. Payments made on account of the rejected structure/part structure work shall be recovered from the Firm / Agency and the work will be redone by him.


6.5 GENERAL GUIDLINES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR REINFORCEMENT AND STRUCTRURAL STEEL

6.5.1 SUPPLY OF STEEL FOR VARIOUS WORKS:

Supply of steel to various specifications as required under various schedules in the contract are governed by the Technical specifications and Special Conditions specified hereunder.All steel shall be supplied by the Firm / Agency at the site of work and stacked, stored, protected and maintained by him at his cost till they are put into use. Any temporary structure required for storage of steel etc., has to be provided by the Firm / Agency at his cost and should be removed after completion of the work. The MRIDC may provide land for construction of the above temporary shed free of cost wherever available.For supply and use of steel in various works, relevant IRS / IRC Codes Specifications, IS Specifications and Railways/MORTH specification will be applicable as relevant. The decision of MRIDC shall be final and binding to the Firm / Agency.

6.5.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL:

i. The steel supplied by the Firm / Agency must satisfy any of the following material specifications as required for the work along with other concerned specifications.a) The reinforcement steel shall be High Strength Deformed

Stainless Steel Bars and Wires SS 500 conforming / satisfying to IS 16651:2017 for Railway portion and Thermo mechanical Treated bars of grade Fe 500D conforming / satisfying to IS 1786 (Up to date) for Non-Railway Portion.

b) The structural steel shall be conforming to IS 2062 (Up to date) as specified. It shall have Sub quality ‘BR’ & Grade E250 (Fe 410 W) and the requirements of IRS B1-2001 shall be fulfilled for all components. 12 mm thick & above plates are fully killed and fully normalized / controlled cooled. 'BR' sub quality indicates the requirement of impact test at room temperature and should conform to Charpy Impact Test at room temperature in accordance with relevant I.S. Code.

c) Relevant other IS and IRC / IRS Specifications with regard to properties, testing and use of the above steel items also shall govern.

ii. The Firm / Agency shall produce the manufacturers test certificate for each lot of supply satisfying the requirements of relevant IS specifications and at the specific frequency as laid down.


iii. The Firm / Agency shall arrange to carryout additional tests on physical properties of steel for every 40-metric tonne (t) of steel, and for every change in lot / batch for reinforcement steel and structural steel, Firm / Agency shall submit test report from manufacturer at his cost. MRIDC reserves the right to carry out additional test if need arise.

6.5.3PROCUREMENT OF STEEL:

i. All Reinforcement steel (TMT bars and Stainless-Steel Reinforcement) and Structural Steel shall be procured as per specification mentioned in BIS’s documents – IS: 1786, IS: 16651:2017 and IS: 2062. Independent tests shall be conducted, wherever required, to ensure that the materials procured conform to the Specifications.

These steels shall be procured only from those Firms, which are Established, Reliable, Indigenous & Primary Producers of Steel, having Integrated Steel Plants (ISP), using iron ore as the basic raw material and having in–house iron rolling facilities, followed by production of liquid steel and crude steel, as per Ministry of Steel's (Government of India) guidelines.

However, only certain isolated sections of structural steel, not being rolled by ISPs, can be procured from the authorized re-rollers of ISPs or authorized licensee of BIS having traceability system and who use billets produced by ISPs with the approval of Engineer.

ii. The Firm / Agency shall have to submit the cash memo and challans along with the lot / batch of steel purchased in token of proof of purchase of steel from reputed dealers. Steel shall be approved by Engineer only after production of necessary certificates before use in works.

6.5.4REINFORCEMENT AND STRUCTURAL STEEL:

i. Measurement for the purpose of Quality Assurance for supply of all types of steel shall be made for the quantity required / used as per the drawings issued from time to time. Firm / Agency will be permitted to take the excess quantity back by his own means. Excess supply of steel at the site or used in Construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Steel for enabling/temporary works shall be arranged by the Firm / Agency at his own cost.

ii. Reinforcement steel and structural steel shall be stored in such a way so as to avoid distortion and to prevent deterioration by corrosion. All steel used should be free from loose Mill scale, loose rust, paints and oil covering / coating etc.

iii. The Firm / Agency shall be bound to store the materials at site of work earmarked for the purpose by the Engineer and shall not


remove from the site nor use for any other purposes than exclusively for execution of the work for which the materials are intended for. Safe guarding of the materials is the responsibility of the Firm / Agency even if the material is deemed to be owned by the MRIDC and insurance etc., have been arranged by the Firm / Agency.

iv. Firm / Agency shall remove from site any steel materials rejected by the Engineer within reasonable time as specified by him.

v. Before the test pieces are selected, the Firm / Agency shall furnish copies of the mill records of the reinforcement steel giving number of coils in each cast with sizes and identity marks to enable identification of the material with the bill produced.

6.6 GENERAL GUIDELINES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR CASTING & ERECTION OF PRECAST RCC / PSC GIRDER

6.6.1General:The scope of work includes supply of material, casting and launching of Precast RCC / PSC Girders only in Non-Railway portion. The fabrication, supply, assembly and launching for the Railway portion will be done by the other vendors. The RCC / PSC girder shall be casted / erected as per approved GAD/ Design and launching scheme provided.The following are the brief specifications and general guidelines for casting and erecting the girders but not limited to.The Width of bridge is as per approved GAD and approved design. The superstructure includes two RCC crash barriers and two RCC railings as per MORTH design. The height of shuttering for RCC crash barriers shall be not less than the height of crash barriers proposed. The wearing coat is made of waterproofing membrane 4 - 6 mm as directed by Engineer, dense bituminous macadam of 50 mm and mastic asphalt of 25 mm. The wearing coat is 80 mm thick or as per GAD and design. The cross-drainage slope of 1: 40 is to be provided in the deck slab to drain the water. 100 mm dia GI pipe shall be used as drainage spouts.The bearings used in these girders are Elastomeric / POT cum PTFE Bearing as per approved GADs & design. The contractor has to purchase the bearings from the manufacturers approved by MRIDC, as per approved drawing. The decision of MRIDC shall be final and binding to the contractor.The 20m span of RCC Girders are to be casted as per Drawing No. TP/DC-BR/HL-PC/2018-46-1/3 of Govt. of Maharashtra, P.W.D.


Protection screen is to be provided as per RDSO Drawing No RDSO/ETI/0068 in each ROB.According to the scope of work, Firm / Agency will be responsible for making material dumping and girder erection yard as per the requirement.

6.6.2Site Inspection

Firms / Agencies are requested to inspect the site and carry out careful examination to satisfy them as to the nature of work involved and facilities available at the site. They should note carefully all the existing structures and those under construction through other agencies. They should also study the suitability of utilizing the different equipment and the machinery that they intend to use for the execution of the work. Firms / Agencies should also select suitable sites for the purpose of locating their store yard, laboratory, staff quarters etc., and satisfy themselves with regard to the feasibility of transporting the girders from the yard to the final site of placement etc.

6.6.3Removal of Unused Materials etc:

i. The Firm / Agency shall take steps as desired by the Engineer to ensure that rejected work is not resubmitted for inspection.

ii. On the completion of the work, the Firm / Agency shall remove all his unused and surplus materials, plant, staging and refuse, or other materials produced by his operations and shall leave the site in a clean and tidy condition.

6.6.4Alterations in the Work:

The Firm / Agency shall not in any case or in any circumstances have authority to make any alterations in, modifications of, substitution for, addition to, or omission of work or any method or system of construction, unless an alteration order in writing directing such alteration, modification, substitution, addition, omission or change shall have been given by the MRIDC prior to the commencement of the work or part of work nor shall the Firm / Agency be entitled to any payment for or in respect of any such alteration, modification, substitution, addition, omission or change may have been actually made and executed and no course of conduct shall be taken to be a waiver of the obligation and conditions hereby imposed.All altered, modified, substituted, additional and changed work, labour and materials and all omitted work shall be valued by MRIDC on the basis of the rates specified in the schedule.


6.6.5Submittals:

The following engineering submittals shall be submitted for review by the Engineer:

A. Shop Drawings:

The Contractor shall prepare shop drawings for the precast girders:i. Fully and accurately dimensioned views showing the geometry

of RCC / PSC Girder

ii. Fully integrated drawings showing reinforcing steel, inserts, lifting devices, and all other items to be embedded in a girder. The Contractor shall review these drawings to verify dimensions, accuracy, conflicts, and completeness. Conflicts shall be called to the attention of the Designer. Each girder shall be assigned an erection mark indicating its location and order in the erection sequence.

B. Casting Manual

i. The Contractor shall prepare a Casting Manual for the casting and geometry control of the girders.

ii. Casting curves shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the casting and erection methods, schedule, loads, and material properties proposed by the Contractor. The casting curves shall be of sufficient accuracy to allow the determination of control point settings while casting the girder. The casting curves shall be based on the final theoretical bridge geometry as modified by the camber curves prepared by the Designer. Each casting curve submittal shall be accompanied by all information (loads, casting and erection schedules, and material properties) considered in its development. The preparation of casting curves is dependent upon the erection sequence and the Contractor's schedule. Therefore, if the Contractor proposes a change to a previously approved erection procedure, the Contractor shall develop a new casting curve in the same manner as required for the original casting curve. The Contractor shall develop the method(s) and location(s) for transitioning between the approved curve(s) in use and the submitted curve(s). The Contractor shall prepare a casting manual for the casting and geometry control procedures in accordance with the information provided in the Design Drawings and these Special Provisions.

C. Handling, Storage, and Transport of Precast RCC / PSC Girders


i. The Contractor shall develop complete details of handling, storing, and transporting girders. These details shall include, the method of lifting, location of all penetrations or lifting inserts, configuration of lifting devices, the method of supporting girders during storage and transportation, the planned route for transporting the girders, and the axle loads for the girder hauler. The details shall be accompanied by calculations indicating that the forces imposed on a girder during lifting, storage, and transportation will not adversely affect the structural adequacy of the girder.

ii. In case the Contractor decides to double stack the girders, special bracings will be required to prevent damage in the lower girder.

D. Erection Manual

i. The Contractor shall prepare an Erection Manual for the detailed step- by step erection of the girders including all intermediate procedures relating to all erection equipment, falsework, movement of equipment, jacking procedures at closure joints, closure operations including any partial stressing across the closure during concrete curing, location and size of shim blocks, jacking forces and elongations, erection elevations, the field survey, alignment methods, alignment control methods to be employed for setting the initial and subsequent girders, and all other relevant operations.

ii. The Erection Manual shall include the sequence in which the girders are to be erected and a table of theoretical elevations and alignment of the geometry control points established during the casting of each girder computed at each stage of erection.

iii. The procedure shall also include a method for measuring and recording the elevations and alignment of all control points at each stage of erection.

iv. The Contractor shall prepare a new erection procedure for submittal each time he proposes to deviate from the sequence of erection contained in the approved erection procedure under which he is operating.

E. Construction Equipment:

The Contractor shall develop complete details covering equipment to be used to handle girders and incorporate them into the structure, erection methods to be used, the sequence of erection, all loads to be imposed on portions of the permanent structure by the erection equipment, and details covering the procedures for load testing of erection equipment. The Construction Engineer shall verify that these loads do not adversely affect the structural


integrity of the permanent structure or shall design the necessary measures to reinforce the permanent structure.

F. Load Testing:

The Contractor shall submit calculations supporting the construction equipment load test specified in these Special Provisions.


6.6.6 Erection

i. GeneralThe Firm / Agency shall provide all tools, machinery, equipment and erection material, including all temporary works and shall assemble all components in every respect as stipulated in the contract and in accordance with approved drawings and specifications.Before starting the work, the Firm / Agency shall seek the Engineer’s approval as to the method he proposes to follow and the type and suitability of equipment he proposes to use for casting of girder and launching of girder. The approval of the Engineer shall however not in any way relieve the Firm / Agency of the responsibility for the adequacy and safety of methods and/or equipment he proposes to use for carrying our work in full accordance with drawings and specifications.All temporary work shall be properly designed and substantially constructed for the loads, which it will be called upon to support. Adequate allowance and provision of a lateral forces and wind loads shall be made according to local conditions and ensure that support shall not settle during erection.When chains are used for lashing care must be taken to protect the edges of members from twisting and distortion, damage to paint and similar effects.Temporary bracing shall be provided to take care of stresses caused by erection equipment or other incidental loads during erection.The method uses for lifting and slinging flexible members shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer and shall be subject to his approval.The Firm / Agency shall observe sufficient accuracy in the assembly of every part of the work to ensure that all parts fit accurately together.If any labour, material, plant staging haulage and storage facilities are to be provided by the Engineer, details of such items and the conditions under which these are to be supplied shall be clearly specified in the contract agreements. In the absence of any such provisions in the agreement, the Firm / Agency shall make his/her own arrangement for such items.Careful and periodical inspection of plants shall be made by the Firm / Agency to ensure that all tackle, ropes, chains and other important


lifting gear and machinery are in good order and fit for service and well up to the capacity for which they are required.

ii. Launching of Precast RCC / PSC GirdersLaunching of girders: once sufficient number of girders are casted, and the sub structure has been certified to be ready, launching of girders shall be taken up. The scheme for launching shall be submitted by Firm / Agency and approved beforehand by MRIDC or Agency approved by MRIDC and any statutory clearances must be obtained. The decision of MRIDC shall be final and binding to the Firm / Agency. Launching can be done by any of the various methods such as using single crane, using multiple cranes.The launching of girders shall be done as per approved drawings. For this purpose, the Firm / Agency shall submit in triplicate, detailed launching schemes of all the girders including design calculations, safety procedures and method statement with such plans, sketches and other details as may be necessary to determine the suitability and adequacy of the schemes proposed. The scheme will be checked by MRIDC or Agency nominated by the MRIDC. The agency shall provide/arrange all works and full support to obtain statutory clearances. The methods adopted shall not, under any circumstances, cause the stresses in various members of girder spans to exceed permissible and safe limits at any stage of launching. One copy duly approved by the Engineer shall be returned to the Firm / Agency.For the Engineer’s use and record, the Firm / Agency shall supply free of charge, four sets of prints of approved detailed drawings of assembly and launching schemes on strong paper with back of linen for use at site and one set of neatly executed tracings.The launching system & procedure shown on enclosed drawings are purely indicative of the method proposed for launching for which the permanent members of the girders are designed. The Firm / Agency shall provide full structural details of the temporary members and their connections to the girder, along with necessary design calculations not only justifying member’s sizes but also for the entire launching system adopted. Firm / Agency will be responsible for getting approval of launching scheme submitted by him from the Engineer.The launching system shall be test tried if directed by the Engineer. All temporary members shall be removed after launching and may be taken back by the Firm / Agency.


Span erected upon staging shall be supported upon suitable blocks, which shall ensure that the girders shall be at the correct elevation and alignment when completed. If other methods of erection be adopted where staging in situ is not employed, special means shall be used to ensure this.Load Testing: Prior to using the equipment specifically fabricated for the purpose of lifting the precast girders, the Contractor shall demonstrate by a full-scale load test that the equipment is capable of supporting a load equal to 120 percent of the weight of the girders to be lifted or supported by the equipment. The full-scale load test shall be conducted with the equipment subjected to the most extreme loading condition to be encountered during its use on the Project. Measurements of vertical deflections and horizontal movements at support points shall be recorded. The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer at least 72 hours in advance of the time at which load testing of the equipment is to take place.

6.6.7 Temporary Strengthening

The launching arrangement may include casting of launching nose or restraining girders, sway restraining devices such as sway ropes, restraining cables etc. the supply and fixing of members for temporary strengthening of girder members to take care of erection stresses and strains and other relevant components for satisfactory and successful completion of the defined scope of work. Erection stresses must be kept within safe and permissible limits at every stage of erection.The Firm / Agency has to make arrangements at his own cost for temporary arrangements including sway restraining devices for launching and temporary strengthening of girder, as may be required for the launching operations. The rate quoted should take into account these factors as nothing extra shall be paid.

6.6.8 Inspection and Rectification

During erection of girders, the Firm / Agency shall provide all facilities and permit the Engineer to inspect the field assembly of moulds, casting and erection of spans.After inspection by the Engineer, the Firm / Agency shall identify cause of any defect, imperfection and/or fault noticed during such inspection and initiate corrective action as per the direction of the Engineer. All defects, imperfections of faults for which the Firm / Agency is liable under the contract, shall be made good by the Firm / Agency to Engineer’ satisfaction and the cost of identifying


and rectifying such defects, imperfection or faults shall be borne by the Firm / Agency.A neat casting bearing the name of the Firm / Agency, the place and date of manufacture, the contact number and the standard of loading to be specified by the Engineer shall be painted conspicuously on all girders.

6.6.9 Additional Information:

i. Land:MRIDC will at its discretion, and, if available, arrange land free for use for Firm / Agency’s office at sites, field workshop, stores and casting yard. Land required by the Firm / Agency for labour or staff colony or other purpose will have to be arranged by him at his own cost.

ii. Further Drawing and Instructions:a) MRIDC shall have full power to make and issue further drawings

or instructions or direction from time to time as may appear necessary and proper to the Firm / Agency for efficient construction, completion and maintenance of the works. The Firm / Agency shall be bound by the same as fully as be if they had been mentioned or referred to in the contract, and the Firm / Agency shall not be entitled to any extra payment in respect of any work or materials shown or directed to be done supplied by such further drawings or instructions required for completion, unless MRIDC have given an extra order for the same in writing.

b) The work shall have to be done in such a manner that the normal working of the Railway within the railway yard does not get disturbed. No material/temporary structures should be kept adjacent to the running track which may infringe rail traffic. The Firm / Agency shall take necessary precaution to prevent/not to cause damage to the Railway property & staff during the execution of the work.

c) Required drawings shall be provided by MRIDC as per the time schedule mentioned in work schedule sequentially. All drawings will not be provided at the beginning of work. It will be provided sequentially.

iii. Commencement of the Erection Work at site:The Firm / Agency shall commence the erection work when and as soon as, but not until, he receives instructions from Engineer to do


so. On such order being given, possession of site/authority shall be given to the Firm / Agency of such portion or portions of the site as the Engineer may determine.

iv. Firm / Agency to Study Drawing & Specification etc. and His Liability:The Firm / Agency shall be responsible for close scrutiny of the approved drawings supplied by the MRIDC, for any discrepancies, error or omission in the drawings or other particulars indicated therein, the Firm / Agency shall approach MRIDC immediately for rectification of such discrepancies, errors and omission. If any dimension/figure/features etc. on approved drawings or plans differ from those drawings or plans issued to the Firm / Agency’s at the time of calling the tender, the dimensions as figured upon the approved drawings or plans shall be taken as correct.

v. Firm / Agency to Submit His Time Table:For the purpose of progress monitoring, the month will be divided into 3 parts:

1st to 10th 11th to 20th

21st to last day of month

The Firm / Agency shall submit a 10 days progress of work done by the 2nd day of the following 10 days period. He will also give the programme of coming 10 days period along with the progress. The programme will be subject to alteration at the discretion of the MRIDC officials.

vi. Any Doubted Points to be referred to MRIDC: Should there be any doubt or obscurity as to anything to be done or

not to be done by the Firm / Agency or as to these instructions or as to any matter or thing, the Firm / Agency must set forth such doubt or obscurity in writing and submit the same to MRIDC. Only such reply given by MRIDC in writing shall be taken as the authoritative interpretation of the point in doubt or obscurity.

vii. Firm / Agency’(s) Liability: The scope of the work includes any fitting, accessory or apparatus

which may not have been mentioned in this specification or the drawings, but which are usual or necessary in the execution of such work, are to be provided by the Firm / Agency. The whole work must be completed in all details, whether mentioned in this specification


or not, with the exception of such work as has been specified in the schedule of items to be separately provided for in the Contract.

Notwithstanding the specifications and conditions stated in the contract, the Firm / Agency shall keep the Engineer/ Employer authority fully indemnified and free from all liabilities and risks consequential to any lapse on his part in respect of material quality, standard of workmanship, accuracy of casting and the like. He shall provide all labour and material required for execution of the work as per all standards and specifications.

viii. Firm / Agency shall establish fully equipped laboratory for all the tests required on materials/processes/products as per provisions of the contract, Specifications and the direction/approval of the Engineer. Costs of these are deemed to be included in the quoted rates. Prior approval of the engineer shall be obtained for non-installation of such testing equipment which cannot be installed in normal course due to any reason. However, engineer’s decision (for installation and non-installation) in this regard shall be final binding and conclusive.

ix. Site Facilities by the Firm / Agency: Firm / Agency shall provide office / site facilities at the site / other

locations for ensuring smooth and efficient communication and work execution. Cost of these facilities deemed to be incidental to work and nothing extra shall be paid for this item.a) Firm / Agency shall supply round the clock electricity in site

offices of MRIDC located at the site during the entire contract work. Firm / Agency shall also maintain the electric fittings/wirings/plants of both the offices in the good condition.

b) To provide proper communication the Firm / Agency shall (at his own cost) establish inter office communication system between MRIDC office, casting yards and Firm / Agency’s offices at site. Adequate number of intercom / telephone/ mobile sets or are similar suitable equipment as decided/approved by Engineer fully communicable shall be established in each of the above casting yards & at site of bridge work. The entire expenditure incidental to running and maintenance of above shall be borne by the Firm / Agency.

c) Firm / Agency shall (at his own cost) depute / nominate safety officers(s) for supervising safety aspects of all works/process including enabling arrangements for execution and inspection of the work. Safety systems/arrangements should be made for each activity of casting / erection and its inspection and same should be certified by nominated safety officer. Special care/arrangements are required to be made for supervising the


erection/launching process of such high girders and concreting in road deck arrangements should facilitate satisfactory and fearless inspection of each activity of launching / erection.

d) Firm / Agency shall arrange inspection vehicle at site whenever required by Engineer at his own cost.

6.6.10Method of Measurement for Quality Assurance

i. MeasurementIn the event of a dispute arising as to a portion of steel work, weighment shall be made in the presence of the engineer.No separate payment shall be made for the field bolts, nuts and service accessories for temporary works.The girder item includes Casting with Firm / Agency’s own material, raising of girders to the bed block level, providing sliding arrangements and slewing the girder in position and lowering of girder on bearings, aligning and placing at exact position as per approved scheme of Precast RCC / PSC girder for required span in proper level and alignment and assembling of temporary support for side slewing. Grouting of holes with epoxy-based compounds in the bed block for fixing of HD bolts/anchor pins of bed plates as directed by Engineer are included in the scope of bearing works.The scope of girder item is inclusive of casting, supplying /erection and dismantling of shuttering, formwork, staging, scaffolding and other temporary arrangement required for casting, erection, launching and lowering of the girder.

ii. BearingPOT cum PTFE bearings/Elastomeric bearings as per approved drawing shall be installed under the girder as per approve GAD/ Design and its special conditions and specification.

iii. Deflection Test:The deflection test shall be carried out as per specifications.

6.7 Safety Screen

This item is for providing, fabricating and fixing in position safety screen conforming to IS: 800-1984 of approved quality/make including painting.The rate quoted shall be for safety screen with all materials, labour, tools and plants etc. including painting with one coat of red oxide and


two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved make and colour as directed by Engineer in charge and approved drawing.

6.8 General Guidelines and Specifications for street light & aesthetic light installation.

Scope of work.

The scope of Firm/Agency shall be design, manufacture, packing, delivery of materials at site, loading/unloading of all electrical materials with related accessories, items, equipment complete as per tender specification and execution as per tender. Scope includes supply, installation, testing, commissioning of the entire street lighting, Façade lighting system, beautification of arches using theme lighting for the ROB and approach portion. MRIDC has planned Illumination of ROB with LED static/dynamic effect light for beatification of bridges, arches provided on ROB. Illumination is planned to create an ambience and serene atmosphere and to highlight the arches, external façade of ROB & Bow string girder structure. Due care needs to be taken while installation of the light fittings.The Firm / Agency shall coordinate with local supply authority for power supply to Panel Boxes necessary to cater to all street lighting distribution networks. As such the scope of Firm / Agency shall start from design, fabrication, supply at site, installation, testing, commissioning of street light control panel and to complete all downstream distributions for obtaining required numbers of electric meters.

All the materials shall be brand new and the Firm / Agency shall follow all the relevant Indian Standard Codes, International Codes as applicable and the Indian Electricity Rules and Acts as amended up to date together with this document.

The document here provides the basic specification for the equipment, components, instruments, and auxiliaries, accessories to achieve the control, protection, and requirement of the system and the job in totality shall be as per best practices with relevant I.S. specifications and National lighting codes,2010 and PWD specifications for Electrical work.

The street lighting installation for the project shall be carried out by use of outdoor type, LED fittings of 120-150-watt, weatherproof luminaires (IP 66), to be mounted on 7 to 10-meter height octagonal/conical steel poles hot dip galvanized inside & outside as approved by the Engineer. Electric power supply at 415 volt, three phases, four wires, 50 Hz for each circuit shall be fed from the designated feeder panel Box.


Electric power shall be distributed to the street lighting poles & Arch lighting through electric cables laid below ground and/ or through HDPE pipe buried under ground and/ or through PVC pipe laid in crash barrier and/or cable slot provided in crash barrier portion/ flexible conduit at open area and shall be so distributed that equal load balance in all three phases is achieved.

Individual control MCB with Pole junction box shall be provided on each pole. The street light poles shall be earthed individually with 2 Nos. of G I wires shall be used for earthing purpose or else for poles on crash barrier two nos. earthing shall relate to the earth network for each pole.Electric cable required for the street lighting installation shall be 1100 Volt grade, minimum 25 SQ mm 4 core ISI mark, armoured, XLPE insulated PVC sheathed stranded Aluminium conductor. For automatic ON/OFF operation of the street lights, programmable type automatic timer shall be provided in the street light feeder pillars. They should have energy saving feature. All street lights shall be controlled from the outdoor type street light control panel/feeder pillars. The location of the Feeder Pillar Box shall be decided during execution depending on the location of availability of supply point from supply authority.

Street lighting system with galvanized octagonal poles distances not exceeding 25 m on either side of the ROB, on one side of ROB, slip road, with feeder pillars for controlling the luminaires.The poles using 8 SWG GI wire to be run along with the cable, cabling to the individual fittings /XLPE armoured / PVC flexible cable etc.Illumination scheme shall be designed to ensure illumination level of average 40 Lux for ROB along with approaches and 40 to 50 Lux for road junctions. Street lights shall be planned on alternate circuit basis.The Contractor shall carryout and complete the said work under this contract in every respect in conformity with the current rules and regulations of the local electrical authority, the Indian Standard Institution and with the directions of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Further all the liaison work with the Supply Authorities for obtaining electrical load sanction, obtaining the release order from supply authority and all other co-ordinations with other authorities as and when required, shall be done by the contractor without any extra cost.Contractor must submit detail drawings to the Engineer for approval before commencement of work. All the drawings are to be prepared in Auto CAD (Latest release only).


The Contractor shall also be responsible for getting approvals from the various bodies such as Supply Authority, Electrical Inspector, etc. and any other statutory bodies as and when required. The cost invoked for getting the necessary approvals is to be included in the cost of the overall work. All the statutory approvals required for taking up the installation work as well for commissioning etc. shall be obtained by the contractor. The approvals from Electrical Inspectorate if required are all included in the scope of the Contractor. The statutory fees shall be paid by contractor. Every correspondence with authorities shall be brought to the concerned Engineer in charge by submitting a copy.

6.8.1General Guidelines

1) You should depute one qualified and experienced Electrical Engineer and one licensed electrical supervisor at site of work throughout the period till the job is completed in all respects. The site instructions to you shall be given by our Engineers.

2) Contractor are required to make a Power point presentation to the empowered committee showing the 3D simulation views of the system offered by them for achieving the desired illumination effects as per guidelines given in the tender document.

3) All the Material used shall be of approved make and as per tender specification. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to prove the material, which he has purchased, is according to the specifications of the tender. Prior approval shall be taken from MRIDC before the material is purchase and brought to site. The workmanship shall follow good practice and BIS Norms. Any inferior quality of materials or workmanship shall be rejected and payment for the same shall be withheld from your payments till such time that the defective materials are replaced, and defective work rectified.

4) You should submit 3 sets of AS–BUILT drawing, S.L.D and test report of Installation comprising of Megger, Earth, Lux Levels, Thermo-profiling etc.

5) Availability of the following key and critical equipment for this work: Equipment necessary for welding: As required Crimping tool (Max. size 200sqmm) Meters – 1000 Megger, Earth tester, 1000A Tong tester Multimeter, ONLINE resistance measurement to ascertain the

mOhms drop. LT Cable Drum supporter Lux Meter: Submit the levels of lux to confirm the values with

simulated results


DMX 512 address writer device. Earth Fault Loop Tester: Submit the readings at major points

of power sockets

6) The electrical power requirement for the Project is proposed through the existing nearest electrical feeder supply of MSCDCL or concern authority.

7) All cables and conduits from lighting panel up to first lighting fixture shall be identified with aluminium tags giving circuit reference number.

6.8.2Testing:

Insulation resistance test: All wiring shall be tested with 500V Meggar between phases, phase - neutral and to Earth. IR value shall not be less than 1 M-ohm.

Earth continuity: Earth continuity shall be ensured at all earth terminals of plug outlets and at earth terminals of metal enclosures.

Polarity test: Polarity test shall be carried out for ensuing the correct polarity in MCB and plug.

The voltage levels shall be recorded, and it shall be confirmed that the voltage drop is within the limits to not affect the performance of the illumination system.

a) STANDARDS: The electrical equipment installation work shall comply with the latest applicable standards, regulations, rules, safety codes.

b) PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS The installation, testing and commissioning of the electrical equipment shall be carried out in accordance with general technical requirement furnished below.The contractor shall furnish all tools, welding equipment, testing equipment, kits etc. required for installation, testing and commissioning of the equipment.The contractor shall co-operate with other contractors at site so as not to obstruct activities of others. The work shall be carries out strictly as per the instructions and approved layout drawings. The contractor shall carryout touch-up painting on the equipment if required. The paint shall be supplied by the contractor. The contractor shall ensure workmanship of good quality, employees shall also be skilled careful and experienced.


c) INSTALLATION SCOPE :The contractor shall install, test and commission all the equipment either furnished or supplied by him. All material necessary for completion of the work including hardware, consumable shall be provided by the contractor.The equipment shall be installed in a neat workman like manner so that it is levelled, plumbs & properly aligned and oriented. No equipment shall be permanently bolted down to the foundation or structure unless the alignment has been checked and acceptedCare shall be taken in handling the equipment to avoid any distortion to the supporting structure or damage to the delicate instruments & electrical parts.The contractor shall use crane for lifting & placing the outdoor equipment on structure. No part of existing structure shall be used to lift any equipment without prior permission of the owners.Foundation of poles shall be constructed by contractor. However minor modifications to the foundations wherever found necessary for proper installation shall be carried out by the erection contractor. The foundation bolts pockets shall be cleaned before placing the bolts & the equipment on the foundation concerning of bolts shall also be included in the scope of this contract.Before commissioning of street lighting following points to be checked & ensured for safe & successful commissioning.1. Check any physical damage, tightness of all nuts, clamps &

terminals.2. All the fitting, earthing arrangements are properly connected.3. Lux level illumination check.4. Voltage drop checking.5. Current to be measured at the incoming in the junction box.6. The earthing measurement at each pole.7. Cable are property connected & crimped.8. Tightness of connections.DOCUMENTS, CERTIFICATIONS, DRAWING:The intent of this specification is to give guideline to contractor to furnish all relevant papers and list of spares for continuous performance of installation. Nothing shall absolve contractor for not furnishing documents or paper that have not been specially stated herein.

d) DOCUMENTS:All relevant documents for maintenance like manuals, procedures, etc. of all electrical equipments erected by contractor shall be furnished in two sets.

e) CERTIFICATES:The contractor shall also submit certificates issued by the original manufactures towards guarantee of materials supplied. As-built drawings of the complete installation, including location of feeder pillar, distribution control panel, poles, main switches, cable routing,


connection, diagram circuit, conductor size length test results, reading, etc. shall be submitted by the contractor.

6.8.3COMMISSIONING:

a) TESTING OF EQUPMENTS:All equipments before installation on site shall be tested and such results need to be submitted to the MRIDC as well as MSEDCL.Nothing shall absolve the contractor from performing any test that the contractor has been called up by the MRIDC.

b) MANAUFACTURERS TESTS:The contractor shall specifically Perform all test such as routine test, type test on all equipments in the presence of MRIDC & local Power distributors/suppliers officials. All cost incidental to such test shall be deemed to have been included in the specific item of that equipment.

c) PRE-COMMISSIONING TESTS:All test required or called by the local electricity supply authority, Government officials and as laid in relevant Indian Standard Specifications, Rules Regulations & Acts shall be strictly completed.

d) COMMISSIONING:The contractor shall obtain the written permission or sanction for commissioning of the electrical equipment if required from I.E. & L. Department of Government of Maharashtra. All cost, visit fees, etc. incidental for obtaining the sanction shall be on account of contractor.

6.8.4Earthing:

This specification covers complete supply, installation, testing and commissioning of earthling and lightening protection system. The earthling system shall meet the requirement of IS 3043 and includes local regulations in force. Lightening protection system shall be done in accordance with IS: 2309All installations of earthling shall conform to IE Rules 1956 and its amendments from time to time, IS 3043 latest edition and amendments, IE Rules & the relevant regulations of the electricity supply authority concerned. Maintenance free earthing comprising of Electrode of 17.2 mm diameter Low Carbon Steel with 250-micron molecular copper bonded earthing rod of Length 3m along with 25 kg Carbon based environment friendly back fill ground enhancing compound required to fill up the excavated earth with required quantity complete. After installation the earthling resistance of each earth station should be measured by earth resistance megger in the presence of Engineer in charge in three days after the completion of earthling work and the value should be conform to regulation.


Earthing value then marked using paint on the earthing chamber of respective earthing station. Earth leads taken out should be connected to nearest switchgear.The earthling conductor shall be of G.I. as specified in schedule of quantities. Each earth pit shall have test link joint by to nut bolts on either side separate pits shall be provided for lightning conductors. Whenever earthling strips run along a wall or side of a trench, suitable clamps at half-meter distance shall fix these. Earthling of L.T. switch gears and panels shall be done with two Nos. G.I. strips. Earth resistance at earth electrode shall be less than one ohm all times. The earthing system for feeder pillar & poles shall follow IS 3043. The contractor shall record the test result on approved Performa and furnish test report/results [3copies] for approval.

6.8.5LIST OF APPROVED MAKES

The list of vendors is given below for the information of the bidder. All materials to be procured shall be from reputed vendors. In case, if the Approved make is not available to bidder, he should get the approval of the material to be used from MRIDC. All necessary Test certificates shall be produced as required.

Sr.No. Item Description

Recommended Vendors

1 Octagonal street light pole Bajaj, C&G, TransRail, Valmont

2Street light/Flood Light LED Fixtures

Philips/Bajaj/Griv/Equivalent

3 RGB LED Fixtures Philips/Bajaj/Griv/Equivalent4 LED AC/DC DRIVER MEANWELL

5 LT CablesFinolex, KEI, RPG, Polycab, Havell’s

6 DMX CABLE BELDEN MAKE7 Junction Boxes Hensel/VSM Plast/ Ensto8 LT Switchgear L&T, Schneider, LEGRAND

9Switch / Sockets – (Test Certificate)

L&T, Schneider, LEGRAND

10 DMX Controllers

Respective make of Luminaries or combination, preferred DMX controller of NICOLAUDIE make.

11 DMX splitter Swisson make or equivalent12 DMX connector HYF MAKE IP68 OR Equivalent

13 PVC wires Copper Finolex/KEI– FR grade, RR-Unilay,Polycab, Havell’s

14 Conduit – (Test Certificate) Precision minimum thickness


1.2mm

15 Glands – (Test Certificate) Jainson / Comet / Lapp / VSM plast

16 Lugs – (Test Certificate) Dowells

6.8.6Warranty.

All supplied equipment’s shall have minimum 2 years written warranty from manufacturer and authorised distributor / convertor issued for field performance, this warranty certificate in original should be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge.

6.9 LOAD TESTING OF BRIDGE

6.9.1 General

These guidelines cover testing of superstructures for evaluation of their flexural capacity. Testing for shear capacity is not considered. This test is not intended to assess ultimate load carrying capacity of bridge superstructure.

6.9.2 Test Procedures – Method of Loading

The method of loading should be such as to either simulate the specific class of vehicle or induce in the member(s) the calculated forces, viz., the bending moments at critical sections.The test loads may be in the form of static loads on wheel/ track imprints of the specific class of vehicle.

6.9.3 Static Loads

6.9.4 Simulation of the specific IRC vehicle

The load effect on a span can be produced by building up pre-weighed units on loading imprints spaced as per codal provisions. The imprints are built either with brick masonry or concrete and rolled steel sections placed across pairs of imprints, so that platforms could be built on a group of four imprints for placement of pre-weighed units. The area of each platform depends on the magnitude of the load and unit weight of individual unit. A pre-weighed unit normally comprises sand or soil filled gunny bags, concrete cubes, bricks etc., which can be carried manually. Otherwise, large concrete blocks, containers of water or (stone) ballast or steel ingots could be used if mechanical handling facilities are available to load and unload them from test vehicles.


6.9.5 Other types of static loads

Any configuration which produces the design forces (load effects) in the member(s) could be adopted, for instance uniformly distributed load. Any of the appropriate methods of load distribution between the girders can be adopted in arriving at the test load and its configuration on the span. But the method of distribution of loads should be the same as adopted in the approved design. However, where the approved designs are not available the owner of the bridge should specify the appropriate method of load distribution. In the case of multiple girders, it is possible that the design moments are simultaneously induced in more than one girder. It may well happen that the magnitude of the test load on the span is greater than that of the design IRC vehicle, but the forces induced in any member should be always equal to the specified design force of the load test.

6.9.6 Loading and Unloading Sequence

i. The test load shall be applied in stages so that timely action, such as stopping the test, can be taken if any untoward distress is observed at any stage. In most cases, the design live load effect would be equal to or less than that due to dead load. The dead load is already acting the test load it some specified multiple of live load more than one. The suggested stages of test load placement are 30 percent, 50 percent, 70 percent, 80 percent, 90 percent and 100 percent. Unloading should also be in the same stages. The next incremental loading should be added only after the deflections under the previous load have stabilized and all the stipulated observations are completed.

ii. The selection of first stage of loading depends on the general condition of a bridge and the load carrying capacity theoretically assessed. It is advisable to monitor the appearance and widening of flexural cracks at every stage of loading, so as to decide about placement of next incremental load. It is expected that the load deflection characteristics at every increment are linear and any abnormal behaviour is reflected in the load v/s deflection data. It the deflection observed exceeds the limit prescribed in the code the further loading shall be stopped. Subsequent actions shall be taken in consultation with appropriate authorities. Occasionally, crackling sounds at the locations of expansion joints are heard when the rotation capacity is exceeded, particularly, in balanced cantilever bridges. Spalling of delaminated concrete is also possible during load tests.

6.9.7 Preparatory Work

i. All visual defects should be measured, mapped and plotted.


ii. It should be ensured that bearings are functional.iii. Expansion gaps, joints should be cleared of all debris.iv. It will be useful to give the surface of the superstructure a coat

of white wash, so that appearance of cracks becomes immediately perceptible.

6.9.8 Precautions

i. Staging should be stable and safe.ii. Staging for instruments and that for observers should be quite

independent.iii. Staging for instruments should be rigid.iv. Due to temperature change, the superstructure may tend to

hog or sag; therefore, it should be ensured that when this occurs, contact with the spindle of the dial gauge is not lost. Spindle extensions should be fixed to take care of this.

During the 24-hour retention period of built up load, care shall be taken to cover the pre weighed units with tarpaulin, so that rain or strong winds do not affect the stacking on the platforms.

6.9.9 Observations

The following should be observed, measured and recorded at regular intervals of one hour over a period of 24 hours:

i. Deflections at critical sections (for instance for simply supported spans at mid-span and at quarter-span.).

- Appearance of cracks and their development, length, width, location, orientation correlated with load.

ii. Deformation of bearings.iii. Ambient temperature and related temperature in the body of

the structure.6.9.10 Measurement of deflections

Deflections could be measured with the following devices:i. Dial gaugesii. Scale and cursoriii. Deflectometersiv. Precision levelv. Water level


The methods (i) to (iii) could be used wherever dry bed is available under the span. Otherwise, methods (iv) and (v) can be used by using a reference station at the nearby abutment. When girder bridges are subjected to load tests, it is essential to clear debris in the expansion gaps and lubricate steel bearings to permit free translation and rotational movements of the spans.

Fig : - Suspension wire method for deflection measurement using dial gauge or scale and cursor.

The deflection measurement can be done by suspension wire method at the required locations using dial gauges as per the details given in Figure above. In this method trestles or posts 1.5m tall would be embedded in Firm ground and dial gauges of least count 0.01 mm are clamped to them. The spindles of the dial gauges are connected by a pair of adapters in plumb line with a GI or Invar wire. The wire is made taut by attaching a weight at the end. The method could be partly modified by using a (steel) scale and cursor instead of dial gauge, when the order of anticipated deflection exceeds 100mm. Figure above also shows the scale and cursor method for measurement of large defections.

6.9.11Procedure for Temperature Correction

A set of thermocouples are to be fixed at different locations of deflection measurement for monitoring temperature of the bridge deck. In absence of thermocouples, hand held instruments could be used wherein a probe could be inserted in a preformed hole in concrete surface, for recording temperature. As a last resort, thermometers could also be suspended from trestles used for


deflection measurement to measure the shade temperature. The number of thermocouples/thermometers/probes used could be about half the total number of locations for deflection measurement.The superstructure tends to hog or sag due to variation in ambient temperature and it is necessary to apply correction to the deflection data during static load test. This is so since the duration of loading or unloading operation in static load test could be for 4-5 hours.For this purpose, the platforms on masonry imprints meant for building up static loads should be placed in respective positions for observing thermal response of the bridge deck prior to load test. The deflection values and ambient temperature data are generally collected from dawn to dusk for two or three consecutive days at 1-hour intervals. The temperature vs. deflection data are collected on these days and a curve drawn for each station (dial gauge location), which is taken as basic curve for temperature correction. Usually the temperature – deflection characteristic would be a best fit obtained from a cluster of readings. The deflection reading at any location and temperature during load test, is super-imposed on the basic curve. The difference between the two values gives the true deflection for the location under reference, corresponding to the same temperature. Fig. below shows typical characteristic of thermal response, super imposed on load vs. deflection data during a proof test.


Fig. Typical basic temperature correction curve with load – deflection data in a load test

PrecautionThe bridge deck temperature gets affected due to variation in humidity and strong winds on the day. Also, the data gathered on sunny and cloudy days would be different, although the ambient temperature is same.Therefore, to avoid inconsistencies in the data, it is preferable to choose two identical spans, one for load test and the other for temperature – deflection data and should be monitored simultaneously. This approach reduces the total period of load testing by at least two days.

6.9.12 Percentage Recovery of Deflection

The percentage recovery could be calculated for values of deflection. The percentage recovery is calculated at 24 hours after removal of load.The calculation is done as follows after effecting temperature and/or rotation correction to deflection data:Initial value (on dial gauge) … R1Final value after placement of test load … R2[Thereafter, measurements are to be taken at regular intervals of one hour].Value at 24 hours after placement of test load ... R3Value immediately after removal of test load … R4[Thereafter, measurement is to be taken at regular intervals of one hour]Value at 24 hours after removal of test load R5Total deflection … R3-R1


Total recovery 24 hrs after removal of test load .... R3-R5

Percentage of recovery of deflection 24 hrs after removal of test load

… (R3-R5) x 100

(R3-R1)

6.9.13 Acceptance Criteria

i. The criterion of acceptance is based on recovery of deflection after removal of test load. It is necessary to specify the quantum of applied load, the duration of the load on the span and the percentage recovery of deflection on removal of load.

ii. For bridges designed for IRC Standard loadings, criteria for load testing of steel, PSC and RCC superstructures are given in table below:

Table Acceptance Criteria

Sl. No. Type of Bridges

Live Load Intensity

for Testing

Duration of Retention of

Test Load (Hrs.)

Minimum percentage recovery of Deflection

at 24 hrs after removal of Test Load

1Reinforced concrete * 24 75

2Prestressed

concrete * 24 85

3 Steel * 24 854 Composite * 24 75

(* 1.0L plus corresponding impact as per IRC Codes)

A general acceptance criterion for the behaviour of a structure under test load is that it shall not show “visible evidence of failure” which include appearance of cracks of width more than 0.3mm, spalling or deflections which are excessive and incompatible with safety requirements.

6.10 NON-DESTRUCTIVE INTEGRITY TESTING OF PILE6.10.1SCOPE


This specification covers the methods on non-destructive testing as per IS: 14893 of all types of concrete piles covered in IS 2911 (Part I/Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4).

6.10.2SITE INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE TESTS

The following information is generally required to carry out integrity tests:

i. Location of siteii. Pile types including size, material and reinforcementiii. Layout of pilesiv. Details of pile installation (including construction and

driving sequence and rest periods)v. Number of piles to be tested;

vi. Subsurface profile/driving details of the piles (More if variations are noted)

vii. Depth of water table and soil investigation report, if anyviii. Density of concrete; Strength of concreteix. Abnormal conditions noted while driving/boring or

concreting of piles. The normal daily report produced by the piling site should contain this information. In addition, any other information concerning planning and conducting the tests including relevant past experiences covering similar test(s) in the area, and

x. Details of test piles(s), if any.

6.10.3TYPES OF TESTS

Various methods are available for checking the integrity of concrete piles after installation. In the most widely used method, impulses or vibrations are applied to the pile and measurements made of timings and attenuation of reflected signals.The commonly used sonic methods, vibration methods, sonic logging techniques, etc, have been tried within the last 15-20 years in different parts of the world. However, the methods based on One Dimensional Stress Wave approach known as Sonic Integrity Testing, a Low Strain Integrity testing or Sonic Echo Testing have been used successfully in various parts of the world. The method is simple and quick enabling dozens of piles to be examined in a single working day without much interference in site activities.The work carried out on sonic integrity testing of pile in the country has shown its efficiency; in assessing the structural quality of piles and therefore it is appropriate to frame in this code the salient features of this method.


i. The Low Strain Integrity TestingThis is a system of assessing the integrity of piles by the use of low stress wave imparted to the pile shaft and is also known as Sonic Integrity or Sonic Echo Test. A small metal/hard rubber hammer is used to produce a light tap on top of the pile. The shock travelling down the length of the pile is reflected from the toe of the pile and recorded through a suitable transducer/accelerometer (also held on top of the pile close to the point of impact) in a computer disk or diskette for subsequent analysis.The primary shock wave which travels down the length of the shaft is reflected from the toe by the change in density between the concrete and sub-strata. However, if the pile has any imperfections or discontinuities within its length these will set up secondary reflections which will be added to the return signal. (See Fig. below).By a careful analysis of the captured signal and knowledge of the conditions of the ground, age of concrete, etc, a picture of the locations of such problems can be built up. The reflected stress wave can be monitored using either processing technique; the observed signals are amplified and converted into digital display as velocity versus length or frequency versus mobility records, providing information on structural integrity of piles.The stress wave velocity and approximate pile lengths are provided as input for the integrity testing. The stress wave velocity is dependent on the Young's modulus and mass density of pile concrete. This value generally lies between 3000-4000 meter per second depending on the grade of concrete used (M15-M25).

ii. Normally more than one recording of signals is done until repeatability of signals is achieved. If necessary, averaging of signals is also done to achieve more informative signals. In a suspected pile the test should be repeated at more than one location on top of the pile.

iii. The tests shall be conducted on piles whose length is correctly recorded or on test piles where available, to determine the value of stress wave velocity and characteristic or reference signal for comparing the signals for testing subsequent piles.

iv. The method of testing involves high skill and use of computerized equipment. Therefore, the tests should be performed and interpreted by trained and experienced personnel.


Fig: - Pattern of Stress Wave Reflections

6.10.4Data and Reporting

i. The assessment of structural integrity is based on two equally important aspects:

a) Quality of signals, andb) Accurate analysis and interpretation of signal.

ii. Piles requiring remedial measures should be so marked immediately on completion of the field integrity testing, and rectification, measures selected.

iii. The final report should include signals of each integrity test and reflect on the structural condition of piles.

6.10.5GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE TESTS

i. Piles shall be trimmed to cut off level or sound concrete level before the test with all laitance removed. No pile cap binding work should be undertaken prior to the test.


ii. The area surrounding the pile should be free from standing water and kept dewatered during the tests.

iii. The pile head should be accessible.iv. Testing should be free of work likely to cause disturbance.v. The cast-in-situ piles should not be tested normally before 14 days

of casting.vi. The test piles, if available at site, can be used to determine t h e

pulse velocity and characteristic or reference signal generated. Where no test pile is available information can be obtained from cast piles whose length is accurately recorded.

6.10.6LIMITATIONS OF NDT METHODS

i. Non-Destructive Testing of piles does not provide the load carrying capacity of piles.

ii. It does not provide information regarding verticality or displacement in position of piles.

iii. Minor deficiencies like local loss of cover, small intrusions or type of conditions of materials at the base of piles are undetectable. Integrity testing may not identify all imperfections, but it can be useful tool in identifying major defects within the effective lengths. The test may identify minor impedance variations that may not affect the bearing capacity of piles. In such cases, the engineer should use judgment as to the acceptability of these piles considering other factors such as load redistribution to adjacent pile, load transfer to the soil above the defect, applied safety factors and structural load requirements.

iv. Based on the latest information available, the limitations relating to the depths up to which the integrity tests can be carried on piles depends on the surrounding strata and damping within the concrete.

v. The present experience of Non-Destructive Testing of piles is up to a diameter of 1500 mm.

vi. Soil stiffness or founding on rock of similar density as the pile will attenuate the signals such that there will be little or no toe reflection.

vii. The low strain integrity method is applicable to cast – in – situ concrete bored and driven piles. Conclusive results are rarely obtained in case of girdered precast reinforced concrete driven piles or precast piles in pre-bored holes.

6.10.7The scope includes cost of all materials, labour, equipment & operations required to do this test.


-------------------------------------------------


SECTION: 7ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Section 7: Additional Technical Specifications of 416

SECTION-7ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

7 DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SCHEDULE ITEMS

7.1 Clearing the site before commencement and after completion of the work including obtaining administrative approvals (BOQ Item No. 1-4)

i. Before starting the work, the site shown on plans shall be cleared of all obstructions, loose stones and materials, rubbish of all kinds as well as all trees and brush wooden except those marked for preservation, the roots being entirely grubbed up. No trees are to be cut down before obtaining the instruction from Engineer-in-charge.

ii. The stuff obtained from clearance shall be stacked in such a place and in such a manner as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge and the ground shall be left in a perfectly clean condition.

iii. In jungle clearing, all trees, not specifically marked for preservation, bamboos, jungle wood and brush wood shall be cut down, their roots rubbed up. All wood and material available shall be stacked as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

iv. All holes or hollows, whether originally or produced by digging up roots shall be carefully filled up with earth, well rammed and levelled up neatly as directed.

v. After completion of the work, but before its acceptance, the site shall be cleared of all scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish etc. as per contract. AcceptanceAcceptance of clearing the site before commencement and after completion of the work shall be based on visual inspection of the work for compliance with the above specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer.ScopeThe Scope for Clearing the site before commencement and after completion of the work shall include the required operations with full compensation for all labour, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. These will also include removal of stumps and roots of trees less than 300 mm in girth as well as stumps left over after cutting of trees carried out by another agency of MRIDC or Government, excavation and backfilling to


required density, where necessary, and handling, salvaging, piling and disposing of the cleared materials with all lifts and up to a lead to the low lying areas as nominated by Engineer-in-charge within Project Boundary. Disposal of cleared materials outside the Project Boundary should be considered as per the relevant item of Bill of Quantities.

7.2 Providing all necessary equipment's and carrying out all necessary survey for establishing and marking out the centre line of the ROB/bridge, approaches and various other components, structures and fixing the locations with necessary masonry pillars for lines, levels with theodolite / Total station, establishing and fixing necessary Temporary Bench Marks related to GTS datum including maintaining the same till the end of the work, preparing and supplying 6 copies of site survey record plan all as directed by the Engineer etc.(BOQ Item No. 5)

The Centre line axis of the Road Over Bridge with approaches shall be surveyed along their lengths. Centre line pegs for Road Over Bridge with approaches including foundation pegs at each location and at suitable distance of 3.0 m c/c along the approach on each side shall be fixed.All deviation angles of the central line axis for the Road Over Bridge with approaches including tangent distances shall be demarcated with pegs fixed in to the ground.The rate shall include all equipment/theodolite/total station survey instruments, necessary survey party, supply and fixing of pegs including, fixing of pillars for intermediate stations labour, materials required in completing the job as required, as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

7.3 Utility Shifting : Finding, Locating and shifting of various existing cables like signalling, telecom, OFC, electrical, water main, gas lines etc. In project site area, station yard and along the track by excavating cross/ longitudinal trenches. A line diagram / sketch showing the location of various cables, Water/Gas lines are prepared & submitted to MRIDC and after approval shifting of various utilities etc completed as per the direction of engineer in charge of MRIDC (BOQ Item No. 6)

Repair/re-construction/making good damaged roads, service lines, storm water drains, water supply lines, sewer lines, electric cables, telephone cables, etc. and other utility/structures/property affected by any action/inaction and activities of the Firm / Agency in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge which shall be final and binding. Such


repair/re-construction/making good the jobs shall be done as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Also services like water supply lines, sewer lines, storm water drains, electricity lines, telephone lines overhead and underground cables/structure, if any, falling in the alignment of the work, (which are required to be removed or shifted or to be buried in concrete in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge.) shall be removed/shifted as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge. All such permanent diversions shall be paid by the Engineer.

Details of utilities passing through the project boundary have to be verified by the Firm / Agency based on the information from the Geotechnical Investigation Consultant submitted to MRIDC. Any / some of the utilities are likely to cause hindrance to the foundations. These need to be relocated or diverted before taking up the piling / foundation work. These operations need to be done in consultation with the utility provider (owner).

Contractor shall obtain necessary permits/approvals from the respective Utility Provider/Owner well in advance of starting the shifting work. The shifting works shall be only after the Firm / Agency has obtained approval from the utility provider / owner.

In case the shifting of cables are to be done by utility provider / owner itself, payment for the same will be done directly to the utility provider / owner by MRIDC.

7.4 Providing, supplying, fabricating, installing and uninstalling barricades to enclose construction area of 2.40 meters high with mild steel angle frames, GI Plain/ Corrugated or plain sheet as per the approved drawings , including foundations and fixing to the ground with all necessary fittings and fixtures. The rate includes one coat of red oxide primer before erection, two coats of approved paint & shade (including MRIDC logo) with proper reflection provision as per the specifications and design provided by MRIDC, erecting in position, welding / bolting etc. (BOQ Item No. 7)

Providing and fixing temporary fencing to enclose construction area of 2.4m high with mild steel angles frame, longitudinal bracing, ISMB and MS sheet as per approved drawings including foundation.

The rate includes one coat of red oxide primer before erection, three coats of approved paint and shades (include MRIDC logo and design as provided by MRIDC) as per specification, erection in position welding/bolting, fixing to ground etc. Providing, fixing and maintaining MS fabricated traffic barricading on either side of carriage way closed to the traffic including provision of


all sign board/bollards and warning lights etc as per direction of Engineer in charge at site. Rate is inclusive of all labour, materials, tools and plants, painting, taxes, lead & lift and transportation, erection and dismantling etc. The barricading shall be got erected just prior to commencement of the work and will remain erected till the work is completed in all respect or as decided by Engineer in charge at site.The length of barricading shall be decided by Engineer in charge/Site Supervisor at site and shall be final and binding. The design of barricading shall be as approved by competent authority / Engineer in charge.Measurement shall be for the finished item. After completion of the work, all the material utilized in barricading shall be the Firm / Agency's property, however, nothing extra shall be paid for transporting including loading and unloading.Before erection, the material utilized for barricading shall be got approved by the MRIDC Engineer at site.Rate is also inclusive of PCC meant for insertion of MS pipe. However, PCC shall not be done in the grade lower than 1:2:4 mix.The rate includes cost of material, labour, transport, lead, lift, etc complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge.Note:a) Released material will be the property of contractor after

satisfactory completion of work and credit amount of material released will be deducted from the bill of the Firm / Agency as per the relevant item of Bill of Quantities.

b) Barricading done for storage of materials and labour camp or any such use shall not be paid by MRIDC under this item.

7.5 Removal (de-launching) and shifting of Existing girder / structures of ROB/ FOB/Flyovers/Via ducts after dismantling of top road , by contractors road crane of adequate capacity with adequate boom length during Railways traffic block. The surplus dismantled material will have to be disposed at nominated place lead upto 5km. (BOQ Item No. 8)

Railway Traffic and Power block of adequate duration will be arranged. Duration of the Railway block will be as per availability and contractor will not have any claim for the duration of block and will have to complete the de-launching of existing girder within the available block.


Safety of running trains should be given the utmost importance and nothing should infringe the moving dimension of Railway lines.

7.6 Demolishing and shifting of brickwork, stone work , RCC , RCC Concrete Parapet, Plain cement concrete requiring use of chisels /mechanical drills/pavement breakers/rock splitters etc. for demolishing. The surplus dismantled material will have to be disposed at nominated place up to a lead of 5km. The rate includes disposal of surplus material/debris. (BOQ Item No 9)

The Firm / Agency shall demolish all type of brickwork, stone work, cement concrete including requiring use of chisels / mechanical drills / pavement breakers / rock splitters etc. for demolishing at all locations with all contractor’s labours, tools & plants, scaffolding etc. complete with all lead and lift for disposing demolished material with in Project area. The surplus material will have to be disposed outside Project boundary area which will be payable under different item.

7.7 Dismantling and shifting of steel work. The contractor will take care of all safety precaution and remove the material immediately. The released material will be contractor's property , the cost will be recovered as per the relevant schedule item. (BOQ Item No. 10)

The Firm / Agency will take all safety precaution and remove the material immediately from project area and stack the material at suitable locations not affecting train and road commuter safety & movements. The released material will be contractor's property, the cost will be recovered as per the relevant schedule item. This item intends dismantling of existing steel FOB / ROB, after its decommissioning.

7.8 Providing Cofferdam made up of Earth or bags filled with impervious material such as clay for the construction of substructure of road over bridge as per technical Specification with all Contractor’s labour, materials, tools and plants, dewatering, etc. complete with all lead & lift. Dismantling the cofferdam made up of Earth or sand/clay for the construction of road over bridge sub structure with Contractor’s labour, materials, tools etc. (BOQ Item No. 11-13)

At most, of the location, foundations are located on ground. Hence, Coffer Dam will not be required for most of the foundations/ pile caps. Concrete for all open foundation/pile cap shall be laid in dry condition. Some substructures may be located in water, pile cap for these substructures shall be casted in dry condition by providing cofferdams of suitable type.


There are three items provided for cofferdam i.e. Earthen cofferdam (Item No.11 of BOQ) or steel sheet pile type cofferdam (Item No.12 of BOQ) and shore / micro pile type coffer dam (Item No. 13 of BOQ). Contractor has to developed detailed scheme for construction of foundations in dry condition. Cofferdam shall be made with earth with proper compaction to protect excavation site from tidal or subsoil water.

Rebuilding of cofferdam due to any reason, such as flood, monsoon will not be payable extra.

1. Measurement for Quality Assurance and payment for Earthen Coffer Dam:(a) Measurement for cofferdam will be made on the basis of cross-

sections taken before starting the work and final levels taken after the completion of the work. The contractors will have to sign ground cross sections in token of acceptance before starting the work. Any discrepancies in the initial or final cross sections must be brought to the notice of the Engineer, for verification as necessary.

(b) Maximum height of cofferdam payable is highest water level plus 60cm or actual whichever is lower.

(c) Maximum top width of cofferdam is 1.00 m or actual, whichever is less.

(d) Maximum Side slop of cofferdam payable is 1H: 1V or actual whichever is less.

(e) No additional charges shall be payable for dismantling cofferdam after completion of foundation work.

2. Scope of BOQ Item No. 12 & 13 for Sheet Pile and Micro Pile Coffer Dam is inclusive of(a) All contractor’s labour & material(b) All tools & plant for fabrication, transportation and erection(c) Design of cofferdam according to depth of water and foundation(d) Fabrication, transportation and erection of coffer dam with all

lead and Lift(e) Water plugging of cofferdam with sand/clay filled bags from

inside andoutside of cofferdam to minimise water seepage.

(f) All cost of Dewatering till completion of foundation(g) Dismantling of cofferdam after completion of work(h) Released material of cofferdam after completion of foundation

will beproperty of the contractor.

3. Sheet pile / Micro pile or Similar Steel plate Coffer dam


In case, it is not possible to construct pile cap of any pier of Road over bridge with sand bag/earthen coffer dam, then steel sheet pile type or similar type coffer dam can be provided. The unit for measurement for this item is per square meter. The quantity for measurement of this item will be calculated in sq. m. by multiplying internal perimeter of the coffer dam with height of the cofferdam.

Maximum height payable is from bed level to normal water level plus 60 cm.

Maximum internal diameter of coffer dam will be calculated as under for working out internal perimeter of coffer dam for measurement.Internal Diameter = Longest diagonal of levelling course of foundation

+ 2m (1m working space all around foundation.)

For example: -a) Let, Size of Foundation is 3 m x 4 m.b) Therefore, diagonal of foundation will be 5m.c) Internal diameter of coffer dam payable = 5 m + 2m =

7md) Internal perimeter of coffer dam = 3.14 x 7 m = 21.99 me) Let bed level is 100m and water level is 103m.f) Ht. of coffer dam for payment = 3.00 + 0.60 = 3.60 mg) Quantity of coffer dam for payment = 21.99 m x 3.60 mh) Quantity of coffer dam for payment = 79.164 sq.m.

4. Internal Diameter of steel cofferdam / micro pile payable is restricted to longest diagonal of levelling course + 2m or actual provided, whichever is less. Similarly, maximum height payable for steel cofferdam is restricted to depth between bed level and normal water level plus 60 cm or actual whichever is less. Contractor shall provide design of steel cofferdam duly supported with design calculation for approval of MRIDC. Concrete coffer dam can also be provided in place of steel coffer dam. However, it will also be considered under this Item No. 12 & 1 of BOQ with same terms as mentioned above.

7.9 Dewatering the excavated trenches, Pits and pools of water within project area by using pumps and other devices, including disposing of the water to a safe distance as directed By Engineer In charge, with suitable pump, 10 to 20 H.P etc. (BOQ Item No 14)Dewatering of excavated trenches by using pumps and suitable devices and disposing the water to a safe distance as directed by engineer in charge.


7.10 Scarifying the existing bituminous road surface to a depth of 50 mm by mechanical means and disposal of scarified material with in all lifts and lead up to 5km. (BOQ Item NO. 15)

Technical Specifications shall be in accordance with MORT&H Clause No.305.4.3 or as directed by Engineer in charge.

7.11 Loosening of the ground up to a level of 500 mm below the sub-grade level, watered, graded and compacted in layers to meet requirement of MORTH Table 300-2 for sub-grade construction. (BOQ Item No. 16)

Technical Specifications shall be in accordance with MORT&H Clause No.305.3.4 or as directed by Engineer in charge.

7.12 Loosening, levelling and Compacting original ground supporting embankment to facilitate placement of first layer of embankment, scarified to a depth of 150 mm, mixed with water at OMC and then compacted by rolling so as to achieve minimum dry density as given in MORTH Table 300-2 for embankment construction. (BOQ Item No. 17)

Technical Specifications shall be in accordance with MORT&H technical specifications clause No.305.3.4 or as directed by Engineer in charge.

7.13 Excavation for foundation for pile cap and open foundation, in all types of soils, boulders, soft rock, hard rock by mechanical methods like hydraulic rock breakers/ splitters or any such methods), hard rock by Controlled Blasting including dewatering etc. as per specifications with all contractor’s own machinery and equipment, crossing of track, shoring, strutting, timbering and buttressing with sand /clay bags and all such measures necessary to retain in position the sides of the foundation pit and including refilling the excavated material with watering, ramming, levelling the site, taxes, Royalties, disposing off the surplus/unusable earth to nominated dumping grounds as per directions of Engineer. (BOQ Item No. 18-20)

7.13.1 SCOPE OF WORK

i. Excavation for structures shall also consist of the removal of material for the construction of foundations for bridges, retaining walls and other similar structures, in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications of MORTH Clause 304.1-304.5 and the lines and dimensions shown on the drawings or as indicated by the Engineer, work shall include construction of the necessary


cofferdams and cribs their subsequent removal; all necessary sheeting, shoring, bracing, and pumping; the removal of all logs, stumps, grubs and other matter and obstructions, necessary for placing the foundations; trimming bottoms of excavations; backfilling and clearing up the site the disposal of all surplus material.

ii. Excavation for structures shall consist of the removal of material of all types for the construction of foundations for the buildings, sheds, pit walls, and other structures in accordance with the requirements of these specifications and the lines and dimensions shown on the drawings or as indicated by the Engineer. The work shall include construction of necessary sheeting, shoring, bracing, draining and pumping, the removal of logs, stumps, grubs and other deleterious matter and obstructions, necessary for placing the foundations, and clearing up the site and the disposal of all surplus material. The scope of work shall also include provision of necessary protection works around the excavation.

iii. Backfilling with proper compaction in excavated areas like sides of the foundations and other locations shall be required to be done. General filling using approved material shall be done in all areas. Final levelling/dressing of excavations shall also be included in the scope of work of this contract. No separate payment shall be made for the same.

iv. The Firm / Agency should acquaint himself with the site for assessing the efforts necessary for the excavation and dewatering. Cost of all operations relating to dewatering, to keep the excavation dry, shall be deemed to be included in the rates quoted for excavations.

v. Materials (other than dismantled materials) of any kind obtained from excavation of the site shall remain the property of the employer and shall be disposed off as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures or other remains or things or geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the employer and the contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other person from removing or damaging any such articles or valuable and shall immediately inform upon discovery of such material and before removal to Engineer-in-Charge and obtain his directions as to the disposal of the same.

vi. Scope of work also includes all initial layout and setting out work including verification of existing services based on the report submitted by Geotechnical Investigation Consultant to MRIDC.


Maintenance and protection of existing services or structures shall also be done, if any, which in the opinion of Engineer-in-Charge are likely to be affected by any related activities, temporary shifting of such services to facilitate construction of foundations work shall also have to be done, if so, required by the Engineer-in-Charge. Any damage done to existing structure/services shall be repaired by the contractor in the original shape. Dismantling of any structure, fixture, etc. if required at the time of execution as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge has to be carried out by Contractor.

7.13.2 CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS

i. Setting out

After the site has been cleared, the limits of excavation shall be set out true to lines, curves, slopes, grades and sections as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The contractor shall at his cost provide all labour, survey instruments such as total station, Theodolite, auto level and materials such as strings, pegs, nails, bamboo, stones, lime, mortar, concrete, etc., along with technically qualified experienced Surveyor, required in connection with the setting out of works, establishment of bench marks and other marks & stakes as long as in the opinion of the Engineer, they are required for the work.

ii. Excavation

a. Excavation shall be undertaken to the width of the foundations, pile caps, pits etc. Including necessary margins for construction operations as per drawings unless directed otherwise. Where the nature of soil or the depth of the trench, do not permit vertical sides, the contractor at his own expense shall put up the necessary shoring, strutting and planking or cut slopes with or without steps, to a safer angle or both with due regard to the safety of personnel and works and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Measurement of plan area of excavation for payment shall be permitted only up to the end of PCC under foundations.

b. The depth to which the excavation is to be carried out shall be as shown on the drawings, unless the type of foundation strata encountered is such as to require changes, in which case the depth shall be as ordered by the Engineer. Propping shall be undertaken when any foundation or stressed zone from an adjoining structure is within a line of 1 vertical to 2 horizontals from the bottom of the excavation.


c. All excavations shall be carried out in conformity with the directions and in a manner approved by Engineer.

d. While planning or executing excavations, the contractor shall take all-adequate precautions against soil erosion, water pollution etc and take appropriate drainage measures to keep the site free of water.

e. The contractor shall not excavate outside the limits of excavation. Subject to the permitted tolerances, any excess depth / width excavated beyond the specified levels / dimensions on the drawings shall be made good at the cost of the contractor with suitable material of characteristics similar to that removed and compacted as directed by the Engineer.

f. All debris and loose material on the slopes of cuttings shall be removed. When boulders or soft materials are encountered in cut slopes, these shall be excavated to approved depth on instructions of the Engineer and the resulting cavities filled with suitable material and thoroughly compacted in an approved manner.

g. Blasting shall not be permitted as means of excavation. The method of burning tyres to introduce cracks in the rock shall be strictly prohibited. Excavation of rock may be carried out by chiselling, jack hammers, crow bars, wedging or by any other method approved by the Engineer.

h. The contractor shall provide suitable drainage arrangement for draining out the sub-soil water from the site. The contractor shall also be required to suitably pump out rain water that collects in the excavations in order to keep the excavations dry to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

iii. Methods, Tools and Equipment

Only such methods, tools and equipment as approved by the Engineer shall be adopted / used in the work. If so desired by the Engineer, the contractor shall demonstrate the efficacy of the type of equipment to be used before the commencement of work.

iv. Disposal of excavated materials

a. All materials arising from clearing and grubbing operations shall be the property of MRIDC and shall be disposed off by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. The material obtained from the excavation may be used for backfilling and landscaping, including levelling and spreading with all lifts and


lead within and/or outside the site and no extra payment shall be made for the same. Excavated material shall be stacked at the location directed by the Engineer.

b. All products of clearing and grubbing, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot be used or auctioned, shall be cleared away from the site in a manner as directed by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to see that unsuitable waste materials are disposed off in such a manner that there is no likelihood of these getting mixed up with the materials meant for backfilling and they are disposed off to suitable site which does not have adverse effect on the environment.

v. Preservation of Property

The contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the protection and preservation of any or all existing trees, drains, sewers or other sub-surface drains, pipes, conduits and any other structures under or above ground, which may be affected by construction operations and which, in the opinion of the Engineer, shall be continued in use without any change. Safety measures taken by the contractor in this respect, shall be got approved from the Engineer. However, if any of these objects is damaged on account of contractor’s negligence, it shall be replaced or restored to the original condition at his expense. If the contractor fails to do so, within the stipulated time as directed by the Engineer, or if, in the opinion of the Engineer the actions initiated by the contractor to replace / restore the damaged objects are not satisfactory, the Engineer shall arrange the replacement / restoration directly through any other agency at the risk and cost of the contractor after issuing prior notice to the effect.

vi. Measurement for Excavation

a. Measurement for excavation shall be considered only for the plan dimensions up to edges of PCC under the foundations assuming a vertical cut. The contractor’s rate shall be deemed to include extra excavation required for side slopes and / or benching, ramps, space for providing side shutters and props, shoring, strutting, timbering and buttressing, water proofing, etc.

b. Any excavations beyond the specified lines and levels shall not be normally paid unless felt necessity due to unavoidable circumstances. The decision of engineer in charge shall be final in this matter.


c. Protection of railway boundary posts, barricading and all safety requirements are included in scope of work and nothing extra shall be paid for this.

d. The rates are inclusive of all safety measures to be adopted for protection of structures in the vicinity of works.

vii. Safety and Housekeeping

7.13.3The contractor shall be required to provide safety fence and precautionary display signs and lighting around the excavations, the design of which shall be got approved from the Engineer prior to commencement of work. The contractor shall prepare a safe and sound ramp, leading to the lowest level of excavation in order to facilitate transportation of materials, inspection of excavation, and sub-strata, carrying equipment, if so directed, and carrying out subsequent construction activities. At all times, the construction site shall be maintained in a neat & tidy manner.

7.14 Earthwork in embankment / filling with contractor’s own earth of approved quality and spreading the same in layers not more than 200 mm in loose state and compacting the same layer by layer to achieve desired density (98% of MDD) using contractor’s own vibratory rollers to make the embankment to correct profile as per specification & Spl. conditions of contract. (BOQ Item No. 21)

7.14.1EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION

General

Description: These Specifications shall apply to the construction of embankments including sub grades, earthen shoulders and miscellaneous backfills with approved materials obtained from Firm / Agency’s own earth. No railway land / Maharashtra State land to be used as source of earth, Firm / Agency shall arrange own earth. All embankments, sub grades, earthen shoulders and miscellaneous backfills shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of these specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades, and cross-sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

7.14.2MATERIALS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Physical requirements:The materials used in embankments sub grades, earthen shoulders and miscellaneous back fills shall be soil, murrum, gravel a mixture of these or any other material approved by the Engineer. Such materials shall be free of logs, stumps, roots, rubbish or any other ingredient


likely to deteriorate or affect the stability of the embankment sub grade.The following types of material shall be considered unsuitable for embankment:

i. Materials from swamps, marshes and bogs;ii. Peat, log, stump and perishable material and soil that

classifies as OL, 01, OH or Pt in accordance with IS: 1498iii. Materials susceptible to spontaneous combustioniv. Materials in a frozen conditionv. Clay having liquid limit exceeding 70 and plasticity index

exceeding 45; andvi. Materials with salts resulting in leaching in the embankment.

Expansive clay exhibiting marked swell and shrinkage, properties ("free swelling index" exceeding 50 percent when tested as per IS:2720-Part 40) shall not be used as a fill material. Where an expansive clay with acceptable "free swelling index" value is used as a fill material, sub grade and top 500 mm portion of the embankment just below sub grade shall be non-expansive in nature.Any fill material with a soluble sulphate content exceeding 1.9 grams of sulphate (expressed as S03) per litre when tested in accordance with BS:1377 Test 10, but using a 2: 1 water-soil ratio shall not be & deposited within 500 mm or other distance described in the Contract, of concrete, cement bound materials or other cementious materials forming part of the Permanent Works.Materials with a total sulphate content (expressed as S03) exceeding 0.5 per cent by mass, when tested in accordance with BS: 1377 Test 9 shall not be deposited within 500 mm, or other distances described in the contract, of metallic items farming part of the Permanent WorkThe size of the coarse material in the mixture of earth shall ordinarily not exceed 75mm when being placed in the embankment and 50 mm when placed in the sub grade. However, the Engineer may at his discretion permit the use of material coarser than this also. If he is Satisfied that the same will not present any difficulty as regards the placement of fill material and its compaction to the requirements of these specifications. The maximum particle size shall not be more than two third of the compacted layer thickness.Ordinarily, only the materials satisfying the density requirements given in MORTH Table 300-1 shall be employed for the Construction of the embankment and the sub grade.


MORTH TABLE 300-1: - DENSITY REQUIREMENTS OF EMBANKMENT AND SUBGRADE MATERIALS

Sr. No. Type of work

Maximum Laboratory dry unit weight when tested as per IS:2720(part 8)

1. Embankments up to. 3 meters height, not subjected to extensive flooding.

Not less than 15.2 KN/cum.

2.Embankments exiting 3 meters height of embankments of any height subject to long period of inundation

Not less than 16.0 KN/cum.

3.Sub grade and earthen shoulders / Verges / backfill

Not less than 17.5 KN/Cum.

Notes:i. This Table is not applicable for lightweight fill materials e.g. cinder,

fly ash etc.ii. The Engineer may relax these requirements at his discretion taking

into account the availability of materials for construction and other relevant factors.

iii. The materials to be used in sub grade should also. Satisfy design CBR at the dry unit weight Applicable as per Table 300-2 of MORT&H.

General Requirements:The materials for embankment shall be obtained from approved sources with preference given to materials becoming available from nearby roadway excavation or any other excavation under the same Contract.The work shall be so planned and executed that the best available materials are saved for the sub grade and the embankment portion just below the sub grade.Borrow materials: Where the materials are to be obtained from designated borrow areas, the location, size and shape of these areas shall be as indicated by the Engineer and the same shall not be opened without his written permission. Where specific borrow areas are not designated by the Employer/the Engineer, arrangement for locating the source of supply of materials for embankment and sub grade as well as compliance environmental requirements in respect of excavation and borrow areas as stipulated from time to time by the Ministry of Environment and


Forests, Government of India and the local bodies as applicable, shall be the sole responsibility of the Firm / Agency.Borrow pits along the road shall be discouraged. If permitted by the Engineer, these shall not be dug continuously. Ridges of not less than 8 m width should be left at intervals not exceeding 300m. Small drains shall be cut through the ridges to facilitate drainage.The depth of the pits shall be so regulated that their bottom does not cut an imaginary line having a slope of 1 vertical to 4 horizontals projected from the edge of the final section of the bank, the maximum depth in any case being limited to 1.5 m. Also, no pit shall be dug within the offset width from the toe of the embankment required as per the consideration of stability with a minimum width of 10m.Haulage of material to embankments or other areas of fill shall proceed only when sufficient spreading and compaction plant is operating at the place of deposition.No excavated acceptable material other that surplus to requirements of the Contract shall be removed from the site. Should the Firm / Agency be permitted to remove acceptable material from the site to suit his operational procedure, and then he shall make good any consequent deficit of material arising there from.Where the excavation reveals a combination of acceptable and unacceptable materials, the Firm / Agency shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, carry out the excavation in such a manner that the acceptable materials are excavated separately for use in the permanent works without contamination by the unacceptable materials. The acceptable materials shall be stockpiled separately.The Firm / Agency shall ensure that he does not adversely affect the stability of excavation or fills by the methods of stockpiling materials, use of plants or sitting of temporary buildings or structures.The Firm / Agency shall obtain representative samples from each of the identified borrow areas and have these tested at the site laboratory following a testing programme approved by the Engineer shall be ensured that the sub grade material when compacted to the density requirements as in MORTH Table 300-2 shall yield the design CBR value of the sub grade.

MORTH TABLE 300-2: - COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS FOR EMBANKMENT AND SUB GRADE

Sr. No.

Type of work/material Relative compaction as percentage of max. Laboratory dry


density as per IS:2720 (part 8)

1 Sub-grade and earthen shoulders

Not less than 97%

2 Embankment Not less than 95%3 Expansive clay

a) Sub grade and 500 mm portion Just below the sub- grade

Not allowed.

b) Remaining portion of embankment

90-95%

The Firm / Agency shall at least 7 working days before commencement of compaction submit the following to the Engineer for approval:i. The value of maximum dry density and optimum content obtained

in accordance with IS: 2720 (part 8), appropriate for each of the fill materials he intends to use.

ii. A graph of density plotted against moisture content from which each of the values in (i) above of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content were determined.

iii. The Dry density-moisture content-CBR relationships for light, intermediate and heavy compaction efforts (light corresponding to IS: 2720 (part 7), heavy corresponding to IS: 2720(part 8) and intermediate in-between the two) for each of the fill materials he intends to use in the Sub grade.

Once the above information has been approved by the Engineer, it shall form the basis for compaction.

7.14.3CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS:i. Setting Out:

After the site has been cleared to MORTH Clause 201, the work shall be set out to MORTH Clause 301.3. 1. The limits of embankment/sub grade shall be marked by fixing batter pegs on both sides at regular intervals as guides before commencing the earthwork. The embankment/sub grade shall be built sufficiently wider than the design dimension so that surplus material may be trimmed; ensuring that the remaining material is to be desired density and the position specified and conforms to the specified side slopes.

ii. Dewatering:If the foundation of the embankment is in an area with stagnant water, and in the opinion of the Engineer it is feasible to remove it, the same shall be removed by bailing out or pumping, as directed by the


Engineer and the area of the embankment foundation shall be kept dry. Care shall be taken to discharge the drained water so as not to cause damage to the works, crops or any other property. Due to any negligence on the Part of the Firm / Agency, if any such damage is caused, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Firm / Agency to repair restore it to original condition or compensate the damage at his own cost.

If the embankment is to be constructed under water, MORTH Clause 305.4.6 shall apply.

iii. Stripping and Storing topsoil: In localities where most of the available embankment materials are not conducive to plant growth,-or when so directed by the Engineer, the topsoil from all areas of cutting and from all areas to be covered by embankment foundation shall be stripped to specified depths not exceeding 150 mm and stored in stockpiles of height not exceeding 2 m for covering embankment slopes, cut slopes and other disturbed areas where re-vegetation is desired. Topsoil shall not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in a stockpile Stockpiles shall not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and multiple handling shall be kept to a minimum.

iv. Compacting ground supporting embankment Sub grade:

Where necessary, the original ground shall be levelled to facilitate placement of first layer of embankment, scarified, mixed with water and then compacted by rolling so as to achieve minimum dry density as given in MORTH Table 300-2.

In case where the difference between the sub grade level (Top of the sub grade on which pavement rests) and ground level is less than 0.5 m and the ground does not have 97 per cent relative compaction with respect to the dry density as given in MORTH Table 300-2, the ground shall be loosened up to a level 0.5 m below the sub grade level, watered and compacted in layers in accordance with MORTH Clauses 305.3.5 and 305.3.6 to not less than 98 per cent of dry density as given in Table 300-2.Where so directed by the Engineer, any unsuitable material occurring in the embankment foundation shall be removed and replaced by approved materials laid in layers to the required degree of compaction.


Embankment or sub grade work shall not proceed until the foundations for Embankment/sub grade have been inspected by the Engineer for satisfactory condition and approved.Any foundation treatment specified for embankments especially high embankments, resting on suspect foundations as revealed by borehole logs shall be carried out in a manner and to the depth as desired by the Engineer. Where the ground on which an embankment is to be built has any of the, material types (a) to (f) in MORTH Clause 305.2.1, at least 500 mm. of such material must be removed and replaced by acceptable fill material before embankment construction commences.

v. Spreading material in layers and bringing to appropriate moisture content

a) The embankment and sub grade material shall be spread in layers of uniform thickness not exceeding 200mm.compacted thickness over the entire width of embankment by mechanical means, finished by a motor grader and compacted as per MORTH Clause 305.3.6.The motor grader blade shall have hydraulic control suitable for initial adjustment and maintain the same so, as to achieve the specific slope and grade. Successive layers shall not be placed until the layer under construction has been thoroughly compacted to the specified requirements as in MORTH Table 300-2 and got approved by the Engineer. Each compacted layer shall be finished parallel to the final cross-section of the embankment.

b) Moisture content of the material shall be checked at the site of placement prior to commencement of compaction; if found to be out of agreed limits, the same shall be made good. Where water is required to be added in such constructions, water shall be sprinkled from a water tanker fitted with sprinkler capable of applying water uniformly with a controllable rate of flow to variable widths of surface but without any flooding. The water shall be added uniformly and thoroughly mixed in soil by balding, dicing or harrowing until uniform moisture content is obtained throughout the depth of the layer.

c) If the material delivered to the roadbed is too wet, it shall be dried, by aeration and exposure to the sun, till the moisture content is acceptable for compaction. Should circumstances arise, where owing to wet weather, the moisture content cannot be reduced to the required amount by the above procedure, compaction work shall be suspended. Moisture content of each layer of soil shall be checked in accordance with IS: 2720. (part , 2),and unless otherwise


mentioned, shall be so adjusted, making due allowance for evaporation losses, that at the time of compaction it is in the range of 1 per cent above to 2 per cent below the optimum moisture content determined in accordance with IS:2720 (Part 7) or IS: 2720 (part 8) as the case may be. Expansive clays shall however, be compacted at moisture content corresponding to the specified dry density, but on the wet side of the optimum moisture content obtained, from the laboratory compaction curve.

d) After adding the required amount of water, the soil shall be processed by means of graders, harrows, rotary mixers or as otherwise approved by the Engineer until the layer is uniformly wet clods or hard lumps of earth shall be broken to have a maximum size of 75 mm when being placed in the embankment and a maximum size of 50 mm when being placed in the sub grade.

e) Embankment and other areas of fill shall, unless otherwise required in the Contract or permitted by the Engineer, be constructed evenly over their full width and their fullest possible extent and the Firm / Agency shall control and direct construction plant and other vehicular traffic uniformly over them. Damage by construction plant and other vehicular traffic shall be made good by the Firm / Agency with material having the same characteristics and strength as the material had before it was damaged.

f) Embankments and other areas of unsupported fills shall not be constructed with steeper side slopes, or to greater widths than those shown in the Contract, except to permit adequate compaction at the edges before trimming back, or to obtain the final profile following any settlement of the fill and the underlying material.

g) Whenever fill is to be deposited' against the face of a natural slope, or sloping earthworks face including embankments, cutting, other fills and excavations steeper than 1 vertical on 4 horizontals, such faces shall be benched as per MORTH Clause 305.4.1 immediately before placing the subsequent fill.

h) All permanent faces of side slopes of embankments and other areas of fill formed shall, subsequent to any trimming operations, be reworked and sealed to the satisfaction of the Engineer by tracking a tracked vehicle, considered suitable by the Engineer, on the slope or any other method approved by the Engineer.

vi. Compaction:

Only the compaction equipment approved by the Engineer shall be employed to compact the different material types encountered during


construction. Vibratory rollers of suitable size and capacity as approved by the Engineer shall be used for the different types and grades of materials required to be compacted either individually or in suitable combinations.

The compaction shall be done with the help of vibratory roller of 80 to 100 kN static weight with plain or pad foot drum or heavy pneumatic tyred roller of adequate capacity capable of achieving required compaction.The Firm / Agency shall demonstrate the efficacy of the equipment he intends to use by carrying out compaction trials. The procedure to be adopted for this site trials hall first be submitted to the Engineer for approval.Each layer of the material shall be thoroughly compacted to the densities specified in MORTH Table 300-2. Subsequent layers shall be placed only after the finished layer has been tested according to MORTH Clause 903.2 and accepted by the Engineer. The Engineer may permit measurement of field dry density by a nuclear moisture/density gauge used in accordance with agreed procedure and the gauge is calibrated to provide results identical to that obtained from tests in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part 28). A record of the same shall be maintained by the Firm / Agency.When density measurements reveal any soft areas in the embankments /sub grade /earthen shoulders, further compaction shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer. If in spite of that the specified compaction is not achieved, the material in the soft areas shall be removed and replaced by approved material, compacted to the density requirements and satisfaction of the Engineer.Drainage: The surface of the embankment/ sub grade at all times during construction shall be maintained at such a cross fall (not flatter than that required for effective drainage of an earthen surface) as will shed water and prevent ponding.

vii. Repairing of damages caused by rain/spillage of water

The soil in the affected portion shall be removed in such areas as directed by the Engineer before next layer is laid and refilled in layers and compacted using appropriate mechanical means such as small vibratory roller, plate compactor or power rammer to achieve the required density in accordance with MORTH Clause 305.3.6 If the cut is not sufficiently wide for use of required mechanical means for compaction, the same shall be widened suitably to permit their use for proper compaction. Tests shall be carried out as directed by the


Engineer to ascertain the density requirements of the repaired area. The' work of repairing the damages including widening of the cut, if any, shall be carried out by the Firm / Agency at his own cost, including the arranging of machinery/equipment for the purpose.

viii. Finishing operations:

Finishing operations shall include the work of shaping and dressing the shoulders/verge/roadbed and side slopes to conform to the alignment, levels, and cross sections and dimensions shown on the drawings' or as directed by the Engineer subject to the surface tolerance described in MORTH Clause 902. Both the upper and lower ends of the side slopes shall be rounded off to improve appearance and to merge the embankment with the adjacent terrain.The topsoil removed and conserved earlier (MORTH Clause 301.3.2 and 305.3.3) shall be spread over the fill slopes as per directions of the Engineer to facilitate the growth of vegetation. Slopes shall be roughened and moisture slightly prior to the application of the topsoil in order to provide satisfactory bond. The depth of the top soil shall be sufficient to sustain plant growth, the usual thickness being from 75 mm to 150 mm.Where directed, the slopes shall be turfed with sods in accordance with MORTH Clause 307. If seeding and mulching of slopes is prescribed, this shall be done to the requirement of MORTH Clause 308.

7.14.4Construction of Embankment and sub grade under special conditions, Earthwork for widening existing road embankment:When an existing embankment and/or sub grade is to be Widened and its slopes are steeper than 1 vertical on 4 horizontals, continuous horizontal benches, each at least 300 mm wide, shall be cut into the old slope for ensuring adequate bond with the fresh embankment/sub grade material to be added. The material obtained from cutting of benches could be utilized in the widening of the embankment/sub grade. However, when the existing slope against which the fresh material is to be placed is flatter than 1 vertical on 4 horizontals, the slope surface may only be ploughed or scarified instead of resorting to benching.Where the width of the widened portions is insufficient to permit the use of conventional rollers, compaction shall be carried out with the help of small vibratory rollers/plate compactors/power rammers or any other appropriate equipment approved by the Engineer. And dumping of material from trucks for widening operations shall be avoided


except in difficult circumstances when the extra width is too narrow to permit the movement of any other types of hauling equipment.

7.14.5Earthwork for embankment and sub grade to be placed against sloping ground:

Where an embankment /sub grade to be place against sloping ground, the latter shall be appropriately benched or ploughed/scarified as required in MORTH Clause 305.4.1 before placing the embankment /sub grade material. Extra earthwork involved in benching or due to ploughing /scarifying etc. shall be considered incidental to the work.For wet conditions, benches with slightly inward fall and subsoil drains at the lowest point shall be provided as per the drawings, before the fill is placed against sloping ground.Where the contract requires construction of transverse subsurface drain at the cut-fill interface, work on the same shall be carried out to MORTH Clause 309 in proper sequence with the embankment and sub grade work as approved by the Engineer.

7.14.6Earthwork over existing road surface:

Where the embankment is to be placed over an existing road surface, the work shall be carried out as indicated below,i. If the existing road surface is of granular or bituminous type and

lies within 1 m of the new sub grade level, the same shall be scarified to a depth of 50 cm or more if specified, so as to provide ample bond between the old and new material ensuring that at least 500 mm portion below the top of new sub grade level is compacted to the desired density.

ii. If the existing road surface is of cement concrete type and lies within 1 m of the new sub grade level the same shall be removed completely.

iii. If the level difference between the existing road surface and the new formation level is more than 1 m. the existing s surface shall be permitted to stay in place without any modification.

7.14.7Embankment and sub grade around structures:

To avoid interference with the construction of abutments, wing walls or return walls of culvert/bridge structures, the Firm / Agency shall, at points to be determined by the Engineer suspend work on embankment forming approaches to such structures, until such time as the construction of the latter is sufficiently advanced to permit the completion of approaches without the risk of damage to the structure.


Unless directed otherwise, the filling around culverts, bridges and other structures up to a distance of twice the height of the road from the back of the abutment shall be carried out independent of the work on the main embankment. The fill material shall not be placed against any abutment or wing wall, unless permission has been given by the Engineer but in any case, not until the concrete or masonry has been in position for 14 days. The embankment and sub grade shall be brought up simultaneously in equal layers on each side of the structure to avoid displacement and unequal pressure. The sequence of work in this regard shall be got approved from the Engineer.The material used for backfill shall not be all' organic soil or highly plastic clay having plasticity index and liquid limit more than 20 and 40 respectively when tested according to IS: 2720 (part 5). Filling behind abutments and wing walls for all structures shall conform to the general guidelines given in Appendix 6 of IRC: 78 (Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges-Section VII) in respect of the Just below the sub grade type of material, the extent of backfill, its laying and compaction etc. The fill material shall be deposited in horizontal layers in loose thickness and compacted thoroughly to the requirements of MORTH Table 300-2.Where the provision of any filter medium is specified behind the abutment, the same shall be laid in layers simultaneously with the laying of fill material. The material used for filter shall conform to the requirements for filter medium spelt out in MORTH Clause 2502/309.3.2 (B) unless otherwise specified in the Contract.Where it may be impracticable to use conventional rollers, the compaction shall be carried out by appropriate mechanical means such as small vibratory roller, plate compactor or power rammer. Care shall be taken to see that the compaction equipment does not hit or come too close to any structural member so as to cause any damage to them or excessive pressure against the structure.

7.14.8Construction of embankment over ground incapable of supporting construction equipment

Where embankment is to be constructed across ground which will not support the weight of repeated heavy loads of construction equipment, the first layer of the fill may be constructed by placing successive loads of material in a uniformly distributed layer of a minimum thickness required to support the construction equipment as permitted by the Engineer. The Firm / Agency, if so desired by him, may also use suitable geo synthetic material to increase the bearing capacity of the foundation. This exception to normal procedure will not be permitted where, in the opinion of the Engineer, the embankments could be


constructed in the approved manner over such ground by the use of lighter or modified equipment after proper ditching and drainage have been provided. Where this exception is permitted, the selection of the material and the construction procedure to obtain an acceptable layer shall be the responsibility of the Firm / Agency. The cost of providing suitable traffic conditions for Construction equipment over any area of the Contract will be the responsibility of the Firm / Agency and no extra payment will be made to him. The remainder of the embankment shall be constructed as specified in MORTH Clause 305.3.

7.14.9Embankment construction under water (if required):

Where filling or backfilling is to be placed under water, only acceptable granular material or rock shall be used unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Acceptable granular material shall consist of graded, hard durable 'particles with maximum particle size not exceeding 75mm. The material should be non-plastic having uniformity coefficient of not less than 10. The material placed in open water shall be deposited' by end tipping without compaction.

7.14.10 Earthwork for high Embankment:

In the case of high embankments, the Firm / Agency shall normally use the, material from the specified borrow area. In case he desires to use different material for his own convenience, he shall have to carry out necessary soil investigations and redesign the high embankment at his own cost. The Firm / Agency shall then furnish the soil test data and design of high embankment for approval of the Engineer, who reserves the right to accept or reject it if necessary, stage construction of fills and any controlled rates of filling shall be carried out in accordance with the Contract including installation of instruments and its monitoring.Where required, the Firm / Agency shall surcharge embankments or other areas of fill with approved material for the periods specified in the Contract. If settlement of surcharged fill results in any surcharging Material, which is unacceptable for use in the fill being surcharged, laying below formation level, the Firm / Agency shall remove the unacceptable material and dispose it as per direction of the Engineer. He shall then bring the resultant level up to formation level with acceptable materials.

7.14.11 Settlement period: - Where settlement period is specified in the Contract, the embankment shall remain in place for the required settlement period before excavating for abutment, wing wall, retaining wall, footings, etc. or


driving foundation piles. The duration of the required settlement period at each location shall be as provided for in the contract or as directed by the Engineer.

7.14.12 Rolling and watering of earth work in layers with power roller including filling in depression which occur during the process.

1. For spreading materials in layers and bringing the appropriate moisture content, the embankment materials shall be spread uniformly over the entire width of the embankment in layers not exceeding 250mm in loose thickness, Successive layers of embankment shall not be placed until the layer under construction has been thoroughly compacted to the requirements set down here under.Moisture content of the materials shall be checked at the source of supply arid it found less than that specified for compaction; the same shall be made good either at the source or after spreading the soil in loose thickness for compaction. In the latter case, water shall be sprinkled directly from a houseline or from a truck mounted water tank and flooding shall not be permitted under any circumstances.If the materials delivered to the road bed is too wet it shall be dried, by evaporation arid exposure to the sun, till the moisture content is brought done to acceptable standard for compaction should circumstances arise, where owing to wet weather, the moisture content cannot be reduced to the required level by the above procedure. Work of compaction shall be suspended.Moisture content of each layer of soil shall be checked in accordance with IS 2720 (Part-II) and unless otherwise mentioned shall be so adjusted, making due allowance for evaporation losses, that at the time of the compaction it is in the range of 1 percent to 2 percent below the optimum Moisture content determined in accordance with IS (Part-VII). Highly expansive clays shall however be compacted at 2 to 4 percent above the optimum moisture content.After adding the required amount of water, the soil shall be processed by means, of harrows. Rotary mixers or as otherwise approved until the layer is uniformly wet. Clods or hard lumps of earth shall be broken to have maximum size of 150mm when being placed lower layers of the embankment arid a maximum size of 60mm when being placed in the top 0.5-meter portion of the embankment below the sub grade.


Hauling equipment shall be dispersed uniformly over entire surface of the previously constructed layer to minimize cutting of uneven compaction.Where the embankment is to be constructed on low area ground that will not support the weight of trucks of other hauling equipment the lower part of the fill should be constructed by dumping Successive loads in a uniformly distributed layers of a thickness not greater than that necessary to support the hauling equipment while placing subsequent layers.

2. COMPACTION: Only compacting equipment approved by the Engineer-in-charge shall be employed to compact the materials. The Firm / Agency shall demonstrate the efficiency of the plants he intends to use for carrying out compaction trials.Each layer of the materials shall be thoroughly compacted to the densities specified in Table below:

Table: -Sr. No.

Type of Work / Materials Field dry density/MDD as percentage of maximum laboratory dry density as per IS: 2720 (Part VII)

1 Top 0.5-meter portion of embankment below sub grade level and shoulders

Not less than 97.

2 Other portion of embankment Not less than 95.3 Highly expensive class 85 to 90.

Subsequent layers shall be placed only after finished layer has been tested according to MORTH Clause 902 and accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.When density measurements reveal any soft areas in the embankment further compaction shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer-in-charge If insight of that the specified compaction is not achieved, the materials in the soft areas shall be removed and replaced by approved materials and compacted to the density requirement, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

3. The contract unit rate includes cost of mechanical roller required for consolidation including all labour equipment fuel, hire charges, tolls, and incidentals necessary.

7.14.13 Plying of Traffic:


Construction and other vehicular traffic shall not use the prepared surface of the embankment and/or sub grade without the prior permission of the Engineer. Any damage arising out of such use shall, however, be made good by the Firm / Agency at his own expense as directed by the Engineer.

7.14.14 Surface Finish and Quality Control of Work:The surface finish of construction of sub grade shall conform to the requirements of MORTH Clause 902. Control on the quality of materials and works shall be exercised in accordance with MORTH Clause 903.

7.14.15 Sub grade Strength:It shall be ensured prior to actual execution that the borrow area material to be used in the sub grade satisfies the requirements of design CBR.Sub grade shall be compacted and. finished to the design strength consistent with other physical requirements. The actual laboratory CBR values of constructed sub grade shall be determined on undisturbed samples cut out from the compacted sub grade in CBR mould fitted with cutting shoe or on remoulded samples, compacted to the field density at the field moisture content.

7.14.16 MEASUREMENTS FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE:

Earth embankment/ sub grade construction shall be measured separately by taking cross sections at intervals in the original position before the work starts and after its completion and computing the volumes of earthwork in cubic meters by the method of average end areas.The measurement of fill material from borrow areas shall be the difference between the net quantities of compacted fill and the net quantities of suitable material brought from roadway and drainage excavation. For this purpose, it shall be assumed that one cum. of suitable material brought to site from road and drainage excavation forms one cum. of compacted fill and all bulking or shrinkage shall be ignored.Construction of high embankment with specified material and in specified manner shall be measured in cum.Stripping including storing and reapplication of topsoil shall be measured in Cum.Work involving loosening and re-compacting of ground supporting embankment /sub grade shall be measured in cum.


Removal of unsuitable material at embankment/sub grade foundation and replacement with suitable material shall be measured in Cum.Scarifying existing granular /bituminous road surface shall be measured in Square metres.Dismantling and removal of existing cement concrete pavement shall be measured vide MORTH Clause 202.6.Filter medium and backfill material behind abutments, wing walls and other retaining structures shall be measured as finished work in position in cum.The scope for the items of embankment and sub grade construction shall include:i. Arrangement of land as a source of supply of material of required

quantity for construction.ii. Setting out.iii. Compacting ground supporting embankment/sub grade except

where removal and replacement of unsuitable material or loosening and re-compacting is involved;

iv. Scarifying or cutting continuous horizontal benches 300mm wide on slopes of existing embankment and sub grade as applicable;

v. Watering or drying of material in borrow areas and/or embankment and sub grade during construction as required.

vi. Spreading in layers, bringing to appropriate moisture content and compacting to specification requirements

vii. Shaping and dressing top and slopes of the embankment and sub grade including rounding of corners;

viii. Restricted working at sites of structures Working on narrow width or embankment and sub grade;

ix. Excavation in all soils from borrow pits/designated borrow areas in jungle Clearing and grubbing and transporting the material to embankment sub grade site with all lifts and leads unless otherwise provided for Firm / Agency.

x. All labour, material, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the Specifications;

xi. Dewatering and Keeping the embankment/completed formation free of water as per MORTH Clause 311.

In case the Contract unit rate specified is inclusive of all leads, the unit rate for transporting material beyond the initial lead, as specified in the contract for construction of embankment and sub grade shall be inclusive of full compensation for all labour, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary on account of the additional haul or transportation involved beyond the specified initial lead.


7.15 Disposing off surplus excavated earth or unusable/unsuitable earth/muck/debris etc. of all kinds outside Project Boundary at local authority solid waste disposal location or any other approved location with all necessary permission/NOC from all concerned authorities with all contractor’s labour, loading, unloading, transportation, Taxes, Royalty, at nominated place as per approval of MRIDC up to 5km, T&P etc. (BOQ Item No. 22)

The Firm / Agency should dispose off surplus excavated earth or unusable/unsuitable earth/muck/debris etc. of all kinds, outside Project Boundary at local authority solid waste disposal location or any other approved location with all necessary permission/NOC from all concerned authorities, if the Engineer considers no dumping area is available in the Project Boundary. If low lying dumping area is available within the Project Boundary the Firm / Agency cannot claim extra charges for the disposal of surplus excavated earth or unusable / unsuitable earth / muck / debris etc.

The rate is inclusive of all contractor’s labour, loading, unloading, transportation, all lead & lift, T&P etc.

7.16 Boring of Pile with hydraulic Rig, providing and pouring of concrete in cast-in-situ vertical bored piles with design mix RCC of M-35 Grade with 20 mm graded machine crushed stone aggregate through all types of soils, boulders, soft rock and hard rock including boring, chiselling and socketing in rock with all contractor's labour, material (except reinforcement steel), tools and plants, chemicals, admixtures, taxes, royalty, all lead and lift etc. as per specifications, weigh batching of ingredients, mechanical mixing, placing, with tremie pipe, using permanent/temporary liners or bentonite slurry etc, if required for avoiding side collapse, disposal of excavated materials as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, levelling of ground, chipping off pile top to remove laitance concrete above cut-off level including cutting and removing liner above cut-off level etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in charge. (BOQ Item No. 23)

Providing and Construction of RCC cast in situ bored piles of required nominal diameter and up to required depth, with M-35 Grade controlled concrete mix using 6mm to 20mm machine crushed well graded stone aggregate of approved quality with contractor's own design of mix as approved by MRIDC, including boring in all types of strata including sand, stiff clay, boulder, soft rock, hard rock etc. & including Chiselling in rock up to the depth conforming to IS 14593 Clause 6.5.1, Table 1, if required diverting flow of water as may be required and/or forming a working platform either by filling or by


excavation etc. complete as per specifications, and as directed by the Engineer in-charge.Work shall be carried out as per specification/condition as per relevant clause of TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION of the Bid Document.All necessary labour, materials, cement equipment, etc., for sampling, preparing test cubes, curing etc., shall be provided by the Firm / Agency. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the Firm / Agency.The unit rate of concrete shall include the cost of all materials, cement, labour, tools and plant required for mixing, placing in position, vibrating and compacting finishing, boring, Chiselling, handling, batching, mixing, transporting placing and vibrating of concrete, dewatering, lifting and disposal of excavated material etc. with all lead and lift with contractor's labour supervisors, T&Ps machineries all taxes etc. complete as required for successful completion of the item. Rate is inclusive of empty boring through overburden (i.e. temporary working platform)No payment shall be made for failed piles / empty bore.Length of pile shall be measured from the bottom of pile cap and up to the founding level. Steel reinforcement & MS liners shall be considered for payment separately under relevant items.

7.17 Providing, placing and driving in position 6mm thick permanent MS liner upto required depth with 12mm thick MS cutting edge of 0.50-meter length of bottom including fabricating, cutting the MS sheet to required diameter and shape, welding the joints and driving with the help of required machineries, all materials, labour, lead and lift etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 24)

i. Work shall be carried out as per specification/condition mentioned in relevant clause of TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION of the Tender Document.

ii. Mode of measurement for Quality Assurance and payment shall be in MT basis of liner provided as directed by Engineer in Charge.

iii. The rate shall include fabricating, cutting the MS sheet to required diameter and shape, welding the joints and driving with the help of required machineries, all materials, labour and lift etc. complete. No wastage shall be considered payable.


7.18 Providing, laying and compacting rubble soling in foundations, etc. with all contractor's stone, material, labour, tools & plants etc. including all taxes, royalty, all lead & lift, transportation etc complete as per direction of MRIDC's specifications (BOQ Item No. 25)

i. Providing Rubble soling, Hand packed, of thickness as required, as per instruction of Engineer-in-charge at site.

ii. The Rubble soling shall be well consolidated by ramming or rolling and watering to required level and camber. The stone shall be obtained from the quarries selected by Engineer. It shall be hard durable, tough & shall be free from defects like cavities, cracks, flaw, sand holes, veins patches of soft or loose material etc. The percentage of water absorption shall generally not exceed 5% when tested as per IS 1124-1957.

iii. The strength of stone should be adequate to carry the loads imposed. The minimum crushing strength of stone shall not be less than 400 Kg/cm2

iv. The rate is inclusive of contractor’s own materials, labours, tools and plants etc inclusive of compaction complete.

v. Measurements

Measurement shall be based on the volume by computed sections mentioned in drawing. The length and breadth shall be taken to the nearest centimetre. The depth of consolidated layer shall be computed to nearest half centimetre by taking average of depth of cross section taken at the interval decided by the Engineer-in-charge.

7.19 Providing ,laying, pouring and compaction of Plain Cement Concrete (RMC) of Various grades for bedding concrete in foundation / below pile cap, in annular space of pier protection etc. With well graded machine crushed stone aggregate of size not more than 20 mm of approved quality including MRIDC's approved form work wherever necessary, compacting, curing, supplying and fixing of shuttering, deshuttering etc. complete with contractor's labour, materials, tool & plant, batching, mixing, transporting and placing, vibrating with mechanical vibrator, pumping of concrete of any distance to required location, finishing and curing, as directed by the engineer including dewatering & de- slushing, all lead and lift etc. complete, as per IRC/2000 specification (MORTH) (BOQ Item No. 26.1, 26.2, 26.3)


i. The work includes providing and laying in situ of specified grade PCC (RMC) with well graded machine crushed stone aggregate of size not more than 20 mm of approved quality including MRIDC’s approved form work wherever necessary, compacting, curing etc. complete with contractor's labour, materials, tool & plant, batching, mixing, transporting and placing, vibrating with mechanical vibrator, pumping of concrete of any distance to required location, finishing and curing, as directed by the engineer including dewatering & de- slushing, all lead and lift etc. complete, as per relevant IRC / MoRTH specification.

ii. Rate is inclusive of chloride free admixture such as super plasticizer.

iii. No cold joint shall be allowed. Only construction joint shall be permitted.

iv. Formwork shall be approved by Engineer before use.

7.20 Providing, laying, pouring and compaction of RCC, Ready Mix Concrete (RMC) of M25 grade for drainage work with 20 mm size graded machine crushed stone aggregate with minimum cement content of 400 Kg/cum & maximum water cement ratio of 0.45 at any location with form work of approved quality and material, supplying and fixing of shuttering, deshuttering, staging, scaffolding, mechanical mixing, dewatering, placing using pumps/placer boom/crane & bucket, compaction, finishing the surface and curing of concrete etc. with all contractors tools, plants, labours and materials of approved quality including all lead and lift, crossing of tracks, etc. complete as per specification & direction of Engineer -In -Charge. (BOQ Item no 27)Work shall be carried out as per specification/condition as per relevant clause of TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION of the Tender Document.i. All necessary labour, materials, cement equipment, etc., for

sampling, preparing test cubes, curing etc., shall be provided by the Firm / Agency. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the Firm / Agency.

ii. The unit rate of concrete shall include the cost of all materials, cement, labour, tools and plant required for handling, batching, mixing, transporting, placing in position, vibrating and compacting, finishing, curing, scaffolding, shuttering, formwork, staging, etc. with all lead and lift with contractor's labour, T&Ps machineries all taxes etc. complete as required for successful completion of this item.

iii. Steel reinforcement shall be considered for payment separately under relevant item of this tender.


7.21 RCC M-35: Providing, laying, pouring and compacting RCC from approved batching plant, ready mix concrete (RMC) M35 grade with 20 mm size graded machine crushed stone aggregate with minimum cement content of 425 Kg/cum & maximum water cement ratio of 0.4 in concrete elements such as Foundations like raft, strip foundations, Pile cap, grillage and footings of R.C.C. columns and steel stanchions, Stair case etc or at any location with form work of approved quality and material, supplying and fixing of shuttering, deshuttering, staging and scaffolding, dewatering, placing using pumps/placer boom/crane & bucket compaction finishing the surface and curing of concrete etc. with all contractors tools, plants, labours and materials of approved quality, all lead and lift, crossing of track, etc complete as per specification & direction of Engineer -In-Charge. (BOQ Item No 28)

Work shall be carried out as per specification/condition as per relevant clause of TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION of the Tender Document.i. All necessary labour, materials, cement equipment, etc., for

sampling, preparing test cubes, curing etc., shall be provided by the Firm / Agency. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the Firm / Agency.

ii. The unit rate of concrete shall include the cost of all materials, cement, labour, tools and plant required for handling, batching, mixing, transporting, placing in position, vibrating and compacting, finishing, curing, scaffolding, shuttering, formwork, staging, etc. with all lead and lift with contractor's labour, T&Ps machineries all taxes etc. complete as required for successful completion of this item.

iii. Steel reinforcement shall be considered for payment separately under relevant item of this tender.

7.22 Providing, laying, pouring and compacting M-40 grade RMC of with 20 mm size graded machine crushed stone aggregate for cast in situ R.C.C. with compaction by shutter vibrator/screed vibrator/needle vibrator including centring, scaffolding, supplying and fixing of shuttering, deshuttering, formwork, staging, finishing, curing, cover blocks and dewatering by means of pumps etc. complete as directed by Engineer. etc Complete. (BOQ Item No. 29)

Work shall be carried out as per specification/condition as per relevant clause of TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION of the Tender Document.


i. All necessary labour, materials, cement equipment, etc., for sampling, preparing test cubes, curing etc., shall be provided by the Firm / Agency. Testing of the materials and concrete may be arranged by the Engineer-in-charge in an approved laboratory at the cost of the Firm / Agency.

ii. The unit rate of concrete shall include the cost of all materials, cement, labour, tools and plant required for handling, batching, mixing, transporting, placing in position, vibrating and compacting, finishing, curing, shuttering, formwork, scaffolding, staging, etc. with all lead and lift with contractor's labour, T&Ps machineries all taxes etc. complete as required for successful completion of this item.

iii. Steel reinforcement and Structural Steel shall be considered separately under relevant item of this tender.

7.23 Providing, laying , pouring and compacting Cast in situ/ Ready Mix cement concrete of specified grades with 20 mm size graded machine crushed stone aggregate for R.C.C. work in R.C.C. retaining wall, wing wall etc. as per detailed designs and drawing and as directed by engineer in charge, including centring, formwork,supplying and fixing of shuttering,de shuttering, staging, cover blocks, laying/pumping, compaction finishing the formed surfaces with cement mortar 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. Complete. (Excluding reinforcement and structural steel). with fully automatic microprocessor based PLC with concrete Batch mix plant etc. Complete. With natural sand/V.S.I. quality Artificial Sand (BOQ Item no 30.1, 30.2)Work shall be carried out as per specification/condition of the relevant clause of TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION of the Tender Document.

7.24 Providing and applying two coats of coal tar epoxy of anticorrosive Hi Build compound over one primer coat of epoxy zinc phosphate on substructures with all lead and lift including all contractors labour, material, tools & plants etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 31)

The coating shall consist of two coats of tar – extended epoxy system of CECRI Karaikudi know-how having 300-350 microns in 2 coats and having following properties.

Base Tar extended epoxy – amine adduct Quick curing two componentColour: BlackVolume of Solids: 80% (minimum)Drying time (touch dry): 2 hours


D.F.T. in two coats: 300 – 350 micronsChemical resistance: Excellent against chlorides, salts, sulphate, alkalies.Salt spray test: Should pass as per ASTM-B-117 1000 hrs minimumAdhesion: 3.8 KN minimum as per ASTM-D-4541Resistance Impedance: 108Surface preparation: As per manufacturers specification or as per relevant IS codes.

Coating SystemProviding two coats of coal tar epoxy system each coat of DFT 150 microns each (total minimum DFT 300 microns) as per Central Electrochemical Research Institute Karaikudi system. The system shall have minimum 5 years field experience in Indian condition.

7.25 Providing, fixing and levelling in position true to line and level POT- PTFE as per drawing consisting of a metal piston supported by a disc or unreinforced elastomer confined within a metal cylinder, sealing rings, dust seals, PTFE surface sliding against stainless steel mating surface, complete assembly to be of cast steel / fabricated structural steel, metal and elastomer elements to be as per IRC: 83 section IX part I and part III, relevant section of BS:5400, and clause 2006 of MORTH specifications as per drawing and approved technical specifications etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 32.1)

Pot Bearings shall consist of a metal piston supported by a disc of unreinforced elastomer confined within a metal cylinder to take care of rotation. Horizontal movement, if required, shall be provided by sliding surfaces of PTFE pads sliding against stainless steel mating surfaces, with a system of sealing rings. Pot bearings shall consist of cast steel assemblies or fabricated structural steel assemblies.The raw material for PTFE used in bearings shall be pure polytertrafluoroethylene, free sintered without regenerated materials or fillers. The mechanical and physical properties of unfilled PTFE shall comply with Grade A of BS:3784 or equivalent. PTFE shall be either in the form of solid rectangular modules or large sheets with dimples formed by hot pressing or moulding.The elastomer to be used for the components of bearings shall comply with provisions of MORTH Table 2000-1. The confined elastomer inside the pot shall have the properties as given in MORTH Table 2000-4.The Technical specifications for manufacturing tolerances, tolerance of fit, tests on raw materials, installation, etc. for POT PTFE bearings shall conform with MORTH Clause 2006, IRC: 83, section IX, part I and


part III (latest updated), and relevant section of BS:5400 as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

7.26 Providing, Fitting and fixing in position true to line and level Elastomeric bearing as per drawing, complete assembly to be of cast steel / fabricated structural steel, metal and elastomer elements to be as per IRC: 83, Section IX, part I and part II, relevant section of BS:5400, and clause 2005 of MORTH specifications as per drawing and approved technical specifications etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 32.2)

i. Elastomeric Bearings shall cater for translation and / or rotation of the superstructure by elastic deformation.

ii. The elastomer to be used for bearings shall be made from natural or synthetic rubber and satisfy the physical properties given below. The test pieces required for the test shall be selected from the centre layer of the bearings while making up the selection. The elastomer shall conform to the properties specified in MORTH Table 2000-1.

iii. Adhesive used in bearing location attachment to bridge decks shall be subject to the approval by the Engineer in charge. It shall be of high viscosity resigns, which are cold setting and free of solvent. Adhesive shall not be used to bond layers of cure elastomer. Mild steel used for plate reinforcement shall comply with the requirements of relevant IS the Firm / Agency shall furnish to the Engineer in charge a certificate by the Manufacture that the elastomer and fabric (if used) in the elastomeric bearing conforms to all the above requirements. The certification shall be supported by a certified copy of the results of tests, performed by the Manufacturer upon samples of the elastomer and fabric to be used in the bearings.

The Firm / Agency shall whenever required, during the course of manufacture arrange and offer all facilities for the purpose of inspection and test of all or any of the material used therein to any officer as directed by the Engineer in charge and the bearings and similar parts shall be used in the superstructure except on the production of certificate of acceptance thereof from the Directorate of inspection whenever necessary. All the inspection charges shall be payable by the Firm / Agency.

iv. The thickness of a single layer bearing shall not exceed 20 per cent of the least plan dimension. The total thickness of a laminated bearing shall not exceed 40 percent of the least plan dimension. The thickness of any internal layer of elastomer shall not be less than 6 mm nor greater than 12 mm. The thickness of outer plates shall be not less than 3 mm and that on inner plate not less than 1.5 mm. Metal plates in which dowels are located shall be in general not less than 6 mm thick. The edges of all plates shall be lightly rounded to approximately 5 mm raid. The metal plates referred above should


not be composed of thinner plates joined together. Laminate Bearings shall have side cover of elastomer of minimum thickness of 6 mm to protect the ends of the steel plates and to give a reduced surface strain to that occurring at the edge of the bonded plates but shall not be considered in evaluation of deformations. The cover of elastomer at the top and bottom surfaces shall not be less than 3 mm or more than half the thickness of internal layer. The outer cover at top and bottom surfaces having thickness less than half that of a single internal layer and not exceeding 3 mm may be considered as a simple protection and need not therefore be considered in calculating deflections. Where above elastomer covers are provided, there is no objection to keeping the thickness of top most and bottom most plates same as that of inner plates.

v. Bearing shall be set back from the edge of a bearing surface a distance not less than the thickness of the layer of elastomer in contact with bearing surface to allow for spreading of the elastomer under load. Bearing may be located in position by means of dowels or studs or other devices or bonded to the structure with approved adhesives which shall generally be of the high viscosity resin type cold setting and free from solvent. For spans on an inclined grade and without hinge bearing the sole plates shall provide and the same levelled so that masonry surfaces and the bearing shall be kept horizontal. To facilitate maintenance, the ends of trusses a plates girders shall preferably by supported on plates or pedestals so that there is at least 15 centimetres clearance between the bottom chord or flange and the substructure. The plan dimensions of the bearings to be finally adopted shall preferably be selected from series R 20 of IS: 1076. The arrangement of placing only one bearing under a girder shall be permitted. Further bearings of different sizes must not be place next to each other to support a span. The bearings shall be fully moulded when metal laminations are used. These laminated elastomeric bearings shall consist of one or more elastomer slabs bounded to metal plates so as to form a sandwich arrangement. Such fully moulded bearings shall be manufactured to required size. The bond between elastomers and metal or fabric shall be such that when samples are tested for separation failure shall occur within the elastomers and not between the elastomer a metal.

vi. The contractor shall get the bearings tested for the physical properties and performance of bearings. The test pieces required for the test shall be selected from the central layer of bearing making up the selection. For the size of the test pieces and method of tests etc. the relevant MORTH or IRC:83-part II Standard shall be followed. The tests shall be carried out in a recognized laboratory acceptable to the department for all the necessary tests required by the Department. The specimen for tests as may be required shall be supplied by the contractor at his own cost and the testing charges shall also be fully borne by the contractor. Only those bearings which


pass the tests satisfactorily will be accepted and will be permitted to be use. MRIDC shall not accept any responsibility for the cost of bearings rejected.

vii. Manufacturing tolerances of Elastomeric Bearings shall be as per MORTH Table 2000-3.

viii. Proper arrangement shall be made to avoid corrosion of metal plates or deteriorating of adhesive by encasing the bearings totally in elastomer or by some other method approved by the Engineer in charge.

ix. When bearing assemblies on plates are shown on the drawing to be placed (not embedded) directly on concrete, the concrete bearing area shall be constructed slightly above grade and shall be finished by grinding.

x. It shall be ensured that bearings are set truly level and in exact position as indicated on the drawings so as to have full and even bearing on the seats. Thin mortar pads (not exceeding 12 mm) may be made to meet with this requirement.

xi. It shall be ensured that the bottoms of the girders to be received on the bearings are plane at the location of these bearings and care shall be taken that the bearing are to be displaced while placing the girders.

xii. Before fixing the elastomeric bearings the concrete surface on which the bearing is to be placed shall be wood float finished to a level plane which shall not vary more than 1.5 mm from a straight edge placed in any direction across the areas.

xiii. The position of the bearings shall be accurately marked on the pier/abutment cap and the area where the bearings are to be located levelled accurately.

xiv. The concrete surface shall be free from any loose material and cleared of any grease oil, paint etc. and it shall be dry at the time of fixing.

xv. The surface of elastomer shall be free from any foreign material.xvi. Once prepared, the concrete or elastomer shall not be touched with

bare hand.xvii. The bearings shall be covered with canvas or a suitable covering

material to protect from direct sun light and weather until the concrete on superstructure is cast.

xviii. The bearings shall be fixed in position with epoxy resin adhesive of approved quality.

xix. The concreting of superstructure shall be taken up only after ensuring that the adhesive for fixing the bearings or abutment cap has set.


xx. The rate of fixing of bearings shall also include the cost of adhesives for fixing them.

xxi. The Technical specifications for manufacturing tolerances, tolerance of fit, tests on raw materials, installation, acceptance specifications etc. for Elastomeric bearings shall conform to MORTH Clause 2005, IRC: 83 Section IX, part I and part II (latest updated) and relevant section of BS:5400 as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

7.27 Providing, laying, pouring, compacting, Casting and Launching design mixed M-40 grade cement concrete produced from microprocessor-controlled batching and mixing plant, with Maximum aggregate size (MAS) of 20mm graded stone aggregates for RCC Precast Girders and Precast Concrete Slabs (casting in yard) & launching of girders/slabs with all contractors labour, material, tools and plants including all lead and lift etc. as per technical specification. (Minimum ordinary Portland cement and micro silica content per cum concrete shall be 440 kg & 30 Kg respectively & Maximum W/C ratio 0.35) etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 33)

The rate of the item is inclusive of:a) Platform, centring, shuttering , scaffolding and supporting system

for concreting.b) Mixing, vibrating, compaction and curing of the concretec) Chemical compound such as super plasticizer, retarder, silica

fumes etc.d) Necessary transportation, handling, lifting, lowering, sliding,

aligning, levelling erecting and launching of Girders to its final position from casting yard.

e) Embedding of arrangement for fixing of bearings, if any.f) Cost of all materials, cement, labour, plants & machinery,

shuttering, de-shuttering, formwork, etc. complete, including all lead and lifts.

Notes:-

1. Ready Mixed concrete produced from approved microprocessor controlled automatic concrete mixing & batching plant shall only be used.

2. No construction joint or cold joint will be permitted.3. Only Reinforcement steel will be paid separately.4. Precast girders shall be casted in casting yard only. No cast in

situ of girder will be allowed.

7.28 Providing, laying, pouring and compacting Cast in situ/ Ready Mix cement concrete M40 grade with Maximum aggregate size (MAS) of 20mm graded stone aggregates for R.C.C. Deck slabs, landings, RCC cross diaphragm beams, as per detailed designs


and drawing or as directed including centring, supply and fixing of shuttering, de-shuttering, staging, formwork, cover blocks, laying/ pumping, compaction finishing the formed surfaces with cement mortar 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. (BOQ Item No. 34)

The item includes Providing and laying Cast in situ/ Ready Mix cement concrete M40 grade of trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss metal. Excluding reinforcement and structural steel with fully automatic concrete Batch mix plant etc. complete. With natural sand/V.S.I. quality Artificial Sand

7.29 Providing and fixing expansion joint in position of standard preformed sealed and slab type or stripped seal elastomeric expansion joints for Road Over Bridges in carriage ways or elsewhere as per approved drawings and latest MORTH/IRC codes and specifications or as directed by the Engineer in charge including all contractor's all material, lead ,lift, labour, supervisors, all taxes, royalty transport, testing, surface preparations, inserts, bolts, socket tubes, neoprene sheet/ cap etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 35)

Strip seal expansion joint’s Components, Material, Handling and Storage, Installation, Tests and Standards of Acceptance, shall be as per the Specifications of MORTH Clause No. 2607-2610. The Strip Seal Element Specification shall be as per MORTH Table 2600-1.The rate includes supplying and fixing extra angles as per requirement at site for providing wearing coat to maintain gap of 40-50mm including sealing with Bitumen. This angle shall be properly welded with the expansion joint.

7.30 Supplying, manufacturing, Fixing, fabrication, testing and welding with stud guns etc. of normal headed/ round studs shear connections 25mm dia and 120 mm length conforming to IS 3935-66 as per specifications of RDSO Drg No. B11753, 52 51 & RDSO-B-117571 along with ferrules on top flange of girder for deck slabs, as per the direction/approval of Engineer in charge. (BOQ Item No. 36)

The firm/ Agency shall provide, Fabricate, Test Stud connector to the composite girder with all necessary arrangement tools and tackles confirming to relevant IS code and as directed by engineer in charge.

In case shear connections/ studs of other sizes are required, then payment/ recovery on prorate basis of weight shall be made. The rate


is inclusive of all taxes, service charges, transportation, lead, lift, wastage etc. complete in all respect. Nothing extra shall be payable other than the rate quoted. Nothing extra shall be payable against any breakdown of machines. Site facilities shall be provided by contractor at site. The facility of required electricity of 400/440 V power source k/380 KVA DG set, cable 400A switch fuse, loading & unloading the machine from truck and to carry to site shall be done by the contractor.

7.31 Providing and fixing decking system and roof ceiling using decking sheets of BMT (Base Metal Thickness) of 1.2 mm with minimum yield strength of 550 MPA having 275 GSM (Gm/Sqmt) coating on both sides of sheets confirming to AS 1397 and BS EN 10147:2000 similar to LYSAGHT SMARTDEKTM 51 of Tata Blue Scope or equivalent system as per manufacturer’s specification including profiling, embossing & fixing with all contractor’s men, materials, fasteners, fixtures, equipment's, etc complete including working across track above OHE with all lead & lift. This item is to be separately designed for using as decking sheet of deck slabs of FOBs/Skywalks and for using as false ceiling of FOBs/Skywalks for roof lighting arrangement from the manufacturer and shall be executed through one of the authorized & experienced agencies mentioned by supplying firm. (BOQ Item No. 37)The Firm / Agency shall follow the Technical specifications and relevant codes for the above work.

7.32 Bridge Deck Waterproofing system: Providing and fixing 6mm thick Waterproofing membrane over concrete deck slab as per specification and direction of engineer in charge including all necessary arrangement like laying fixing, jointing with suitable material etc. complete (BOQ Item No. 38)

i. GeneralThe waterproofing system shall be a cold spray applied system based on Methyl Methacrylate resins. The waterproofing system should comprise a primer as recommended by the manufacturer and two separately applied coats of membrane in contrasting colours. In order to ensure programme flexibility there should be no critical over-coating time for any element of the system and no component of the system should be sensitive to atmospheric moisture. If this is not the case the manufacturer must state, the maximum overcoating time @ 400C and the maximum relative humidity for application of the system.The waterproofing system shall not require protection boards and will not be affected by Ultra Violet rays. The waterproofing system shall be manufactured by an ISO9001 approved manufacturer and shall be applied by an Authorised, trained Contractor.


The waterproofing system shall be able to demonstrate the durability of bond to asphaltic surfacing and substrate such that the wearing course can be removed and replaced during general maintenance without the need to replace the waterproofing membrane.

ii. Surface PreparationConcrete substrates should be designed and built in accordance with relevant IS codes. The following requirements must still be adhered to:All surfaces must be dry, and free from laitance, oil, grease, curing compounds, loose particles, friable matter, moss and algae growth as well as any other dirt.Where necessary mechanical surface preparation such as diamond grinding, vacuum blasting or grit blasting can be performed to provide a laitance free substrate. All blowholes and voids are to be repaired with an appropriate concrete repair material prior to application of the waterproofing system.For all other substrates compatibility must be checked with the manufacturer of the waterproofing system.

iii. PrimerThe primer shall be compatible with the waterproofing membrane and will be recommended by the manufacturer of the waterproofing system depending on the substrate material and the construction design.

iv. Waterproofing MembraneThe membrane shall be a two component 100% reactive Methyl Methacrylate waterproofing membrane applied in two coats of contrasting colour. The membrane shall be cold applied using a proportioning spray pump system. Each coat of membrane shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines to a minimum dry film thickness of 1.0mm in order to produce a minimum total membrane dry film thickness of 2mm. One coat system or two coat systems of the same colour will not be accepted.Wet film thickness checks will be carried out every 2m² to ensure that the correct thickness is being applied. Where the system is to be fully bonded to the substrate, a minimum of 1 tensile adhesion test is to be carried out every 50m² prior to the application of the membrane.Before application of the second coat the fully cured surface of the first coat shall be examined and any visible defects made good in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines. Only after this QA/QC inspection is completed may the second coat, of a contrasting colour, be applied. Following the application of the second coat of membrane the membrane will be checked for pinholes by performing electrical holiday detection tests over the full surface area of waterproofing.


The membranes containing isocyanates and the membranes needing heating whileapplication shall not be permitted. The density of the applied cured membrane must be greater than 1.10g/cm3.

v. Tack/Bond Coat:

The Tack Coat shall be recommended by the manufacturer of the waterproofing system and will have a proven track record with the specified asphaltic surfacing that will be in direct contact with the waterproofing system.

7.33 Providing and fixing Metal Beam Crash Barrier Type A, W : Metal Beam Crash Barrier (Providing and erecting a "W "metal beam crash barrier comprising of 3 mm thick corrugated sheet metal beam rail, 70 cm above road/ground level, fixed on ISMC series channel vertical post, 150 x 75 x 5 mm spaced 2 m centre to centre, 1.8 m high, 1.1 m below ground/road level, all steel parts and fitments to be galvanised by hot dip process, all fittings and fixtures confirming to IS:1367 and IS:1364, metal beam rail to be fixed on the vertical post with a spacer of channel section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 330 mm long complete as per clause 810) (BOQ Item No -39)

This work shall consist of Providing and fixing Metal Crash Barrier and shall be carried out as per the specification of MORTH Clause 810.

7.34 Providing, laying, pouring and casting of an Reinforced cement concrete crash barrier at the edges of the road, approaches to bridge structures and medians, constructed with M- 40 grade concrete with HYSD reinforcement conforming to IRC:21 and dowel bars 25 mm dia, 450 mm long at expansion joints filled with premoulded asphalt filler board, keyed to the structure on which it is built and installed as per design given in the enclosure to MOST circular No. RW/NH- 33022/1/94-DO III dated 24 June 1994 as per dimensions in the approved drawing and at locations directed by the Engineer, all as specified with friction slab as per drawing attached. including supply and fixing of shuttering, de shuttering, curing, cover blocks etc complete. (BOQ Item No. 40)

This work shall consist of providing and casting in situ-controlled cement concrete M 40 grade for crash barrier and should be carried out as per relevant detailed specification of this contract and Steel shall be as per the relevant item of the Technical Specification. The other material shall bei. G.I. C-class pipe, 50 mm Dia, 4 mm thick 2.12 mm thick M.S. Plate


ii. Lugs -16 mm Dia U- Bolts & Nuts.All above material shall be used as per complete working drawing and sanctioned by engineer in charge.The item shall be measured as finished work in Rmt.The Surface of concrete to weather must be done with necessary embossing/ Developed design given by MRIDC.Crash Barrier shall be measured in running metres including its PCC. Unit rate includes cost of all materials including Cement, steel, from work, labour, tools and plants to complete the job.

7.35 Providing, supplying and Laying only with Knitted and PVC coated Polyester Uniaxial Geogrid-Techgrid indigenously manufactured from selected high tenacity polyester yarn with high molecular weight (> 25000 g/mol), and low carboxyl end group (<30mmol/kg) for Reinforced soil wall with granular fill of PHi-30 degree (design is to be carried out in accordance with BS-8006 / FHWA) with concrete Panel (M35) as facia, casting & erection of panels with Techgrid, providing & laying of levelling pad of M15, providing and laying coping beam (M35), providing and laying 300mm thick filter media etc. Completed as per the necessary drawing and instruction of Engineer In Charge. Excluding providing, laying and compacting selected backfill and retained fill behind the wall, excavation and ground improvement, if any. (BOQ Item No. 41)

7.35.1SCOPEThis work comprises execution of Reinforced Earth wall with all necessary material supply with accessories etc. completed. Materials includes, knitted & PVC coated polyester Uniaxial Geo-grid, Galvanized connectors (minimum 86-micron zinc coating), facing with Tech-form panel of size 1.6m to 2.0-meter (T-panel), Tech-geo Nonwoven Geo-textile, Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) pad etc. completed. Geo-grids are conforming to the material specifications stated herein, as per the bill of quantity.GENERALIndigenously manufactured geogrids shall be preferred, considering advantages of shorter delivery periods, no inventory pile-up and rates being not affected by fluctuation of exchange rate of foreign currency.


A plant visit by the Engineer’s representative to verify the manufacturer’s quality control procedures and witness testing of products is also required prior to the dispatch of material

7.35.2MATERIALSA. General Requirements

A. The geogrid shall be manufactured from high tenacity polyester filament yarns with molecular weight ≥ 25,000 g/mol when measured in accordance with GRI-GG8 / ASTM D4603 and carboxyl end groups ≤ 30 mmol/Kg when measured in accordance with GRI GG7 / ASTM D2455.

B. The yarns shall be formed into a dimensionally stable grid structure with uniform square or rectangular apertures using a weft insertion warp knitting process

C. The geogrid shall have a durable PVC coating to protect the yarns from mechanical damage and adverse environmental effects

D. The geogrid shall be resistant to the chemicals and microorganisms normally found in soils and shall be stabilized against short-term exposure to solar radiation.

B. Transportation & Storage

i. The product shall be supplied in roll form with a protective wrapping and identification label stating the following – product name, manufacturer’s name, roll number, roll width and length

ii. Material shall be protected from sunlight, mud, dirt, debris, any other harmful substances or mechanical damage during transportation.

iii. Rolls shall be stored in a secured area sufficiently elevated above the ground and adequately covered to protect them from the following: site construction damage, precipitation, prolonged exposure to ultraviolet radiation including sunlight, chemicals that are strong acids or strong bases, flames including welding sparks, high temperatures, and any other environmental conditions that may damage the physical property values of the geogrid.

iv. Any material, which is damaged during transportation, handling or storage and do not meet the minimum requirements of the specifications is liable for rejection by the Engineer.

C. Quality Control & testing

i. The quality management system of the manufacturer shall conform to the requirements of ISO 9001:2000.


ii. Each shipment of geogrid shall be accompanied by a manufacturer’s quality certificate stating that the geogrid shipped meets the requirements of this specification as evaluated under the manufacturer’s quality control programme.

iii. Physical and Mechanical PropertiesThe Mechanical properties of knitted and PVC coated Uniaxial Polyester geogrids shall conform to Table below:

Test Method

Unit Type – I

Type II

Type – III

Type – IV

Type – V

Type - VI

Type - VII

Type – VIII

Peak tensile strength1

Machine Direction ASTM

D-6637kN/m

60 80 100 120 50 200 250 300

Cross – machine Direction

20 20 30 30 30 30 30 30

Reduction factors (RF) and Machine Direction long term design strength (LTDS)Creep (RFCR) 120 years life 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57Installation Sand/Silt/clay 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05Damage (RFID)

<37.5 mm gravel

1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15

Durability (RFD)

pH = 4 to 9 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15

LTDS – 120 years;Sand/silt/clay; pH = 4-9

kN/m

31.5 42.1 52.7 63.2 79.1 105.4

131.8

158.2

LTDS – 120 YEARS; Gravel<36.5; pH = 4 - 9

kN/m

28.9 38.5 48.1 57.7 72.3 96.2 120.3

144.4

Physical PropertiesAperture size (± 3 mm)

mm 30x25

30x25

30x25

30x23

30x23

30x23

30x22

20x20

MD – Machine Direction, CD-Cross Direction, (1) – Minimum average rolls value.

7.35.3Method of MeasurementReinforced soil wall shall be measured in the square meter of facing of panels, from top of levelling pad to top of coping beam.

7.35.4Providing and laying Filter Media 600mm thick at the back of RE walls as per detailed specifications.i. Well graded pebbled or metal of 40mm to 63mm size shall be used.

The grading and tolerances of metal of pebbles shall be as under: -

Sr. No. No. of Size Size Percentage by weight


Range designation passing through the sieve.

1. 63mm to 40mm

90mm 100-10063mm 85-10050mm 35-7040mm 00-1520mm 00-05

ii. The size shall be 40mm to 63mm.where in tolerance limit for oversize shall be up to 15% and that for lower size should be up to 15% and below 20mm.It shall be allowable up to 5%.The filter Material shall be tightly placed to a thickness of not less than 600 mm. and provided over the entire surface behind abutment, wings or return wall to the height.

iii. Materials shall be first stacked in boxed of 2m X 1.5 m X 0.5m. size on fairly level ground and measured.

iv. The measurement shall be made on Cum. Basis of boxes. No deduction shall be made for voids.

v. The unit rates include the cost of material, scaffolding labour and tools to complete the work.

7.36 Providing, supplying, laying and compacting of Sand, filling in approach portion of RE Wall (as per MORTH section 3100) including laying of earth as per specification for compaction in 200 mm. thick loose layers and dressing (MORTH specification Cl. by mechanical means using motor grader including 305.3.5) watering the earth to bring the earth upto required OMC including rolling with the use of vibratory roller when earth is at suitable moisture content with desired field density not less than 98% of maximum dry density (modified proctor test). The material for filling shall conform to IRC Highway Research Board's special report No. 16. (BOQ Item No. 42)

Reinforced Fill SpecificationsThe reinforced fill shall be a select granular fill with the following

properties:i. Peak drained or effective angle of friction of compacted fill (as per

IS 2720: part 13) shall be minimum 28°.ii. % fines (passing 75 microns sieve) shall be less than 15%. Sieve

Analysis test shall be performed as per IS 2720 (part 4), Material with more than 15% passing 75 microns sieve, but less than 10% of particle smaller than 15 microns are acceptable provided PI is less than 6 and angle of friction is not less than 28o

iii. The fill material shall be free from organic and any other deleterious matter and shall not react adversely (chemically,


electrically or biologically) with the reinforcement material and / or facia material.

iv. Liquid limit & Plastic Limit test shall be performed as per IS 2720 (Part 5). Plasticity index shall be less than 6.

v. Co-efficient of uniformity (Cu) shall be ≥ 2.vi. Top 500 mm of fill below Sub grade shall satisfy the effective CBR

criteria with Sub grade material in addition to the above requirement.

vii. Recommended guidelines for gradation of the reinforced soil are given below:

Sieve Size (mm) % Finer75 100

4.75 85-1000.425 60-900.075 <15Plasticity Index (PI) shall not exceed 6 and Cu > 2

Retained Fill Specificationsi. Peak drained or effective angle of friction of compacted fill (as per

IS 2720: Part 13) shall be minimum of 30°.ii. The fill shall be compacted to 95% of the maximum laboratory

density obtained from modified Proctor compaction test performed as per IS 2720 (Part 8)

iii. Fill within 0.5m of the bottom of pavement (sub grade) shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% of the MDD.

iv. The liquid limit and plasticity index (performed as per IS 2720: Part 5) of the fill shall be restricted to 40 and 20 respectively.

v. The organic content shall be limited to 5% and the fill shall be free from deleterious matter.

vi. If Fly ash is used as retained fill, then it shall be in conformity with IRC-SP 58. Top 500 mm of retained fill below Sub grade shall satisfy the effective CBR criteria with Sub grade material in addition to the above requirements.

Drainage BayDrainage Bay shall be provided as shown in the approved drawings. The width of the drainage bay shall be 600 mm behind the facing element.Backfill and drainage material to be separated by permeable non-oven geo textile


Tests for Reinforced and retained fillThe soil which is proposed to be used as reinforced fill shall be tested to ascertain the suitability for required quantity, grading, type and availability of required quantity etc. The soil to be used as retained fill behind the reinforced fill, in case it is not natural soil, shall be tested for its shear characteristics and permeability to evaluate earth pressure, drainage characteristics etc. for external stability of the wall.The backfill is tested at two stages. The first stage is to ascertain the suitability of the fill while the second stage to ensure that the backfill envisaged in design is used during construction. To ascertain the suitability of the fill, samples should be drawn from the borrow area by drawing a grid of 25 m c/c to full depth, logging and sampling for ascertaining suitability of the borrow material as per MORTH 2013 Specifications. Following tests shall be carried out as per Indian Standards.i. Sieve Analysis - IS: 2720 Part - 2 tests per 3000 cum. of soilii. Atterberg Limit Tests- IS: 2720 Part- 5-2 tests per 3000 cum. of soiliii. Compaction Tests - IS: 2720 relevant part corresponding to modified

as well as Standard Proctor test - 2 tests per 3000 cum. of soil.iv. Direct Shear Tests - IS: 2720 Part 13 & 39 to ascertain the peak

angle of shearing resistance. The tests should be done at 95 percent of Modified Proctor Density at 2 percent of OMC at a frequency of 1 per 3000 cum. of fill.

During construction the quality control should be exercised by conducting one set of density test of 3000 sqm. of compacted area considering the importance of compaction in reinforced soil walls. (Clause 903.2.2 of MORTH 201 3) One set shall consist of 6 tests. The density tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS-2720 Part 28. Density measurement by nuclear gauge may be carried out as an alternative. For such a test the number of tests per set shall be doubled. If the retained fill is borrowed tests mentioned above should be carried out at same frequency of reinforced fill. Frequency during construction shall be as per MORTH Specifications.Drainage AggregateThe drainage material shall consist of clean crushed stone or gravel with particle size gradation as shown below (as per IRC SP: 102- 2014)Sieve Analysis test shall be performed as per IS 2720 (Part 4) and one test is recommended per 250 cum of drainage material. Percentage passing through different size of sieve is given in the following table:

Sieve size %age finer


37.5 mm 90-100%20 mm 80-100%

12.50 mm 0-20%

Besides meeting graduation requirement, it is to be ensured that the aggregates are not friable, flaky, elongated and are sound in strength.The Contract unit rates for the items of all labour, material, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work to the Specifications.

7.37 Providing, supply and laying of reinforced earth structure ( R.E. Wall) with Geogrid by providing all required materials such as pre cast facia panels in M -35 (as per specifications and approved design & drawing), steel reinforcement (FE - 500) Friction Ties, Polymeric Loops, Anchor Pin (Mild Steel), filter media materials( 20mm-40mm crusher broken well graded metal), embankment materials for approach such as approved murum/ fly ash etc. of approved characteristics strength & standards including necessary excavation for foundation of required depth including necessary soling 300mm. depth and bed concrete in C.C. M-1 0 grade 200mm depth as directed by engineer in charge. (BOQ Item No. 43)

This work shall consist of Providing and fixing reinforced earth structure ( R.E. Wall) with Geogrid by providing all required materials such as pre cast facia panels in M -35 (as per specifications and approved design & drawing), steel reinforcement (FE - 500) Friction Ties, Polymeric Loops, Anchor Pin (Mild Steel), filter media materials( 20mm-40mm crusher broken well graded metal), embankment materials for approach such as approved murum/ fly ash etc.

The Casting levelling pad in R.C.C. M- 20, fixing facia panels in line & level as per approved drawing, fixing friction tiles, placing polymeric loops, fixing anchor pins. etc. as per approved drawing. Providing filter media of minimum 300 mm. width or more as directed & providing and back filling approved murum up to specified width including all leads & lifts, laying in layers of 150mm. thick, breaking clods, remove cover soil, Dressing in required lines, curves, grades, & sections, watering & compaction by vibratory roller so as to have compaction of each layer to 95% P.D., drainage arrangement etc complete.

7.38 Providing, supplying, Laying and Compaction of dry trap rubble filling behind the walls / abutments / returns including filling voids with gravel, hand packing and compacting the rubble etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 44)


The work shall consist of providing and filling dry trap rubble behind the walls / abutments / returns walls including filling voids with gravel, hand packing and compaction with all necessary tools and tackles etc. as per technical specifications and as directed by engineer- in-charge.

7.39 Providing, laying and compaction of 50 mm thick DBM using crushed stone aggregate BT chips as per required gradation and using emulsion asphalt as a tack coat @ 2.5 kg / 10 sq mt and the 60/70 grade asphalt at 40 kg/MT)by total weight of mix hot laid process using drum mix plant including heating and mixing asphalt & materials by drum mix process transporting the mix and laying by paver finisher including consolidation with vibratory roller including cost of material, labour, machinery equipment and fuel , oil , lubricant for plant and machinery using Firm / Agency's own plant and machineries etc. Complete (BOQ Item No. 45)

The construction of Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam, (DBM) for use mainly, but not exclusively, in base/binder and profile corrective course, DBM is also intended for use a road base material. This work shall consist of construction in a single or multiple layer of DBM on a previously prepared base or sub-base. The thickness of a single layer shall be 50mm to 100mm. The specifications for construction of Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam shall be as per MORTH Clause 505. The requirements for Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam shall be as per the MORTH Table specified below:

Description MORTH Table NumberPhysical requirements for coarse aggregate for Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam

500-8

Grading requirements for mineral filler 500-9Composition of Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam Pavement Layers 500-10Requirement for Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam 500-11Permissible variations from the job mix formula 500-13

7.40 Providing, laying and compacting of Mastic Asphalt wearing course on top of deck slab excluding prime coat with paving grade bitumen meeting the requirements given in MORTH table 500-29, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to required level and slope after cleaning the surface including providing antiskid surface with bitumen precoated fine grained hard stone chipping of 4.75 mm nominal size at the rate of 0.005 cum per 10 Sqm and at an


approximate spacing of 10 cm centre to centre in both directions, pressed into surface when the temperature of surfaces not less than 100 deg C, protruding 1 mm to 4mm over mastic surface as per MORTH clause 515 etc. (BOQ Item No. 46)

7.40.1Scope

This work shall consist of constructing a single layer of mastic asphalt wearing course for road pavements and bridge decks. Mastic asphalt is an intimate homogeneous mixture of selected well-graded aggregates, filler and bitumen in such proportions as to yield a plastic and void less mass, which when applied hot can be trowelled and floated to form a very dense impermeable surfacing.

7.40.2 Materials

i. Binder: Subject to the approval of the Engineer, the binder shall be a paving grade bitumen meeting the requirements given in Table 500-29.

ii. Coarse aggregate: The coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel/shingle or other stones. They shall be clean, hard, durable, of cubical shape, uncoated and free from soft, organic or other deleterious substances. They shall satisfy the physical requirements given in Table 500-3.

MORTH Table 500-29. Requirements for physical properties of binder

Property Test method

Requirement

Penetration at 25°C IS 1203 15±5*Softening point, °C IS 1205 65 ± 10Loss on heating for 5h at 163°C, % by mass

Max.

IS 1212 2.0

Solubility in trichloroethylene, % by mass

Min. IS 1216 9.5

Ash (mineral matter), % by mass Max.

IS 1217 1.0

* In cold climatic regions (temperature ≤10°C), a softer penetration grade of 30/40 may be used.

The percentage and grading of the coarse aggregate to be incorporated in the mastic asphalt depending upon the thickness of the finished course shall be as specified in Table 500-30.


MORTH Table 500-30. grade and thickness of mastic asphalt paving, and grading of coarse aggregate

Application Thickness range (mm)

Nominal size of coarse aggregate (mm)

Coarse aggregate content, % by mass of total mix

Roads and carriageways

25-50 13 40 ± 10

Heavily stressed areas i.e. junctions and toll plazas

40-50 13 45 ± 10

Nominal size of coarse aggregate IS Sieve (mm)

13mmCumulative % passing by weight

19 10013.2 88 – 962.36 0 - 5

Fine aggregate: The fine aggregate shall be the fraction passing the 2.36 mm and retained on the 0.075 mm sieve consisting of crusher run screening, natural sand or a mixture of both. These shall be clean, hard, durable, uncoated, dry and free from soft or flaky pieces and organic or other deleterious substances. Filler: The filler shall be limestone powder passing the 0.075 mm sieve and shall have a calcium carbonate content of not less than 80 percent by weight when determined in accordance with IS: 1514. The grading of the fine aggregate inclusive of filler shall be as given in Table 500-31.

MORTH Table 500-31. grading of fine aggregate (inclusive of filler)

I.S. Sieve Percentage by weight of aggregatePassing 2.36 mm but retained on 0.600 mm

0-25

Passing 0.600 mm but retained on 0.212 mm

10-30


10-30


Passing 0.075 30-55

7.40.3Mix Design i. Hardness number: The mastic asphalt shall have a hardness number

at the time of manufacture of 60 to 80 at 25°C prior to the addition of coarse aggregate and 10 to 20 at 25°C at the time of laying after the addition of coarse aggregate. The hardness number shall be determined in accordance with the method specified in IS: 1195-1978.

ii. Binder content: The binder content shall be so fixed as to achieve the requirements of the mixture specified in MORTH Clause 515.3.1. and shall be in the range of 14 to 17 per cent by weight of total mixture as indicated in MORTH Table 500-32.

MORTH Table 500-32. composition of mastic asphalt blocks without coarse aggregate

IS Sieve Percentage by weight of mastic asphalt

Minimum MaximumPassing 2.36 mm but retained on 0.600 mm

0 22


4 30


8 18

Passing 0.075 mm 25 45Bitumen Content 14 17

iii. Job mix formula: The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in writing at least 1 month before the start of the work of the job mix formula proposed to be used by him for the work, indicating the source and location of all materials, proportions of all materials such as binder and aggregates, single definite percentage passing each sieve for the mixed aggregate and results of the tests recommended in the various Tables and Clauses of this Specification.

7.40.4Construction Operations

i. Weather and seasonal limitations: The provisions of MORTH Clause 501.5.1 shall apply, except that laying shall not be carried out when


the air temperature at the surface on which the Mastic Asphalt is to be laid is below 10°C.

ii. Preparation of the base: The base on which mastic asphalt is to be laid shall be prepared, shaped and conditioned to the profile required, in accordance with Clause 501 or 902 as appropriate or as directed by the Engineer. In the case of a cement concrete base, the surface shall be thoroughly power brushed clean and free of dust and other deleterious matter. Under no circumstances shall mastic asphalt be spread on a base containing a binder, which might soften under high application temperatures. If such material exists, the same shall be cut out and repaired before the mastic asphalt is laid.

iii. Tack coat: A tack coat in accordance with MORTH Clause 503 shall be applied on the base or as directed by the Engineer.

iv. Preparation of mastic asphalt: Penetration of mastic asphalt consists of two stages. The first stage shall be mixing of filler and fine aggregates and then heating the mixture to a temperature of 170°C to 210°C. Required quantity of bitumen shall be heated to 170°C to 180°C and added to the heated aggregated. They shall be mixed and cooked in an approved type of mechanically agitated mastic cooker for some time till the materials are thoroughly mixed. Initially the filler alone is to be heated in the cooker for an hour and then half the quantity of binder is added. After heating and mixing for some time, the fine aggregates and the balance of binder are to be added and further cooked for about one hour. The second stage is incorporation of coarse aggregates and cooking the mixture for a total period of 3 hours. During cooking and mixing, care shall be taken to ensure that the contents in the cooker are at no time heated to a temperature exceeding 210°C. Where the material is not required for immediate use it shall be cast into blocks consisting of filler, fine aggregates and binder, but without the addition of coarse aggregate, weighing about 25 Kgs each. Before use, these blocks shall be reheated to a temperature of not less than 175°C and not more than 210°C, thoroughly incorporated with the requisite quantity of coarse aggregates and mixed continuously. Mixing shall be continued until laying operations are completed so as to maintain the coarse aggregates in suspension. At no stage during the process of mixing shall the temperature exceed 210°C.


The mastic asphalt blocks (without coarse aggregate) shall show on analysis a composition within the limits as given in MORTH Table 500-32. The mixture shall be transported to the laying site in a towed mixer transporter having arrangement for stirring and keeping the mixture hot during transportation.

v. Spreading: The mastic asphalt shall be laid, normally in one coat, at a temperature between 175°C and 210°C and spread uniformly by hand using wooden floats or by machine on the prepared and regulated surface. The thickness of the mastic asphalt and the percentage of added coarse aggregate shall be in accordance with Table 500-30 or as specified by the Engineer. Where necessary, battens of the requisite dimensions should be employed. Any blow holes that appear in the surface shall be punctured while the material is hot, and the surface made good by further floating.

vi. Joints: All construction joints shall be properly and truly made. These joints shall be made by warming existing mastic asphalt by the application of an excess quantity of the hot mastic asphalt mixture which afterwards shall be trimmed to leave it flush with the surfaces on either side.

vii. Surface finish: The mastic asphalt surface can have poor skid resistance after floating; in order to provide resistance to skidding, the mastic asphalt after spreading, while still hot and in a plastic condition, shall be covered with a layer of stone aggregate. This aggregate shall be 13.2 mm size (passing the 19.0 mm sieve and retained on the 9.5 mm sieve) or 9.5mm size (passing the 13.2 mm sieve and retained on the 6.7 mm sieve) subject to the approval of the Engineer. Hard stone chips, complying with the quality requirements of MORTH Table 500-17, shall be precoated with bitumen at the rate of 2 ± 0.4% of S-65 penetration grade. The addition of 2% of filler complying with Table 500-9 may be required to enable this quantity of binder to be held without draining. The chips shall then be applied at the rate of 0.005 cu. m. per 10 sq. m. and rolled or otherwise pressed into the surface of the mastic layer when the temperature of the mastic asphalt is not less than 100°C

7.40.5Opening to Traffic:

Traffic may be allowed after completion of the work when the mastic asphalt temperature at the mid-depth of the completed layer has cooled to the daytime maximum ambient temperature.


7.40.6Surface Finish and Quality Control of Work:

The surface finish of the completed construction shall conform to the requirements of MORTH Clause 902. For control of the quality of materials supplied and the works carried out, the relevant provisions of Section 900 of MORTH shall apply.

The surface of the mastic asphalt, tested with a straight edge 3.0m long, placed parallel to the centre line of the carriageway, shall have no depression greater than 7mm. The same limit shall also apply to the transverse profile when tested with a camber template.

7.40.7Arrangements for Traffic:

During the period of construction, arrangements for traffic shall be made in accordance with the provisions of MORTH Clause 112.

7.40.8Measurement for Quality Assurance:

Mastic asphalt shall be measured as finished work in square metres at a specified thickness, or by weight in tonnes as stated in the Contract.

7.40.9Rate:

The contract unit rate for mastic asphalt shall include carrying out the required operations including full compensation for all components listed under MORTH Clause 501.8.8.2. (i) to (x).

7.41 Providing, Laying and Compaction of 300 mm thick compacted coarse granular sub base (Grade-I crushed B.T materials of 53 mm to 26.5 mm @ 35 %, 26.5 mm to 4.75 mm @ 45% ,Below 2.36 mm @ 20 %) by providing close graded material , mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, carriage of a mix material to work site, spreading uniform layers with motor grader on prepared surface and compacting with vibratory power roller to achieve desire density , complete as per MoRTH clause 401. (BOQ Item No. 47)

This work shall consist of laying and compacting well-graded material on prepared sub-grade in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications. The material shall be laid in one or more layers as sub-base lower sub-base and upper sub-base (termed as sub-base hereinafter) as necessary according to lines, grades and cross-sections shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer.

The Material to be used for the work shall be natural sand, murum, gravel, crushed stone, or combination thereof depending upon the


grading required. Materials like crushed slag, crushed concrete, brick metal and kankar may be allowed only with the specific approval of the Engineer. The material shall be free from organic or other deleterious constituents and conform to one of the three gradings given in MORTH Table 400-1.The specifications for granular sub base shall be as per MORTH technical specifications clause No.401

7.42 Providing, laying and compaction of granular base of Wet mix macadam (WMM) (250mm thick) as per clause 406 of M.O.R.T.&H (2001 with latest amendments) specifications of specified grading (Table 400-11) in specified thickness in layers. The item to include premixing the materials in plant, transportation to site, spreading in uniform layers with paver on a prepared sub-base, compacting with vibratory rollers till 98% of the maximum dry density (IS 2720 Part-8) is achieved etc complete. The rate includes for tests on completion of each WMM layer. The strength of each WMM layer shall be evaluated by Plate load test with 750 mm dia plate. (IS 9214) for obtaining equivalent CBR value @ one test per 3000 m2 compacted surface area as per the Grading. The item includes for all necessary material, labour, diversions, taxes, royalty, cess etc complete. (BOQ Item No 48)

This work shall consist of laying and compacting clean, crushed, graded aggregate and granular material, premixed with water, to a dense mass on a prepared subgrade/sub-base/base or existing pavement as the case may be in accordance with the requirements in these Specifications. The Material shall be laid in one or more layers as necessary to lines, grades and cross-sections shown on the approved drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The thickness of a single compacted Wet Mix Macadam layer shall not be less than 75 mm. When vibrating or other approved types of compacting equipment are used, the compacted depth of a single layer of the sub-base course may be increased to 200 mm upon approval of the Engineer.The specifications for granular sub base shall be as per MORTH technical specifications clause No.406

7.43 Providing, Laying and Compaction of dry lean cement concrete of (150mm thick ) sub-base over a prepared sub-grade with coarse and fine aggregate conforming to IS:383, the size of coarse aggregate not exceeding 25mm, aggregate cement ratio not to exceed 15:1 aggregate gradation after blending to be as per MORTH table 600-1, cement content not to be less than 150kg/cum, optimum moisture content to be determined during trial length construction, concrete strength not to be


less than 10 Mpa at 7 days, mixed in a batching plant, transported at site, laid with a paver with electronic sensor, compacting with 8-10 tonnes vibratory roller, finishing and curing, screeding, brooming etc. Complete. (BOQ Item No. 49)

The above work shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications of MORTH Clause 601 and in conformity with the lines, grades and cross-sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer, the work shall include furnishing of all plant and equipment, materials and labour and performing all operations, in connection with the work, as approved by the Engineer. The design parameters of dry lean concrete sub-base, viz., width, thickness, grade of concrete, details of joints, if any, etc. shall be as stipulated in the Contract drawings. The requirement of aggregate gradation for dry lean concrete shall be as per MORTH Table No. 600-1.

7.44 Cement Concrete Pavement (BOQ Item No. 50 & 51)

The work shall consist of construction of unreinforced, dowel jointed, plain cement concrete pavement in accordance with their requirements of these Specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades and cross sections shown on the drawings. The work shall include furnishing of all plant and equipment, materials and labour and performing all operations in connection with the work, as approved by the Engineer in charge. The above work shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications of MORTH Clause 602 and in conformity with the lines, grades and cross-sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer, the work shall include furnishing of all plant and equipment, materials and labour and performing all operations, in connection with the work, as approved by the Engineer.

7.45 Providing, supplying and applying primer coat with slow setting bituminous emulsion (SSI)complying with IS : 8887 of approved quality and make, on prepared surface of granular base such as GSB, WMM, DLC including cleaning of road surface by Mechanical Broom & dusting by Air Compressor, and spraying using Bitumen Pressure Distributor, uniformly at the rate of 0.80kg/sqm as per table 500-3. (BOQ Item No. 52)

This work shall consist of the application of a single coat of low viscosity liquid bituminous material to a porous granular surface preparatory to the superimposition of bituminous treatment or mix. The specifications for prime coat shall be as per MORTH table 500-3 and MORTH technical specifications clause No.502


7.46 Providing supplying and placing in position High Strength Deformed Stainless Steel Reinforcement SS 500, procured from any of the primary manufacturers from SAIL, TISCO,RINL,JINDAL or ESSAR conforming to IS 16651:2017 of all diameters in R.C.C / PSC items in Railway portion as per Railway Board Circular NO. 2016/4/CE-III/BR/BSC/84/Seminar dated 28.07.2017. The rates includes supply, loading, unloading, transporting to site, cutting, bending, hooking, placing and fixing in position with contractor’s galvanized binding wire, labour, Tools & Plants all lead & lift etc. as per the approved drawings as directed by the Engineer. (BOQ Item No. 53)

7.46.1General

i. The steel bar reinforcement (intentioned) of steel grade Fe-500D (T.M.T) should be procured from any of the primary manufacturers from SAIL, TISCO, RINL, JINDAL or ESSAR conforming to IS 1786 -2008 for Non-Railway portion, of the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings and conforming to these Specifications or as approved by the Engineer in charge.

ii. The work shall be carried out as per relevant clause of technical specification of the Tender Document.

7.46.2Binding wirei. Mild steel binding wire shall be of 1.63 mm or 1.22 mm (16 to 18

mm gauge diameter and shall conform to IS 280-1972.ii. The use of black wire will be permitted for binding reinforcement

bars. It shall be free from dirt, paint, grease or oil, oil scale or loose or thick rust and any other undesirable coating which may prevent adhesion of cement mortar at the time of binding.

iii. Only new binding wire shall be delivered to the site. All binding wire shall be inspected before binding to its position and defective brittle, rusted, used wire, shall be discarded.

iv. PVC coated Binding wire for coated bar and GI Binding wire for uncoated TMT Bar should be used.

7.46.3Mode of Measurements i. For the purpose of Quality Assurance, the bar shall be measured

correct up to 10 mm length and weight works out at the rate specified below,

Sr. No Dia Unit Weight. Sr.No Dia Unit Weight.

1. 6 mm. 0.22 Kg./Rmt. 8. 20 mm 2.47 Kg./Rmt.2. 8 mm 0.39 Kg. /Rmt. 9. 22 mm 2.98 Kg.

/Rmt.3. 10 mm 0.62 Kg. /Rmt. 10. 25 mm 3.86 Kg.


Sr. No Dia Unit Weight. Sr.No Dia Unit Weight.

/Rmt.4. 12 mm 0.89 Kg. /Rmt. 11. 28 mm 4.84 Kg.

/Rmt.5. 14 mm 1.21 Kg. /Rmt. 12. 32 mm 6.32 Kg.

/Rmt.6. 16 mm 1.58 Kg. /Rmt. 13. 36 mm 7.99 Kg.

/Rmt.7. 18 mm 2.00 Kg. /Rmt. 14. 40 mm 9.87 Kg.

/Rmt.

ii. The rate for reinforcement includes cost of steel binding wires, with all leads and lifts, cutting, bending, binding, and placing in position as shown on the drawings and as directed.

iii. The rate shall be for a unit of one M.T.

7.47 Providing and placing in position High Strength Deformed Stainless Steel Reinforcement (Grade G 410L) - Ferritic in Railway Portion work in all R.C.C. items as per detailed drawing, including cutting, hooking, tying and welding and including forming the cage and lowering it in position complete (BOQ Item No. 54)

The Stainless Steel Reinforcement (Grade G410L)- Ferritic should be procured from any of the primary manufacturers from SAIL, TISCO, RINL, JINDAL or ESSAR conforming to IS 16651:2017 of all diameters in R.C.C items in Railway portion as per Railway Board Circular NO. 2016/4/CE-III/BR/BSC/84/Seminar dated 28.07.2017. and 2018/06/CE-III/BR/Stainless Steel The Railway Board Circular is attached as Annexure for the reference of Firm / Agency.The rates include supply, loading, unloading, transporting to site, cutting, bending, hooking, placing and fixing in position with contractor’s PVC galvanized binding wire, labour, Tools & Plants all lead & lift etc. as per the approved drawings and as directed by the Engineer.

7.48 Providing and applying Anti corrosive treatment to Mild steel, Tor steel bar reinforcement as per cement polymer composite coating (C.P.C.C.) method developed by C.E.C.R.I. including cleaning the bar by means of any established mechanical or manual method for removing rust and deleterious material, applying rapid setting primer and cement polymer sealing coat of approved and licensed by CECRI including redoing the process if damage occurs during handling,


stacking etc. complete. (With prior approval of SEMC) Item shall be used for old structures. (BOQ Item No. 55)

The Firm / Agency shall provide and apply anti corrosive treatment to mild steel as per the Technical specifications and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

7.49 Providing and applying Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating (FBEC) to reinforced bars of different diameter as per IS: 136201993 specifications for a thickness of 175 micron Permissible variation of 50 micron including testing of coating at plant extra cost for careful handling using PVC coating, binding wires instead of G. I. wires to and from Plant) touching up the material supplied repair work etc complete as per detailed specifications. (Lead 200km from plant) etc complete. (Item shall be used for new structures.) (BOQ Item No. 56)

The item should be executed with prior approval of Engineer in Charge. Frequency of test of fusion bonded epoxy coat should be as mentioned belowa) Coating thickness shall be tested at a frequency of not less than one

full length bar every twenty bars for each size b) Continuity of coating shall be determined by testing one full length

bar in every twenty bars for each size c) Coating thickness over the whole of the coated bar section shall be

determined by sectioning and examining one bar in every twenty tonnes for each size.

d) For testing adhesion of coating, samples shall be selected from each size according to the frequency given below: Nominal Size of Bar, MM No. of Samples For all types of bar Minimum 1 for every diameter or as directed by engineer in charge

7.50 Providing and fixing 900mm high S.S.304 Grade Stainless steel railing with 40mm diameter and 1.5mm thick at top, 40mm diameter and 1.5mm thick vertical supports spaced at 1.5m centre to centre and 8mm thick toughened glass including fabricating, fixtures, erecting, necessary welding, grinding, finishing, buffing to stainless steel pipe etc. (BOQ Item No. 57)

The Firm / Agency shall provide and fix Stainless Steel railing as per the Technical Specifications provided by MRIDC. The rate includes fabricating, fixtures, erecting, necessary welding, grinding, finishing, buffing to stainless steel pipe etc. complete.

7.51 Credit for taking away dismantled / released steel structures of Barricading, Masts, uprights, portals, Booms, TTCs, DAs,


brackets, small part steel etc, if found un-usable after inspection by MRIDC. (BOQ Item No. 58)

All the dismantled / released steel structures of Barricading, Masts, uprights, portals, Booms, TTCs, DAs, brackets, small part steel etc, if found un-usable after inspection by the Engineer and clearance for disposal will be the contractor’s property & can be taken away from site with their labour, tools & tackles including transportation etc. The prices as per the BOQ shall be credited to Engineer’s account.

7.52 Load testing of foundation piles including loading with necessary kentledge or any other suitable method as directed by Engineer-in-charge. (BOQ Item No. 59-62)

i. The Load testing shall be conducted as per IS:2911 (Part-4)-1985 or latest.

ii. Load test may be carried out as decided by the Engineer-in-charge on one or more working piles. Preloading shall be not less than one and half times estimated safe load carrying capacity of the pile in case of sandy soil sand to times estimated safe mode in the case of clayey soils.

iii. The test shall commence as early as possible after driving of piles. The test shall be carried out by applying a series of load on R.C.C or pile or a group of piles united by any other support. The load shall preferably be applied by means of hydraulic jack reacting against a loaded platform or against heavy R.S. joists or suitable load frame held down by anchor piles or other anchorages. Which shall be pre-loaded not less than one and a half times the estimated safe load carrying capacity of pile. The load applied by the jack should be co-axial with the test pile. Wherever tension piles or other suitable anchors are used to sustain the loaded platform, the centre distance between the test pile and anchor pile should be minimum 5 times the test pile diameter. The hydraulic jack used shall be of adequate capacity and shall have a pressure gauge and a remote-control pump.

iv. Before load test is performed, the proposed set up and the load frame shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. Readings of settlement and rebound shall be recorded with the help of at last two dial gauges (preferably four) of 0.02 mm. sensitivity and resting on a diametrically opposite ends of the pile cap. The dial gauges shall be fixed in a datum bar whose ends rest upon non-movable supports. The supports for datum bar with reference to which the settlement of the pile would be measured shall be at least 5 ‘d’ away, clear from the piles, where ‘d’ is the diameter of the pile subject ‘o’ a minimum of 2 meters for good sandy soils and 5 meters for loose soils.


v. The test load shall be applied in equal increments of about one fifth of the estimated safe load and reduced to smaller increments at the final stages as or directed by the Engineer in charge. Alternate loading and unloading of each load increment shall be performed and the elastic and plastic settlement recorded.

vi. Each stage of loading or unloading shall be maintained till the rate of movement of the pile top is not more than 0.02 mm per hour in case of clay soil and 0.1 mm per hour for sandy soil.

vii. The loading shall be continued up to 1 ½ times the estimated safe load on the pile or when the total settlement of pile top/cap equals the value specified below. Assessment of safe load shall be as under:a) Two-thirds of the final load at which the total settlement attain

a value 12 mm unless it is established that a total settlement different from 12 mm. is 52 permissible in a given case on the basis of nature and type of the structure: in the latter case the actual total settlement permissible shall be used for assessing the safe load instead of 12 mm.

b)For a group of piles, two-thirds of the final load at which the total settlement attains a value of 40 mm.

viii. Lateral load test, this test shall be carried out at the cut off level of the piles. Two or more test pile which may be part of the working piles driven to the required depth and spacing shall be used for the tests. The lateral load at the cut off level shall either be applied by a jack inserted between the piles or by some other arrangement capable of facilitating the application of desired pull. The loading shall be applied in increments of about 20 percent of the estimated safe load, reducing to smaller increments in the final stages of the test. The next increment shall be applied after the rate of displacement is about 0.05 mm per hour in sandy soils and 0.02 mm per hour in clayey soils or two hours whichever is earlier. Lateral displacement shall be recorded by using at least two dial gauges spaced at 30 cm and kept horizontally one above the other on each pile. Where it is not possible to locate the dial gauges in line of the jack axis, then the two dial gauges be kept at a distance of 30 cm at a suitable height and the displacement at load point, interpolated from similar triangles.

The safe lateral load on the pile shall be taken as the least of the following:

a) 50 percent of the final load at which total displacement increases to 12 mm.

b) Final load which total displacement corresponds to 5 mm and


c) Load corresponding to any other specified displacement due to performance requirements.

ix. The Unit includes all materials, labour, equipment plant, platform, gauges of the purpose of recording result to complete the job.

x. Further, specifications/conditions as per relevant clause of TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION of the Tender Document are applicable.

7.53 Performing load test on Open Web Girders of following spans as per IRC specifications including the loading / unloading the span taking observations and all activities and submission of results to the Engineer in charge as per specification as a complete job. one on steel span and one on RCC span. (Steel Span/ RCC T Beam) (BOQ Item No. 63)

The Firm / Agency shall perform load test on Open Web Girders of following spans as per relevant IRC specifications including submission of results to the Engineer in charge.

7.54 Providing non-destructive test on non-railway span of each carriage way up to the load of 500 MT as per the IRC test procedure of testing of super structures, submission of graph, test reports, conclusion etc. complete as directed by Engineer. (BOQ Item No. 64)

The technical specifications shall be as per relevant IRC specifications.

7.55 Conducting low strain pile integrity test on RCC bored piles of any dia, using standard equipment confirming to ASTM- D5882. The rate includes submission of reports in 4 copies including one soft copy. (BOQ Item No. 65)


7.56 To carryout plate load test to determine safe bearing capacity of soil / strata as per IS Code No. 1888. The test shall be conducted on square plates of size 600 mm x 600 mm. & 25 mm thick. Vertical movement shall be measured by three dial gauges preferably four dial gauges at 90 degree. The loads shall be measured using 15 MT capacity proving ring / hydraulic jack and pressure gauge duly calibrated from time to time. The tests results shall be submitted in a report form with observation sheets, graphs, tabular form & inferences, if any. (BOQ Item No. 66)

The Firm / Agency shall carry out plate load test as per the Technical specification given by MRIDC and relevant IS code.


7.57 Providing, laying and applying Road marking with hot applied thermo plast compound reflecting glass bends on bituminous surface. Providing and laying Hot applied thermoplastic compound 2.5 cm thick including reflectorizing glass bends 250 gms/sqmt area, thickness of surface applied glass bends as per IRC 35 the finished surface to be level uniform and free from streaks & holes complete. (BOQ Item No. 67)

The work under this section consists of providing road markings of specified width, layout and design using paint of the required specifications as given in the contract and as per the Guidelines contained in IRC:35-1997. Road markings shall be of ordinary road marking paint hot applied thermoplastic compound as specified in the item and the thermoplastic material and Reflectorizing glass beads shall meet the requirements as specified in MORTH Clause 803.4.1 and 803.4.2 respectively. The specifications for Application of Thermoplastic material shall be as per MORTH Clause 803.4.3 and for Properties of Finished Road Markings it should be as per MORTH Clause 803.6.7. For other requirements, the specifications given in MORTH Clause 803 shall be followed.The material shall be free from all skins, dirt and foreign objects and shall comply with requirements indicated in MORTH Table 800 – 9. The glass beads shall meet the gradation requirements for the two types as given in MORTH Table 800 –10.

7.58 Providing and fixing Mandatory / Regulatory sign board of circular shape of size 60 cm. dia. prepared on 16 gauge M.S. sheet including painting with zinc chromate stoving primer and two coats each of white back ground, red border and backside grey stove enamelled, bonded with cut out of Retro reflective sheet Engineering grade, symbol / letters / numerals / border, coated with non pealable crystal clear protective transparent coat retaining 100% reflection including one number of M.S. Angle iron post of size 50 x 50 x 5 mm of 3.45 m. long inflated at bottom drilled on top in one piece without joint painted with white and black bands of 30 cm. fixing board and post with 2 Nos. high strength G.I. bolts and nuts of size 10 mm dia. and 20 mm long including all taxes, conveying, fixing in ground with cement concrete 1:4:8 block of 60 cm x 60 cm x 75 cm size etc. complete. circular shape of size 60 cm. dia. M.S. sheet with Retro reflective sheet Engineering grade. (BOQ Item No. 68)

The colour, configuration, size and location of all traffic signs for highways other than Expressways shall be as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the Code of Practice for Road Signs, IRC: 67. In


the absence of any details or for any missing details, the signs shall be provided as directed by the Engineer.The signs shall be either reflectorized or non-reflectorized as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. When they are of reflectorized type, they shall be of retro-reflectorized type and made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting vide Clause 801.3, fixed over aluminium sheeting as per MORTH Specifications.The specifications for fabrication, supply and installation of ground mounted traffic signs on road shall be as per MORTH Clause 801 and overhead signs shall be as per MORTH Clause 802.

7.59 Providing and fixing sign boards of size 90cm having shape of an equilateral triangle made out of 14 gauge sheet with retro reflective sheeting of Engineering Grade as per M.O.T. specification No. 801-3(1993) white reflective back ground, lettering symbol bordering of black non reflective paint including M. S. angle iron back frame of size 35 mm X 35 mm X 5 mm & M.S. angle one post of 50mm x 50mm x 5mm size 3.45 metre long duly painted with white and black bands including fixing M.S. angle of the boards with galvanised nuts and bolts and washers. The Board shall be as per IRC-67-1977 including conveying fixing in ground with C.C. 1:4:8 block of size 0.60 x 0.60 x 0.75 m, with 7 year guarantee for the sheeting etc. complete. Mild Steel Board with Engineering Grade (BOQ Item No. 69)

This work shall consist of Providing and fixing Cautionary Sign Board and shall be carried out as per relevant detailed specification of relevant item number of this contract and as per the specifications of MORTH Clause 801 & 802.

7.60 Providing and fixing informatory sign boards in square or rectangular shape of size 1.80m x1.20m made out of 3mm Aluminium composite panel bonded with IRC Specified colour of retro reflective sheeting of Type IV High Intensity Micro-Prismatic Grade Sheeting (HIP) having pressure sensitive / heat activated adhesive, IRC Specified colour retroreflective cut out border & messages having pressure sensitive adhesive having border & messages in IRC Specified colour background including M. S. angle iron frame of size 35 mm X 35 mm X 5 mm & two M.S. angle iron post of size 65 mm X 65 mm X 6 mm, 3.65 m long, duly painted with flat oil paint having alternate black and white bands of 25 cm width including G.I. fixtures etc; fixing the boards in M-20 concrete block of size 60cm X 60cm X 75cm including transportation etc; complete. Aluminium composite panel with Type IV High Intensity Micro-Prismatic Grade Sheeting. (BOQ Item No. 70)


The colour, configuration, size and location of all traffic signs for highways other than Expressways shall be in accordance with the Code of Practice for Road Signs, IRC: 67 or as shown on the drawings. For Expressways, the size of the signs, letters and their placement shall be as specified in the Contract drawings and relevant Specifications. In the absence of any details or for any missing details, the signs shall be provided as directed by the Engineer.The signs shall be either reflectorized or non-reflectorized as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. When they are of reflectorized type, they shall be of retro-reflectorized type and made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting vide Clause 801.3, fixed over aluminium sheeting as per MORTH Specifications.In general, cautionary and mandatory signs shall be fabricated through process of screen printing. In regard to informatory signs with inscriptions, either the message could be printed over the reflective sheeting or cut letters of non-reflective black sheeting used for the purpose which must be bonded well on the base sheeting as directed by the Engineer.The specifications for ground mounted traffic signs on road shall be as per MORTH Clause 801 and overhead signs shall be as per MORTH Clause 802. The acceptable minimum coefficient of retro. reflection for high intensity grade sheeting (candelas per lux per square metre) shall be as per MORTH Table No. 800-2 and acceptable minimum coefficient of retro. reflection for engineering grade sheeting (candelas per lux per square metre) shall be as per MORTH Table No. 800-3.

7.61 Supplying and fixing Cats eye (Stimsonite) made out of Acrilobeautilesterine injection high compressed moulding with reflector made of MMC Prismatic type size 12 cm x 6 cm x 2.5 cm provided with bituminous adhesive 100 g. with each unit for fixing (High intensity grade) (BOQ Item No. 71)

7.61.1General

Reflective Pavement marker (RPM) or road stud is device which is bonded to or anchored within the road surface for lane marking and delineation for night time visibility. It reflects incident light in directions close to the direction from which it came.

7.61.2DefinitionsA. Description of Terms Specific to this standard

i. Coefficient of luminous intensity (CIL) or specific intensity = the ratio of luminous intensity of the retro-reflector in the direction of observation to luminance at the retro-reflector on a plane


perpendicular to the direction of the incident light expressed in terms of Milaca deal as per incident lux (med/ 1ssx).

ii. Horizontal entrance angle – the angle in the horizontal plant between the direction of incident light and the normal to the leading edge of the marker.

iii. Observation angle – the angle in the reflector between the illumination axis and the observation axis.

iv. Retro – reflection – reflection in which the radiation is returned in direction close to the direction from which it came, this property being maintained over were variations of the direction of incident radiation.

v. Head – that part of a road stud which is above the road surface where the road stud is fixed in position in the road.

vi. Upper surface – that part of the external surface of road stud which is visible when the road stud is fixed in position in the road.

vii. Anchorage – that part of a road stud which is below the road surface above the road stud is fixed position in the road.

7.61.3Material

i. Plastic body of RPM road stud shall be moulded from ASA (Acrylic Sterner Acrylonitrile) or HIPS (Impacts polystyrene) or ABS or any other suitable material approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The marker shall support a load of 13635 kg tested in accordance with ASTM D4280.

ii. Reflective panels shall consist if number of lenses containing single or dual prismatic cubes capable of providing total internal reflection of the light entering the lens face. Lenses shall be moulded of methyl methacrylate conforming to ASTMD 788 or equivalent.

7.61.4Design

i. The slope or retro-reflecting surface shall preferably be 35 + 5 degree to base.

ii. The area of each retro-reflecting surface shall not be less than 13.0 Sq.cm.

7.61.5Optical Performance

A. Unidirectional and bi-directional studsi. Each reflector or combination of reflectors on each face of the stud

shall have a CIL not less than given in Table 1 or 2 as appropriate. Minimum C.I.L. Values for Category "A" studs.

Entrance angle Observation angle C.I.L. in med 1 x


White Amber Red0" U 5" L & R 0.3" 220 110 440" U 10" L & R 0.5" 120 60 24

Minimum C.I.L. Values for Category "B" studs.

Entrance angle Observation angle C.I.L. in med 1 xWhite Amber Red

0" U 6" L & R 0.3" 20 10 40" U 10" L & R 0.5" 15 7.5 3

Note: The entrance angle of 0"U corresponds to the normal aspect of the reflectors when the reflecting road stud is installed in horizontal road surface.

ii. A stud that incorporates one or more corner cube reflectors shall be included in category "A". A stud that incorporates one or more biconvex reflectors shall considered to be included in category "B".

B. Omni – directional studs Each Omni-directional stud shall have a minimum C.I.L. of not less than med/ lx.

C. Testsi. Coefficient of luminance intensity can be measured by produced

described in ASTMD 809 "Practice for Measuring Photometric Characteristics" or as recommended in BS 873 Part 4:1973.

ii. Under test conditions a stud shall not be considered to fall the photometric requirements of the measured C.I.L. at any one position of measurement is less than the values specified in Tables above provided that.

a) The value is not less than 80% of the specified minimum, and

b) The average of the left and right measurements for the specific angle is greater than the specified minimum.

7.61.6Fixing of Reflective MarkersA. Requirements

i. The enveloping profile of the head of the stud shall be smooth and the suds shall not present any sharp edges to traffic.

ii. The reflecting portions of the studs shall be free from crevice or ledges where dirt might accumulate.

iii. All road studs shall be legibly marked with the name, trade mark of other means of identification of the manufacture.


iv. Marker height shall not exceed 20 mm.v. Marker width shall not exceed 130 mm.vi. The base of the marker shall be flat within 1.3 mm. If the

bottom of the marker is configured. The outermost faces of the configurations shall not deviate more than 1.3 Mm form a flat surface.

B. Placement

i. The reflective marker shall be fixed to the road surface using the adhesives and the produced recommended by the manufacturer. No nails shall be used to affix the marker as nails are hazardous for the roads.

ii. Regardless of the type of adhesive used. The markers shall not be fixed if the pavement is not surface dry and on new asphalt concrete surfacing unit the surfacing has been opened to traffic for a period of not less than 14 hours.

iii. The portions of the highway surface, to which the marker is to be bonded by the adhesive, shall be free of dirt, curing compound, grease, oil, moisture, loose of unsound layers, paint and any other material which would adversely affect the bond of the adhesive.

iv. Use a wire brush, if necessary, to loosen and remove dirt. Then brush or blow clean.

v. The adhesive shall be places uniformly on the cleaned pavement surface or on the bottom to the marker in a quantity sufficient to result in complete coverage of the area of contact of the marker with no voids present and with a slight excess after the marker has been lightly pressed in place.

vi. For epoxy installations, excess adhesive around the edge of the marker, excess adhesive on the pavement and adhesive on the exposed surfaces of the markers shall be immediately removed. Soft rags moistened with mineral spirits of kerosene may be used a necessary to remove adhesive from exposed faces of pavement marker.

7.61.7Warranty and durabilityThe Firm / Agency shall obtain from the manufacturer a two-year warranty for satisfactory light performance including stipulated retro-reflectance of the reflecting panel and submit the same to the Engineer. In addition, a two-year warranty for satisfactory infield performance of the finished road marker shall also be given by the Firm / Agency who carried out the work of fixing of reflective road markers. In case the markers are displaced, damaged get worn out or lose their reflectivity compared to stipulated standards, the Firm / Agency would be required to replace all such markers within 15 days


of the intimation from the Engineer at his own cost and with no extra remuneration to be paid for such works.

7.61.8Measurement for Quality AssuranceThe measurement of Cats eye (MMC) shall be in numbers of markers supplied and fixed.

7.61.9RateThe contact unit rate for Cats eye (MMC) shall be furnish all labour, material, tools, equipment including incidental costs necessary for carrying out the work at site conforming to the specifications complete as per approved drawings or as directed.

7.62 Providing & fixing parabolic shape PCC precast-factory made M25 Grade kerb stone using design mix with minimum cement content as per IS 456 of size 500/200/850 mm as per detailed design and drawing including excavation, fixing in PCC of M-15 grade 250 mm thick including side concreting, filling joints in cement mortar (1:3) disposal of excavated material, including painting in two coats of oil paints and one coat of primer to exposed faces, transportation to site, labour, etc. complete. The rate inclusive of all type of taxes. (BOQ Item No. 72)The scope consists of providing and fixing M25 grade precast factory made kerb stone using design mix confirming to the relevant IS code and as per detailed design and drawing including excavation, fixing in PCC of M-15 grade 250 mm thick including side concreting, filling joints in cement mortar (1:3) disposal of excavated material, including painting in two coats of oil paints and one coat of primer to exposed faces, transportation to site, labour, etc.

7.63 Providing, supplying of structural steel, Fabricating, Assembling and erecting in position structural steel members as per approved drawings and specifications, standard structural steel sections procured from primary manufacturer such as SAIL, TISCO, Rastriya Ispat Nigam LTD, Jindal & Essar confirming to IS 2062-2006 (including latest amendment) including welding with approved quality, bolting in ROB's, ramps, stair cases, sheds, electrical arches for illumination of ROB and approaches, base plate for street light pole, inspection platform etc. with sand blasting, two coat anti corrosive painting over primer coat all contractor's material, labours, tool, plant , Equipment's, labours, consumables etc. complete with all lead and lift as directed by Engineer. (BOQ Item NO. 73)

The Firm / Agency shall follow the Technical specifications and relevant codes for the above work


7.64 Providing, supplying of structural steel, fabricating, assembling and erecting MS / chequered plate of various sizes, angles, bolt of required diameter structural steel work for expansion joint for deck slab and bridge items as per detailed design and drawing or as directed, for RCC work as per detailed design and drawings as per MORTH specifications (latest version) or as directed including cutting, fabricating, brackets for cables, channels, hoisting, erecting, fixing in position making welding connections with connecting plates and braces etc. and including one coat of anti-corrosive paint and over it two coat of paintings of approved quality and shade, payment for MS plate will be made for the actual weight basis including required machineries, all materials, labour The cost also includes all types of taxes, sales tax, cess levied by local authority etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 74)

The scope including Providing, fabricating and fixing in position MS plate of various size angle, bolts as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge and including one coat of anti-corrosive paint and over it two coat of paintings of approved quality and shade, payment for MS plate will be made for the actual weight basis including required machineries, all materials, labour etc.

7.65 Providing expansion joints in R.C.C. slab with plain pre-moulded filler 25 mm thick, including fixing T.W. battens as directed by Engineer etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 75)

The Firm / Agency shall follow the Technical specifications and relevant codes for the above work.

7.66 Providing, fabricating, fixing in position to exact design profiles and prestressing of H.T. steel cables of all classification made from high tensile, Low Relaxation strands conforming to IS:14268 -1995 in Prestressed Concrete girders/slabs etc. (BOQ Item No. 76)

The rate is inclusive of supplying, cutting, making into cables with necessary spacers, colour coding, protecting with water soluble oil at all time, including supplying and fixing in position anchorages of approved quality and make conforming to BS:4447, covering with rich epoxy mortar pad of all anchorages, recesses after stressing and anchoring of cables, including supplying and placing spiral corrugated type galvanised metal steel ducts sheathing made up of Cold Rolled Cold Annealed (CRCA) mild steel conforming to IS:513 of required diameter and thickness, placing, bending, routing, fixing, grouting of cable ducts with cement grout after stressing etc. including all lead and lift with contractor’s own materials, cement, labours, taxes,


equipment’s, machineries for prestressing etc. complete as per drawings, specifications and direction of Engineer.

7.67 Providing and construction of Gabian structure for retaining earth with segments of wire crates of size 7.0 x 3.0 x 0.6m each divided into 1.5 m compartments by cross netting, made from 4 mm galvanised steel wire @ 32 kg per 10 sqm having minimum tensile strength of 300Mpa conforming to IS:280 and galvanizing coating conforming to IS:4826 woven into mesh with double twist, mesh size not exceeding 100x100mm, filled with boulders with least dimension of 200mm, all loose ends to be tied with 4mm galvanized steel wire etc. complete. (BOQ Item No 77)

The Firm / Agency shall provide Gabian structure for retaining earth with segments of wire crates of size 7.0 x 3.0 x 0.6m each divided into 1.5 m compartments by cross netting, if required as per the relevant IS code.

7.68 Providing and construction of Gabian Structure for erosion control, river training works and protection work with wire crates of size 2.0m X 1.0mX 0.30m each divided into 1 m compartment by cross netting, made from 4 mm galvanized steel wire @32 kg per sqmt having minimum tensile strength of 300 Mpa Confirming to IS 280 and galvanized coating confirming to IS 4826, woven into mesh with double twist, mesh size not exceeding 100X100mm, filled with boulders with least dimension of 200 mm, all loose end to be securely tied with 4 mm galvanized steel wire etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 78)

The Firm / Agency shall provide Gabian Structure for erosion control, river training works and protection work with wire crates of size 2.0m X 1.0mX 0.30m each divided into 1 m compartment by cross netting, if required as per the relevant IS code.

7.69 Providing, supplying and fixing 100mm diameter GI water spouts including necessary iron grating as per detailed drawings in RCC slab and wearing surface/kerb etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 79)

i. Material for the water spout shall be as mentioned in the item and shall be got approved from the Engineer in charge.

ii. Water spout shall be of 100 mm internal dia. Cast iron grating shall be provided at the entry and shall be fixed in the recess so as to be flush with the road surface. The quality and size of the grating shall be got approved from the Engineer in charge. The water spouts shall project


at least 10 cm outside the concrete and shall be rigidly fixed in it. The grating and GI pipes shall be painted with two coats of anticorrosive black bitumen paint.

iii. Measurement shall be per number of water spout fixed.iv. Unit rate includes cost of all material, labour and tool to complete the

work.v. Water spout shall be provided as indicated in drawing.

7.70 Providing, supplying, laying and fixing along piers 100mm dia approved G.I. down take pipe having embossed at every meter the I.S.I. mark and name of manufacturer, and having outer dia.114.30mm & weight 15.152kg/Rm with screwed sockets, joints, and necessary galvanized iron fittings such as backnuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlargers, plugs etc. including necessary drilling in holes in piers etc. applying primer and two coats of oil painting including necessary scaffolding, conveying & stacking wherever necessary as directed by the Engineer. (BOQ Item No. 80)

The scope includes providing and laying G.I. down take pipe of ISI mark with all necessary fittings including applying primer coat and two coats of oil paints as per technical specifications and directed by engineer- in-charge.

7.71 Providing, supplying, laying and fixing below deck slab 100mm dia approved G.I. runner pipe having embossed at every meter the I.S.I. mark and name of manufacturer, and having outer dia.114.3Omm & weight 15.152kg/Rm with screwed sockets, joints, and necessary galvanized iron fittings such as backnuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlargers, plugs etc. including necessary drilling in holes in slabs etc. applying primer and two coats of oil painting including necessary scaffolding, conveying & stacking wherever necessary as directed by the Engineer. (BOQ Item No. 81)

The scope includes providing and laying G.I. runner pipe of ISI mark with all necessary fittings including applying primer coat and two coats of oil paints as per technical specifications and directed by engineer- in-charge.

7.72 Providing & making chamber of 450 x 900mm size drain out the water from channel provided at super elevation including necessary excavation, PCC to foundation in CC 1:3:6, brick work, cement mortar 1:3, external and internal plastering in C.M. 1:3, coping in CC M- 15 grade with RCC heavy duty cover as per design and drawing etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 82)


The Firm / Agency shall follow the Technical specifications and relevant codes for the above work.

7.73 Providing and fixing 110 mm dia UPVC pipe in Weep holes, Soil, Waste and Rain Water (SWR) Pipes Single socketed including making joints air and water tight with T- shaped rubber rings and rubber lubricants (BOQ Item No. 83)

The work shall include providing, laying and jointing in true line and level 110 diameter U.P.V.C (Type B conforming to IS 13592-1992 with one end plain and other end socketed with rubber ring, & fittings conforming to ISI 14735-1999 of approved make for drainage system pipe line. Pipe shall be jointed with each other with rubber lubricant and shall be fixed on wall using PVC clamp of the size 110 mm diameter x 149 mm length x 145 mm height at every 2000 mm centre to centre or shall be concealed in walls as directed including necessary fittings such as bends, shoes etc. including testing of pipes and joints and jointed with adhesive solvent cement including cost of all materials.

7.73.1 Materialsi. The pipes shall be standard I.S.I. mark U.P.V.C. SWR Type B pipe of

specified dia.ii. The fittings, clamps etc. required for specified dia. bore pipes shall

be of best quality and makes as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Necessary accessories with inner/ outer brass thread shall be used as required and instruction by Engineer in charge.

7.73.2 WorkmanshipA. Cutting, Laying & Jointingi. When the tubes are to be cut or rethreaded, the ends shall be

carefully filed out so that no obstruction to bore is offered. The ends of the tubes shall then be threaded conforming to the requirements of I.S. 554-1955 with pipe dies and taps carefully in such a manner that it will not result in slackness of joints when the two pieces are screwed together.

ii. The taps and dies shall be used only for straightening screw threads which have becoming bent or damaged and shall not be used for turning of the threads so as to make them slack as the latter procedure may not result in the water tight joint. The screw threads for tube and fitting shall be protected from edge until they are fitted.

iii. In jointing the tubes, the inside of the socket and the screwed end of the tubes shall be oiled and smeared with white or red lead and wrapping around with a few turns of fine-spun yarn round the


screwed end of the tube. The end shall then be tightly screwed in the socket, tees, etc. with a pipe wrench. Care shall be taken that all times free from dust and dirt during fixing. But from the joints shall be removed after screwing. After laying the open ends of the pipes shall be temperately plugged to prevent access of water, soil, or any other foreign matter. Jointing shall be carried out with proper chemical adhesive material and allow to dry.

iv. Any threads exposed after jointing shall be painted or in the case of underground piping thickly coated with approved anti-corrosive paint to prevent corrosion.

B. Fixing concealed to wall, ceiling & floors.i. In case of fixing concealed cement point to walls or ceilings, these

shall run on the surface of the wall, or ceiling (not in chase) unless otherwise specified. The fixing shall be done by means of standard pattern, holder clamps keeping the pipes about 15 mm. clear of the wall. When it is found necessary to pattern, holder clamps keeping the pipes about 15 mm. clear of the wall. When it is found necessary to conceal the pipes and when specified so, chasing may be adopted, or pipe fixed inducts or recesses etc. provided that there is sufficient space to work on the pipe with usual tools. The pipe shall not ordinarily be buried in walls or solid floors, where unavoidable, pipe may be buried for short distances provided that adequate protection is given against damage and where so required joints are not buried. Where required M.S. tube sleeve shall be fixed at a place a pipe is peasant through a wall or floor for expansion and contraction and other movements. In case the pipe is embedded in walls or floors, it should be painted with anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality. The pipe should not come in contact with lime mortar or lime concrete as the pipe is affected by lime. Under the floors, the pipe shall be laid in layer of sand filling.

ii. All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal unless unavoidable. The pipes shall be fixed to walls with standard pattern clamps of required size and shape, one end of which shall be properly plugged or cemented into walls with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) and the other tightened round the pipes to hold it securely. These clamps shall be spaced at regular intervals in straight lengths at 2 MC/C interval in horizontal run and 2.5 m. interval in vertical run. For pipe of 15 mm. dia. up to 25 mm. dia the holes in the walls and floors shall be made by drilling with chisel or jumper and not by dismantling the brick work or concrete. However, for bigger diameter pipes the holes shall be carefully made (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), and properly finished to match the adjacent surface.

C. Testing of joints:


i. After laying and jointing, the pipes and fillings shall be inspected under working conditions of pressure and flow. Any joints found liken shall be redone, and ail leaking pipes removed and replaced without extra cost.

ii. The pipes and fittings after they are laid shall be tested to hydraulic pressure of 6 Kg. /Sq cm. The pipe shall be slowly and carefully charged with water allowing all air to escape and avoiding all shocks and water hammer. The draw off takes and stop cock shall then be closed and specified hydraulic pressure shall be applied gradually. The pressure gauge must be accurate. The pipes and fittings shall be tested in sections as the work laying proceeds, keeping, the joints exposed for inspection during the testing.

7.73.3Mode of measurement for Quality Assurancei. The description of the item shall, unless otherwise stated be held to

include where necessary conveyance and delivery, handling, unloading, storing fabrication, hoisting, all labour for finishing to required shape and size, setting, fitting in position straight, cutting and waste return of packing etc.

ii. The length shall be measured on running meter basis of finished work. The length shall be taken along the centre line of the pipe and fittings. The pipes fixed to wall, ceiling. floors etc shall be measured and paid under this item.

iii. All the work shall be measured in decimal system as fixed in its place, subject to tolerance given below unless otherwise stated.a) Dimension shall be measured to the nearest 0.01 meter.b) Area shall be worked out to the nearest 0.01 sq. meter.

iv. All measurements of cutting shall unless otherwise stated by held to include the consequent waste.

v. In case of fitting of unequal bore, the targets bore shall be measured for the test.

vi. Testing of pipe lines fittings, and joints include for providing all plant appliances necessary for obtaining access to the work to be tested an carrying out the tests.

vii. The rate includes U.P.V.C. SWR Type B pipe with screwed socket joints to gather with all fittings (such as bends, sockets springs, elbows, test, crosses, short pieces, clamps and plugs, unions etc.) and fixing complete with clamping wall hooks, wooden plug etc. and curing, screwing and waste and for making forged (or handmade) bends on piping as required. Connector shall be inserted where required or directed. The rate also includes cutting through walls, floors etc. and their making good and painting exposed threads with anti-corrosive paint as above and testing where tubes are to be


fixed to wall, ceiling and flooring, the rates shall not include painting of pipes, providing sleeves and sand filling under floor for which separate payment shall be made.

viii. The unit for measurement shall be running meter.7.74 Providing, fixing and laying Perforated PVC pipes of 160 mm

dia for drainage of water as per specifications & drawings or as directed by Engineer-in charge (BOQ Item No. 84)

The Firm / Agency shall provide, fix and lay perforated PVC pipes as per the relevant specifications of IS codes and drawings or as directed by Engineer-in-charge

7.75 Providing Geotextile Wrapping for perforated PVC pipes 160 mm dia as per specifications & drawings or as directed by Engineer-in charge (BOQ Item No. 85)

The Firm / Agency shall provide Geotextile Wrapping for perforated PVC pipes as per the relevant specifications of IS codes and drawings or as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

7.76 Providing, supplying and fixing weep holes in brick masonry /plain /reinforced concrete abutment, wing wall / return wall with 100mm diameter AC pipe extending through the full width of the structure with slope of 1V: 20H towards drawing face as per drawings and technical specifications etc. complete. (BOQ Item No. 86)


7.77 Providing, supplying & Fixing Security Cameras of following specification with DVR Box of suitable capacity/capability for real time VIDEO, CAT CABLE to connect cameras with DVR Box to be used for CCTV & TP link Router USB with WI-FI with Broad band Internet connection till the completion of Work. Specification Webcam for monitor progress at site (BOQ Item No 87)

a. Range – 100 Mb. Lens _ 12 mmc. Type – Suitable for Use in external Environment in exposed

condition d. Brand Name:- Zebion, Dhowa, Hikvision, CP plus or Similar TypeFixing of DVR Box with 16 ports, compatible with specifications of camera mentioned above for Real time video, convenient and precise video search, multiple operation, playback, remote, view multiple


location instantly with prescribed software, remote viewing over internet, easy back up via usb/external drive, easy set up and user-friendly operation interface, including power supply system compatible with DVR Box. Fixing of Cables with following specifications to connect cameras with DVR Box: a. CAT -5 / Special cables of Polycab or similar make, to be used for CCTV1. Cameras shall be provided and made functional within 15

days from commencement of work. 2. Rate is inclusive of cost of all cameras, cables, router and all

other equipment’s and its installation and maintenance of these equipment’s for entire contract period.

3. Rate is also inclusive of recurring charges/cost required for broad band internet uses.

4. After completion of construction work equipment’s will be property of the contractor.

7.78 Providing, supplying and fixing noise barrier for height of 3.5 m throughout the length of ROB as per the GAD (BOQ Item No. 88)

1. Noise Barrier shall be provided by the Firm / Agency on the stretch of ROB as shown in the general arrangement drawing for height of 3.5m.

2. Noise exposure values should be evaluated over 24 continuous hours at the external facade of the building immediately fronting the elevated corridor. Noise abatement measures shall be undertaken where average hourly noise level exceeds 70db.

3. In general, noise reduction below admissible levels are possible only by ascertaining series of complementing noise abatement initiatives and hence realistic ambient noise level reduction maybe achieved by installing scientifically designed noise barriers along with other initiatives such as traffic calming, restriction on movement of heavy vehicles, sound-proof windows for sensitive building etc.

4. Anticipated noise levels postconstruction shall be arrived at, by applying latest acoustic engineering practices including noise levels postconstruction shall be arrived at, by applying latest acoustic engineering practices including noise mapping, modelling, simulation, design etc. Noise abatement measures shall be integrated along with the structural requirements of the project.

5. For the purpose of design of Noise Barrier, Noise mapping and future predictions should be done for a minimum period of 20 years.


6. Type, shape and dimensions of the noise barrier shall be decided considering acoustic design as well as non-acoustic aspects. The acoustic design shall include dimensions, locations, shape of barriers and identification of constituting materials. The non-acoustic design shall include aspects such as structural integrity, safety in collision and fire, aesthetics and long-term performance.

7. The acoustical study shall specify the “Insertion loss” of the noise barrier for all the critical receivers (CR) (Population exposed to noise levels above prescribed limit)

7.79 Design, supply and installation of spider glazing system throughout the length of ROB consisting of 17.52 mm toughened laminated glass of Saint Gobain or Pilkilston or Ashahi or equivalent as approved (8mm clear toughened + 1.52 PVB Lamination + 8 mm clear toughened) on stainless steel spider system supported on steel pipe custom designed to withstand the design wind pressure of 100 kg/sq. mtr) with construction, weather sealants of Dow Corning or approved make, Stainless steel spider system of grade 316 with articulated bolt assembly, with SS 316 grade fasteners and anchor bolts 304 grade of approved make, Teflon/ nylon & separators to prevent bi-metallic contacts, complete as per drawings, specification and as directed by Engineer in charge. (BOQ Item No. 89)The quoted rate shall include all design and engineering required to complete the work. The wastage cut pieces shall be taken away by the contractor and the same will not be considered by the Engineer.

7.80 Providing supply and applying Epoxy painting - Integrated four coat system developed by CECRI Karikudi -having 1st coat of micaceous iron oxide under coat, second coat polymide primer, third coat of polymide finish coat and last coat of aliphatic acrylic polyurthane finish coat (Berger thane or similar paint) and applying epoxy paints of approved quality on exposed surface of RCC / PSC Girder, Deck Slab, Parapet wall etc. complete as per specifications and detailed scope of work furnished in the tender and as directed by the Engineer in charge. (BOQ Item No. 90)

i. The Agency will have to make his own arrangements for supply of power, water etc., required for the work at his own costs.

ii. This item includes the application & mixing of approved epoxy painting formulation by method of as per Manufacture’s specifications, including preparing surface, applications of paint coat, cost of materials, equipment and labour etc. and all taxes. The


work shall be carried out as per the detailed specification of the product.

iii. The surface over which epoxy is to be applied has to be dried and cleaned. It has to be made free from oil, grease, loose materials, laitance, dust and debris. If necessary, compressed air can be used to remove the external materials from surface.

iv. The surface to be treated shall be cleaned of oil, dust, grease, chemical contamination, corrosion deposits and loose concrete. Prior to application of epoxy painting, water should be sprayed and allowed to dry.

v. The following epoxy paint formulations or equivalent may be used.a) Nitomortar S of M/s FOSROC India Ltd. or equivalentb) SAMMOR E of M/s SAMROCK Pvt. Ltd. or equivalent

vi. Epoxy Paint Formulation: The epoxy paint formulation shall be a blend of silica aggregates with solvent free epoxy resin supplied in three-pack system consisting of base, filler and hardener. Table:

PROPERTIES At 20o C At 35o CPot Life 3hr. 1 1/2hrCure time 4-7hrs. 2-5hrTime between coats 5-7hrs 3-5hrsInitial Hardness 24hrs 18hrsFull cure 7days 5daysNote- Below 20o C these times will be increased.

vii. Surface preparation: The surface to be treated shall be cleaned of all grease, oil, chemical contamination, dust laitance and loose concrete. The surface shall be washed with clean water and allowed to dry.Paint as per manufacturer’s specifications shall be mixed, adding the hardener to base and shall be applied to the concrete, and after the absorption of the resin, a second coat of paint shall be applied.

viii. Mixing Epoxy Paint Formulation: Before mixing, the content of each cane should thoroughly stirred to disperse any settlement which may have taken place during storage. The entire content of the smaller hardener cane should be poured into the base container and the materials thoroughly mixed for at least 3minutes. Mechanical mixing using a slow speed (300-500rpm) flame proof drill fitted with a mixing paddle is recommended.

ix. Application of Epoxy paint: Apply the mixed paint on to the dry, prepared substrate making sure a continuous film is achieved using


a standard paint brush, good quality lams wool roller or spray equipment.Test certificates: Manufacturer’s test certificates for each batch shall be supplied along with the material. Material shall not be older than 6 months from the date of manufacture.

x. Safety Measures: All the safety measures which are essentially required to be taken shall be taken by the Firm / Agency and for any mishaps; MRIDC shall not be responsible. The Firm / Agency shall take all safety precautions to avoid damages to life and property and shall give due regard to manufacturer’s recommendations for safety. The work shall be carried out in the sequence as shown in tender drawing or as directed by the Engineer in Charge as per site requirements.

xi. Mode of Measurements: The mode of measurement shall be Sqm and based on the drawing. The rate inclusive of contractor's own epoxy paints, material, surface preparation, equipment, machineries, labours, supervisors, taxes, shuttering, formwork, scaffolding, staging, all lead and lift etc. complete as required for successful completion of the items.

7.81 Providing, supplying and applying Polymer Polysafe E.C. (P.No.567) synthetic elastomeric coating cum paint, ready to use for bridge structure in saline as to avoid salt penetration from marine environment & U.V effects of sunrays, fungus developments and to protect the reinforcement from marine atmosphere effects in three coats including scaffolding, sand blasting, cleaning the surface of concrete, brushing steel reinforcement and applying polymer coating with Primer, First coat and Second coat at an interval of 24 hours of approved shade and colour. But not to applied on oil, Grease, Tar & Moisture of surface as per detailed specifications and as directed by the Engineer. (BOQ Item No. 91)


7.82 Providing, supplying and applying two coats of painting with exterior grade weather shield Emulsion paint of approved brand, shade & manufacture over a coat of primer including preparing the surface to receive the paintings for External walls at all levels with primer etc., complete as specified including all other necessary related work, leads & lifts etc., as specified in the drawings, specifications and as directed by Engineer-in-charge. (BOQ Item No.92)

The Firm / Agency shall provide two coats of painting with exterior grade weather shield Emulsion paint of approved brand wherever required or as directed by Engineer-in-charge.


The rate is inclusive of preparing the surface to receive the paintings for External walls at all levels with primer etc., complete as specified including all other necessary related work, leads & lifts etc., surface preparation to line & level with all necessary tools & tackles, etc. maintaining proper line, level and grooves, as specified

7.83 Supplying, paving, fixing and levelling antifungal designer tiles precast cement concrete tiles 22mm thick with aggregate of sizes up to 6mm in floors, treads of steps and landings on 20mm thick bed of C.M. 1:6 (1-cement: 6-sand) joint with neat cement slurry with pigments to match the shade of the tiles. (compressive strength should not be less than 10 ton) (BOQ Item No. 93)

7.83.1Chequered tiles: -

Chequered terrazzo tiles 22mm thick with marble chips of size upto 6mm in floor on 25mm thick bed or C.M 1:5 jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the tiles including rubbing and polishing etc. complete, light shade using white cement.

7.83.2Fixing Tiles: -

i. The tiles before laying shall be soaked in water for at least two hours. Neat grey cement grout at 3.3 kg/cement/sq.mt. of honey like consistency shall be spread over the mortar bedding at directed. The edges of the tile be smeared with neat cement slurry. The tiles shall be well pressed and gently tapped with a wooden mallet till they are properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. There shall be no hollows in bed or joints. The joint between the tiles shall be as thin as possible in straight line or as per pattern.

ii. The tiles shall not have staggered joints. The joint shall be true to centre line both ways. The joint shall be filled with grey cement grout with wire brush of trowel to a depth of 5mm and loose material removed. White cement shall be used for pointing the joints. After fixing the tile finally in an even plane the flooring shall be kept wet and allowed to nature undisturbed for 7 days.

iii. Cleaning: The surplus cement grout that may have come out of the joint shall be cleared off before its sets. Once the floor has set, it shall be carefully washed, cleared by dilute acid and dried. Proper precaution and measure shall be taken to ensure that the tiles are not damaged in any way till the completion of the construction.

7.83.3Mode of measurements:

i. The work done shall be measured in sq.mt. for visible area of work done. The length and width of the flooring shall be measured not-between the faces of skirting or dados or plastered face of wall as the


case may be. The paving under dado or skirting shall not be measured.

ii. The rate shall be for a unit of one sq. metre.

7.84 Supplying, paving, laying and Fixing CC interlocking (glossy finish) paver block of 60 mm thickness of approved shade and design laid on sand bed 50 mm thick (BOQ Item No. 94)

i. Quality

The block quality for the paving works shall be as per IS: 2187 part-II – Paving Blocks. The blocks shall be 60 mm thick of quality concrete grade M30 having specified size and type with grey or red or combination of them.

ii. Sub-base & Base

Over the prepared and consolidated subgrade, a layer of Sub-base using crushed aggregate shall be laid to falls and slopes to a compacted thickness of 100 and compacted with Compactor. Over the prepared sub- base, a layer of 3mm and down fine sand shall be laid to a thickness of 50mm and accurately screed and levelled and compacted to 38mm in thickness and to required falls and slope to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

iii. Layers

The blocks shall be laid on top of the prepared base in required pattern as directed by the Engineer. On completion of the laying work, approved fine screened sand shall be spread over the paving and the joints filled with fine sand compacted as directed by the Engineer. Extra sand on the surface shall be removed by brush. When require, edge blocks shall be cut clean and sharp with approved tools and as per manufacturer’s instructions. The cut edges shall be rubbed smooth before laying. Compaction with a power vibrating plate (Wacker model VPH 70) shall be used suitably as recommended by the approved proprietary manufacturer. Any blocks damaged during laying shall be replaced. The entire work of the installation and materials shall meet the approval of the Engineer.

7.85 Providing, supplying and Planting small & medium sized ornamental / Flowering plant ( As per drawing ) : Excavating pit of size of 0.6m x 0.6m x 0.6m, removing and conveying unwanted stuff within a lead of 1.5 km as directed. Filling the pit with approved excavated material up to a height of 0.3m and remaining height of 0.30m with fresh garden soil and manure in 3:1 proportion, mixing soil and manure thoroughly with fertilizer well, levelling as directed ,watering previous night , planting two year old healthy trees sapling not less than 4' height . Maintaining the plants up to end of the


maintenance period or till well established whichever is later by watering, weeding stirring of soil, replacing of causalities, spraying pesticides etc .complete. List of species are as below. (BOQ Item No. 95-97)

The Firm / Agency shall plant small & medium sized ornamental / Flowering plant and approved varieties of plant including excavating pit of size of 0.6m x 0.6m x 0.6m and 0.3 m X 0.3m X 0.3m respectively and develop Flower Bed by excavating the ground to a required depth of 30cm. The pit shall be filled by the Firm / Agency with approved excavated material up to a height of 0.3m and remaining height of 0.30m with fresh garden soil and manure in 3:1 proportion. The rate shall include removing and conveying unwanted stuff within a lead of 1.5 km as directed by Engineer, mixing soil and manure thoroughly with fertilizer well, levelling as directed ,watering previous night, planting two year old healthy trees sapling not less than 4' height for ornamental / Flowering plant, 40-50 cms height healthy plant of reqd. rose variety and planting the desired flowering plants at 30cm apart not less than 1' height.

The list of different species of plants to be provided by Firm / Agency are as below:

1. Ornamental / Flowering plant Tecoma Gaudi Choudi Ceaselpinea Nerium Oleander

2. Varieties of plants Bouganvelia Acalypha Red

3. Species of plants for Flower Bed Allamanda Dwarf Golden Durenta

The Firm / Agency shall maintain the plants up to end of the maintenance period or till well established whichever is later by watering, weeding stirring of soil, replacing of causalities, spraying pesticides etc.

7.86 Providing and supplying Landscaping of area by growing carpet grass lawn excavating and filling with manure (cow dung + red earth + sand) for growing of green Korean grass, Planting of croutons and other foliage plants as border plants of approved variety and as directed by the engineer in charge and maintaining the same for 3 calendar months complete


including watering. The scheme of land scaping arrangements should be got approved by the engineer in charge. (All Labour and Materials tools and plants by the contractor only) (BOQ Item No. 98)

The above item shall be carried out as per the specification and as directed by Engineer in Charge.

7.87 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of 9-meter octagonal pole with foundation bolts having bottom of 155 mm A/F, top 70 mm A/F on provided foundation. (BOQ ITEM NO 99)

Scope: supply installation testing & commissioning of 9-meter octagonal pole with specified bracket & LED fixtures, including laying of 3C X 2.5 sq. mm flexible cable inside the pole from pole terminal box to fixture along with all terminations with CU lugs at terminal box & fixture end. Pole should have internal terminal box for termination of cables inside pole. Erection will be done with help of suitable crane with all safety precaution. Pole shall be design & manufacture as per instruction given in General Guidelines and Specifications for street lighting. Make – M/s Bajaj, Trans rail, Valmont equivalent make.

7.88 Providing & casting of M-20 grade reinforced cement concrete foundation suitable for 9-meter-high octagonal pole on ROB portion. (BOQ ITEM NO 100)

Providing & casting of M-20 grade reinforced cement concrete foundation suitable for 9-meter-high octagonal pole on ROB portion as per foundation design provided by pole manufacturer considering wind speed & structural calculations & satisfaction of engineer in charge.

7.89 Providing and erecting galvanized single arm bracket with 1000 mm arm length & 5-degree tilt angle. (BOQ ITEM NO 101)

The decorative type bracket shall be 1000mm in length single arm with 5-degree tilt angle & bracket shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication. The bracket shall be manufactured in line with the bracket design enclosed. The bending of the pipes shall be without any kinks / visible marks. The pole bracket shall be suitable for erection of street lighting luminaire. Pole bracket shall be made from 60 mm diameter ‘B’ class galvanized Iron pipes. A stopper shall be provided with 3 nos. holes at 120 degrees for proper fixing of the bracket on the pole top. Pole bracket shall be PU painted as per instruction of engineer in charge. Make – M/s Bajaj, Trans rail, C&G:

7.90 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 120-150 W, AC 230-volt LED Street light fixture with IP 66 protection. (BOQ ITEM NO 102)


Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of LED 120-150 W, AC 230-volt light fixture having Epoxy powder coated pressure die-cast aluminium housing LM 6 alloy, anti-dust exposed lens. LED specification – make - CREE LED /or Equivalent high-power LED. In addition to built-in 4kV surge protection in driver, it is equipped with 10kV external surge protection. Ingress protection: IP66. All the luminaires shall be mechanically strong, electrically safe, chemically inert of atmospheric pollution, vibration proof and aesthetically good. The spread throw and glare control mark of the luminaries shall be compatible to the lane width. Similar to PHILIPS Cat Ref BRP 340 LED 138 CW HO SLC S1 PSU GR or BAJAJ Cat Ref BRTFG 135W LED HXE or Equivalent.

7.91 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of LED Flood light fitting of 120-150W, including lamp, complete. (BOQ ITEM NO 103)

Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of LED Flood light fitting of 120- 150W, including lamp, with PF > 0.95, class IP 65 and above housing of pressure die cast aluminum alloy and heat sink extruded aluminum complete. Scope includes supply & erection of light fixtures & suitable junction box complete with mounting SS bracket for installation of flood light on fabricated girder area.

7.92 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 28W-36W AC 220V STATIC WHITE ROUND PROJECTOR fitting. (FOR BOW STRING GIRDER.) (BOQ ITEM NO 104)

Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 28W TO 36W, 230 Volt, narrow beam STATIC WARM WHITE round projector luminaire having die-cast Aluminium alloy housing with outdoor grade anti-UV powder coating, heat resistant tempered glass cover with high transmittance and high quality gasketing with IP65 degree of protection. Luminaire shall be provided with high power LEDs with CCT of 2200K to 2700K specially designed optics for efficient light distribution. complete with mounting SS bracket. (Narrow Beam version) Similar to Bajaj Cat Ref BENP BA-RP-A – 28W (15° TO 18 ° Beam version).

7.93 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 48W DC 24V RGB ROUND PROJECTOR fitting which SUPPORT DMX 512. (FOR BOW STRING GIRDER) (BOQ ITEM NO 105)

Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 24W, 24V DC non-integral Medium beam RGB LED round projector


luminaire die cast Aluminium alloy housing with outdoor grade anti-UV powder coating, heat resistant tempered glass cover with high transmittance and high quality gasketing with IP65 degree of protection. Luminaire shall be provided with high power LEDs with specially designed optics for efficient light distribution. Control system for luminaires shall be standard DMX 512 protocol. complete with mounting SS bracket. Similar to Bajaj Cat Ref BA-RP-A - 48W RGB (15 ° Beam version).

7.94 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 15W- 24W, AC 220 Volt, 5 TO 8 degree beam WARM WHITE STATIC round projector LED light fixture. (BOQ ITEM NO 106)

Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 15W TO 24W, 230 Volt, narrow beam STATIC WARM WHITE round projector luminaire having die-cast Aluminium alloy housing with outdoor grade anti-UV powder coating, heat resistant tempered glass cover with high transmittance and high quality gasketing with IP65 degree of protection. Luminaire shall be provided with high power LEDs with CCT of 2200K to 2700K specially designed optics for efficient light distribution. complete with mounting SS bracket. (Narrow Beam version) Similar to Bajaj Cat Ref BENP BA-RP-A – 15W (5° TO 8 ° Beam version).

7.95 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 24W, 24V DC non-integral Medium beam RGB LED round projector light fixture. (BOQ ITEM NO 107)

24W, 24V DC non-integral Medium beam RGB LED round projector luminaire die cast Aluminium alloy housing with outdoor grade anti-UV powder coating, heat resistant tempered glass cover with high transmittance and high quality gasketing with IP65 degree of protection. Luminaire shall be provided with high power LEDs with specially designed optics for efficient light distribution. Control system for luminaires shall be standard DMX 512 protocol. complete with mounting SS bracket. Similar to Bajaj Cat Ref BA-RP-A - 24W RGB (13 ° Beam version).

7.96 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 3W to 9W, 12/24V DC non-integral Medium beam RGB/RGBW round point luminaire. (BOQ ITEM NO 108)

Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 3W TO 5W, 12/24 Volt DC non-integral Medium beam RGB/RGBW round point luminaire having die cast Aluminium alloy housing with outdoor grade anti-UV powder coating, heat resistant tempered glass cover with high transmittance and high quality gasketing with IP65


degree of protection Control system for luminaires shall be standard DMX 512 protocol. complete with mounting SS bracket.

7.97 Supplying and erecting corridor/Passage light fitting (2 feet) including 18W LED lamp complete. (BOQ ITEM NO 109)

Supplying and erecting corridor/Passage light fitting (2 feet) including 18W LED lamp comprises of extruded channel in plastic silver-grey color & with same plastic end cap on provided PVC block / wooden board. Complete with providing & installing fabricated GI bracket for mounting fixtures & termination with help of 4-way IP 65 junction box etc. rates include supply & erection of light fixtures & suitable junction box.

7.98 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of LED Flood light fitting of 70- 80W, including lamp, complete. (BOQ ITEM NO 110)

Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of LED Flood light fitting of 70- 80W, including lamp, with PF > 0.95, class IP 65 and above housing of pressure die cast aluminum alloy and heat sink extruded aluminum complete. Scope includes supply & erection of light fixtures & suitable junction box complete with mounting SS bracket for installation of flood light at staircase area.

7.99 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 15W / Mtr, Warm White LED flexible strip. (BOQ ITEM NO 111)

Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 15W / Meter, Warm White LED flexible strip suitable for outdoor use with IP67 degree of protection and required rating drivers. Scope includes supply & erection of aluminum angle/bracket. Installation of LED strips will be done on aluminum angle/bracket with proper fixing on wall or desired surface as per instruction of site in charge.

7.100 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 15W / Mtr, RGB LED flexible strip with decoder & driver complete. (BOQ ITEM NO 112)

Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 15W / Meter, RGB/RGBW LED flexible strip suitable for outdoor use with IP67 degree of protection and required rating drivers & Decoder. Control system for LED strips shall be standard DMX 512 protocol. Scope includes supply & erection of aluminum angle/bracket. Installation of LED strips will be done on aluminum angle/bracket with proper fixing on wall or desired surface as per instruction of site in charge.


7.101 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 250W Constant Current LED Driver with IP 67 rating & enclosed in suitable FRP enclosure. (BOQ ITEM NO 113)

250W Constant Current LED Driver with IP 67 rating & enclosed in suitable FRP enclosure. Incoming AC & outgoing DC supply wire properly terminated using copper lugs of appropriate sizes. Make - MEAN WELL.

7.102 Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 4C X 70 sq. mm 1.1 KV, XLPE aluminum conductor armored cable. (BOQ ITEM NO 114)

Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 4C X 70 sq. mm 1.1 KV, XLPE aluminum conductor armored cable with continuous (8 SWG) G.I. earth wire complete erected with glands & lugs, on wall/ trusses/ pole or laid in provided trench/ pipe in a manner as per IE RULE. Proper dressing of cable should be done while laying.

7.103 Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 4C X 25 sq. mm 1.1 KV, XLPE AL armored cable. (BOQ ITEM NO 115)

Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 4C X 25 sq. mm 1.1 KV, XLPE aluminum conductor armored cable with continuous (8 SWG) G.I. earth wire complete erected with glands & lugs, on wall/ trusses/ pole or laid in provided trench/ pipe in a manner as per IE RULE. Proper dressing of cable should be done while laying.

7.104 Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 3C X 6 sq. mm 1.1 KV, XLPE COPPER round flexible cable. (BOQ ITEM NO 116)

Supplying, erecting & terminating XLPE armored cable 3 core 6 sq. mm. copper conductor continuous 5.48 sq. mm. (12 SWG) G.I. earth wire complete erected with glands & lugs, on wall/ trusses/ pole or laid in provided trench/ pipe in a manner as per IE RULE. Proper dressing of cable should be done while laying.

7.105 Supplying, erecting & terminating XLPE armored cable 4C X 4 sq. mm. copper cable. (BOQ ITEM NO 117)

Supplying, erecting & terminating XLPE armored cable 4 core 4 sq. mm. copper conductor continuous 5.48 sq. mm. (12 SWG) G.I. earth wire complete erected with glands & lugs, on wall/ trusses/ pole or laid in provided trench/ pipe. Proper dressing of cable should be done while laying, also proper flexible conduit to be use for cable laying.

7.106 Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 3C x 2.5 sq.mm. flexible copper cable. (BOQ ITEM NO 118)


Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 3c x 2.5 sq.mm. flexible copper cable for junction box/terminal box to fixtures. Proper dressing of cable should be done while laying, also proper flexible conduit to be use for cable laying.

7.107 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning DMX cable. - Belden make or equivalent DMX cable with single pair shield wire. (BOQ ITEM NO 119)

Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning DMX cable & required 3pin connector through suitable flexible conduit - Belden make or equivalent DMX cable with single pair with shield wire 22 AWG pair stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, Datalene® (FHDPE) insulation, twisted pairs, overall Beldfoil® shield (100% coverage) plus a tinned copper braid (65% coverage), PVC jacket. Impedance 120Ohms, 100% Shield, 90% Braid + Drain, Insulation PE, DMX cable laying in the provided casing / pipe all complete with proper termination using the 3pin DMX connectors.

7.108 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning Hensel, Ensto make or equivalent make Thermo-plastic junction box. (BOQ ITEM NO 120)

Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning of Thermo-plastic Cable junction boxes with IP65 degree of protection with metric knockouts for cable entry up to size 6 Sq mm cable. Junction box having Size 139 x 119 x 70 mm, metric knockouts, grey cover, PC with stud type terminal suitable for terminating 4nos. 3c x 6sq.mm. copper cable.

7.109 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of street light control panel having rating TPN MCB 110 A auto/manual selector switch, for automatic operation street lights up to the max load of 35 kW on provided iron frame / CC foundation complete. (BOQ ITEM NO 121)

Supplying, erecting & commissioning of street light control panel in powder coated CRCA 14/16 SWG sheet, outdoor type, three phase, 415 V consisted of suitable rating contactor, 24 hrs. digital/ astronomical time switch with minimum 5 years battery backup, TPN MCB 110 A auto/manual selector switch, ON/OFF push buttons, indicator lamps, control wiring, metering device, etc. for automatic operation & overcurrent, short circuit, earth fault protection of street lights up to the max load of 35 kW on provided iron frame / CC foundation complete.The control panel shall be suitable for outdoor installation and all relevant codes of practices shall be applicable. The control panel shall be weather proof and water proof and shall be suitable for IP65.


The control pillar shall have 2 separate compartments with separate doors. One compartment shall be for incoming supply switch gears and energy meter etc. and shall have sealing arrangement. The other compartment for consumer use shall have control and power switchgears for outgoing. All the equipment in the pillar box shall be erected on 2mm thick galvanized iron plate, and this plate shall be properly connected to the earth bar. Energy saving features shall also be there.All power and control wiring inside the control panel shall be with stranded copper conductor wires with lugs / ferrules as per requirement and clamped at both the ends. For termination of incoming and outgoing cables, epoxy insulators with studs and locknuts shall be provided.A detachable gland plate made from 3 mm thick galvanized iron/Aluminium sheet shall be provided at the pillar bottom. Timer control for switching streetlights ON/OFF is required to be provided.Contractor to provide KWH meter and CT’s as approved by the power supply company and get the same calibrated before installation. Certificate shall be submitted after commissioning the equipment. Entry of cable to panel box shall be from bottom and PVC shrouds shall be provided between phases, distributors. Feeder pillar foundation shall be M20 Grade Concrete, 500 mm above ground level.

7.110 Design, Fabrication, Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning with 2 years warrantee of AC distribution box, triple pole and neutral distribution board (TPNDB) with I/C: 63A 4P RCCB - 1no & O/G: 20A TP MCB - 2 no., 10A TPNMCB - 4 nos. (BOQ ITEM NO 122)

Scope includes installation of ACDB using fabricated bracket suitable as per site location. Proper earthing termination & cable glanding to be done in ACDB.

7.111 Supply, Installation, Testing and commissioning of maintenance free earthing. (BOQ ITEM NO 123)

Supply, Installation, Testing and commissioning of maintenance free earthing comprising of Electrode of 17.2 mm diameter Low Carbon Steel with 250-micron molecular copper bonded earthing rod of Length 3m along with 25 kg Carbon based environment friendly back fill ground enhancing compound required to fill up the excavated earth with required quantity complete. Earthing shall be done as per General Guidelines and Specifications for street lighting mentioned in tender documents.

7.112 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning of Hensel or equivalent make Thermo-plastic distribution box of size 300 X 300 X 182 mm with hinged doors. (BOQ ITEM NO 124)


Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning of Thermo-plastic junction boxes with IP65 degree of protection with metric knockouts for cable entry up to size 6 Sq mm cable. Junction box having Size 300 x 300 x 182 mm, metric knockouts, grey cover. The box will be used as enclosure for DMX controller unit & DMX splitter unit with appropriate power supply point inside it.

7.113 Excavating hard Rock or bituminous road by chiseling for preparing pit for pole / stay/earth plate / for laying cable/ pipe & clearing the site by removing debris & making the site as required. (BOQ ITEM NO 125)

As per general condition of tender documents.7.114 Supplying and erecting UPVC reinforced flexible conduit 25

mm in diameter. (BOQ ITEM NO 126)

Supplying and erecting UPVC reinforced flexible conduit 25 mm in dia. conforming to I.S. with required number of couplings, PVC bushes, check nuts etc. complete. 25 mm flexible conduit to be use for all power & DMX cable below size of 10 sq mm.

7.115 Supplying and laying double wall corrugated pipes (DWC) for enclosing cable below ground/road surface, to required depth complete. (BOQ ITEM NO 127)

Supplying and laying (including excavation of suitable width & depth up to 90 cm) 120 mm outside dia. double wall corrugated pipes (DWC) of HDPE for enclosing cable below ground/road surface, to required depth complete.

7.116 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning of DMX CONTROL SYSTEM NICOLAUDIE make, Model no. SLESA-UE7: (BOQ ITEM NO 128)

Input: 5-5.5V DC 0.6A, Output: DMX512 (x2), with in-built time clock, USB and Ethernet connectivity port for programming / control, Including 8 Scenes Push Button Panel and Power Supply. The Stand-Alone DMX controller can be used to control a wide variety of different DMX systems- from RGB/RGBW to more advanced moving and color mixing luminaires. The controller comes with a variety of features including 1024 DMX channels, clock/calendar, iPhone/iPad/Android remote control, Ethernet facilities, dry contact port triggering and multi-zone SD card memory. The lighting levels, colors and effects can be programmed from a PC, Mac, Android, iPad or iPhone using the included software. Controller should have 3 DMX512 universes in live mode (computer) Network synchronisation for hundreds of universes, Multi-zone microSD memory, 250 scenes across 5 areas, USB & Ethernet connectivity for programming/control, 8 dry contact trigger


ports via HE10 connector, Clock and calendar with Sunrise/Sunset triggering, Network communication. Controller should be Control lighting remotely, OEM customization, Windows/Mac software to set dynamic colours/effects. It should have iPhone/iPad/Android remote and programming apps

7.117 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning Swisson make DMX Splitter. (BOQ ITEM NO 129)

Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning Swisson make DMX Splitter Model No. XSP-3B,DMX Splitter / Booster - XSP Series Individual0 Supplying and laying (including excavation of suitable width & depth up to 90 cm) 120 mm outside dia. double wall corrugated pipes (DWC) of HDPE for enclosing cable below ground/road surface, to required depth complete.264646 optical isolation per port Connector types: 3 pin XLR (Preferred - 5 pin XLR available) Housing types: Box 5 DMX Outputs per universe DMX line termination.Splitter should in place in separate FRP enclosure IP 654 box. Incoming power supply for splitter should be uninterrupted & through proper TP MCB.

7.118 Supply, installation, testing, commissioning Male Female DMX connector, plug & socket with IP68 degree of protection (BOQ ITEM NO 130)

Supply, installation, testing, commissioning Male Female DMX connector, plug & socket with IP68 degree of protection for each RGB (wall washer) fitting (for connecting DMX cable) One set of male/female DMX connector used for each & every RGB fittings.

7.119 Programming charges for DMX theme. (BOQ ITEM NO 131)

DMX theme programming will be done as per instruction of engineer in charge. DMX 512 programming will be done according to light fixtures & scene instructed by engineer in charge. Address setting to be done to all RGB/RGBW fixtures using DMX address writer. Calendar wise /day wise scene will be store in control system. Remotely lighting control customize through software & access of remote controlling given to MRIDC. All scene/theme will be as per instruction & satisfaction of engineer in charge MRIDC. As-built drawings of DMX layout with indicative fixture & DMX address shall be submitted in 3 set by the contractor.

7.120 Providing, fabricating and fixing in position 3.00 mm thick perforated stainless steel of SS 304 grade to the external face


of crash barrier for covering electrical slot using stainless steel bolts including labours, required tools and equipment’s, scaffolding shoring etc. complete. (BOQ Item no. 132)


7.121 SCHEDULE FOR TESTING OF MATERIALS: -

Sr. No.

Brief description

of materials

to be tested

Prescription of test which shall be

carried out

Frequency at which test shall be

carried out

Total No of test to be

taken

1 Coarse Aggregate

- Gradation test 1 to 100 cum 1 test- Impact value 100 to 500 cum 3 tests-Flakiness and elongation 500 to 1500 cum 5 tests

1500 to 5000 cum 7 testsEvery work 1 test (At

least)2 Grit - Stripping value As above3 Granular

materials- Gradation As above- Atterberg limits As above

4 Murum - P I Value up to 50 cum. 1 test

5 Sand/ quarry spall

- Silt content every work / season 1 test- Gradation every 200 cum. 1 test- CBR test every work 1 test

6 Asphalt

-Penetration test as per IS 1203 1 to 10 tanker 1 test-Ductility test as per IS 1208 11 to 20 tanker 2 tests-Specific gravity test as per IS 1202 21 to 50 tanker 3 tests-Viscosity test as per IS 1206 51 to 100 tanker 4 tests-Softening point test as per IS 1204

Remaining every 50 tanker 1 testFor larger consignment 8 tests

7 CC Cubes- CompressiveStrength(I.S. 519 – 1959)

1 to 5 cum 1 test6 to 15 cum 2 tests16 to 30 cum 3 tests30 to 50 cum 4 tests51 and above 4 + 1 tests

(For each additional 50 m3 or part thereof)

8 Water - Chemical test Once for approval of source of supply

9 Steel- Tensile Strength

Every 40 tonnes/ per category 1 test- Yield Stress

- Elongation- Size

10 Bricks - Water absorption Every 50,000 bricks 1 test- Effloresce- Size


Sr. No.

Brief description

of materials

to be tested


carried out


carried out


taken

-Compressive Strength

Sr. No.

Brief description of materials to be tested

Prescription of test which shall be carried out

Frequency at which test shall be carried out


taken

11 Prime coat/ Tack coat

- Quality of binderNumber of samples per lot and test as per IS:73

-Binder temperature for application

At regular close intervals

-Rate of spread of binder

every 500 m2 and not less than two tests per day

2 tests

12Carpet and Seal coat mix/ B.M/ M.S.S.

- Quality of binderNumber of samples per lot and test as per IS:73

- Grading

On individual contents and mix aggregate from the dryer for each 100 tonnes of mix subject to minimum of two test per plant per day

1 test

-Temperature of binder

At regular close intervals

-Binder content vide 45 IMD 2172

Every 100 tonnes of mix subject to minimum Of Two per day

1 test

- Rate of spread of mix materials

Regular control through checks on layer thickness

13 Granular Sub- base - Gradation As mentioned under

serial number 3- Atterberg limits As mentioned under

serial number 3- Moisture content prior to compaction

As mentioned under serial number 3

Density of compacted layer Every 500 m2 1 test

Deleterious As required


Sr. No.

Brief description

of materials

to be tested


carried out


carried out


taken

constituents- C.B.R. As required

14 Wet Mix Macadam

- Aggregate Impact Value


- Grading As mentioned under serial number 1

- Flakiness and Elongation Index


- Atterberg limits of portion of aggregate passing 425-micron sieve


- Density of compacted layer Every 500 m2 1 test

Sr. No.

Brief description of materials to be tested

Prescription of test which shall be carried out

Frequency at which test shall be carried out

Total No of test to be taken

15 Water BoundMacadam

-Aggregate Impact Value


- Grading

As mentioned under serial No.1

- Flakiness Index and Elongation index

- Atterberg limits of binding material

- Atterberg limits of portion of aggregate passing 425-micron sieve


16 Earthwork - Sand Content [IS: 2720 (Part-4)]

Every 3000 cubic metres of soil 2 tests

- Plasticity Test [IS:2720 (Part-5)]

Every 3000 cub. Metres of soil. 2 tests

- Density Test [IS:2720 (Part-8)]

very 3000 cubic metres of soil. 2 tests

- Moisture Content Test [IS :2720 (Part-2)]

Every 250 cubic metres of soil. 1 test

- CBR Test Every 3000 cum. at least or closer as and when required by the

1 test


Sr. No.

Brief description

of materials

to be tested


carried out


carried out


taken

Engineer.

17 Pile - Routine Test Load

Up to 50 number of Piles 2 testsUp to 150 number of piles 3 tests

Beyond 150

2 percent of total piles (fractional number rounded to next higher integer)

If directed by the Engineer in charge, the materials intended to be used for the work but not included in the above schedule shall also be got tested at Government recognized Laboratory or field Laboratory.

---------------------------------------------------------------------


SECTION 8ELIGIBILITY AND QUALIFICATION

CRITERIA

Section 8: Eligibility and Qualification Criteria of 416

SECTION 8ELIGIBILITY AND QUALIFICATION CRITERIA

This section contains all the criteria that MRIDC will use to evaluate Bids and qualify Bidders through post-qualification. No other factors, methods or criteria shall be used other than specified in this bidding document. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Annexures.

8 Evaluation

8.1 Adequacy of Technical Proposal

Evaluation of the Bidder's Technical Proposal will include an assessment of the Bidder's technical capacity to mobilize key equipment and personnel for the contract consistent with its proposal regarding work methods, scheduling, and material sourcing in sufficient detail and fully in accordance with the requirements stipulated in Technical Specifications.

8.2 Eligibility Criteria:

The completed work experience certificate issued from Govt. / Semi Govt. / PSU only will be considered for evaluation.

8.2.1Technical Eligibility Criteria:

A. The Bidder must have successfully completed any of the following during last 07 (seven) years, ending last day of month, previous to the month in which tender is scheduled to be opened:Three similar works costing not less than the amount equal to 20% of advertised value of the tender,

orTwo similar works costing not less than the amount equal to 25% of advertised value of the tender,

orOne similar work costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of advertised value of the tender.

B. In case of composite works (e.g. works involving more than one distinct component, such as Civil Engineering works, S&T works, Electrical works, OHE works etc. and in the case of major bridges – substructure, superstructure etc.), Bidder must have successfully completed any of the following during last 07 (seven) years,


ending last day of month, previous to the month in which tender is scheduled to be opened:Three similar works costing not less than the amount equal to 20% of advertised value of each component of tender,

orTwo similar works costing not less than the amount equal to 25% of advertised value of each component of tender,

orOne similar work costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of advertised value of each component of tender.

Note: Separate completed works of minimum required values for each component can also be considered for fulfilment of technical eligibility criteria.

C. The components of the ROB work involved in the project, considered for evaluation of Technical Eligibility Criteria as per Clause 8.2.1 (B) above, are as follows:

i. Sub-structure:Substructure is the component of ROB which supports the superstructure and transfers the structural load to the foundations. The activities of sub-structure include foundation, Pile, Pile Cap, Pier, Pier Cap, Abutment, capping beam, Pedestals, etc.

ii.Super-structure:Superstructure is the component of ROB which supports traffic and includes Bearings, deck, slab and girders. All the parts of the bridge which is mounted on a supporting system can be classified as a Super structure.

D. The each other partner of JV (excluding lead partner) shall have 5 years of experience in construction work.

The estimated tender cost of various components is placed in Section 11: Bill of Quantities and Financial Proposal, as part of the tender documents. Note:The weightage for updating of costs of completed works will be done @ 0.5% per month on pro rata basis and while updating costs in this manner, the total cost of completed works will be updated from the


month of year in which the work is completed, up to the end of previous month in which tender is opened.

8.2.2Definition for Similar Work: Construction of Road Over Bridge (ROB) / Rail / Road Viaduct / Railway or Roadway Bridges / Flyover, with or without the portion within Railway boundary or over Railway track with any Government, Semi Government or Public Sector Undertaking (PSU) organisation shall be treated as similar work.

8.2.3Financial Eligibility Criteria:

The Bidder must have received contractual payments in the previous three financial years and the current financial year up to the end of the previous month in which tender is opened, at least 150% of the advertised value of the tender. The Bidders shall submit Certificates to this effect which may be an attested Certificate from the concerned department / client and/or Audited Balance Sheet duly certified by the Chartered Accountant etc.

The financial capacity of each other partner of JV (Excluding lead partner) shall not be less than 10% of the financial eligibility as specified above.

8.3 Bid Capacity: The Bidders who meet the Technical and Financial eligibility criteria will be qualified only if their available bid capacity is equal to or more than the total bid value of the present tender. The available bid capacity shall be calculated as under:

Available Bid Capacity = [A x N x 2] – B

WhereA = Maximum value of construction works executed and payment received in any one financial year, from among the current financial year up to date of opening of tender and last three financial years immediately preceding the current financial year, taking into account the completed as well as work in progress. N= Number of years prescribed for completion of work for which bids has been invited. If it is mentioned in number of days, in that case “N” will be calculated as number of days divided by 365 days.B = Value of existing commitments and balance amount of ongoing works with the Bidder to be completed in next ‘N’ years.Note:


(a) The Bidder(s) shall furnish the details of existing commitments and balance amount of ongoing works with bidder as per the prescribed proforma of MRIDC for statement of all works in progress and the works which are awarded to bidder but not yet started up to the date of opening of tender. In case of no works in hand, a ‘NIL’ statement should be furnished. This statement should be submitted duly verified by Chartered Accountant.

(b) In case of JV, the Bidder(s) must furnish the details of existing commitments and balance amount of ongoing works with each member of JV as per the prescribed proforma of MRIDC for statement of all works in progress and the works which are awarded to bidder but yet not started up to the date of opening of tender. In case of no works in hand, a ‘NIL’ statement should be furnished. This statement should be submitted duly verified by Chartered Accountant.

(c) Value of a completed work/work in progress/work awarded but yet not started for a Member in an earlier JV shall be reckoned only to the extent of the concerned member's share in that JV for the purpose of satisfying his/her compliance to the above-mentioned technical eligibility criteria in the tender under consideration.

(d) The arithmetic sum of individual “bid capacity” of all the members shall be taken as JV’s “bid capacity”.

(e) In case, the Bidder/s failed to submit the above statement along with offer, their/his offer shall be considered as incomplete and will be summarily rejected.

(f) The available bid capacity of Bidder shall be assessed based on the details submitted by the bidder. In case, the available Bid Capacity is lesser than estimated cost of work put to tender, his offer shall not be considered even if he has been found eligible in other eligibility criteria as per the tender requirement.

(g) Even though the bidders meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subjected to be disqualified if they have made misleading or false representation in the forms statement and attachments submitted as proof of the qualification requirements and / or record of post-performance such as abandoning the works, not properly completing the contract, in ordinate delays in completion litigation history or financial failures etc.

(h) In case, if the certificates regarding eligibility criteria submitted by the Firm / Agency is found to be forged / false or incorrect at any


time during process of evaluation of Bids, it shall lead to forfeiture of the Bid EMD besides banning of business for five years.

(i) In case, if the certificates submitted by Firm /Agency is found to be false / forged or incorrect at any time after the award of contract, it will lead to termination of the contract, along with forfeiture of EMD/SD and Performance Guarantee besides any other action provided in the contract including banning of business for five years.

8.4 Documents testifying bidder previous experience and financial status should be produced along with the tender. Bidder(s) shall submit along with his / their tender:

i. Certificates and testimonials regarding contracting experience for the type of job for which tender is invited with list of works carried out in the past.

ii. Certificates which may be an attested Certificate from the client, Audited Balance Sheet duly certified by the Chartered Accountant etc regarding contractual payments received in the past.

iii. Completion Certificate from respective Govt. / Semi Govt. / PSU issued by the officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer.

8.5 Specialized Subcontractors

If permitted under bid document, only the specific experience of Subcontractors for specialized works permitted by the Employer will be considered. The general experience and financial resources of the Specialized Subcontractors shall not be added to those of the Bidder for purposes of qualification of the Bidder. MRIDC permits Bidders to propose Specialized Subcontractors for the following activities:

a. General Electrification Worksb. Reinforced Retaining Earth Wallc. Horticultured. Bearingse. Aesthetic Finishf. Installation of Cameras at sitesg. Pile testing & testing of materialsh. Any other item of BOQ if approved by MRIDC

-------------------------------------------------------------------------


SECTION 9

SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 9: Schedule of Construction of 416

SECTION -9SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION

The construction schedule consists of the following stages to be executed sequentially starting from Stage-I:

Stage -I: Site Clearance, Boring / Excavation, Casting of Test Pile and its testing /Casting of Piles and Pile-Cap (Pile Foundation) / Footing (Open Foundation) in RAILWAY BOUNDARY AREA. The bridge construction site will be surrounded by a secure 2.4 m

high fence to prevent unauthorised access. All traffic will be diverted as per site conditions. The existing

services (power and communication cables and water-main) will be disconnected / diverted before any demolition works may commence, based on the report submitted by Geotechnical Investigation Consultant.

Excavation shall be done for open foundation and pile cap including dewatering etc. as per specifications with all contractor’s own machinery and equipment, shoring, strutting, timbering and buttressing with sand /clay bags and all such measures necessary to retain in position the sides of the foundation pit and including refilling the excavated material with watering, ramming, levelling the site, disposing off the surplus/unusable earth on nominated dumping grounds as per directions of Engineer.

Cast-in-situ vertical bored piles shall be provided with design mix RCC of Grade specified in Drawings through all types of soils, boulders, soft rock and hard rock including boring, chiselling and socketing in rock with all contractor's labour, material (except reinforcement steel), tools and plants, chemicals, admixtures, taxes, royalty, all lead and lift etc. as per specifications, weigh batching of ingredients, mechanical mixing, placing, with tremie pipe, using permanent/temporary liners or bentonite slurry etc, if required for avoiding side collapse, disposal of excavated materials as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, levelling of ground, chipping off pile top to remove laitance concrete above cut off level including cutting and removing liner above cut-off level complete in all respect as per direction of Engineer-in charge.

Load Tests for Piles shall be done according to the relevant clauses of Technical Specifications.

STAGE-II: Positioning and Casting of Pier/ abutment, Pier cap in RAILWAY BOUNDARY AREA.

Providing and placing in position RCC of specified grade-controlled concrete in Pier/ abutment and Pier cap with 6 mm to 20 mm size graded aggregate of approved quality with


Contractor's own design of mix as approved by MRIDC complete in all respect as per technical specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

The Agency must use specially designed steel shuttering for all types of Concrete work for smooth finish as per the Technical Specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

STAGE-III: Site Clearance, Boring / Excavation, Casting of Test Pile and its testing /Casting of Piles and Pile-Cap (Pile Foundation) / Footing (Open Foundation) in NON-RAILWAY AREA.

The bridge construction site will be surrounded by a secure 2.4 m high fence to prevent unauthorised access.

All traffic will be diverted as per site conditions. The existing services (power and communication cables and water-main) will be disconnected / diverted before any demolition works may commence, based on the report submitted by Geotechnical Investigation Consultant.

Excavation shall be done for open foundation and pile cap including dewatering etc. as per specifications with all contractor’s own machinery and equipment, shoring, strutting, timbering and buttressing with sand /clay bags and all such measures necessary to retain in position the sides of the foundation pit and including refilling the excavated material with watering, ramming, levelling the site, disposing off the surplus/unusable earth on nominated dumping grounds as per directions of Engineer.

Cast-in-situ vertical bored piles shall be provided with design mix RCC of Grade specified in Drawings through all types of soils, boulders, soft rock and hard rock including boring, chiselling and socketing in rock with all contractor's labour, material (except reinforcement steel), tools and plants, chemicals, admixtures, taxes, royalty, all lead and lift etc. as per specifications, weigh batching of ingredients, mechanical mixing, placing, with tremie pipe, using permanent/temporary liners or bentonite slurry etc, if required for avoiding side collapse, disposal of excavated materials as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, levelling of ground, chipping off pile top to remove laitance concrete above cut off level including cutting and removing liner above cut-off level complete in all respect as per direction of Engineer-in charge.

Load Tests for Piles shall be done according to the relevant clauses of Technical Specifications.

STAGE-IV: Positioning and Casting of Pier/ abutment, Pier cap in NON-RAILWAY AREA.


The Agency shall provide and place in position RCC of specified grade-controlled concrete in Pier/ abutment and Pier cap with 6 mm to 20 mm size graded aggregate of approved quality with Contractor's own design of mix as approved by MRIDC complete in all respect as per technical specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

The Agency must use specially designed steel shuttering for all types of Concrete work for smooth finish as per the Technical Specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

STAGE V: Casting of RCC / PSC Girders as per approved drawings. The Agency shall provide / cast Precast RCC / PSC girders as per

approved drawing provided by MRIDC of specified grade-controlled concrete in Pier/ abutment and Pier cap with 6 mm to 20 mm size graded aggregate of approved quality with Contractor's own design of mix as approved by MRIDC complete in all respect as per technical specifications, drawings and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

Casting of Girder may be started along with Stage-I or even earlier for speedy completion of work.

Casting of RCC Girders shall comprise of the following activities:o Assembly of Mould

Check the level and flatness of the base mould before assembling the mould for panel casting.

Ensure that the dimensions of mould are within the specified tolerances.

Check the squareness of the mould forms.o Mould Cleaning and preparation

The mould should be clean and free from debris and old mortars using remover or scaling bars.

Form oil or mould release agent should be applied evenly over the mould surfaces.

Check that the joints and edges of the mould, bolts, stoppers, tie rods, side props and rubber seal are intact and properly secured.

o Fixing of reinforcement steel as per the Technical specifications. Check that the rebar size, spacing and lap length are in

accordance with the drawings. Rebars, cast in-items, corrugated sleeve pipes, recesses,

lifting hooks and inserts must be correctly positioned and properly secured.

Use of fabrication rig can help to ensure the accuracy of rebars fixing and spacing.


Where needed, tack welding may be carried out to secure these items.

Sufficient number of spacers with the correct sizes should be properly placed and secured to achieve the required concrete cover during casting.

o Final inspection before casting Check and verify that all details comply with drawings. Check the mould fitting conditions including block out

details. It is good to check the base mould level again before

casting, in particular for site pre-casting where other concurrent site activities may have shifted the mould level.

o Concreting Check that concrete grade used is according to design

specifications. Conduct Slump test in compliance with IS 1199 to assess

the workability of the concrete mix before placing the concrete to the mould.

The drop height of concrete mix should not exceed more than 1m.

Proper vibration and compaction should be carried out in particular, in more congestion areas.

Form vibrator can be used for slender and thin elements. Spreading and levelling of concrete surface level after

initial set. Maintain the required thickness by use of screeder. Use of power trowel / float is recommended for smooth

surface finishes.o Curing

Observe adequate curing time and desired environment. Concrete cubes should be subjected to the same curing

conditions as the precast concrete elements.o Demoulding

Depending on the anchor length of inserts and types of precast elements, the minimum concrete strength required may be higher to overcome the suction and frictional forces during demoulding.

Cube tests should be conducted to verify the concrete strength of elements before demoulding.

Loosen and remove all bolts & pins and end and side mould forms before lifting.

o Final Inspection before launching Check the condition of the finished product and verify the

critical dimensions.


Proper identification markings should be placed on elements showing the location, member type, size, weight and orientation as per shop drawing.

Check that the elements have achieved 75% of their design concrete strength before erection.

STAGE VI: Launching of RCC/PSC Girders as per approved Launching Scheme.

Erection of precast concrete girders includes transporting the girders to the site, handling and temporary storage, bearings, erecting the girders, placing and grouting connectors, placing expansion assemblies and placing grout pads.

Units must be lifted only at the lifting holes or hooks provided near the ends of the girders and must be kept vertical at all time, in order to prevent damage.

The Agency must check that centrelines of bearings for piers, abutments and bridge roadway are in the correct location.

The Agency must check the elevations of pier and abutment seats and elevations of bearing pads.

Where girders are erected onto bearings, the Agency must ensure to take special precautions with the bearing areas on the piers and the abutments.

The concrete surface to receive the bearings is to be finished to a smooth, true, uniform surface to ensure full contact. Minor grinding, chipping or filling may be required to ensure proper contact of the bearings.

Bearings to be grouted are generally set on stacks of thin galvanized steel shim plates. The Agency must check the elevations of the bearings and review the shims requirements to ensure that they will be stable under load and are distributed such that the bearings will not be damaged by high local stresses.

STAGE VII: Fixing of Reinforced Earthen Walls / in-situ Pre-cast Panels, Casting of Deck Slab over Railway Portion in all respects as per specifications given by MRIDC.

The Agency shall provide reinforced earth structure (R.E. Wall) with Geogrid by providing all required materials such as precast facia panels or in situ retaining wall as per specifications and approved design & drawing, steel reinforcement, Friction Ties, Polymeric Loops, Anchor Pin (Mild Steel), filter media materials, embankment materials for approach such as approved murum / fly ash etc. of approved characteristics strength & standards.


The activity shall include necessary excavation for foundation of required depth including necessary soling 300mm. depth and bed concrete in C.C. M-15 grade 200mm depth or as directed by engineer in charge, Casting levelling pad in R.C.C. M- 30, fixing facia panels in line & level or making in situ retaining wall as per approved drawing, fixing friction tiles, placing polymeric loops, fixing anchor pins. etc. as per approved drawing.

The Agency shall Provide filter media of minimum 300 mm. width or more as directed & provide and back fill approved murum up to 3.94 m width including all leads & lifts, laying in layers of 200 mm. thick, breaking clods, remove cover soil, Dressing in required lines, curves, grades, & sections, watering & compaction by vibratory roller so as to have compaction of each layer to 95% Modified Proctor Density, drainage arrangement complete in all respect.


STAGE VIII: Preparation / Construction of Road Surface in all respects as per specifications given by MRIDC.

ROB portion: Girders in Railway portion (Steel Girders) will be fabricated,

transported, assembled and launched by other vendor. The Agency of this contract shall provide RCC deck slab of

specified grade as per technical specifications. The necessary arrangement shall be made for bitumen layer.

All precautions must be taken that while doing RCC deck slab over steel girders, nothing shall fall on Railway track or obstruct train movement.

Approach portion: The Agency shall provide & lay Granular Sub Base (GSB) of 300

MM thick as per clause 401 of M.O.R.T.&H (2001 with latest amendments) specifications of specified grading (Grade-I Table 400-1 or 400-2) in specified thickness in layers. The item to include premixing the materials in plant, transportation to site, spreading in uniform layers with motor grader on a prepared subgrade, compacting with vibratory rollers till 98% of the maximum dry density (IS 2720 part-8) is achieved Complete in all respect.

The Agency/ Firm shall Provide & lay granular base of Wet mix macadam (WMM) as per clause 406 of M.O.R.T.&H ((2001 with latest amendments)) specifications of specified grading (Table 400-11) in specified thickness in layers.

The Agency shall provide and Lay dry lean cement concrete of (150mm thick) sub-base over a prepared sub-grade with coarse and fine aggregate conforming to IS:383, the size of coarse aggregate not exceeding 25mm, aggregate cement ratio not to exceed 15:1 aggregate gradation after blending to be as per MORTH table 600-1 and directed by engineer in charge.

The agency shall provide Cement Concrete Pavement of specified grade and thickness as per technical specifications provided by MRIDC.

Road surfacing:

The Agency shall Provide and lay 50 mm thick Dense Bituminous Macadam (DBM) using crushed stone aggregate BT chips as per required gradation and using emulsion asphalt as a tack coat @ 2.5 kg / 10 sq mt and the 60/70 grade asphalt at 40 kg/MT by total weight of mix hot laid process using drum mix plant including heating and mixing asphalt & materials by drum mix process transporting the mix and laying by paver finisher including consolidation with vibratory roller including cost of material, labour, machinery equipment and fuel , oil , lubricant


for plant and machinery using Firm / Agency's own plant and machineries etc.

The agency shall Provide and apply primer coat with slow setting bituminous emulsion (SSI) complying with IS : 8887 of approved quality and make, on prepared surface of granular base / Deck slab including cleaning of road surface by Mechanical Broom & dusting by Air Compressor, and spraying using Bitumen Pressure Distributor, uniformly at the rate of 0.80kg/sqm as per table 500-3, complete as per the direction of Engineer in charge of work and in accordance with MORT&H technical specifications clause No.502.

The Agency shall provide and lay 25 mm thick mastic asphalt wearing course on prime coat with paving grade bitumen meeting the requirements given in table 500-29, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to required level and slope after cleaning the surface, including providing antiskid surface with bitumen precoated fine-grained hard stone chipping of 13.2 mm nominal size at the rate of 0.005 cum per 10 sqm and at an approximate spacing of 10 cm centre to centre in both directions, pressed into surface when the temperature of surfaces is not less than 1000C, protruding 1 mm to 4 mm over mastic surface, all complete as per clause 515.

STAGE IX: Fixing of Lighting & Sign boards, Paintings as per specifications given by MRIDC.

The Agency shall provide Mandatory/Regulatory sign boards in Various shape made out of 2mm aluminium composite material (ACM) sheet bonded with white retro reflective sheeting of Class C (Type XI High intensity micro prismatic grade sheeting-HIP) having pressure sensitive/heat activated adhesive retroreflective specified back ground, border and back side retroreflective symbols, letters, numerals, arrow as per IRC:67-2012 Table No 8.3 supported on one no. of M. S. angle iron post of size 75 mm X 75 mm X 6 mm, 3.5 m long, duly painted with flat oil paint having alternate black and white bands of 25 cm width including G.I. fixtures etc; fixing the boards in M25 grade concrete block of size 45cm X 45cm X 60cm including transportation etc; complete.

The Agency shall provide lighting with fixtures at specified locations of ROB, the appropriate system and source of electric power shall be provided as per the technical specifications.

The Agency shall provide two coats of paints with exterior grade weather shield Emulsion paint of approved brand, shade & manufacture over a coat of primer including preparing the surface to receive the paintings for External surfaces at all levels with primer etc., complete as specified including all other


necessary related work, leads & lifts etc., as specified in the drawings, specifications and as directed by Engineer in charge.

STAGE X: Aesthetic finish as per the requirement of MRIDC. Road marking

The firm / Agency shall provide all Road markings as per the IRC: 35 and directed by engineer in charge, the road markings comprises of carriageway marking, intersection markings, hazardous area etc. The proper layout and road markings shall be ensured so that merging with traffic is safe. The markings shall be done only by means of a self-propelled machine which has a satisfactory cut-off value capable of applying broken line automatically. The Hot applied thermoplastic paint with glass beads shall be used as road markingmaterial.

Pedestrian Railings /Guard Rails.The Pedestrian Guardrails of iron/ steel sections shall be provided as per IRC:103. The iron/ steel guard rails shall be finished with epoxy primer and two coats of synthetic enamel paint after sand blasting (appropriate corrosion protection layer shall be provided in corrosive environment). In case iron/steel sections are not suitable in corrosive environment even after providing corrosion protection layer, concrete guard rails as per IRC:103 shall be provided in those sections.

HorticultureThe Agency / Firm shall make necessary arrangement for Horticulture as per the Technical specifications and relevant items in Bill of Quantities.

Noise Barrier The Noise Barrier if required shall be provided on one side / both sides of ROB as per the Technical specifications. The minimum height of barrier should be 2.5m.

Lighting The Agency / Firm shall provide Lighting with all necessary fittings and fixtures as per specifications provided by MRIDC. The Pole should be steel tubular type with suitable

arrangement at top of the pole for fixing the brackets and lighting fixture. The Pole shall be fabricated out of MS Pipe with ISI mark, the overall length of the pole is 9.0 meters.


The Pole shall be painted with one coat anti-corrosive oxide primer before dispatch to site and two coats of aluminium paint after installation.

The necessary hole of required size for wire entry and of termination box, if required, should be made on pole.

Termination box should be made from sheet moulding compound (SMC) materials having proper wall thickness, Box should be erected as per the requirement on site and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

The Firm / Agency shall supply and install medium voltage, power cables either in ground in trench, in wall or in pipes depending on site conditions and include installation with accessories for the same. The work consists of supplying, laying, joining, terminating and connecting 1.1KV PVC power cables.

The Firm / Agency shall provide Luminaries as per IS 2149-1970 and 1913-1978 amended up to date and as per detailed specification given as per tender document.

Architectural fixtures All architecture fixtures and finishes as suggested by the

Architect appointed by MRIDC and as per the drawing provided by Architect.

---------------------------------------------------------


SECTION: 10

TIME PERIOD AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE

Section 10: Time Period and Payment Schedule of 416

SECTION: 10

TIME PERIOD AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE, BILL OF QUANTITIES

10.1 The Firm / Agency shall follow the time schedule mentioned below strictly and will be eligible to receive the payments in stages as mentioned in the table below:

Stage Description of Deliverables

Time schedule (In days)

Payment (% fee) of contract

value1

Railway Boundary Area :

a. Site Clearance, Utility shifting if applicable, Topographic Survey, Demarcation of ROB, Setting up of Benchmark, Barricading, Pile boring for test pile, Casting of Test Pile and its testing, Plate load test for Open Foundation.Note: The firm can claim 50% of this stage payment after completion of every 50% ofthe total work of this item.

D+21 3%

b. Excavation open foundation/Pile cap, Piling, Note: The firm can claim 50% of this stage payment after completion of every 50% of the total work of this item.

D+29 3%

c. Positioning, PCC, fixing of reinforcement steel & Casting of Pile, Pile cap, back filling of earthwork.Note: The firm can claim 20% of this stage payment after completion of every 20% of the total work of this item.

D+54 10%

d. Positioning, fixing of reinforcement steel & Casting of Pier, Pier cap, pedestal (Make it fit for placement of Steel / RCC girder.)Note: The firm can claim 20% of this stage payment after completion of every 20% of the total work of this item.

D+104 10%

2 Non Railway Boundary area :





valuea. Site Clearance, Utility shifting if

applicable, Topographic Survey, Demarcation of ROB, Setting up of Benchmark, Barricading, Pile boring for test pile, Casting of Test Pile and its testing, Plate load test for Open Foundation.Note: The firm can claim 50% of this stage

payment after completion of every 50% ofthe total work of this item.

D+118 4%

b. Excavation open foundation/Pile cap, Piling, Note: The firm can claim 50% of this stage payment after completion of every 50% of the total work of this item.

D+136 4%

c. Positioning, PCC, fixing of reinforcement steel & Casting of Pile, Pile cap, back filling of earthwork.Note: The firm can claim 20% of this stage payment after completion of every 20% of the total work of this item.

D+151 10%

d. Positioning, fixing of reinforcement steel & Casting of Pier, Pier cap, pedestal (Make it fit for placement of Steel / RCC girder.)Note: The firm can claim 20% of this stage payment after completion of every 20% of the total work of this item.

D+201 10%

3 Casting of RCC Girders as per approved drawingsa. After casting 25% of the total Nos of Girders

D+261 14%b. After casting 50% of the total Nos of Girdersc. After casting 75% of the total Nos of Girdersd. After Completion of total scope of work

4 Launching of RCC/PSC Girders as per approved Launching Schemea. After launching 35% of the total Nos of Girders

D+278 5%





valueb. After launching 35% of the total Nos of Girdersc. After Completion of total scope of work

5 Fixing of Reinforced Earthen Walls / in-situ Pre-cast Panels, Retaining wall, Casting of Deck Slab over Railway/ Non- Railway Portion in all respects as per specifications given by MRIDC.Note: The firm can claim 20% of this stage payment after completion of every 20% of the total work of this item.

D+298 6%

6 Preparation / Construction of Road Surface (flexible & rigid pavement) / Slip road in Railway and Non-Railway portion in all respects as per specifications given by MRIDC.Note: The firm can claim 20% of this stage payment after completion of every 20% of the total work of this item.

D+328 8%

7 Fixing of Lighting & Sign boards, Paintings as per specifications given by MRIDC.Note: The firm can claim 25% of this stage payment after completion of every 25% of the total work of this item.

D+338 3%

8 Aesthetic finish as per the requirement of MRIDCNote: The firm can claim 25% of this stage payment after completion of every 25% of the total work of this item.

D+360 10%

Total 360 100%D: Date of Letter of AcceptanceNote:

i. The quantity estimated by MRIDC may vary according to site condition and actual site requirements. Due to such variations in quantity the total estimated value is liable to change. The payment for such variations will be adjusted in stage payment schedule accordingly.

ii. Security Deposit (initial 5% and subsequent 5% of the contract value deducted by MRIDC during the payments) shall be refunded only after the completion of Defect Liability Period or as otherwise specified.


iii. Stages of payment shall be in the sequence specified above. e.g. If the work for Stage -II is completed before stage -I, Payment for stage -II will be made only after completion of stage-I.

iv. No extra payment will be made for any of the activities involved in the scope of work, until and unless specified in the tender document.

v. For claiming prescribed percentage stage payment :

The work mentioned in the respective item in payment schedule for which payment claim is made should be completed in all respect on the prescribed claim percentage to total no of ROBs rounded off to lower side.Example:

1. If total no of ROBs are 06 Nos. 20% of stage payment (i.e. 20% of 6 ROBs) is 1.2 nos. Rounded off to lower side is 1 No of ROB to be completed before claiming of 20% of stage payment, in case there are 6 ROBs in the contract.

2. If total no of ROBs 06 Nos. 35% of stage payment (i.e. 35% of 6 ROBs) is 2.1 nos. Rounded off to lower side is 2 No of ROBs to be completed before claiming of 35% of stage payment, in case there are 6 ROBs in the contract.

3. If total no of ROBs 06 Nos. 40% of stage payment (i.e. 40% of 6 ROBs) is 2.4 nos. Rounded off to lower side is 2 No of ROBs to be completed before claiming of 40% of stage payment, in case there are 6 ROBs in the contract.

4. If total no of ROBs 06 Nos. 50% of stage payment (i.e. 50% of 6 ROBs) is 3 nos. Rounded off to lower side is 3 No of ROBs to be completed before claiming of 50% of stage payment, in case there are 6 ROBs in the contract.

5. If total no of ROBs 06 Nos. 80% of stage payment (i.e. 80% of 6 ROBs) is 4.8 nos.


Rounded off to lower side is 4 No of ROBs to be completed before claiming of 80% of stage payment, in case there are 6 ROBs in the contract.

10.2 BONUS FOR EARLY COMPLETION: Time is the essence of the contract. The Firm / Agency is to complete the work in all respect within the time specified in the contract. In the event the Firm / Agency completes the whole of work before the stipulated date of completion, MRIDC may pay bonus to the extent of maximum five percent (5%) of the accepted contract amount as per stages specified below:

Duration of completion of work (in no. of days)

Payable bonus in % of Contract Amount

Less than or equal to 75% of the specified duration of contract in the tender document

5%

76% to 80% of the specified duration of contract in the tender document

4%


3%


2%


1%

10.3 DELAYS DUE TO FIRM / AGENCY AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:If the delay in the completion of the whole works or a part of the works, beyond stipulated completion period, is due to the Firm / Agency's failure or fault, and MRIDC feels that the remaining works or the portion of works can be completed by the Firm / Agency in a reasonable and acceptable short time, then, the Engineer may allow the Firm / Agency extension or further


extension of time, for completion, as he may decide, subject to the following:

Without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Engineer, recover by way of liquidated damages and not as penalty, a sum equivalent to Zero-point One percent (0.1%) of the contract value of the works, for each day or part thereof from the Firm / Agency, in default.

The recovery on account of compensation for delay shall be limited to 10% of the total contract value of the works.

The recovery of such damages shall not relieve the Firm / Agency from his obligation to complete the work or from any other obligation and liability under the contract.

------------------------------------------------------------------


SECTION 11

FINANCIAL PROPOSAL AND BILL OF QUANTITIES

Section 11: Financial Proposal and Bill of Quantities of 416

SECTION 11- ABILL OF QUANTITIES

Section 11 – A: Bill of Quantities of 416

Sr. No. Description of items Unit Rate

(Rs.) Qty Amount (Rs.)

SITE CLEARANCE AND PRILIMINARY WORKS

1 Obtaining administrative approval from tree authority for the cutting/transplanting of trees coming in the way of proposed work including preparation of drawing showing the details of trees, processing for the sanction etc. complete.Note:- (1) Fees for obtaining permission of tree cutting/transplanting etc. will be paid separately by MRIDC(2) The required permission/all formalities from concerned tree authority will be obtained by contractor.(3) Once job means permission for tree cutting/transplanting in an area specified by Engineer

No 20280 6 121680

2 Cutting of trees more than 30 cm girth including depositing the wood at nominated location with all loading, transporting etc.The contractor shall obtain necessary approval from concerned Authorities for cutting/transplanting trees.

0 0

2.1 Girth of tree over 30 cm and up to 60 cm No 390 165 64350



2.4 Girth of tree over 180 cm No 2480 28 694402.5 Trimming/ cutting of tree branches No 500 5 25003 Transplanting of existing trees by

uprooting, shifting & placing in pits No 8970 86 771420

Section 11-A: Bill of Quantities of 416



excavated of suitable size within one KM distance and refilling with manure & soil and maintaining the plant for 12 months.

4 Credit for taking away already cut wood MT -650 200 -130000

5 Providing all necessary equipment's and carrying out all necessary survey for establishing and marking out the centre line of the ROB/bridge, approaches and various other components, structures and fixing the locations with necessary masonry pillars for lines, levels with theodolite / Total station, establishing and fixing necessary Temporary Bench Marks related to GTS datum including maintaining the same till the end of the work, preparing and supplying 6 copies of site survey record plan all as directed by the Engineer etc. complete.

Job 14690 6 88140

6 Utility Shifting : Finding, Locating and shifting of various existing cables like signalling, telecom, OFC, electrical, water main, gas lines etc. In project site area, station yard and along the track by excavating cross/ longitudinal trenches. A line diagram / sketch showing the location of various cables, Water/Gas lines are prepared & submitted to MRIDC and after approval shifting of various utilities etc completed as per the direction of engineer in charge of MRIDC

LS 840 6 5040

7 Providing, supplying, fabricating, installing and uninstalling barricades to enclose construction area of 2.40 meters high with mild steel angle frames, GI Plain/ Corrugated or plain

RM 1000 8309 8309000




sheet as per the approved drawings , including foundations and fixing to the ground with all necessary fittings and fixtures. The rate includes one coat of red oxide primer before erection, two coats of approved paint & shade (including MRIDC logo) with proper reflection provision as per the specifications and design provided by MRIDC, erecting in position, welding / bolting etc.The rate includes cost of materials, labour, transportation, leads, lifts, etc. Note: Released materials will be the property of contractor after satisfactory completion of work. Contractor has to remove and clear the site after satisfactory completion of work.

8 Removal (de-launching) and shifting of Existing girder / structures of ROB/ FOB/Flyovers/Via ducts after dismantling of top road , by contractors road crane of adequate capacity with adequate boom length during Railways traffic block. The surplus dismantled material will have to be disposed at nominated place lead upto 5km.Note:- 1. Railway Traffic and Power block of adequate duration will be arranged by MRIDC. Duration of the Railway block will be as per availability and contractor will not have any claim for the duration of block and will have to complete the de-launching of existing girders within the available block. 2.This item including de-launching of Steel/ RCC/ PSC Girders in railway portion or in Approach portion.

MT 3140 0 0




3. The released material will be contractor's property , the cost of released material will be recovered as per the relevant schedule item.

9 Demolishing and shifting of brickwork, stone work , RCC , RCC Concrete Parapet, Plain cement concrete requiring use of chisels /mechanical drills/pavement breakers/rock splitters etc. for demolishing. The surplus dismantled material will have to be disposed at nominated place up to a lead of 5km. The rate includes disposal of surplus material/debris. Note: The released material will be contractor's property , the cost of released material will be recovered as per the relevant schedule item.

Cum 870 176 153120

10 Dismantling and shifting of steel work. The contractor will take care of all safety precaution and remove the material immediately. The released material will be contractor's property , the cost will be recovered as per the relevant schedule item. This item intends dismantling of existing steel ROB or steel structures, after its decommissioning.Note:- 1. Railway Traffic and Power block of adequate duration will be arranged by MRIDC. Duration of the Railway block will be as per availability and contractor will not have any claim for the duration of block and will have to complete the de-launching of existing girders within the available block. 2.This item including de-launching of Steel/ RCC/ PSC Girders in railway portion or in Approach portion.

MT 1850 30 55500




3. The released material will be MRIDC's property , the cost of released material will be recovered as per the relevant schedule item.

11 Providing Cofferdam made up of Earth or bags filled with imperviousmaterial such as clay/ sand for the construction of substructure of road over bridge as per technical Specification with all Contractor’s labour, materials, tools and plants, dewatering, etc. complete with all lead & lift.Dismantling the cofferdam made up of Earth or sand/clay for the construction of road over bridge sub structure with Contractor’s labour, materials, tools etc. complete.Note :-1. The height of cofferdam shall be decided as per site conditions and approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. MRIDC's decision is final and binding on the contractor.2. Top width of cofferdam payable is maximum 1.50m with 1:1 side slopes or actual provided whichever is less.3. Rebuilding of cofferdam due to any reason, such as flood, monsoon will not be payable extra.

RM 490 0 0

12 Providing Cofferdam of steel sheet piles or similar for foundations complete as per technical specification with contractor's labour, material, tools and plants etc. complete. The height will be decided as per site conditions and to be approved by engineer in charge.

RM 10220 2290 23407888

13 Providing Cofferdam of Shore/Micro piles of 300 mm dia and M35 Grade concrete for shoring foundations, sub structures and complete as per

RM 2100 0 0




technical specification and as per directed Engineer in charge, with contractor's labour, material, tools and plants etc. complete. The height will be decided as per site conditions and to be approved by engineer in charge.

14 Dewatering the excavated trenches, Pits and pools of water within project area by using pumps and other devices, including disposing of the water to a safe distance as directed By Engineer In charge, with suitable pump, 10 to 20 H.P etc. complete.

Hr. 110 0 0

SUBSTRUCTURE 0 0EARTHWORK AND EXCAVATION 0 0

15 Scarifying the existing bituminous road surface to a depth of 50 mm by mechanical means and disposal of scarified material with in all lifts and lead up to 5km. and in accordance with MoRT&H technical specifications clause No.305.4.3, as directed by Engineer in charge.

Sqm 96 4858 466386

16 Loosening of the ground up to a level of 500 mm below the sub-grade level, watered, graded and compacted in layers to meet requirement of MoRTH table 300-2 for sub-grade construction. and in accordance with MoRT&H technical specifications clause No.305.3.4, as directed by Engineer in charge.

Sqm 50 23620 1181000

17 Loosening, levelling and Compacting original ground supporting embankment to facilitate placement of first layer of embankment, scarified to a depth of 1500 mm, mixed with water at OMC and then compacted by rolling so as to achieve

Cum 25 23621 590515




minimum dry density as given in Table 300-2 for embankment construction. and in accordance with MoRT&H technical specifications clause No.305.3.4, as directed by Engineer in charge.

18 Excavation for foundation for pile cap and open foundation including dewatering etc. as per specifications with all contractor’s own machinery and equipment's, crossing of track, shoring, strutting, dewatering, timbering and buttressing with sand /clay bags and all such measures necessary to retain in position the sides of the foundation pit and including refilling the excavated material with watering, ramming, levelling the site, taxes, Royalties, disposing off the surplus/unusable earth to nominated dumping grounds within project boundary as per directions of Engineer. Note: - 1. The rates are inclusive of all safety measures to be adopted for protection of structures in the vicinity of works.2. In case the usable cut-earth/rock is used for making embankment, additional payment will be made as per relevant item of earthwork with cut-soils.

0 0

18.1

In soil, soft murum, hard murum, boulders and soft rock not requiring blasting depth up to 1.5 m from GL

Cum 270 27708 7481282

18.2

In soil, soft murum, hard murum, boulders and soft rock not requiring blasting depth from 1.5 m to 3 m from GL

Cum 280 13385 3747671

18. In soil, soft murum, hard murum, Cum 290 0 0




3 boulders and soft rock not requiring blasting depth from 3 m to 4.5 m from GL

19 Earthwork in cutting (open excavation) in hard rock by mechanical methods like hydraulic rock breakers/ splitters or any such methods for making formation, slopes etc, as per specifications with all contractor's own machinery, tools and equipment, labour, taxes, royalties lead & lift, shoring, strutting, Dewatering, timbering and buttressing with sand/clay bags and all such measures necessary to retain in position the sides of the embankment and disposing off the surplus/unusable earth within project boundary on nominated dumping grounds as per directions of Engineer. The rate includes dressing of slopes to correct profile. Note: 1) No blasting will be permitted.2) The spoil (unusable soil) is to be lead and dumped to the land as per direction of Engineer.3) The rates are inclusive of all safety measures to be adopted for protection of structures etc. in the vicinity of works, obtaining permission from local authority if required.4) No charges shall be shall be given for any over cut.5) In case found workable , breaking with chemical compound of approved quality can also be permitted. The same rate shall be applicable for such breaking also.

Cum 900 13394 12054600

20 Earthwork in cutting (open Cum 660 0 0




excavation) in hard rock by Controlled Blasting to make formation/cutting etc, dressing of slopes to correct profile and loading, unloading, leading, lifting the cutting spoils as directed by Engineer-in-charge, as per specification and special conditions of the contract. The rates are inclusive of contractor’s own labour, machinery; cutting, lifting, loading, unloading, and all lead complete with all taxes, royalties etc and disposing off the surplus/unusable earth within project boundary on nominated dumping grounds as per directions of Engineer.Notes:1) The spoil (unusable soil) is to be lead and dumped as per direction of Engineer.2) The rates are inclusive of all safety measures to be adopted for protection of structures etc. in the vicinity of works, obtaining license from local authority, magazine for explosives if required. 3) No extra charges shall be given for any over cut.4) Actual blasting work may have to be carried out under traffic block of suitable durations (5-10 minutes) within which time the contractor will be required to blast, check for misfire and diffuse them, if any, and removal of all infringements to the existing track/road came as result of blasting.

5). The method will be tested by trial blast and if not found workable due to any reason the blasting may have to be discontinued and other methods of rock breaking may have to be adopted.




21 Earthwork in embankment / filling with contractor’s own earth of approved quality and spreading the same in layers not more than 200 mm in loose state and compacting the same layer by layer to achieve desired density (98% of MDD) using contractor’s own vibratory rollers to make the embankment to correct profile as per specification & Spl. conditions of contract.Note:(i)The rates are inclusive of contractor’s own machinery & equipment, labour, procurement of earth, Excavating, loading, leading/ transporting to the site, unloading breaking clods, spreading, watering, mechanical compaction , dressing of all slopes and top surfaces to required levels with all taxes, royalty etc. complete and disposing off the surplus/unusable earth within project boundary on nominated dumping grounds as per directions of Engineer.(ii) The rate includes extra 50 Cm width of bank on either side for proper rolling of shoulder and then cutting / dressing to correct design profile.(iii) In case the Earth work is to be done for widening of the existing bank or on sloping ground , the rate also includes all benching by Engineers directions.

Cum 450 37223 16750521

22 Disposing off surplus excavated earth or unusable/unsuitable earth/muck/debris etc. of all kinds outside Project Boundary at local authority solid waste disposal location or any other approved

Cum 680 0 0




location with all necessary permission/NOC from all concerned authorities with all contractor’s labour, loading, unloading, transportation, Taxes, Royalty, at nominated place as per approval of MRIDC up to 5km, T&P etc. Complete.OPEN AND PILE FOUNDATION 0 0

23 Boring of Pile with hydraulic Rig, providing and pouring of concrete in cast-in-situ vertical bored piles with design mix RCC of M-35 Grade with 20 mm graded machine crushed stone aggregate through all types of soils, boulders, soft rock and hard rock including boring, chiselling and socketing in rock with all contractor's labour, material (except reinforcement steel), tools and plants, chemicals, admixtures, taxes, royalty, all lead and lift etc. as per specifications, weigh batching of ingredients, mechanical mixing, placing, with tremie pipe, using permanent/temporary liners or bentonite slurry etc, if required for avoiding side collapse, disposal of excavated materials as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, levelling of ground, chipping off pile top to remove laitance concrete above cut-off level including cutting and removing liner above cut-off level etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in charge. Notes :1. Rate and payment of Steel reinforcement and permanent MS liners shall be as per the relevant boq item.

0 0




2.Length of piles shall be measured from the cut off level up to the founding level. 3. Rate is inclusive of chloride free admixture such as super plasticizer and cover blocks. 4. The rate is inclusive of chipping of pile top to remove laitance and concrete above cut off level.5. The rate is inclusive of any levelling of ground or filling required to make working platform for piling and removing the platform and cleaning of site after piling work to its original condition.6. No empty boring shall be payable. 7. The guidelines for deciding depth of embedment are given in specification. 8. Rate includes socketing of pile into hard rock , minimum depth of embedment in rock minimum 1.5m to 2.0 m and should be as per direction of engineer- in charge. As per IS 14593

23.1

a) 300 mm Dia RM 2100 0 0

23.2

b) 600 mm Dia RM 3590 0 0

23.3

c) 1000 mm Dia RM 9544 0 0

23.4

d) 1200 mm Dia RM 13232 2570 34006240

24 Providing, placing and driving in position 6mm thick permanent MS liner upto required depth with 12mm thick MS cutting edge of 0.50 meter

MT 83027 227 18847129




length of bottom including fabricating, cutting the MS sheet to required diameter and shape, welding the joints and driving with the help of required machineries, all materials, labour, lead and lift etc. complete.

25 Providing, laying and compacting rubble soling in foundations, etc. with all contractor's stone, material, labour, tools & plants etc. including all taxes, royalty, all lead & lift, transportation etc complete as per direction of MRIDC's specifications Engineer-in-charge.

Cum 956 3302 3156836

26 Providing ,laying, pouring and compaction of Plain Cement Concrete (RMC) of Various grades for bedding concrete in foundation / below pile cap, in annular space of pier protection etc. With well graded machine crushed stone aggregate of size not more than 20 mm of approved quality including MRIDC's approved form work wherever necessary, compacting, curing, supplying and fixing of shuttering, deshuttering etc. complete with contractor's labour, materials, tool & plant, batching, mixing, transporting and placing, vibrating with mechanical vibrator, pumping of concrete of any distance to required location, finishing and curing, as directed by the engineer including dewatering & de- slushing, all lead and lift etc. complete, as per IRC/2000 specification (MORTH)Note : 1. Rate is inclusive of chloride free admixture such as super plasticizer.

0 0




2. No cold joint shall be allowed. Only construction joint shall be permitted. 3. Formwork shall be approved by Engineer before use.

26.1

PCC M15 Cum 5480 1566 8582228

26.2

PCC M20 Cum 5800 0 0

26.3

PCC M25 Cum 6030 0 0

27 Providing, laying, pouring and compaction of RCC, Ready Mix Concrete (RMC) of M25 grade for drainage work with 20 mm size graded machine crushed stone aggregate with minimum cement content of 400 Kg/cum & maximum water cement ratio of 0.45 at any location with form work of approved quality and material, supplying and fixing of shuttering, deshuttering, staging, scaffolding, mechanical mixing, dewatering, placing using pumps/placer boom/crane & bucket, compaction, finishing the surface and curing of concrete etc. with all contractors tools, plants, labours and materials of approved quality including all lead and lift, crossing of tracks, etc. complete as per specification & direction of Engineer -In -Charge.Note : 1. Rate is inclusive of Chloride free admixture such as super plasticizer.2. Only construction joint shall be permitted3. Form work shall be approved by Engineer- in -charge before use.4. The contractor shall install automatic batching plant of suitable

Cum 7430 0 0




capacity or use RMC for the RCC work, except for the location and components of work permitted by engineer’s in charge for use of mechanical mixer at site. For such concreting without RMC, deduction at the rate of Rs. 500 per cum will be made from payment5. Steel reinforcement will be considered separately in relevant item.

28 RCC M-35: Providing, laying, pouring and compacting RCC from approved batching plant, ready mix concrete (RMC) M35 grade with 20 mm size graded machine crushed stone aggregate with minimum cement content of 425 Kg/cum & maximum water cement ratio of 0.4 in concrete elements such as Foundations like raft, strip foundations, Pile cap, grillage and footings of R.C.C.columns and steel stanchions, Stair case etc or at any location with form work of approved quality and material, supplying and fixing of shuttering, deshuttering, staging and scaffolding, dewatering, placing using pumps/placer boom/crane & bucket compaction finishing the surface and curing of concrete etc. with all contractors tools, plants, labours and materials of approved quality, all lead and lift, crossing of track, etc complete as per specification & direction of Engineer -In-Charge. Note: 1.Rate is inclusive of Chloride free admixture such as super plasticizer.2. Only construction joint shall be permitted.3.Form work shall be approved by

Cum 7584 7927 60119278




Engineer- in -charge before use.4.The contractor shall install automatic batching plant of suitable capacity or use RMC for the RCC work, except for the location and components of work permitted by engineer’s in charge for use of mechanical mixer at site. For such concreting without RMC, deduction at the rate of Rs. 500 per cum will be made from payment.5.Steel reinforcement will be consider separately.

29 Providing, laying, pouring and compacting M-35 /M-40 grade RMC of with 20 mm size graded machine crushed stone aggregate for cast in situ R.C.C. with compaction by shutter vibrator/screed vibrator/needle vibrator including centring, scaffolding, supplying and fixing of shuttering, deshuttering, formwork, staging, finishing, curing, cover blocks and dewatering by means of pumps etc. complete as directed by Engineer. etc Complete.

0 0

29.1

Solid piers, columns etc. including provision of “V” shaped false joints to form suitable panels on the faces to adaptive design (refer clause no 6.3.11 of Technical specification)

Cum 10350 4664 48268053

29.2

Cast in situ Pier Caps as per drawing and specification Cum 10840 3167 34327028

29.3

Pedestals, Bed Block and Dirt Wall for bearing over pier caps Cum 11160 270 3012754

30 Providing, laying , pouring and compacting Cast in situ/ Ready Mix cement concrete of specified grades with 20 mm size graded machine

0 0




crushed stone aggregate for R.C.C. work in R.C.C. retaining wall, wing wall, stair case etc. as per detailed designs and drawing and as directed by engineer in charge, including centring, formwork, supplying and fixing of shuttering, de shuttering, staging, cover blocks, laying/pumping, compaction finishing the formed surfaces with cement mortar 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. Complete. (Excluding reinforcement and structural steel). with fully automatic microprocessor based PLC with concrete Batch mix plant etc. Complete. With natural sand/V.S.I. quality Artificial Sand

30.1

M35 Grade Cum 7540 11671 88000546

30.2

M40 Grade Cum 7600 0 0

31 Providing and applying two coats of coal tar epoxy of anticorrosive Hi Build compound over one primer coat of epoxy zinc phosphate on substructures with all lead and lift including all contractors labour, material, tools & plants etc. complete.

Sqm 215 5122 1101230

SUPERSTRUCTURES 0 032 Providing, Fixing and levelling in

position true to line POT PTFE / Elastomeric bearing as per drawing consisting of a metal piston supported by a disc or unreinforced elastomer confined within a metal cylinder, sealing rings, dust seals,

0 0




PTFE surface sliding against stainless steel mating surface, complete assembly to be of cast steel / fabricated structural steel, metal and elastomer elements to be as per IRC: 83 part I and II respectively and other parts conforming to BS:5400, section 9.1 and 9.2 and clause 2006 of MoRTH specifications as per drawing and approved technical specifications etc. complete.

32.1

Supply and Fixing of POT- PTFE bearing No 22120 0 0

32.2

Supply and Fixing of Elastomeric bearing No 20900 468 9781200

33 Providing, laying, pouring, compacting, Casting and Launching M-35/ M-40 grade design mixed cement concrete produced from microprocessor controlled batching and mixing plant, with Maximum aggregate size (MAS) of 20mm graded stone aggregates for RCC Precast/ PSC Girders and Precast Concrete Slabs (casting in yard) & launching of girders/slabs with all contractors labour, material, tools and plants including all lead and lift etc. as per technical specification. (Minimum cement content per cum concrete shall be 440 kg & Maximum W/C ratio 0.35) etc. complete. The rate of the item is inclusive ofa) Providing HDPE pipes for future HTS strand if any.b) Platform, centring, supply and fixing of shuttering and de shuttering, scaffolding and supporting system for concreting.c) mixing, vibrating, compaction and

Cum 11300 3493 39474403




curing of the concreted) Chemical compound such as super plasticizer, retarder, silica fumes etc.e) Necessary transportation, handling, lifting, lowering, sliding, aligning, levelling erecting and launching of Girders to its final position from casting yard.f) Embedding of arrangement for fixing of bearings, if any.g) Cost of all materials, cement, labour, plants & machinery, shuttering, formwork, etc. complete.h) All lead and lifts Notes:-1) Ready Mixed concrete produced from approved microprocessor controlled automatic concrete mixing & batching plant shall only be used. 2) No construction joint or cold joint will be permitted.3) Only Reinforcement steel & HTS wire will be paid separately.4) PSC girders shall be casted in casting yard only. No cast in situ of girder will be allowed.

34 Providing, laying, pouring and compacting Cast in situ/ Ready Mix cement concrete M35/ M40 grade with Maximum aggregate size (MAS) of 20mm graded stone aggregates for R.C.C. Deck slabs, landings, RCC cross diaphragm beams, as per detailed designs and drawing or as directed including centring, supply and fixing of shuttering, deshuttering, staging, formwork, cover blocks, laying/ pumping, compaction finishing

Cum 11078 7257 80388836




the formed surfaces with cement mortar 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. complete ,(Excluding reinforcement and structural steel).with fully automatic microprocessor based concrete Batch mix plant etc. complete. With natural sand/V.S.I. quality Artificial Sand

35 Providing and fixing expansion joint in position of standard preformed sealed and slab type or stripped seal elastomeric expansion joints for Road Over Bridges in carriage ways or elsewhere as per approved drawings and latest MORTH/IRC codes, specifications and as directed by Engineer in charge including contractor's all material, lead ,lift, labour, supervisors, all taxes, royalty transport, testing, surface preparations, inserts, bolts, socket tubes, neoprene sheet/ cap etc. complete. The rate includes supplying and fixing extra angles as per requirement at site for providing wearing coat to maintain gap of 40-50mm including sealing with Bitumen. This angle shall be properly welded with the expansion joint.

RM 14297 693 9907821

36 Stud: Supplying, manufacturing, fixing, fabrication, testing and welding of Studs with stud guns etc. of normal headed/ round studs shear connections 25mm dia and 120 mm length conforming to IS 3935-66 as per specifications of RDSO Drg No. B11753, 52 51 & RDSO-B-117571 along with ferrules on top flange of girder for deck slabs, as per the

No 310 0 0




direction/approval of Engineer in charge. In case shear connections/ studs of other sizes are required, than payment/ recovery on prorate basis of weight shall be made. The rate is inclusive of all taxes, service charges, transportation, lead, lift, wastage etc. complete in all respect. Nothing extra shall be payable other than the rate quoted. Nothing extra shall be payable against any breakdown of machines. Site facilities shall be provided by contractor at site. The facility of required electricity of 400/440 V power source k/380 KVA DG set, cable 400A switch fuse, loading & unloading the machine from truck and to carry to site shall be done by the contractor.

37 Decking Sheets : Providing and fixing decking system and roof ceiling using decking sheets of BMT (Base Metal Thickness) of 1.2 mm with minimum yield strength of 550 MPA having 275 GSM (Gm/Sqmt) coating on both sides of sheets confirming to AS 1397 and BS EN 10147:2000 similar to LYSAGHT SMARTDEKTM 51 of Tata Blue Scope or equivalent system as per manufacturer’s specification including profiling, embossing & fixing with all contractor’s Labour, materials, fasteners, fixtures, equipment's, tools etc complete including working across track above OHE with all lead & lift. This item is to be separately designed for using as decking sheet of deck slabs of ROBs from the manufacturer and shall be executed through one of the authorized & experienced agency mentioned by supplying firm.

Sqm 1380 5891 8129166




38 Bridge Deck Waterproofing system : Providing and fixing 6mm thick Waterproofing membrane over concrete deck slab as per specification and direction of engineer in charge including all necessary arrangement like laying fixing, jointing with suitable material etc. complete

Sqm 15 10186 152786

39 Providing and fixing Metal Beam Crash Barrier Type A, W : Metal Beam Crash Barrier (Providing and erecting a "W "metal beam crash barrier comprising of 3 mm thick corrugated sheet metal beam rail, 70 cm above road/ground level, fixed on ISMC series channel vertical post, 150 x 75 x 5 mm spaced 2 m centre to centre, 1.8 m high, 1.1 m below ground/road level, all steel parts and fitments to be galvanised by hot dip process, all fittings and fixtures confirming to IS:1367 and IS:1364, metal beam rail to be fixed on the vertical post with a spacer of channel section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 330 mm long complete as per clause 810)

RM 3828 0 0

40 Providing, laying, pouring and casting of an Reinforced cement concrete crash barrier at the edges of the road, approaches to bridge structures and medians, constructed with M-35/ M- 40 grade concrete with HYSD reinforcement conforming to IRC:21 and dowel bars 25 mm dia, 450 mm long at expansion joints filled with premoulded asphalt filler board, keyed to the structure on which it is built and installed as per design given in the enclosure to MOST circular No. RW/NH- 33022/1/94-DO III dated 24

RM 7200 7579 54568800




June 1994 as per dimensions in the approved drawing and at locations directed by the Engineer, all as specified with friction slab as per drawing attached. including supply and fixing of shuttering, de shuttering, curing, cover blocks etc complete.Note:1. Fixing of base plates and bolts for electrical poles, the cost of base plate and bolt will be payable in relevant item of BOQ. as per approved drawing by MRIDC.2. Laying of conduit in crash barrier, the cost of conduit will be payable separately as per boq item.APPROACHES 0 0

41 Providing, supplying and Laying only with Knitted and PVC coated Polyester Uniaxial Geogrid-Techgrid indigenously manufactured from selected high tenacity polyester yarn with high molecular weight (> 25000 g/mol), and low carboxyl end group (<30mmol/kg) for Reinforced soil wall with granular fill of PHi-30 degree (design is to be carried out in accordance with BS-8006 / FHWA) with concrete Panel (M35) as facia, casting & erection of panels with Techgrid, providing & laying of levelling pad of M15, providing and laying coping beam (M35), providing and laying 300mm thick filter media etc. Completed as per the necessary drawing and instruction of Engineer In Charge. Excluding providing, laying and compacting selected backfill and retained fill behind the wall, excavation and ground improvement,

Sqm 6370 0 0




if any.42 Providing, supplying, laying and

compacting of Sand, filling in approach portion of RE Wall (as per MORTH section 3100) including laying of earth as per specification for compaction in 200 mm. thick loose layers and dressing (MORTH specification Cl. by mechanical means using motor grader including 305.3.5) watering the earth to bring the earth upto required OMC including rolling with the use of vibratory roller when earth is at suitable moisture content with desired field density not less than 98% of maximum dry density (modified proctor test). The material for filling shall conform to IRC Highway Research Board's special report No. 16.

Cum 450 0 0

43 Providing, supply and laying of reinforced earth structure ( R.E. Wall) with Geogrid by providing all required materials such as pre cast facia panels in M -35 (as per specifications and approved design & drawing), steel reinforcement (FE - 500) Friction Ties, Polymeric Loops, Anchor Pin (Mild Steel), filter media materials( 20mm-40mm crusher broken well graded metal), embankment materials for approach such as approved murum/ fly ash etc. of approved characteristics strength & standards including necessary excavation for foundation of required depth including necessary soling 300mm. depth and bed concrete in C.C. M-1 0 grade 200mm depth as directed by engineer in charge. Casting levelling pad in R.C.C. M- 20, fixing facia panels in line & level as

Sqm 6990 0 0




per approved drawing, fixing friction tiles, placing polymeric loops, fixing anchor pins. etc. as per approved drawing. Providing filter media of minimum 300 mm. width or more as directed & providing and back filling approved murum up to specified width including all leads & lifts, laying in layers of 150mm. thick, breaking clods, remove cover soil, Dressing in required lines, curves, grades, & sections, watering & compaction by vibratory roller so as to have compaction of each layer to 95% P.D., drainage arrangement etc complete.

44 Providing, supplying, Laying and Compaction of dry trap rubble filling behind the walls / abutments / returns including filling voids with gravel, hand packing and compacting the rubble etc. complete.

Cum 890 0 0

SUB BASE, BASE AND PAVEMENT 0 045 Providing, laying and compaction of

50 mm thick DBM using crushed stone aggregate BT chips as per required gradation and using emulsion asphalt as a tack coat @ 2.5 kg / 10 sq mt and the 60/70 grade asphalt at 40 kg/MT)by total weight of mix hot laid process using drum mix plant including heating and mixing asphalt & materials by drum mix process transporting the mix and laying by paver finisher including consolidation with vibratory roller including cost of material, labour, machinery equipment and fuel , oil , lubricant for plant and machinery using Firm / Agency's own plant and machineries etc. Complete

Cum 7352 2356 17323371




46 Providing, laying and compacting of Mastic Asphalt wearing course on top of deck slab excluding prime coat with paving grade bitumen meeting the requirements given in MORTH table 500-29, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to required level and slope after cleaning the surface including providing antiskid surface with bitumen precoated fine grained hard stone chipping of 4.75 mm nominal size at the rate of 0.005 cum per 10 Sqm and at an approximate spacing of 10 cm centre to centre in both directions, pressed into surface when the temperature of surfaces not less than 100 deg C, protruding 1 mm to 4mm over mastic surface as per MORTH clause 515 etc. complete.

0 0

46.1

6 MM thick Sqm 270 0 0

46.2

12 MM thick Sqm 370 0 0

46.3

25 MM thick Sqm 650 31658 20577700

47 Providing, Laying and Compaction of 300 mm thick compacted coarse granular sub base (Grade-I crushed B.T materials of 53 mm to 26.5 mm @ 35 %, 26.5 mm to 4.75 mm @ 45% ,Below 2.36 mm @ 20 %) by providing close graded material , mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, carriage of a mix material to work site, spreading uniform layers with motor grader on prepared surface and compacting with vibratory power roller to achieve desire density , complete as per

Cum 1565 12356 19336926




MoRTH clause 401.48 Providing, laying and compaction of

granular base of Wet mix macadam (WMM) (250mm thick) as per clause 406 of M.O.R.T.&H (2001 with latest amendments) specifications of specified grading (Table 400-11) in specified thickness in layers. The item to include premixing the materials in plant, transportation to site, spreading in uniform layers with paver on a prepared sub-base, compacting with vibratory rollers till 98% of the maximum dry density (IS 2720 Part-8) is achieved etc complete. The rate includes for tests on completion of each WMM layer. The strength of each WMM layer shall be evaluated by Plate load test with 750 mm dia plate. (IS 9214) for obtaining equivalent CBR value @ one test per 3000 m2 compacted surface area as per the Grading. The item includes for all necessary material, labour, diversions, taxes, royalty, cess etc complete.

Cum 1753 11513 20183013

49 Providing, Laying and Compaction of dry lean cement concrete of (150mm thick ) sub-base over a prepared sub-grade with coarse and fine aggregate conforming to IS:383, the size of coarse aggregate not exceeding 25mm, aggregate cement ratio not to exceed 15:1 aggregate gradation after blending to be as per MORTH table 600-1, cement content not to be less than 150kg/cum, optimum moisture content to be determined during trial length construction, concrete strength not to be less than 10 Mpa at 7 days, mixed in a batching plant, transported at site,

Cum 2945 2130 6272821




laid with a paver with electronic sensor, compacting with 8-10 tonnes vibratory roller, finishing and curing, screeding, brooming etc. Complete.

50 Proviiding, laying and compacting of Cement Concrete Pavement (300 mm thick)(Construction of un-reinforced, dowel jointed, plain cement concrete pavement M-30 grade concrete over a prepared sub base with cement , coarse and fine aggregate conforming to IS 383, maximum size of coarse aggregate not exceeding 25 mm, mixed in a batching and mixing plant as per approved mix design, transported to site, laid with a fixed form or slip form paver, spread, screeding, brooming, compacted and finished in a continuous operation including provision of contraction, expansion, construction, longitudinal and Transverse Joints, joint filler, separation membrane, sealant primer, joint sealant, debonding strip, brooming, admixtures as approved, curing compound, finishing to lines and grades as per drawing as per IRC 15:2011 and as per relevant MORTH clauses of section 602 of specifications complete but excluding cost of steel in dowel bar and tie rods etc.)

Cum 5877 0 0

51 Providing, supplying, laying and compacting of Cement Concrete Pavement (300mm thick) (Construction of un-reinforced, dowel jointed, plain cement concrete pavement M-40 grade concrete over a prepared sub base with cement , coarse and fine aggregate conforming to IS 383, maximum size of coarse aggregate not exceeding 25

Cum 7986 4249 33933416




mm, mixed in a batching and mixing plant as per approved mix design, transported to site, laid with a fixed form or slip form paver, spread, screeding, brooming, compacted and finished in a continuous operation including provision of contraction, expansion, construction and longitudinal joints, joint filler, Brooming, separation membrane, sealant primer, joint sealant, debonding strip, admixtures as approved, curing compound and covering with jute, finishing to lines and grades as per drawing as per IRC 15 2011 and as per relevant clauses of section 602 of specifications complete but excluding cost of steel in dowel bar and tie rods etc.)

52 Providing, supplying and applying primer coat with slow setting bituminous emulsion (SSI)complying with IS : 8887 of approved quality and make, on prepared surface of granular base such as GSB, WMM, DLC including cleaning of road surface by Mechanical Broom & dusting by Air Compressor, and spraying using Bitumen Pressure Distributor, uniformly at the rate of 0.80kg/sqm as per table 500-3, complete as per the direction of Engineer in charge of work and in accordance with MoRT&H technical specifications clause No.502

Sqm 22 65930 1450460

STEEL WORK 0 053 Providing, supplying and placing in

position high yield strength deformed TMT bar, Fe-500D procured from any of the primary manufacturers from SAIL, TISCO,RINL,JINDAL or ESSAR

MT 65752 5179 340522375




conforming to IS 1786/IS 1785 of all diameters in R.C.C / PSC items in Non Railway portion. The rates includes supply, loading, unloading, transporting to site, cutting, bending, hooking, placing and fixing in position with contractor’s galvanized binding wire, labour, Tools & Plants all lead & lift etc. as per the approved drawings as directed by the Engineer. Note: (i) The wastage, cut pieces shall be taken away by the contractor and the same will not be payable (ii) The design overlaps / embedment length only will be payable and other overlaps will not be payable

54 Providing supplying and placing in position High Strength Deformed Stainless Steel Reinforcement SS 500, procured from any of the primary manufacturers from SAIL, TISCO,RINL,JINDAL or ESSAR conforming to IS 16651:2017 of all diameters in R.C.C / PSC items in Railway portion as per Railway Board Circular NO. 2016/4/CE-III/BR/BSC/84/Seminar dated 28.07.2017. The rates includes supply, loading, unloading, transporting to site, cutting, bending, hooking, placing and fixing in position with contractor’s galvanized binding wire, labour, Tools & Plants all lead & lift etc. as per the approved drawings as directed by the Engineer. Note: (i) The wastage, cut pieces shall be taken away by the contractor and the same will not be payable (ii) The design overlaps / embedment length only will be payable and other

MT 116300 0 0




overlaps will not be payable 55 Providing and applying Anti corrosive

treatment to Mild steel,Tor steel bar reinforcement as per cement polymer composite coating (C.P.C.C.) method developed by C.E.C.R.I. including cleaning the bar by means of any established mechanical or manual method for removing rust and deleterious material, applying rapid setting primer and cement polymer sealing coat of approved and licensed by CECRI including redoing the process if damage occurs during handling, stacking etc. complete. (With prior approval of SEMC) Item shall be used for old structures.

MT 8491 0 0

56 Providing and applying Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating (FBEC) to reinforced bars of different diameter as per IS: 136201993 specifications for a thickness of 175micron Permissible variation of 50 micron including testing of coating at plant extra cost for careful handling using PVC coating, binding wires instead of G. I. wires to and from Plant) touching up the material supplied repair work etc complete as per detailed specifications. (Lead 200km from plant) etc complete. (Item shall be used for new structures.) Note : The item should be executed with prior approval of Engineer in charge. FREQUENCY OF TEST OF FUSION BONDED EPOXY COAT a) Coating thickness shall be tested at a frequency of not less than one full length bar every twenty bars for

MT 9380 4665 43755730




each size b) Continuity of coating shall be determined by testing one full length bar in every twenty bars for each size

c) Coating thickness over the whole of the coated bar section shall be determined by sectioning and examining one bar in every twenty tonnes for each size. d) For testing adhesion of coating, samples shall be selected from each size according to the frequency given below: Nominal Size of Bar, MM No. of Samples For all types of bar Minimum 1 for every diameter or as directed by engineer in charge

57 Providing, supplying and fixing 900mm high S.S.304 Grade Stainless steel railing and perforated SS plate with 40mm diameter and 1.5mm thick at top,40mm diameter and 1.5mm thick vertical supports spaced at 1.5m centre to centre and 8mm thick toughened glass including fabricating ,fixtures, erecting , necessary welding , grinding , finishing, buffing to stainless steel pipe etc. complete

RM 3820 1050 4011000

58 Credit for taking away dismantled steel. The dismantled steel will be contractors property.

MT -23088 0 0

TESTS 0 059 Load testing on any of the pile by

DYNAMIC load test, Lateral load, pull out test method including making all arrangement. machineries like piling winch, chisel and covering plate on test pile emitor, reflector and other instruments required For displacement measuring, tools and

No 97090 0 0




plants, labour etc. and submitting testing report and test results as required in acceptable form to the satisfaction of engineer-in-charge. The test equipment should confirm to ASTM D4945. The rate includes submission of reports in 4 copies including one soft copy.

60 Carrying out load test for 1.5 times the proposed safe working load on the pile in driven position above 550 mm and up to 650 mm diameter including construction of test cap, use of accessories and instruments including providing graphs as per I.S. code or Std. Specifications and dismantling the test cap after testing and cleaning the site complete.

No 137978 0 0

61 Carrying out load test for 1.5 times the proposed safe working load on the pile in driven position above 825 mm and up to 900 mm diameter including construction of test cap, use of accessories and instruments including providing graphs as per I.S. code or Std. Specifications and dismantling the test cap after testing and cleaning the site complete.

No 238546 0 0

62 Carrying out load test for 1.5 times the proposed safe working load on the pile in driven position above 900 mm diameter including construction of test cap, use of accessories and instruments including providing graphs as per I.S. code or St. Specifications and dismantling the test cap after testing and cleaning the site complete.

No 296220 0 0




63 Performing load test on Open Web Girders of following spans as per IRC specifications including the loading / unloading the span taking observations and all activities and submission of results to the Engineer in charge as per specification as a complete job. one on steel span and one on RCC span. ( Steel Span/ RCC T Beam)

No 155250 11 1707750

64 Providing non-destructive test on non-railway span of each carriage way up to the load of 500 MT as per the IRC test procedure of testing of super structures, submission of graph, test reports, conclusion etc. complete as directed by Engineer.

No 48000 12 576000

65 Conducting low strain pile integrity test on RCC bored piles of any dia, using standard equipment confirming to ASTM- D5882. The rate includes submission of reports in 4 copies including one soft copy.

No 1450 0 0

66 To carryout plate load test to determine safe bearing capacity of soil / strata as per IS Code No. 1888. The test shall be conducted on square plates of size 600 mm x 600 mm. & 25 mm thick. Vertical movement shall be measured by three dial gauges preferably four dial gauges at 90 degree. The loads shall be measured using 15 MT capacity provingring / hydraulic jack and pressure gauge duly calibrated from time to time. The tests results shall be submitted in a report form with observation sheets, graphs, tabular form & inferences, if any.

No 32570 6 195420

ROAD FURNITURES 0 0




67 Providing, laying and applying Road Marking with Hot Applied Thermoplastic Compound with Reflectorizing Glass Beads on Bituminous Surface-Providing and laying of hot applied thermoplastic compound 2.5mm thick including reflectorizing glass beads @250 gms per sqm area, thickness of 2.5mm is exclusive of surface applied glass beads as per IRC:35.The finished surface to be level, uniform and free from streaks and holes. Complete.

0 0

67.1

White Sqm 870 382 332340

67.2

Yellow Sqm 877 1311 1149747

68 Providing and fixing Mandatory/Regulatory sign boards in circular shape of 600 mm dia made out of 1.5mm aluminium composite material ( ACM) sheet bonded with white retro reflective sheeting of Class B ( Type IV High intensity micro prismatic grade sheeting-HIP) having pressure sensitive/heat activated adhesive retroreflective specified back ground, border and back side retroreflective symbols, letters, numerals, arrow as per IRC:67-2012 Table No 8.3 supported on one no. of M. S. angle iron post of size 65 mm X 65 mm X 6 mm, 3.45 m long, duly painted with flat oil paint having alternate black and white bands of 25 cm width including G.I. fixtures etc; fixing the boards in M25 grade concrete block of size 60cm X 60cm X 75cm including transportation etc; complete. Class B ( Type IV High intensity micro-prismatic grade sheeting HIP) shall

No 5895 24 141480




have 7 years written warranty from the manufacturer & authorised distributor /convertor issued for field performance including the screen printed areas and cut-out sheeting and cut-out durable transparent overlay film and this warranty certificate in original should be submitted to the Engineer in charge by the contractor/supplier.

69 Providing and fixing Cautionary/Warning sign boards in Equilateral Triangle size of 900 mm made out of 2mm aluminium sheet bonded with white retro reflective sheeting of Class B ( Type IV High intensity micro prismatic grade sheeting HIP) having pressure sensitive/heat activated adhesive retroreflective specified back ground, border and back side retroreflective symbols, letters, numerals, arrow as per IRC:672012 Table No 8.3 supported on one no. of M. S. angle iron post of size 65 mm X 65 mm X 6 mm, 3.45 m long, duly painted with flat oil paint having alternate black and white bands of 25 cm width including G.I. fixtures etc; fixing the boards in M25 grade concrete block of size 60cm X 60cm X 75cm including transportation etc; complete. Class B ( Type IV High intensity micro -prismatic grade sheeting HIP) shall have 7 years written warranty from the manufacturer & authorised distributor/convertor issued for field performance including the screen printed areas and cut-out sheeting and cut-out durable transparent overlay film and this warranty certificate in original should be

No 4539 12 54468




submitted to the Engineer in charge by the contractor/supplier.

70 Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorized informatorily sign board rectangular/Square in shape having area greater than 0.9 square meter made out of 2mm aluminium sheet bonded with white retro reflective sheeting of Class C (Type XI Micro prismaticgradesheeting)having pressure sensitive /heat activated adhesive retroreflective specified background, border and back side retroreflective symbols, letters, numerals, arrowasperIRC:67-2012TableNo8.3,supportedwithback support frame25mmx25mmx3mm,duly painted on backside with two coats of grey stove enamel paint and supported on two no.mild steel angle iron post 75 mm x 75 mm x 6 mm, 3.5 MT long firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly designed foundation with M25 grade cement concrete 45 cm x 45 cm x 60 cm, 60 cm below ground level as per approved drawing The angle iron post shall be duly painted with one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of epoxy finish paints having alternate black and white bands of 25 cm width including GI fixtures and transportation etc. complete. The nut bolts of board with angle iron post/supporting structure after fixing at site has to be electrically welded. Class C (Type XI Micro prismatic grade sheeting)sheeting shall have10 years written warranty from the manufacturer and authorised distributor/ convertor issued for field performance including the screen

Sqm 20153 180 3627540




printed areas 71 Supplying and fixing Cats eye

(Stimsonite) made out of Acrilobeautilesterine injection high compressed moulding with reflector made of MMC Prismatic type size 12 cm x 6 cm x 2.5 cm provided with bituminous adhesive 100 g. with each unit for fixing ( High intensity grade)

No 420 2151 903588

72 Providing & fixing parabolic shape PCC precast-factory made M25 Grade kerb stone using design mix with minimum cement content as per IS 456 of size 500/200/850 mm as per detailed design and drawing including excavation, fixing in PCC of M-15 grade 250 mm thick including side concreting, filling joints in cement mortar (1:3) disposal of excavated material, including painting in two coats of oil paints and one coat of primer to exposed faces, transportation to site, labour, etc. complete. The rate inclusive of all type of taxes.

RM 1050 0 0

STRUCTURAL STEEL 0 073 Providing, supplying of structural

steel, Fabricating, Assembling and erecting in position structural steel members as per approved drawings and specifications, standard structural steel sections procured from primary manufacturer such as SAIL, TISCO, Rastriya Ispat Nigam LTD, Jindal & Essar confirming to IS 2062-2006 (including latest amendment) including welding with approved quality, bolting in ROB's, ramps, stair cases, sheds, electrical arches for illumination of ROB and approaches, base plate for street light

MT 74565 120 8947800




pole, inspection platform etc. with sand blasting, two coat anti corrosive painting over primer coat all contractor's material, labours, tool, plant , Equipment's, labours, consumables etc. complete with all lead and lift as directed by Engineer.

74 Providing, supplying of structural steel, fabricating, assembling and erecting MS / chequered plate of various sizes, angles, bolt of required diameter structural steel work for expansion joint for deck slab and bridge items as per detailed design and drawing or as directed, for RCC work as per detailed design and drawings as per MORTH specifications (latest version) or as directed including cutting, fabricating, brackets for cables, channels, hoisting, erecting, fixing in position making welding connections with connecting plates and braces etc. and including one coat of anti-corrosive paint and over it two coat of paintings of approved quality and shade, payment for MS plate will be made for the actual weight basis including required machineries, all materials, labour The cost also includes all types of taxes, sales tax, cess levied by local authority etc. complete.

MT 71741 115 8250215

75 Providing expansion joints in R.C.C. slab with plain premoulded filler 25 mm thick, including fixing T.W. battens as directed by Engineer etc. complete.

Sqm 2800 0 0

76 Providing, fabricating and fixing in position to exact design profiles and prestressing of H.T. steel cables of all classification made from high tensile, Low Relaxation strands conforming to

MT 172050 0 0




IS:14268 -1995 in Prestressed Concrete girders/slabs etc. including supplying, cutting, making into cables with necessary spacers, colour coding, protecting with water soluble oil at all time, including supplying and fixing in position anchorages of approved quality and make conforming to BS:4447, covering with rich epoxy mortar pad of all anchorages, recesses after stressing and anchoring of cables, including supplying and placing spiral corrugated type galvanised metal steel ducts sheathing made up of Cold Rolled Cold Annealed (CRCA) mild steel conforming to IS:513 of required diameter and thickness, placing, bending, routing, fixing, grouting of cable ducts with cement grout after stressing etc. including all lead and lift with contractor’s own materials, cement, labours, taxes, equipment's, machineries for prestressing etc. complete as per drawings, specifications and direction of Engineer. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 0 0

77 Providing and construction of a gabion structure for retaining earth with segments of wire crates of size 7.0 x 3.0 x 0.6m each divided into 1.5 m compartments by cross netting, made form 4 mm galvanised steel wire @ 32kg per 10 sqm having minimum tensile strength of 300Mpa conforming to IS:280 and galvanizing coating conforming to IS:4826 woven into mesh with double twist, mesh size not exceeding 100x100mm, filled with boulders with least dimension of 200mm, all loose

Cum 2136 0 0




ends to be tied with 4mm galvanized steel wire etc. complete.

78 Providing and constructing gabion structures for erosion control, river training works and protection works with wire crates of size 2.0m x 1.0m x 0.30m each divided into 1 m compartments by cross netting, made from 4 mm galvanized steel wire @ 32 kg per 10sqm having minimum tensile strength of 300Mpa conforming to IS:280 and galvanizing coating conforming to IS 4826, woven into mesh with double twist, mesh size not exceeding 100 x 100mm, filled with boulders with least dimension of 200mm, all loose ends to be securely tied with 4mm galvanized steel wire etc. complete.

Cum 3974 0 0

79 Providing, supplying and fixing in position, 100mm diameter GI water spouts including necessary iron grating as per detailed drawings in RCC slab and wearing surface/kerb etc. complete.

No 996 198 197208

80 Providing, supplying, laying and fixing along piers 100mm dia approved G.I. down take pipe having embossed at every meter the I.S.I. mark and name of manufacturer, and having outer dia.114.30mm & weight 15.152kg/Rm with screwed sockets, joints, and necessary galvanized iron fittings such as backnuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlargers, plugs etc. including necessary drilling in holes in piers etc. applying primer and two coats of oil painting including

RM 1190 1574 1873060




necessary scaffolding, conveying & stacking wherever necessary as directed by the Engineer.

81 Providing, supplying, laying and fixing, below deck slab 100mm dia approved G.I. runner pipe having embossed at every meter the I.S.I. mark and name of manufacturer, and having outer dia.114.3Omm & weight 15.152kg/Rm with screwedsockets, joints, and necessary galvanized iron fittings such as backnuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlargers, plugs etc. including necessary drilling in holes in slabs etc. applying primer and two coats of oil painting including necessary scaffolding, conveying & stacking wherever necessary as directed by the Engineer.

RM 1190 1160 1380400

82 Providing & making chamber of 450 x 900mm size drain out the water from channel provided at super elevation including necessary excavation,PCC to foundation in CC 1:3:6, brick work, cement mortar 1:3, external and internal plastering in C.M. 1:3, coping in CC M- 15 grade with RCC heavy duty cover as per design and drawing etc. complete.

No 4800 166 796800

83 Providing and fixing 110 mm dia UPVC pipe in Weep holes , Soil, Waste and Rain Water (SWR) Pipes Single socketed including making joints air and water tight with T- shaped rubber rings and rubber lubricants. The rate includes all material, labour, tools and plants, lead, lift & taxes etc. complete.

RM 410 0 0

84 Providing , fixing and laying Perforated PVC pipes of 160 mm dia Mtr 750 0 0




for drainage of water as per specifications & drawings or as directed by Engineer-in charge

85 Providing Geotextile Wrapping for perforated PVC pipes 160 mm dia as per specifications & drawings or as directed by Engineer-in charge

Sqm 320 0 0

86 Providing, supplying and fixing of weep holes in brick masonry /plain /reinforced concrete abutment, wing wall / return wall with 100mm diameter AC pipe extending through the full width of the structure with slope of 1V: 20H towards drawing face as per drawings and technical specifications etc. complete.

RM 120 4890 586800

87 Providing , supplying & Fixing Security Cameras of following specification with DVR Box of suitable capacity/capability for real time VIDEO, CAT CABLE to connect cameras with DVR Box to be used for CCTV & TP link Router USB with WI-FI with Broad band Internet connection till the completion of Work. Specification Webcam for monitor progress at site a. Range – 100 Mb. Lens _ 12 mmc. Type – Suitable for Use in external Environment in exposed condition d. Brand Name :- Zebion, Dhowa, Hikvision, CP plus or Similar Type Supplying & fixing Security cameras per specifications above.

No 13050 24 313200

87.1

Providing, Supplying & fixing DVR Box with 16 ports , compatible with specifications of camera mentioned

No 15700 24 376800




above for Real time video, convenient and precise video search, multiple operation, playback, remote, view multiple location instantly with prescribed software, remote viewing over internet, easy back up via usb/external drive, easy set up and user friendly operation interface, including power supply system compatible with DVR Box.

87.2

Providing, supplying & fixing Cables with following specifications to connect cameras with DVR Box : a. CAT -5 / Special cables of Polycab or similar make, to be used for CCTV

RM 50 300 15000

87.3

Provideing, supplying and fixing of Tp link Router USB with Wi-Fi Note :- 1. Cameras shall be provided and made functional within 15 days from commencement of work. 2. Rate is inclusive of cost of all cameras, cables, router and all other equipment's and it's installation and maintenance of these equipment's for entire contract period. 3. Rate is also inclusive of recurring charges/cost required for broad band internet uses. 4. After completion of construction work equipment's will be property of the contractor.

No 3060 6 18360

88 Providing, supplying and fixing noise barrier for height of 3.5 m throughout the length of ROB, with all fittings and fixtures as per approved drawing and design. Etc complete.

Sqm 13200 0 0

89 Design, supply and installation of spider glazing system throughout the length of ROB consisting of 17.52 mm toughened laminated glass of Saint Gobain or Pilkilston or Ashahi or

Sqm 13200 0 0




equivalent as approved (8mm clear toughened + 1.52 PVB Lamination + 8 mm clear toughened) on stainless steel spider system supported on steel pipe custom designed to withstand the design wind pressure of 100 kg/sq. mtr) with construction, weather sealants of Dow Corning or approved make, Stainless steel spider system of grade 316 with articulated bolt assembly, with SS 316 grade fasteners and anchor bolts 304 grade of approved make, Teflon/ nylon & separators to prevent bi-metallic contacts, complete as per drawings, specification and as directed by Engineer in charge. The quoted rate shall include all design, engineering complete. Note: The item will be paid only for quantities used actually. The wastage, cut pieces shall be taken away by the contractor and the same will not be paid.

90 Providing, supplying and applying of epoxy paint - Integrated four coat system developed by CECRI Karikudi -having 1st coat of micaceous iron oxide under coat, second coat polyamide primer, third coat of polyamide finish coat and last coat of aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish coat (Berger thane or similar paint) and applying epoxy paints of approved quality on exposed surface of RCC / PSC Girder, Deck Slab, Parapet wall, Crash Barrier etc. Complete as per specifications, special conditions and detailed scope of work furnished in the tender and as directed by the Engineer in charge. The rate inclusive of contractor's own epoxy paints, material, surface

Sqm 360 0 0




preparation, equipment's, machineries, labours, supervisors, taxes, scaffolding, shuttering, formwork, staging, all lead and lift etc. complete as required for successful completion of the items.

91 Providing, supplying and applying Polymer Polysafe E.C. (P.No.567) synthetic elastomeric coating cum paint, ready to use for bridge structure in saline as to avoid salt penetration from marine environment & U.V effects of sunrays, fungus developments and to protect the reinforcement from marine atmosphere effects in three coats including scaffolding, sand blasting, cleaning the surface of concrete, brushing steel reinforcement and applying polymer coating with Primer, First coat and Second coat at an interval of 24 hours of approved shade and colour. But not to applied on oil, Grease, Tar & Moisture of surface as per detailed specifications and as directed by the Engineer.

Sqm 640 0 0

92 Providing, supply and applying two coats of painting with exterior grade weather shield Emulsion paint of approved brand, shade & manufacture over a coat of primer including preparing the surface to receive the paintings for External walls at all levels with primer etc., complete as specified including all other necessary related work, leads & lifts etc., as specified in the drawings, specifications and as directed by Project Manager. Rate is inclusive of surface preparation to line & level with all necessary tools & tackles, etc. maintaining proper line, level and

Sqm 204 76563 15618852




grooves, as specified93 Supplying, paving, fixing and levelling

antifungal designer precast cement concrete chequered tiles 22mm thick with aggregate of sizes up to 6mm in floors, treads of steps and landings on 20mm thick bed of C.M. 1:6 (1-cement: 6-sand) or L.M. 1:1.5(1-Lime putty: 1.5 coarse sand) joint with neat cement slurry with pigments to match the shade of the tiles. (The compressive strength should not be 10 ton)

Sqm 470 2642 1241740

94 Supplying, paving, leveling and fixing CC interlocking (glossy finish) paver block of minimum 60 mm thickness of approved shade and design laid on sand bed 50 mm thick. Sand bedding is to be compacted with mechanical compactor. Rate includes cost of labour, materials, transportation, machinery, tools & plants, all leads and lifts, etc. complete.

Sqm 500 0 0

HORTICULTURE 0 095 Providing, supplying and Planting

small & medium sized ornamental / Flowering plant ( As per drawing ) : Excavating pit of size of 0.6m x 0.6m x 0.6m, removing and conveying unwanted stuff within a lead of 1.5 km as directed. Filling the pit with approved excavated material up to a height of 0.3m and remaining height of 0.30m with fresh garden soil and manure in 3:1 proportion, mixing soil and manure thoroughly with fertilizer well, levelling as directed ,watering previous night , planting two year old healthy trees sapling not less than 4' height . Maintaining the plants up to end of the maintenance period or till

Sqm 420 1200 504000




well established whichever is later by watering, weeding stirring of soil, replacing of causalities, spraying pesticides etc .complete. List of species are as below.

95.1

Tecoma Gaudi Choudi No 90 30 2700

95.2

Ceaselpinea No 90 30 2700

95.3

Nerium Oleander No 80 30 2400

96 Providing, supplying and planting approved varieties of plant including excavation pit of size 0.3 m X 0.3m X 0.3m, removing and conveying unwanted stuff within a lead of 1.5 km as directed. Filling fresh garden soil and manure in excavated area in 3:1 proportion. Mixing soil and manure thoroughly well, levelling watering, on previous night. Planting 40-50 cms height healthy plant of reqd. rose variety. Maintaining the plants up to the maintenance period or till well established whichever later by watering, weeding stirring of soil, replacing of causalities, spraying pesticides etc .complete.

Sqm 450 1200 540000

96.1

Bouganvelia No 90 30 2700

96.2

Acalypha Red No 80 30 2400

97 Developing Flower Bed by Excavating the ground to a required depth of 30cm. Removing & conveying unwanted stuff within a lead of 1.5 km as directed filling fresh garden soil & manure the excavated area in 3:1 proportion to a height of 30cms

Sqm 430 1200 516000




mixing garden soil & manure thoroughly well, levelling ,watering on previous night planting the desired flowering plants at 30cm apart not less than 1' height .Maintaining the plants up to the maintenance period or till well established whichever is later by watering, stirring of soil, replacing of causalities, spraying pesticides etc .complete. List of species are as below.

97.1

Allamanda Dwarf No 70 30 2100

97.2

Golden Durenta No 60 30 1800

98 Landscaping of area by growing carpet grass lawn excavating and filling with manure (cow dung + red earth + sand) for growing of green Korean grass, Planting of croutons and other foliage plants as border plants of approved variety and as directed by the engineer in charge and maintaining the same for 3 calendar months complete including watering. The scheme of land scaping arrangements should be got approved by the engineer in charge. (All Labour and Materials tools and plants by the contractor only) etc. complete

Sqm 210 1200 252000

99 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of 9-meter octagonal pole with foundation bolts having bottom of 155 mm A/F, top 70 mm A/F on provided foundation.

NOS

20957.00

196 4107572

100 Providing & casting of M-20 grade reinforced cement concrete foundation suitable for 9-meter-high octagonal pole on ROB portion.

NOS2008.00

196 393568




101 Providing and erecting galvanized single arm bracket with 1000 mm arm length & 5-degree tilt angle.

NOS1477.00

196 289492

102 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 120-150 W, AC 230-volt LED Street light fixture with IP 66 protection.

NOS16906.00

196 3313576

103 Supplying and erecting LED Flood light fitting of 120-150W, including lamp, with PF > 0.95,class IP 65 and above Housing of pressure die cast aluminium alloy and heat sink extruded aluminium complete

NOS

15979

0 0

104 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 28W-36W AC 220V STATIC WHITE ROUND PROJECTOR fitting FOR BOW STRING GIRDER.

NOS

17290.00

64 1106560

105 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 48W DC 24V RGB ROUND PROJECTOR fitting which SUPPORT DMX 512.( FOR BOW STRING GIRDER)

NOS

23790.00

32 761280

106 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 15W- 24W, AC 220 Volt, 5 TO 8 degree beam WARM WHITE STATIC round projector LED light fixture. (FOR ARCHES)

NOS

11603.00

264 3063192

107 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 24W, 24V DC non-integral Medium beam RGB LED round projector light fixture. (FOR ARCHES)

NOS

11603.00

96 1113888

108 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 3W to 9W, 12/24V DC non-integral Medium beam RGB/RGBW round point luminaire.

NOS

2040.00

0 0




109 Supplying and erecting corridor/Passage light fitting (2 feet) including 18W LED lamp complete.

NOS758.00

100 75800

110 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of LED Flood light fitting of 70- 80W, including lamp, complete.

NOS7743.00

24 185832

111 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 15W / Mtr, Warm White LED flexible strip.

METER

964.001550 1494200

112 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 15W / Mtr, RGB LED flexible strip with decoder & driver complete.

METER

6155300 1846500

113 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of 250W Constant Current LED Driver with IP 67 rating & enclosed in suitable FRP enclosure.

NOS

7143.00

22 157146

114 Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 4C X 70 sq. mm 1.1 KV, XLPE aluminium conductor armoured cable.

METER

503.00180 90540

115 Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 4C X 25 sq. mm 1.1 KV, XLPE AL armoured cable.

meter 245.00

4865 1191925

116 Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 3C X 6 sq. mm 1.1 KV, XLPE COPPER round flexible cable.

meter

294.003735 1098090

117 Supplying, erecting & terminating XLPE armoured cable 4C X 4 sq. mm. copper cable.

meter 259.00

1300 336700

118 Supplying, laying, testing & commissioning of 3C x 2.5 sq.mm. flexible copper cable.

meter 87.00

2541 221067

119 Supply, Installation, Testing, MET 262.00 1375 360250Section 11-A: Bill of Quantities of 416



Commissioning DMX cable. - Belden make or equivalent DMX cable with single pair shield wire.

ER

120 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning Hensel, Ensto make or equivalent make Thermo-plastic junction box.

NOS916.00

356 326096

121 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning with 2 years warranty of street light control panel having rating TPN MCB 110 A auto/manual selector switch, for automatic operation street lights upto the max load of 35 kW on provided iron frame / CC foundation complete.

NOS

49401.00

6 296406

122 Design, Fabrication, Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning with 2 years warrantee of AC distribution box, triple pole and neutral distribution board (TPNDB) with I/C: 63A 4P RCCB - 1no & O/G: 20A TP MCB - 2 no., 10A TPNMCB - 4 nos.

NOS

8972.00

12 107664

123 Supply, Installation, Testing and commissioning of maintenance free earthing.

NOS13391.00

12 160692

124 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning of Hensel or equivalent make Thermo-plastic distribution box of size 300 X 300 X 182 mm with hinged doors.

NOS

5875.00

2 11750

125 Excavating hard Rock or bituminous road by chiselling for preparing pit for pole / stay/earth plate / for laying cable/ pipe & clearing the site by removing debris & making the site as required.

meter

994.00

60 59640

126 Supplying and erecting UPVC reinforced flexible conduit 25 mm in

METER

93.00 2675 248775




diameter.127 Supplying and laying double wall

corrugated pipes (DWC) for enclosing cable below ground/road surface, to required depth complete.

meter

392.00120 47040

128 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning of DMX CONTROL SYSTEM NICOLAUDIE make, Model no. SLESA-UE7

NOS 100815.00

2 201630

129 Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning Swisson make DMX Splitter.

NOS63800.00

2 127600

130 Supply, installation, testing, commissioning Male Female DMX connector, plug & socket with IP68 degree of protection

nos1069.00

290 310010

131 programming charges for DMX theme. SET 75000.00 2 150000

132 Providing, fabricating and fixing in position 3.00 mm thick perforated stainless steel of SS 304 grade to the external face of crash barrier for covering electrical slot using stainless steel bolts including labours, required tools and equipment’s, scaffolding shoring etc. complete.

MT 95000 0 0

133 Miscellaneous items of work required for successful completion of work as deemed Necessary by Engineer in charge

LS 2500000 1 2500000

G. Total 116,04,49,927

Say 116,04,50,000

Note: The quantity estimated by MRIDC may vary according to site condition and actual site requirements. Due to such variations in


quantity the total estimated value is liable to change. The payment for such variations will be adjusted in stage payment schedule accordingly.

--------------------------------------------------


SECTION 11 – BFINANCIAL PROPOSAL

Section 11-B : Financial Proposal of 416

SECTION: 11-B

FINANCIAL PROPOSAL

Estimated value of work Percentage rate to be quoted based on the MRIDC’s Estimate given in

Section – 11 A

Estimated value is:Rs. 116,04,50,000/-

Including all the local taxes & duties, except

applicable GST.

% In Figures Percentage in Words

Above / Below / At parWith MRIDC’s estimated rate

Notes:

1. The Bidders are required to quote the Percentage in both words and figure.

2. Bidder must mention ABOVE or BELOW or AT PAR by striking out the other two options otherwise Quoted Percentage will be considered invalid and offer will be SUMMARILY REJECTED.

3. In case of discrepancy, rate quoted in words shall prevail.

4. Bidders must Quote the Percentage in the Provided Format only. The offer received in any other format will be SUMMARILY REJECTED.

(Seal & Signature of Bidder)

Section 11-B : Financial Proposal of 416

SECTION 12ANNEXURES & DRAWINGS

Section 12 : Annexures & Drawings of 416

SECTION 12-AANNEXURES

Section 12-A: Annexures of 416

ANNEXURE I

BIDDER INFORMATION FORMDate: _________________RFB No. and title: _________________Page__________of _______________pages

Bidder's name

In case of Joint Venture (JV), name of each member:

Bidder's actual or intended year of incorporation:Bidder's legal address [in country of registration]:

Bidder's authorized representative informationName: _____________________________________Address: ___________________________________

Telephone/Fax numbers: _______________________

E-mail address: ______________________________

ISO Certification, if any If yes, please furnish detailsPF / EPF Registration No.: GST No.:Pan No.: Bank A/C No with Bank code for electronic clearance of the payment. 1. Attached are copies of original documents of Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or

association), and/or documents of registration of the legal entity named above. In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement.2. Included are the organizational chart and a list of Board of Directors.


ANNEXURE – IIFORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR AUTHORISED

SIGNATORYPOWER OF ATTORNEY

(To be executed on non-judicial stamp paper of the appropriate value in accordance with relevant stamp Act. The stamp paper to be in the name

of the company who is issuing the power of Attorney)

Know all men by these presents, we … do hereby constitute, appoint and authorize Mr / Ms. …. who is presently employed with us and holding the position of ……as our attorney, to do in our name and on our behalf, all such acts, deeds and things necessary in connection with or incidental to our bid for the work of …Including signing and submission of all documents and providing information / responses to Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited (MRIDC), representing us in all matters, dealing with Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited (MRIDC), in all matters in connection with our bid for the said project.

We hereby agree to ratify all acts, deeds and things lawfully done by our said attorney pursuant to this Power of Attorney and that all acts, deeds and things done by our aforesaid attorney shall and shall always be deemed to have been done by us.Dated this ……… day of …………. 2019.

(Signature of authorized Signatory) ………………………………………

(Signature and Name in Block letters of Signatory)Seal of Company

Witness

Witness 1:Name:Address:Occupation:



Note: To be executed by all the partners jointly, in case of a Joint Venture.

ANNEXURE-IIIFORMAT FOR AFFIDAVIT TO BE SUBMITTED BY BIDDER ALONG

WITH THE BID DOCUMENT

(To be executed in presence of Public notary on non-judicial stamp paper of the value of Rs. 100/-. The stamp paper has to be in the name of the bidders) **

I ………………………… (name and designation) ** appointed as the attorney / authorized signatory of the bidders (including its constituents),

M/s ……………………………. (hereinafter called the bidders) for the purpose of the Bid documents for the work of …………………………………………… as per the Bid No. …………………. Of MRIDC, do hereby solemnly affirm and state on behalf of the bidders including its constituents as under: -

1. I/We the bidders (s), am/are signing this document after carefully reading the contents.

2. I/We the bidders (s) also accept all the conditions of the Bid and have signed all the pages in confirmation thereof.

3. I/We declare and certify that I/We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms. Statements and attachments in proof of the qualification requirements during Expression of Interest.

4. I/We also understand that my/our offer will be evaluated based on the documents / credentials submitted along with the Expression of Interest and offer and / or same shall be binding upon me/us.

5. I/We declare that the information and documents submitted during Expression of Interest and along with the Bid by me/us are correct and I/We are fully responsible for the correctness of the information and documents, submitted by us.

6. I/We understand that if the certificates regarding eligibility criteria submitted by us are found to be forged / false or incorrect at any time during process of evaluation of Bids, it shall lead to forfeiture of the Bid EMD besides banning of business for five years. Further I/We (insert name of bidders)** …………………………………… and all my/our constituents understand that my/our offer shall be summarily rejected.

7. I/We also understand that if the certificates submitted by us are found to be false / forged or incorrect at any time after the award of contract, it will lead to termination of the contract, along with forfeiture of EMD/SD and Performance Guarantee besides any other action provided in the contract including banning of business for five years.


DEPONENTSEAL AND SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDERS

VERIFICATION

I/We above named bidders do hereby solemnly affirm and verify that the contents of my/our above affidavit are true and correct. Nothing has been concealed and no part of it is false.

DEPONENTSEAL AND SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDERS

Place:Date:

** The contents in italics are only for guidance purpose. Details as appropriate, are to be filled in suitably by bidders. Attestation before Magistrate / Notary Public.


ANNEXURE-IVMANDATE FORM

(To be printed on the letter head of the company)ToMaharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Ltd. (MRIDC)

Dear Sir,Authorization for payment through Electronic Fund Transfer System (RTGS/NEFT)We hereby authorize Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Ltd. (MRIDC) to make all our payments, including refund of earnest money, through Electronic Fund Transfer System (RTGS/NEFT). The details for facilitating the payments are given below:(TO BE FILLED IN CAPITAL LETTERS)

1 NAME OF THE BENEFICIARY2 ADDRESS WITH PIN CODE3 i. TELEPHONE NO WITH STD CODE

ii. MOBILE NO.4 BANK PARTICULARSA BANK NAMEB BANK TELEPHONE NO WITH STD

CODEC BRANCH ADDRESS WITH PIN

CODED BANK FAX NO WITH STD CODEE 11 CHARACTER IFSC CODE OF

BANK (EITHER ENCLOSE A CANCELLED CHEQUE OR OBTAIN BANK CERTIFICATE AS APPENDED)

F BANK ACCOUNT NO. AS APPEARING ON THE CHEQUE BOOK

G BANK ACCOUNT TYPE (TICK ONLY)

SAVING/ CURRENT/ LOAN/ CASH/ CREDIT/ OTHERS

H IF OTHER SPECIFY5 PERMANENT ACCOUNT NO. (PAN)6 EMAIL ADDRESS

I/We hereby declare that particulars given above are correct and complete. If the transaction delayed or credit is not affected at all for


reasons of incomplete or in correct information, I/we would not hold MRIDC responsible, Bank charges for such transfer will be borne by us.

Date………………. SIGNATURE(AUTHORISED SIGNATORY)Name…………………………….

BANK CERTIFICATIONIt is certified that the above-mentioned beneficiary hold bank account no…………………. without branch and bank mentioned above are correct.

Date………………. SIGNATURE(AUTHORISED SIGNATORY)

Name…………………………….OFFICIAL SEAL


ANNEXURE-V

(On Non Judicial stamp of Rs.500/-)MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING FOR JOINT VENTURE

AGREEMENT

1) This Memorandum of understanding executed this __________ day of _____________ 20____ between ____________ (Name of Co.)_____________ a company registered under the companies Act 2013 having its registered office at __________ represented through its Director / Authorized Representative _______________ (hereinafter referred to as ____________________ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors) of the FIRST PART.

OR

M/s._________________ a partnership firm registered under the Indian Partnership Act 1932, having its registered office ___________________ represented through its Partner Shri ____________________ / Authorised Representative ___________________ ( hereinafter referred to as ___________________________which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors ) of the FIRST PART.

AND

2) M/s._____________(Name of Co.)____________ a company registered under the Companies Act 2013 having its registered office at ______________ represented through its Director or Authorized Representative ___________________(hereinafter referred to as _________________ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors) of the SECOND PART.

OR

M/s._________________________ a partnership firm registered under the Indian Partnership Act 19____ having its registered office _______________(hereinafter referred to as _______________ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors) of the SECOND PART.

AND

3) This Memorandum of understanding executed this __________day of _____________ 20_____ between ____________ (Name of Co)_____________ a company registered under the companies Act 2013 having its registered office __________ through its Director or Authorized Representative _______________(hereinafter referred to as ____________________ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors) of the THIRD PART.

OR

M/s._________________________ a partnership firm registered under the Indian Partnership Act 19____ having its registered office _______________through its Partner or Authorised Representative______________ (hereinafter referred to as _______________ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors) of the THIRD PART.

4) This Memorandum of understanding executed this __________day of _____________ 20____ between ____________ (Name of Co)_____________ a company registered under the companies Act 2013 having its registered office __________ through its Director or Authorized Representative _______________(hereinafter referred to as ____________________ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors) of the FOURTH PART.


OR

M/s._________________________ a partnership firm registered under the Indian Partnership Act 19____ having its registered office _______________through its Partner or Authorised Representative______________ (hereinafter referred to as _______________ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors) of the FOURTH PART.

AND

5) This Memorandum of understanding executed this __________day of _____________ 20_____ between ____________ (Name of Co)_____________ a company registered under the companies Act 2013 having its registered office __________ through its Director or Authorized Representative _______________(hereinafter referred to as ____________________ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors) of the FIFTH PART.

OR

M/s._________________________ a partnership firm registered under the Indian Partnership Act 19____ having its registered office _______________through its Partner or Authorised Representative______________ (hereinafter referred to as _______________ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof includes its successors) of the FIFTH PART.

Whereas MRIDC, Division hereinafter referred to as Owner / Customer has invited Tender Nos.___________ hereinafter referred to as the MRIDC Tender for the work of ____________ hereinafter referred to as the said work.

Whereas, the party of the first part i.e. M/s.______________ details to be supplied of the expertise in their field.

Whereas, the party of the Second part i.e. M/s.________________ details to be supplied of the expertise in their field.

Whereas, the party of the Third part i.e. M/s.__________________ details to be supplied of the expertise in their field.

Whereas, the party of the Fourth part i.e. M/s.___________________ details to be supplied of the expertise in their field.

Whereas, the party of the Fifth part i.e. M/s.___________________ details to be supplied of the expertise in their field.

And whereas parties to this MOU, have agreed to co-operative with each other to associate jointly and to form a joint Venture firm to participate in the MRIDC Tender of MRIDC.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and mutual promises and of the undertaking contained herein, it is hereby agreed as follows: -

1) The Purpose of MOU. M/s._______________ and ________________ agree to co-operate with each other for the purpose of joint participation in the MRIDC Tender and in the event, the contract is awarded, to jointly execute the contract. The broad interfaces and scope of work of each party is set forth below.

2) The name of the Jt. Venture firm shall be ____________________

3) The parties, hereto, represented that:


a) They are in possession of all approvals and valid authorization for the purpose of execution of this MOU.

b) They have not entered any agreement/MOU of equal or similar nature with any third party for the MRIDC Tender.

That each of the parties of the J.V. agrees and undertake to place at the disposal of the JV, benefits of its individual experience, technical knowledge and skill and shall in all respects bear its share of the responsibility, including the provision of information advice and other assistance required in connection with the works. The share and the participation of the partners in the JV shall broadly be follows:

M/s……………………………………%

M/s……………………………………%

M/s……………………………………%

M/s……………………………………%

M/s……………………………………%

Lead Member:

That one of the members of the JV firm shall be the lead member of the JV firm who shall have a majority (at least 51%) share of interest in the JV firm. The other members shall have a share of not less than 20% each in case of JV firms with up to three members and no less than 10% each in case of JV firms with more than three members. In case of JV firm foreign members(s), the lead member has to be an Indian firm with a minimum share of 51%.

And all rights, interest, liabilities, obligations, work experience and risks (net profits or net losses) arising out of the contract shall be shared or borne by the Parties in proportionate to these shares. Each of the parties shall be bound by guarantees, sureties required for the work as well as its proportionate share in working capital and other financial requirements.

4. The parties to this MOU undertakes:

a) That after submission of the tender, the MOU shall not be modified/altered/terminated during the validity of the tender except when modification becomes inevitable due to succession laws etc. but in no case the minimum eligibility criteria would be vitiated. The parties to this MOU further agree that the Lead Member will continue to be the Lead Member of J.V. Firm.

b) That after the contract is awarded the constitution of the J.V. firm shall not be altered during the currency of contract except when modification becomes inevitable due to Succession Law etc. but in no case the minimum eligibility criteria would be vitiated.

5. JOINT & SEVERAL LIABILITY

In respect of the MRIDC Tender, all terms shall be complied by each party on back-to- back basis as per specifications of the MRIDC Tender or any other mutually agreed terms with the Owner / Customer. The Parties hereto shall, if awarded the contract for the project for which the Joint Venture is formed, be jointly and severally liable to the MRIDC for execution of the project in accordance with the contract. The Parties hereto also undertake to be liable jointly and severally for the loss, damages caused to the Customer in course of execution or due to non- execution of the contract or part thereof or arising out of the contract.


6. Shri ________ shall be authorized partner/person on behalf of the Joint Venture to deal with tender, to sign the agreement or enter into contract in respect of the said tender, to receive payment, to witness joint measurement of work done, to sign measurement books, and similar such action in respect of MRIDC tender/contract. All notices/correspondence with respect to the contracts would be sent only to this authorised member of the JV firm.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in respect of the MRIDC Tender with regard to the internal relationship, the inter se liabilities between the parties shall be in proportion to their respective scope of work and shall be subject to the provisions of this MOU.

8. The Parties agree that with respect to the MRIDC Tender neither Party, nor any subsidiary company of either party, nor any joint venture company or any other entity, in which the party/ies, is or are in any way interested, shall complete together with or through any third party, nor shall the Parties advise, consult for, engage in or otherwise assist in any way any person or entity or any affiliate thereof in respect of any orders or contracts related to the MRIDC Tender.

a. Responsibility Each party shall assume and accept full responsibility for its Scope of Work and the obligations imposed in the contract and in this MOU as if it was, with regard to its Scope of work, an independent partner contracting individually with the Customer. In the event of any defect and damage or any claim arising from the Customer under the Contract or any third party in relation to or as a consequence of any failure to meet the performance specification the Party, within whose Scope of Work the claim arises, shall be entirely responsible for the claim and shall indemnify and hold harmless the other Party from any liability, demand, claim burden cost, expense attorney’s fees and costs arising from thereof.

b. Assignability No party to the Joint Venture has right to assign or transfer the interest, right or liability in the contract without the written consent of the other party and that of the Customer.

c. Use of Machinery, Instruments, Labour Force etc. The Parties hereto undertake that whatever the machinery, instruments, Labour force (including unskilled, skilled, inspectors, Engineers etc.) they possess at the time of entering into Joint Venture Agreement or which subsequently shall come in their possession and if such machinery, instruments, labour force is required for the speedy and efficient execution of the work, the Party/Parties having the control over the said machinery, instrument, labour force etc. without having any regard to their share of profit and loss agreed to between the Parties in Joint Venture Agreement shall hand over the same at the disposal of the other party who is actually executing the work for purpose of execution of the contract without any hindrances and obstacle.

Duration of MOU It shall be valid during entire currency of contract including the period of extension, if any and also till the maintenance period is over or till all the contractual liabilities including warranty/guarantee obligations are discharged completely.

10. Applicable Law This MOU and any arrangement/agreements regarding the performance shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and governed by the Laws of India and shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts at Mumbai.

11. Settlement of Disputes: In the event of disputes arising from this MOU, the Parties to the MOU undertakes to endeavour to settle the said disputes amongst them amicably. However, if the parties fail to resolve the disputes amongst them amicably, the said disputes arising out of or in connection with the present MOU shall be resolved through


Arbitration as per the provisions enshrined under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 or/and amendments thereof.

12. All communications or notices provided for herein shall be in English language and be delivered, mailed, or tele-faxed to the Parties addresses as indicated below: M/s………………………………………………… M/s………………………………………………..

All correspondence and notices to the joint Venture shall be addressed to the Lead Member, i.e. M/s……………………………… Shri ………………………….. at the address stated herein below. M/s………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………. Such communication or notices shall be deemed to have been duly given when so delivered or, if mailed, when received at destination.

13. Each Party of JV shall have full and sole responsibility to bear the expense of and effect the payment of any taxes, duties, special insurance, fees or assessments of any nature whatsoever (including personal income taxes level or imposed on any of its employees or personnel or any of its sub-Firm’s employees or personnel) including penalties and interest, if any, levied in connection with the execution of this MOU.

14. The parties to this MOU declares and certifies that they have not been black listed or debarred by MRIDC, Railways or any other Ministry/Department of the Govt. of India/State Govt. from participation in tenders/contract in the past either in their individual capacity or the JV firm or partnership firm in which they were member/partners.

In witness whereof, the Parties have caused this MOU to be executed by their respective authorised representatives on the date and year mentioned herein above.

Signature Signature Signature

Shri________________ of Shri ___________ of Shri____________of M/s.__________________ M/s.___________ M/s.____________

Signature: Signature

Shri __________________ Shri ___________

Witnesses:

1) Name Address:

2) Name Address:


ANNEXURE VIPRO-FORMA LETTER OF PARTICIPATION FROM EACH PARTNER OF

JOINT VENTURE (JV)(To be executed on non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value in accordance with relevant Stamp Act and to be registered with appropriate authority under

Registration Act.)No…. Dated: From: …………………….. ……………….. To, The Managing Director, Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation, 2nd Floor, Hoecsht House, Nariman Point, Mumbai-400021.

Gentlemen, Re: …“[Insert name of work]…………………………………………..”. Ref: Your notice for Notice Inviting Bid No. _____________________ dated …………..

1. We wish to confirm that our company / firm has formed a Joint Venture with(i)……………. & ii) ………………. for the purposes associated with NIT referred to above.

(Members who are not the lead partner of the JV should add the following paragraph) *. 2. ‘The JV is led by ……………., whom we hereby authorise to act on our behalf

for the purposes of submission of Bid for ……………….. and authorise to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all the partners or constituents of the Joint Venture.’

OR (Member(s) being the lead member of the group should add the following paragraph) * 2. ‘In this group we act as leader and, for the purposes of applying for Bid,

represent the Joint Venture: 3. In the event of our JV being awarded the contract, we agree to be jointly with

i) & ii) ……… (names of other members of our JV) and severally liable to the Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation, and assigns for all obligations, duties and responsibilities arising from or imposed by the contract subsequently entered between Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation and our JV.

4. *I/We, further agree that entire execution of the contract shall be carried out exclusively through the lead partner.

Yours faithfully, (Signature) (Name of Signatory) …………………. (Capacity of Signatory) …………………


Company Seal

* Delete as applicable Note: In case of existing joint venture, the certified copy of JV Agreement may be furnished.

ANNEXURE VIIFORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY TO LEAD PARTNER OF JOINT

VENTURE (JV)

(To be executed on non-judicial stamp paper of the appropriate value in accordance with relevant stamp Act. The stamp paper to be in the name of the

company who is issuing the power of Attorney)

POWER OF ATTORNEY*

Whereas Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation has invited Bids for the work of “---------------------------Name of Work---------------------------------------”.

Whereas, the members of the Joint Venture comprising of M/s. …, M/s. …, M/s. ……, and M/s. …. are interested in submission of Bid for the work of … [Insert name of work] … in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Bidding document.

Whereas, it is necessary for the members of the Joint Venture to designate one of them as the Lead Partner, with all necessary power and authority to do, for and on behalf of the Joint Venture, all acts, deeds and things as may be necessary in connection with the Joint Venture's Bid for the project, as may be necessary in connection the Joint Venture's Bid for the project.

NOW THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY WITNESSETH THAT:

We, M/s. ………………, hereby designate M/s. ………………………………, being one of the partners of the Joint Venture, as the lead partner of the Joint Venture, to do on behalf of the Joint Venture, all or any of the acts, deeds or things necessary or incidental to the Joint Venture's Bid for the contract, including submission of Bid, participating in conferences, responding to queries, submission of information / documents and generally to represent the Joint Venture in all its dealings with MRIDC or any other Government Agency or any person, in connection with the Bid / contract for the said work until culmination of the process of Bidding till the contract agreement if successful, is entered into with Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation and thereafter till the expiry of the contract agreement.

*To be executed by all the members of the JV except the lead member.

The mode of execution of the Power of Attorney should be in accordance with the procedure, if any, laid down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the executant(s) and when it is so required the same should be under common seal affixed in accordance with the required procedure.


We hereby agree to ratify all acts, deeds and things lawfully done by lead member, our said attorney, pursuant to this power of attorney and that all acts deeds and things done by our aforesaid attorney shall and shall always be deemed to have been done by us/ Joint Venture.

Dated this the ………… Day of ……….. 2019

…………………. (Signature)

……………………………………… (Name in Block letters of Executants) Seal of Company


Witness 2:Nome:Address:Occupation:


ANNEXURE- VIIIINFORMATION FORM FOR JV BIDDERS

(to be completed for each member of Joint Venture)Date: _______________RFB No. and title: __________________Page _______________ of ____________ pages

Bidder’s Joint Venture name:

JV member’s name:

JV member’s year of constitution:

JV member’s legal address in country of constitution:

JV member’s authorized representative informationName: ____________________________________Address: __________________________________Telephone/Fax numbers: _____________________E-mail address: _____________________________ISO Certification, if any If yes, please furnish detailsPF / EPF Registration No.: GST No.:Pan No.: Bank A/C No with Bank code for electronic clearance of the payment. 1. Attached are copies of original documents of Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or

association), and/or registration documents of the legal entity named above.2. Included are the organizational chart and a list of Board of Directors.


ANNEXURE IXPROFORMA FOR PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE

BANK GUARANTEE NO.__________________AMOUNT RS.____________________________VALIDITY from__________________________Valid up to_______________________________Last date for lodgement of claim______________

PERFORMANCE GURANTEE IN THE FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE

1. In consideration of the Managing Director / MRIDC acting through the ……………………… (Designation & Address of Contract Signing Authority) (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Employer’) having accepted vide letter No………………………….dated ……………….., the tender submitted by …………….*(give full address of the contractor)* (hereinafter referred to as “the contractor(s), and agreed to grant a Contract for …………………………*(indicate the nature of contract works)* (hereinafter called the Contract) and whereas one of the terms agreed by the said Contractor, is that he should give a Performance Guarantee in the form of an irrevocable bank guarantee amounting to 5% of the contract value, i.e., Rs……………………/- (Rupees………………….only) *(indicate PBG amount)* valid up to …………….. *(Indicate date as per relevant GCC Clause)*, by way of security for the due observance of the terms and condition & performance of the said contract, we……………………………., *(indicate the name and full address of the bank)* (hereinafter referred to as the ‘the Bank’) at the request of the Contractor do hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee to Employer that the Contractor shall duly perform and discharge their obligations under the said contract to the full satisfaction of the Employer and render all necessary and efficient services which may be required to be rendered by the Contractor in connection with and/or for the performance of the works as per the specifications stipulated in the tender no……………. dated……………… and Letter of Acceptance No…………. dt………. Within the time of………………*(Indicate date as per relevant GCC clause) * reckoned from the date as per the letter of acceptance, and further guarantees that the works which shall be done by the Contractor under the said Contract, shall be actually performed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract to the full satisfaction of the Employer.

2. We, the Bank, do hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under this Guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from the Employer stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss and/or damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by the Employer by reason of any breach by the said Contractor’s(s)’ of any of the terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement or by reason of the Contractor (s) failure to perform the said Agreement. Any such demand made on the Bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the Bank under this Guarantee. However, our liability under this Guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs………………………….

3. We, the Bank, do hereby undertake to pay to the Employer any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the


Contactor(s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any Court, Tribunal or Arbitrator(s) relating thereto our liability under this present being absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this Bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment there under and the Contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.

4. We, the Bank, do further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the Employer under or by virtue of the said Agreement have been fully paid and as its claims satisfied or discharged or till the Employer certifies that the terms and conditions of the said Agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges the Guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this Guarantee is made on us in writing on or before the……………………………………., we shall be discharged from all liability under this Guarantee thereafter.

5. We, the Bank, do further agree with the Employer that the Employer shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations, hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said Agreement or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor(s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time – to – time any of the powers exercisable by the Employer against the said Contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said Agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act or omission on the part of the Employer or any indulgence by the Employer to the said Contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would but for this provision have effect of so relieving us.

6. This Guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the Contractor(s).

7. We,…….*(indicate the name of the Bank)* lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the Employer in writing.

Dated the…………………………day of………….2019For…………………………………………Seal and Signature(s) of the authorizedOfficial(s) with designation

Note: - Words appearing between asterisk “*” marks are for guidance only and not to be typed in the final / fair document of Bank Guarantee


ANNEXURE X

FORMAT OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR MOBILISATION ADVANCE

Bank guarantee made on this …………………………………. Between ……………………… (hereinafter called “the Bank”) of the One Part and Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation. (hereinafter called “the Employer”) of the other Part.

WHEREAS Maharashtra Rail Infrastructure Development Corporation has awarded the Contract no…………. for “………………………………….” (hereinafter called “the Contractor”), having its registered office at ……………………………….

AND WHEREAS vide relevant Clause of Section 5, Additional Instructions to Bidders, Mobilization Advance up to ___% (___ percent) of the original contract value of Rs…………………. is payable to the contractor against Bank Guarantees, the contractor hereby applies for Mobilization Advance of ___% (___ percent) amounting to Rs……………………. /- (Rupees………………………………….) of the Contract Price,

Now, we the undersigned, Bank of …………., being fully authorized to sign and to incur obligations for and on behalf of and in the name of Bank of ……………. hereby declare that the said Bank will guarantee the Employer the full amount of Rs. …………………. /- (Rupees…………………………………….) as stated above.

We, Bank of ………………., do hereby unconditionally, irrevocably and without demur guarantee and undertake to pay the Employer immediately on demand any or all money payable by the contractor to the extent of Rs. ………………. /- (Rupees……………………….) without any demur, reservation, context, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the contractor. Any such demand made by the Employer on the Bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the Employer and the contractor on any dispute pending before any court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. We agree that the guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable and shall continue to be enforceable till the Employer discharges this guarantee.

This guarantee is valid till …………………………….

At any time during the period in which this guarantee still valid of the contractor fails to fulfil its obligation under the Contract, it is understood that the Bank will extend this guarantee under the same condition for the required time on demand by the Employer at the cost of the contractor. The Guarantee hereinbefore contained shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the Bank or of the contractor.The neglect or forbearance of the Employer in enforcement of payment of any money, the payment whereof is intended to be hereby secured or the giving of time by the Employer for the payment hereof shall in no way relieve the Bank of their liability under this Deed.

The expressions “the Employer”, “the Bank” and “the contractor” hereinbefore used shall include their respective successors and assigns.


Notwithstanding anything contained herein:

Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed Rs………………. /- (Rupees…………….)

This bank Guarantee shall be valid up to………………….

We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only and only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before …………… (date of expiry of Guarantee).

In witness whereof, we of the Bank have signed and sealed this Guarantee on the …………………day of …………. being herewith duly authorized.

For and on behalf of the Bank of ..................

Signature of Authorized Bank Official

Name ............................................ Designation ............................................ Stamp/Seal of the bank ............................................. Signed, sealed and delivered for and on Behalf of the bank by the above named

......................... in the presence of Witness 1 Signature ........................................ Name ........................................ Address ........................................ Witness 2 Signature ........................................ Name ........................................ Address ........................................


Bidder’s QualificationTo establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section

8 (Eligibility and Qualification Criteria) the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding Information Sheets included

hereunder


ANNEXURE XI

DETAILS OF CURRENT CONTRACT COMMITMENTS / WORKS IN PROGRESS OF THE FIRM

Bidders and each member of a JV (if applicable) should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.

Sr. No.

Name andplace of

work

Authority /agencyfor whom the work

is being carriedout

Date of award &

agreement No.

& Date

Date of completion(Original/ actual)

Agreementalcost of workcost/likely

cost

Scope of Work of the Firm

Page No. at which relevant

certificate/ Documentsare attached

Payment takenTill last day of the previous

month in which tender is to be

opened.1.

2.

3.

4.

5.


ANNEXURE XII

DETAILS OF WORKS COMPLETED BY THE FIRM

Sr. No.

Name andplace of

work

Authority /agencyfor whom the

workwas carried

out

Date of award &

agreement No.& Date

Date of completion(Original/ actual)

Agreementalcost of workcost/ actual

cost

Scope of Work of the Firm

Page No. at which relevant

certificate/ Documentsare attached

Payment takenTill last day of the previous month in which tender is to

be opened.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.


ANNEXURE XIII AVERAGE ANNUAL CONSTRUCTION TURNOVER

Bidder’s Name: ________________Date: ______________________Joint Venture Member’s Name (if JV firm)_______________________RFB No. and title: ___________________________Page _______________of ______________pages

Annual turnover data (construction only)

Year Amount in Rs.

2018-2019*

2017-2018

2016-2017

2015-2016

Average Annual Construction Turnover

* Current financial year up to the last day of month, previous to the month in which tender is scheduled to be opened


ANNEXURE XIV

FINANCIAL SITUATION AND PERFORMANCE

Bidder’s Name: ________________Date: ______________________Joint Venture Member’s Name (if JV Firm)_________________________RFB No. and title: ___________________________Page _______________of ______________pages

1. Financial data

Type of Financial information in

(currency)

Information for previous three financial years and current financial year up to the last day of month,

previous to the month in which tender is scheduled to be opened

2015-16 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19

Statement of Financial Position (Information from Balance Sheet)Total Assets (TA)

Total Liabilities (TL)

Total Equity/Net Worth (NW)Current Assets (CA)

Current Liabilities (CL)

Working Capital (WC)

Information from Income Statement

Total Revenue (TR)

Profits Before Taxes (PBT)

Cash Flow InformationCash Flow from Operating Activities


2. Sources of FinanceSpecify sources of finance to meet the cash flow requirements on works currently in progress and for future contract commitments.

No. Source of finance Amount (Rs.)

1

2

3

4

3. Financial documents

The Bidder and its parties shall provide copies of financial statements for previous three financial years and current financial year up to the last day of month, previous to the month in which tender is scheduled to be opened pursuant Section 8, Eligibility and Qualifications Criteria. The financial statements shall:

(a) reflect the financial situation of the Bidder or in case of JV member, and not an affiliated entity (such as parent company or group member).

(b)be independently audited or certified in accordance with local legislation.

(c) be complete, including all notes to the financial statements.(d)correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited.

Attached are copies of financial statements for the previous three financial years and current financial year up to the last day of month, previous to the month in which tender is scheduled to be opened required above; and complying with the requirements


Technical ProposalTechnical Proposal Forms

- Key Personnel Information

- Equipment

- Bidders Qualification

- Site Organization

- Method Statement

- Mobilization Schedule

- Construction Schedule


ANNEXURE XVKEY PERSONNEL INFORMATION

SCHEDULE

Bidders should provide the names and details of the suitably qualified Key Personnel to perform the Contract. The data on their experience should be supplied using the format below for each candidate. KEY PERSONNEL

Sr. No.

Name Designation

Qualification

ProfessionalExperience

Duration of appointment


ANNEXURE XVI

RESUME AND DECLARATION OF KEY PERSONNEL

Name of Bidder

Position: [title of position from Annexure XV]Personnel information

Name: Date of birth:

Address: E-mail:

Professional qualifications:

Academic qualifications:

Language proficiency: [language and levels of speaking, reading and writing skills]

details

Address of employer:

Telephone: Contact (manager / personnel officer):

Fax:

Job title: Years with present employer:


Summarize professional experience in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.

Project RoleDuration of involvement

Relevant experience

[main project details]

[role and responsibilities on the project]

[time in role] [describe the experience relevant to this position]

Declaration: I, the undersigned Key Personnel, certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information contained in this Annexure XVI correctly describes myself, my qualifications and my experience.I confirm that I am available as certified in the following table and throughout the expected time schedule for this position as provided in the Bid:

Commitment DetailsCommitment to duration of contract:

[insert period (start and end dates) for which this Key Personnel is available to work on this contract]

Time commitment: [insert the number of days/week/months/ that this Key Personnel will be engaged]

I understand that any misrepresentation or omission in this Form may:(a) be taken into consideration during Bid evaluation;(b) my disqualification from participating in the Bid;(c) my dismissal from the contract.

Name of Key Personnel: [insert name]

Signature: __________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________

Countersignature of authorized representative of the Bidder:

Signature: ________________________________________________________


Date: (day month year): __________________________________


ANNEXURE XVII

EQUIPMENT

The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key equipment listed in Section 5. A separate Annexure shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested below, to the extent possible.

Type of Equipment

Equipment Information

Name of manufacturer, Model and power rating

Capacity Year of manufacture*

Current Status

Current location

Details of current commitments

Source Indicate source of the equipmentoo Owned oo Rentedoo Leasedoo Specially

manufactured


The following information shall be provided only for equipment not owned by the Bidder.

Owner Name of owner

Address of owner

Telephone Contact name and title

Fax Telex

Agreements

Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project


Site Organization[insert Site Organization information]


Method Statement[insert Method Statement]


Mobilization Schedule[insert Mobilization Schedule]


Construction Schedule[insert Construction Schedule]


ANNEXURE XVIII: RAILWAY BOARD CIRCULAR NO. 2016/4/C-3/BR/BSE/84/Seminar dated 28.07.2017

And2018/06/CE-III/BR/Stainless Steel


SECTION 12-BDRAWINGS

Section 12-B: Drawings of 416

DrawingsFollowing drawings are attached for ready reference of tender. For

missing drawings, if any, MRIDC office should be contacted.Sr. No.

Detail of Drawings Drawing No.

1. GAD for Construction of ROB in Lieu of LC No. 34

MRIDC/NED/ROB/GAD/2018/SCR/LC-34/01







5. GAD for Construction of ROB in Lieu of LC No. 134A & 176A

MRIDC/NED/ROB/GAD/2019/SCR/LC-134A;MRIDC/NED/ROB/GAD/2019/SCR/LC-176A/01

6. GAD for Construction of ROB in Lieu of LC No. 144B

MRIDC/NED/ROB/GAD/2018/SCR/LC-144B
